Skip to main content

Full text of "A-Z Library. Bernard Siegler Technics And Time 1 The Fault Of Epimetheus"

See other formats


The Secrets of the Mojave - Branton 


Letter From Unknown Source 
(September 1995) 

V J ENTERPRISES 
c/o Joshua Shapiro 
9324 Home Court 
Des Plaines, IL 60016 

Dear Mr. Shapiro 

While broswing through the WWW Page "AREA 51 RESEARCH CENTER" recently (you 

may want to check it out if you have not already done so), I came across 

your UFO Theories and Cover-Up page, and noticed some of the early writings 

form the writer/researcher "Branton" therein. 

In that I am a personal aquaintance of "Branton", I thought that you might 
be interested in the NEW files that he has released (enclosed find one disk 
and a backup). Some of these files you may have already seen, but others I 
am certain will be new to you. 

Branton states that he is a "sleeper" agent for the C A who was (possibly 
after stumbling on some information that he wasn't supposed to know) 
electronically induced with an alternative personality which was 
"programmed" to serve the CIA Black Projects and the Bavarian-Gray 
collective. In this alternate or "double life" he had access to several 
underground bases, and has apparently encountered several alien groups as 
well. 

When his "conscious" self began to awaken to the facts of this alternate 
exi stance (facts that were confirmed by others whom he knew), he began to 
investigate deeper and to expose the conspiracy against this planet in the 
best way that he knew how. He is not yet certain whether or ot his 
"alternate self presently shares his conscious values. 

I have since learned that a great many people are involved in such "double" 
lives and have been programmed with alternate nocturnal personalities which 
"kick in" once they are in the presence of the aliens ... these indue 
contactees who work with human "Federation" personnel, others who work with 
the "Ashtar" collective, and still others who are beingused by the "Gray" 
Empire in their continued efforts to infiltrate our society. Several of the 
"Montauk" crowd such as Preston Nichols, Al Bielek and Duncan Cameron also 
claim that they had been programmed with alternate personalities during 
their work with the space-time and mind-control projects being carried out 
at Montauk Point, Long Island in the mid 1980's. 


Branton himself has a strong feeling that he was also involved with this 
project in some fashion. In 1 985 when the Montauk Project was sabotaged and 
had ceased for a time, he was 25 years of age. This project is once again 
in full swing at Montauk, but everything has now been taken underground 
down into the 8-leveled subterranean facility there, which is being 
operatted jointly by the CIA, the (Nazi) Thule Scoeity, and the alien Grays 
and is to be a key operational base for the implementation of their "New 
World Order". This base has some connection with another base under the 
Archuleta mesa near Dulce, New Mexico where the Grays themselves have their 
underground headquarters. 

I hope that you find the encolsed information interesting. Unfortunately, 
due to my present position, I cannot reveal my onw name at this time. 

I wi sh you the best of success i n your conti nual search for the TRUTH . . . 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #1 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


"AND I WILL SHOW WONDERS IN THE HEAVEN ABOVE... 
"AND SIGNS IN THE EARTH BENEATH... 
"BLOOD, AND FIRE, AND VAPOUR OF SMOKE..." 
- Acts 2:1 9- 

The author of the following story is a Navaho Indian. He revealed this 
tribal secret which he learned from the Paiute Indians, who inhabit the 
Great Basin and Mojave deserts of Utah, Nevada, and California. 

This native American, who went by the name Oga-Make, related the following 
account in appreciation for a story on the Navaho which appeared in the 
Spring of 1948 in a magazine which was carrying numerous articles on the 
mysterious "signs" or "fires" in the skies which were causing an enormous 
amount of confusion and debate during that same year, as well as the years 
following. 

The article on the Navaho nation, which appeared in an earlier issue, told 
of the suffering that their tribe had gone through during past winter 


seasons, and encouraged the readership to send goods and supplies to help 
them through the upcoming winter of '48-'49, which many of them did. 

In appreciation of this, Oga-Make related the following 'legend' which told 
of the secret history of the Americas which ran it's course, possibly 
thousands of years before white men set their foot en masse upon it's 
shores: 

"...Most of you who read this are probably white men of a blood only a 
century or two out of Europe. You speak in your papers of the Flying 
Saucers or Mystery Ships as something new, and strangely typical of the 
twentieth century. How could you but think otherwise? Yet if you had red 
skin, and were of a blood which had been born and bred of the land for 
untold thousands of years, you would know this is not true. You would know 
that your ancestors living in these mountains and upon these prairies for 
numberless generations, had seen these ships before, and had passed down 
the story in the legends which are the unwritten history of your people. 
You do not believe? Well, after all, why should you? But knowing your 
scornful unbelief, the storytellers of my people have closed their lips in 
bitterness against the outward flow of this knowledge. 

"Yet, I have said to the storytellers this: now that the ships are being 
seen again, is it wise that we, the elder race, keep our knowledge to 
ourselves? Thus for me, an American Indian, some of the sages among my 
people have talked, and if you care to, I shall permit you to sit down with 
us and listen. 

"Let us say that it is dusk in that strange place which you, the white-man, 
calls 'Death Valley.' I have passed tobacco. ..to the aged chief of the 
Paiutes who sits across a tiny fire from me and sprinkles corn meal upon 
the flames... 

"The old chief looked like a wrinkled mummy as he sat there puffing upon 
his pipe. Yet his eyes were not those of the unseeing, but eyes which 
seemed to look back on long trails of time. His people had held the Inyo, 
Panamint and Death Valleys for untold centuries before the coming of the 
white-man. Now we sat in the valley which white-man named for Death, but 
which the Paiute calls Tomesha-The Flaming Land. Here before me as I faced 
eastward, the Funerals (mountains forming Death Valley's eastern wall) were 
wrapped in purple-blue blankets about their feet while their faces were 
painted in scarlet. Behind me, the Panamints rose like a mile-high wall, 
dark against the sinking sun. 

"The old Paiute smoked my tobacco for a long time before he reverently blew 
the smoke to the four directions. Finally he spoke. 


'"You ask me if we heard of the great silver airships in the days before 
white-man brought his wagon trains into the land?' 

'"Yes grandfather, I come seeking knowledge.' (Among all tribes of my 
people, grandfather is the term of greatest respect which one man can pay 
to another.) 

'"We, the Paiute Nation, have known of these ships for untold generations. 
We also believe that we know something of the people who fly them. They are 
called The Hav-musuvs.' 

'"Who are the Hav-musuvs?' 

"They are a people of the Panamints, and they are as ancient as Tomesha 
itself.' 

"He smiled a little at my confusion. 

'"You do not understand? Of course not. You are not a Paiute. Then listen 
closely and I will lead you back along the trail of the dim past. 

'"When the world was young, and this valley which is now dry, parched 
desert, was a lush, hidden harbor of a blue water- sea which stretched from 
halfway up those mountains to the Gulf of California, it is said that the 
Hav-musuvs came here in huge rowing-ships. They found great caverns in the 
Panamints, and in them they built one of their cities. At that time 
California was the island which the Indians of that state told the Spanish 
it was, and which they marked so on their maps. 

'"Living in their hidden city, the Hav-musuvs ruled the sea with their fast 
rowing-ships, trading with far-away peoples and bringing strange goods to 
the great quays said still to exist in the caverns. 

"Then as untold centuries rolled past, the climate began to change. The 
water in the lake went down until there was no longer a way to the sea. 
First the way was broken only by the southern mountains, over the tops of 
which goods could be carried. But as time went by, the water continued to 
shrink, until the day came when only a dry crust was all that remained of 
the great blue lake. Then the desert came, and the Fire-God began to walk 
across Tomesha, The Flaming-Land. 

'"When the Hav-musuvs could no longer use their great rowing-ships, they 
began to think of other means to reach the world beyond. I suppose that is 
how it happened. We know that they began to use flying canoes. At first 
they were not large, these silvery ships with wings. They moved with a 
slight whirring sound, and a dipping movement, like an eagle. 


"The passing centuries brought other changes. Tribe after tribe swept 
across the land, fighting to possess it for awhile and passing like the 
storm of sand. In their mountain city still in the caverns, the Hav-musuvs 
dwelt in peace, far removed from the conflict. Sometimes they were seen in 
the distance, in their flying ships or riding on the snowy-white animals 
which took them from ledge to ledge up the cliffs. We have never seen these 
strange animals at any other place. To these people the passing centuries 
brought only larger and larger ships, moving always more silently.' 

"'Have you ever seen a Hav-musuv?' 

"'No, but we have many stories of them. There are reasons why one does not 
become too curious.' 

"'Reasons?' 

'"Yes. These strange people have weapons. One is a small tube which stuns 
one with a prickly feeling like a rain of cactus needles. One cannot move 
for hours, and during this time the mysterious ones vanish up the cliffs. 
The other weapon is deadly. It is a long, silvery tube. When this is 
pointed at you, death follows immediately.' 

'"But tell me about these people. What do they look like and how do they 
dress?' 

"They are a beautiful people. Their skin is a golden tint, and a head band 
holds back their long dark hair. They dress always in a white fine-spun 
garment which wraps around them and is draped upon one shoulder. Pale 
sandals are worn upon their feet...' 

"His voice trailed away in a puff of smoke. The purple shadows rising up 
the walls of the Funerals splashed like the waves of the ghost lake. The 
old man seemed to have fallen into a sort of trance, but I had one more 
question. 

'"Has any Paiute ever spoken to a Hav-musuv, or were the Paiutes here when 
the great rowing-ships first appeared?' 

"For some moments I wondered if he had heard me. Yet as is our custom, I 
waited patiently for the answer. Again he went through the ritual of the 
smoke-breathing to the four directions, and then his soft voice continued: 

'"Yes. Once in the not-so-distant-past, but yet many generations before the 
coming of the Spanish, a Paiute chief lost his bride by sudden death. In 
his great and overwhelming grief, he thought of the Hav-musuvs and their 


long tube-of-death. He wished to join her, so he bid farewell to his 
sorrowing people and set off to find the Hav-musuvs. None appeared until 
the chief began to climb the almost unscaleable Panamints. Then one of the 
men in white appeared suddenly before him with the long tube, and motioned 
him back. The chief made signs that he wished to die, and came on. The man 
in white made a long singing whistle and other Hav-musuvs appeared. They 
spoke together in a strange tongue and then regarded the chief thought- 
fully. Finally they made signs to him making him understand that they would 
take him with them. 

"'Many weeks after his people had mourned him for dead, the Paiute chief 
came back to his camp. He had been in the giant underground valley of the 
Hav-musuvs, he said, where white lights which burn night and day and never 
go out, or need any fuel, lit an ancient city of marble beauty. There he 
learned the language and the history of the mysterious people, giving them 
in turn the language and legends of the Paiutes. He said that he would have 
liked to remain there forever in the peace and beauty of their life, but 
they bade him return and use his new knowledge for his people.' 

"I could not help but ask the inevitable. 
'"Do you believe this story of the chief?' 

"His eyes studied the wisps of smoke for some minutes before he answered. 

'"I do not know. When a man is lost in Tomesha, and the Fire-God is walking 
across the salt crust, strange dreams like clouds, fog through his mind. No 
man can breathe the hot breath of the Fire-God and long remain sane. Of 
course, the Paiutes have thought of this. No people knows the moods of 
Tomesha better than they. 

""You asked me to tell you the legend of the flying ships. I have told you 
what the young men of the tribe do not know, for they no longer listen to 
the stories of the past. Now you ask me if I believe. I answer this. Turn 
around. Look behind you at that wall of the Panamints. How many giant 
caverns could open there, being hidden by the lights and shadows of the 
rocks? How many could open outward or inward and never be seen behind the 
arrow-like pinnacles before them? How many ships could swoop down like an 
eagle from the beyond, on summer nights when the fires of the furnace-sands 
have closed away the valley from the eyes of the white-man? How many 
Hav-musuvs could live in their eternal peace away from the noise of 
white-man's guns in their unscaleable stronghold? This has always been a 
land of mystery. Nothing can change that. Not even white-man with his 
flying engines, for should they come too close to the wall of the Panamints 
a sharp wind like the flying arrow can sheer off a wing. Tomesha hides its 
secrets well even in winter, but no man can pry into them when the Fire-God 


draws the hot veil of his breath across the passes. 

'"I must still answer your question with my mind in doubt, for we speak of 
a weird land. White-man does not yet know it as well as the Paiutes, and we 
have ever held it in awe. It is still the forbidden 
Tomesha-Land-Of-The-Flaming-Earth. m 

The preceding account, titled "TRIBAL MEMORIES OF THE FLYING SAUCERS", 
appeared in the Sept. 1 949 issue of FATE magazine. Coincidental^ or not, 
this same 'legend' was repeated in amazing similarity by an old prospector 
by the name of Bourke Lee in his book "DEATH VALLEY MEN" (Macmillan Co., 
New York, 1932). However, Lee stated that it was NOT a legend, but an 
actual account of the discovery of a (now abandoned) city WITHIN the 
Panamint Mountains as he heard it from three other people who claimed to 
have seen this ancient wonder beneath the earth. 

Believe it or not, those who talked to Bourke Lee mentioned the ancient 
'lake' within Death Valley, the ancient city within the Panamints 
themselves, and even the large tunnel-like 'quays' or ancient boat docks 
above the ancient shoreline on the eastern slope of the Panamints which led 
INTO the ancient city... ancient artifacts which they swore they saw with 
their own eyes. 

The Editors of FATE magazine introduced the story which appears above with 
the following words: 

"...FATE presents two new saucer stories in this issue. The first is a 
startling account of an aviation editor's encounter with two disks (two 
week's after he had photographed four and was frustrated in every attempt 
to get the photo into the big dailies and thus prove the flying saucers 
were real at the height of the 'scare'); and the second is a tribal secret 
of the Paihute Indians given to FATE magazine out of appreciation for 
FATE'S Navaho story in the Spring, 1948 issue, which helped relieve their 
hardship in the ensuing winter. Your editor wonders about (these) stories, 
and presents them as a possible solution of the nature and origin of the 
famous disks. Both these stories arrived on our desk on the same day. They 
corroborate each other. We say that investigation will prove both to be 
true. We admit, however, that we believe it will be as impossible to prove 
the Hav-musuv story as it has been to produce a captive disk. Your editor, 
however, has been a friend of the American Indian for many years, and he 
has rarely known an Indian to lie. He is convinced of the sincerity of the 
story we present in this issue, and that it has not been distorted. What 
does it mean? What, really, are the Hav-musuvs?" 

The story of the Hav-musuvs seems to be a major or key 'piece' of the 
overall puzzle of a wide range of aerial as well as subsurface phenomena 


which have mystified numerous researchers throughout this century. 

Not the least of these unusual phenomena were the so-called 'contactees' of 
California who during the 1950's and '60's, in fact, described their own 
alleged encounters with 'benevolent' human-like beings who were seen to 
emerge from aerial disks, not far at all from the mysterious Panamint 
mountains them- selves. 

The Mojave Desert is also, believe it or not, the very place where William 
Shatner claimed to have had his UFO encounter with a 'silvery disk', which 
he alleges saved his life after he became lost in the Mojave's 
other-worldly expanse, and this long before he was Christened 'Captain' of 
the U.S.S. Enterprise! 

The Mojave Desert of California is in this sense perhaps one of the most 
interesting areas in the world whereas encounters with strange aerial 
phenomena are concerned. In certain small California and Mojave Desert 
towns, like the small town of Anza for instance, one is more likely to be 
called crazy for NOT believing in UFO'sthan they are for believing in 
them. Sightings have been so numerous over the years that these aerial 
visitors are an accepted fact of life. 

The interesting thing, however, is that the two most commonly reported 
types of 'occupants' which are described by thousands of witnesses with 
remarkable consistency the world over (in relation to these aerial 
phenomena) play a large part in the Mojave Desert scenario as well. These 
are the two groups which have often been referred to at the 'Saurian Grays' 
and the 'Nordic Blonds'. 

Both types of 'entities' have appeared in many accounts describing 
encounters with not only so-called extraterrestrial beings, but also the 
lesser known - although nevertheless persistent - accounts of 
intra-terranean beings as well. In this file we will document numerous 
accounts which seem to suggest that the 'Nordics' may be our ancient 
ancestors who, a few thousand years previous to the modern 'space race', 
may have attained the science and technology necessary to burrow deep into 
the earth in order to construct vast subterranean tech- nological 
metropolises, and shortly thereafter like a slingshot from the lower depths 
of the earth they may have hurled them- selves in starships of their own 
devising through the interplanetary and perhaps even interstellar depths of 
space. 

The strange allegation among 'UFOIogists', however, is one mentioned by 
many 'contactees' who allege that a neo-sauroid or reptilian race known as 
the GRAYS may have for hundreds if not thousands of years been in conflict, 
or even in even all-out warfare with the so-called 'Nordics' (as we will 


see further on, the "Nordic" appellation may be closer to the truth than 
one might think). The explanation given by some researchers as to the 
ACTUAL ORIGIN of this malevolent and predatory (other) race of 'grayish' 
aliens may shock you! 

Since National Polls reveal that approximately 80 percent of all Americans 
believe in the phenomena known as UFO's to some degree, and that as many as 
2 percent or 1 in 50 believe that they have been targets of 'abduction' by 
the same in the past, this file is written with the assumption that the 
reader is one of the 80% (and possibly even one of the 2 percent who have 
experiential knowledge of the UFO phenomena). 

If the reader believes that they are part of the 20 percent who do not 
believe in UFO's and have no desire to do so, then the following may not be 
for you. If one does not like the idea of having the very 'fabric' of their 
concept of reality torn apart and woven back together again, then they 
might do well to pass on this information to someone with a more open mind. 
But if you desire to bear with us, we will reveal to you the hidden secrets 
of one place on earth which appears to be a 'doorway' to other worlds, to 
worlds and realities and adventures which may well make the reader's own 
perception of 'reality' seem absolutely mundane to the extreme... 

But if you dare, then read on: 

George H. Leonard, in his book "SOMEBODY ELSE IS ON THE MOON" (David McKay 
Co. Inc., New York., 1967), quotes Morris K. Jessup (the UFOIogist who died 
under mysterious circumstances after exposing the so-called 'PHILADELPHIA 
EXPERIMENT), who asked the question: "Who has beaten us to the moon by 
hundreds or even thousands of years?" 

Leonard, based on research gathered by himself and certain ex-NASA 
employees, confirms the suspicions of certain researchers to the effect 
that NASA is aware of the fact that an alien race (the Grays, etc.) AND a 
human-like race has for centuries been fighting for possession of the moon, 
that mining equipment has been seen as well as many other evidences of 
lunar activity. Leonard says: 

"More than one. ..race occupies the Moon - Culture traits and technology 
seen in different parts of the Moon vary considerably ... it appears from 
the body of reliable data that one or more of the (non-human) races regards 
us with disdain and values human life cheaply... Races capable of moving 
between star systems... and existing on the Moon must be capable of wiping 
us out at will. It is probably this (understandably) which PANICS the 
military." 

Mr. Leonard, during one of his interviews with an ex-NASA employee whom he 


refers to as Dr. Sam Wittcomb (a pseudonym to protect his real identity), 
at which time he showed 'Whittcomb' the ms. for his book, learned the 
following disturbing facts: 

"...And Sam Wittcomb read my manuscript in draft and then sat staring into 
the black night. When he spoke, it was in a hushed voice. I'd never heard 
him like that before. They brought scientists together from many countries 
in the Spring of 1975. The meeting was in England. They wanted to talk on 
the quiet about "extraterrestrials" and what they're up to. A lot of people 
at the top are scared.' A cold spot formed in the small of my back. Sam 
turned to me. They invited a physicist from Colorado, a man named Joachim 
Kuetner, who'd worked on the Moon program and know's what's up there. He 
could tell them about it first hand. About the frenetic building and 
digging going on, the spraying of craters and carving up of crater rims and 
ridges. I don't know exactly what they talked about. But you can bet they 
know it's not Earth-people's Moon anymore - if it ever was. It belongs to 
THEM.'" 

As we've said, at least one of the races on the Moon is human, or identical 
to those of us on earth. If this is so, then we might ask ourselves "where 
on earth did these people come from, and how did they get to the moon 
before 'we' did?" It is certainly a reasonable question. 

There exist several corroborative accounts taken from ancient Hindu scripts 
(again, as Ripley would say "believe it or not"), which we will quote 
shortly, stating that the ancient GREEKS had actually developed flying 
ships thousands of years ago. Is it possible that the Hav-musuvs (which as 
we've said, may have been a neo-Grecian race because of their dress and 
their marble- like cities) would have taken the next logical step after 
developing aerial travel: that is, attempt to land one or more of their 
kind on the Moon... eventually upon Mars... and possibly even later upon 
planets in a nearby star system? 

The United States has made incredible advances in this area in a period of 
less than 1 00 years, thanks to the phenomena known as the technological 
curve (i.e. that a synchronous effort on the part of many contributing 
factors eventually leads to a multiplying explosion in technology). If 
America landed a man on the moon only 70 years after the Wright Brothers 
opened the skies to aerial travel, then can we expect anything less from 
the Hav-musuvs or others like them? For instance technology in our society 
is becoming thousands of times more sophisticated every year. Is it 
possible that the ancient Greeks or a similar ancient society had a 
'technology explosion' thousands of years ago? If so, then it may have been 
possible for them to establish bases or colonies on the Moon, Mars, and 
perhaps beyond! We might add that there are some who even claim that the 
secret of "hyper- space" travel was inadvertently discovered only 40 years 


after the Wright Brothers successfully tested their aircraft at Kitty Hawk 
- during a super-secret Navy experiment called the Rainbow Project which 
was carried out at the Philadelphia Naval harbor in 1943. 

If 'we' can go from the horse-and-buggy to landing men on the moon in LESS 
that 100 years (or from the horse-and-buggy to "hyperspace" travel in only 
40 years!?) then how much exploration and colonization of other planetary 
bodies might have taken place by a race who three or four THOUSAND years 
ago possessed aerial craft and technologies equal to or greater than our 
own? 

One 'contactee', incidentally, has stated that a large 'space port' does in 
fact exist in a network of caverns deep below present-day Death Valley. 

In reference to this we will quote from a 'synopsis' of the experiences of 
Brazilian 'contactee' Jefferson Souza, as it appeared in a catalog put out 
by the UFO LIBRARY (1 1684 Ventura Blvd. #708., Studio City, CA 91604). Many 
of the individuals referred to in this catalog, which offers taped 
interviews or lectures describing their encounters, are either 'contactee s' 
who have had friendly encounters with the so-called 'Nordic' or human-like 
beings who pilot many of the 'alien' craft; or who have been 'abducted' by 
the more manipulating and predatory 'Gray' or 'saurian' entities. Quoting 
from their description of Mr. Souza's experiences: 

"Reaction to the first sighting of a UFO is unpredictable. Jeff Souza had 
his first contact in 1 979 when he was only 1 3. The memory of it was tucked 
away in the recesses of his mind. Twenty alien contacts during the next 1 0 
years never fully restored the image. But those years were filled with 
excitement that would result in one of the most inspirational stories of 
alien contact ever recorded. 

"The young Brazilian was possessed of intelligence and intuition. He 
studied and managed to complete one semester of medical school before 
giving up his formal education. 

"In contact with two races of extraterrestrials, Jeff has met them in 
Brazil, Argentina and the United States. But where they occurred is 
unimportant when compared to the depth and cope of what he learned. 

"The gentle VEGANS and the business-like UMMITES taught Souza more than he 
could ever imagine about technology and life on all planets. He was 
transported aboard a spaceship by LIGHT (anti-gravity rays? - Branton) and 
taken to other planets and (other) parts of the world. On one such trip he 
suffered an unusual reaction - all his hair fell out. His watch broke at 
every contact. 


"Jeff Souza has been questioned by experts in the field of alien contact. 
He has been clinically regressed through hypnotism to the time of his first 
contact but the answers came only in Portuguese. At that age, Jeff could 
not speak English. 

"The details he has learned are awe inspiring. Answers to questions about 
time, space, matter, energy, life and spirituality easily rolled from his 
tongue. All prompted by the alien contacts of his past and present. 

"His interview and the recorded details of his many physical contacts 

PROVIDE HITHERTO UNKNOWN INFORMATION ABOUT SEVERAL ALIEN RACES 

INCLUDING 

THE MYSTERIOUS AND THREATENING GRAYS. FROM JEFF SOUZA WE LEARN 
ABOUT THE 

SEVEN RACES (possibly humanoid and/or saurian - Branton), THE ALIEN NAME 
FOR EARTH, A SUBTERRANEAN SPACE STATION IN DEATH VALLEYAND IF AIDS 
MIGHT 

BE CURED BYALIENS. 

"There is a final precaution from his contacts - we must all learn the 
lessons given to Jeff Souza because we are destroying our planet and if we 
don't change, not even the friendly aliens will be able to save us." 

We see here then a definite connection between the subterranea of the Death 
Valley region, which is reportedly inhabited by the neo-Grecian (?) 
Hav-musuvs and the human societies in Vega' and 'Ummo', which as we shall 
see later on, according to other contactees, are "Federated" with other 
human colonies or civilizations in Tau Ceti, Epsilon Eridani, Alpha 
Centauri, the Pleiades and elsewhere. 

Although Jefferson Souza claims to have encountered the Ummo People in 
landed craft, the Vegans are the ones who allowed him to travel on their 
craft most often. It was also the Vegans who showed him the MASSIVE basing 
complex below Death Valley, which contained chambers miles in diameter and 
numerous compartmentalized sectors which had been adapted to meet the 
gravitational, atmospheric and environmental needs of the various 
Federation world representatives who use the base as a way-station for 
their operations on earth. Apparently the Hav-musuvs have been VERY BUSY 
for the last few thousand ears, if we are to believe Souza's account. 

In addition to the above, Souza learned of two other alien species that are 
in conflict to some extent with the humanoids with whom he maintained 
contact. One of these includes an "Insectoid" type race, while the other is 
reptilian. The latter consists of a tall, very reptilian-saurian appearing 
"master" race to which the shorter reptilian "Grays" are subservient. There 
are at least three types of "Grays", according to Souza: those that 


reproduce via egg-hatcheries, those that reproduce via cloning, and those 
that reproduce via polyembryony. 

One might ask: if some of our ancient ancestors were so intelligent that 
they could develop aerial craft, then where is all the evidence? The 
evidence is there, but has been largely ignored by orthodox scientists who 
cannot fit the existence of advanced prehistoric civilizations into their 
own theoretical framework. For instance: 

Ancient sophisticated artifacts discovered imbedded in SOLID ROCK 
(including ancient 'spark plugs', metal cubes, gold chains, metal vases, 
nails, screws, and even electric batteries such as those described in Rene 
Noorbergen's 'SECRETS OF THE LOST RACES' - Bobbs-Merril Co., N.Y.), as well 
as artifacts found on the ocean floor, give evidence to the fact that our 
ancient ancestors were FAR more intelligent in the scientific realm than we 
give them creditfor. Yves Naud, in his book "UFO'S AND EXTRATERRESTRL^LS 
IN HISTORY' (Ferni Publishers, Geneva, Switzerland, 1978) describes one 
such artifact: 

"In 1900, sponge divers near Antikythera (Greece), found rusty fragments of 
a metallic apparatus on the sea floor. Scientists at first thought that 
they were remnants of an astrolabe dating from 65 B.C. In 1959, the English 
scientist, Solla Price, made a discovery which astounded the professional 
world when he published it in the NATURAL HISTORY review of March 1962: 

'"It appears that this object is really a computer which can determine and 
describe the movements of the sun, of the moon, and probably of the 
planets.' 

"This modern expert felt extremely humble and could only pay homage to the 
high science of our ancestors, although the homage was tinged with fear. 

'"It is quite frightening,' he wrote in SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (June, 1959), 
'to learn that, shortly before their great civilization crumbled, THE 
ANCIENT GREEKS had come as close as this to our time, not only in terms of 
their thinking, but also in their scientific technology.'" 

Back to the Mojave Desert mystery - it would seem that, based on the 
various reports (many of which we will record later on), that the Mojave 
Desert of Southern California and the deserts of western Nevada may in fact 
be a secret 'battleground' involving U.S. Government troops working in 
ALLIANCE with the alien races known as the 'Nordics'. Who are 'they' 
fighting? Their battle, according to SEVERAL sources is against the 'Grays' 
which have over the last century, possibly earlier, entrenched themselves 
below ground in underground 'bases' in the Mojave Desert region and 
elsewhere. 


Just as the U.S. government is allegedly working with 'Nordics' based at 
Mt. Shasta near Weed, California and others in nearby star systems such as 
those mentioned above who have a base below the Panamint Mt.-Death Valley 
region; their neo-saurian adversaries are allegedly working with others of 
their kind within a huge subterranean network centered below the Mt. 
Archuleta region near the town of Dulce in Northwestern New Mexico (which 
seems to be the U.S. CENTER of activity in regards to MIBs or 'Men In 
Black', abductions, mutilations, disappearances, sightings of reptilian 
entities and so on). 

These 'Grays' are allegedly working with other 'Draconians' who have 
established themselves in Alpha Draconis, Epsilon Bootes, Zeta Reticuli, 
Altair in Aquila, Rigel and Belletrax Orion, as well as possibly other 
NEARBY star systems. Why is this 'war 1 being carried on in secret? Partly 
because the U.S. Government does not believe that the American public can 
handle the truth. Just recall Orson Wells' 'WAR OF THE WORLDS' radio 
program of so many years ago, and the panic it incited. 

In reference to Zeta Reticuli, from where many of the Grays are said to 
'originate', Jeffrey L. Kretch, in his article 'THE AGE OF NEARBY STARS' 
(which appeared in ASTRONOMY Magazine in response to Terence Eckerson's 
Dec. 1974 article 'THE ZETA RETICULI INCIDENT, describing the Hill 
abduction, an article which incidentally raised more interest among the 
readership than any other article the magazine had published), makes note 
of the METAL and CARBON deficiencies of this binary system. He suggests 
that carbon-based life could not have 'evolved' in such an environment, and 
he may be right, for the 'Grays' have 'told' some abductees that they are 
actually RETURNING to earth, their native planet. No doubt 'they' will try 
to use this argument, even if true, in an attempt to justify their planned 
takeover of the planet. 

Recently one researcher, K.S., was approached by the family of a U.S. 
Intelligence worker (O.S.I.) by the name of 'Tucker 1 , who had disappeared 
mysteriously. They were concerned and frightened as they had discovered, in 
a personal locker of his, SEVERAL papers describing INTIMATE details of 
activities surrounding the Dulce, New Mexico and Nevada (S-4, etc.) 
underground installations. Among this large stack of papers was hidden the 
following letter which was stamped 'SECRET. The letter, copies of which 
were apparently also in the hands of a few other researchers as well, 
stated the following: 

"Dear John... 

"I am writing to you in the event that I do not return. 


"There is a triangle surrounding the Nevada Test Site. 

"There are in fact two of them. Each one frontiers on the other. One is the 
ELECTRO-MAGNETIC TR^NGLE, installed by MJ-12. This is a shield to protect 
the 'Benevolents' (very human looking) from the EBEs (so-called 
"extraterrestrial biological entities" or Grays - Branton) while they help 
us develop our counter-attack/defenses. The other is the EBEs' 'trap' 
keeping the benevolents in the redoubt... At each corner of the EM Triangle 
you will find BLM stations and they are the transmitters of the shield. 

"Facing each one of these is an EBE transmitter... There are MANY OF THESE 
STAND-OFFS THROUGHOUT THE WORLD. It is important that you do not interfere 
by attempting to destroy one of their 'surrounds', they would be able to 
'double-up' some- where else and overthrow that position. Once that link is 
over- thrown, our support team would fail. Their over extension is 
deliberate on our part. We are like the Chinese, we can't out technology 
them but we can out number them. Especially since they can't breed here and 
it is too far for them to go back home without our help. Many of our EM 
Triangles are ruses to keep them over extended. They can't get out of our 
solar system because our electro-magnetic field (at this time - Branton) is 
the wrong frequency for their propulsion system to work efficiently. This 
explains why the EBEs can not commit more vehicles to our solar system." 

The humans at the Nevada Test Site 'may' in fact, if we are to believe some 
researchers, be victims of subtle reptilian propaganda and intimidation. 
For instance, this source apparently believes that ALL the saurian-grays or 
EBE's come from extraterrestrial worlds. However as we've shown there is 
much evidence that saurian activity exists within deep sub- terranean 
levels and cavities throughout the earth, and has so for many centuries. 
This is a fact that the saurians have tried to hide from humankind, both 
terrestrial and extraterrestrial. Also, there are accounts suggesting that 
the sauroids, grays, etc., ARE IN FACT breeding profusely and reproducing 
them- selves via deep subterranean polyembryony tanks below Dulce and 
elsewhere, and are not as 'over-extended' as they might have us to believe. 

However, on the other hand, the fear the humans might have of prematurely 
attacking the 'enemy' positions might possibly be propaganda intended to 
keep humans from taking OFFENSIVE action, believing they are keeping the 
grays, etc., 'at bay' when in fact the Grays ARE ATTACKING OFFENSIVELY 
HUMAN SOCIETY on other hidden fronts via mass abductions, deception, 
implantations, psychic manipulation, recruitment of 'fifth column' humans 
and infiltration. We personally do not believe in 'standoffs'. In war there 
is no 'neutrality', one is either attacking (in various ways) or being 
attacked, in various ways - ways which those on the defensive might not 
even be aware of. The letter continued: 


"The 'headquarters' of this particular 'surround' is Deep Springs, 
California. At this location one can find a 'school' for Communist 
homosexuals who have defected to the EBEs in exchange for a cure for AIDs 
and a promise to their own little world, including reproduction via cloning 
and artificial wombs. Their sperm fertilize eggs taken from abductees. You 
will not likely see the hybrids hidden inside the mountain, unless you 
have... starlite binoculars. Some homosaphien APPEARING malevolents 
(mercenaries) are also there. Nine Soviets were there at the same time 
Soviets were at the NTS. They were there in the hopes of talking them into 
defecting back to our side. We are still hopeful. 

"The collaborators use the cover organization Natural Resources Defense 
Council, with front offices in New York and 1350 New York Avenue, N.W., 
suite 300, Washington, D.C. 20005 [tel. (202) 783-7800]. It is headed by Tom 
Cochran, staffed by Kevin Priestly UNR, John Brune UNR, Holly Eisler UnSan 
Diego, Gary Reisling Univ. Ca. Pasadena, Holly Nelson NY, Mary Manning LV 
Sun, Ed Vogel LVR; and many others I can reveal later. 

"One will also find that each corner of their triangle is at the base of a 
mountain. At each location you will find several entrances to underground 
systems. Do not attempt to enter, unless you wish to become liquid protein. 
You may however harass the EBEs' two other corners by placing a large 
magnet on the vaults... (placing a magnet on the other two entrances at 
each location will not affect anything). This temporarily interrupts their 
communications with Deep Springs until a collaborator team comes out to see 
what is going on. If you place a large magnet on this entrance (it has a 
large computer near the surface, you can hear it), it will affect an 
immediate interruption. So, you can take it off in a short time (1 hr) and 
take it with you. They will still have to come and reset the system. If you 
plant magnets (camouflaged like rocks) around these entrances, the EBEs 
won't come out & the sell outs won't be able to find them. The EBEs are 
also allergic to high concentrations of sugar. You will find that at two 
locations I have poured sugar around their exits. Always wear magnets near 
these locations, they interrupt the EBEs' sense of direction (due to an 
internal compass much like those found in migrating birds) similar to our 
loss of balance when our ear drum is affected. 

"Please wait until I have returned, if you have an airplane, I would like 
to take aerial photos, we can photograph them together. 

"Our alliance crest, symbolic of the EM Shield, and our sign/mark/graffiti 
is inclosed. Do not reveal them or else every- body will use them & you 
won't know the real from the pseudos. 


"YOU DO NOT KNOW ME, I DO NOT KNOW YOU. THIS IS NOT FOR PUBLIC 
DISSEMINATION. ZEALOTS MAY D ISRUPT THE BALANCE BEFORE V-EBE DAY" 


Another researcher by the name (or pseudonym) of Jason Bishop has revealed 
that 'John', to whom the letter was addressed, is non other than John Lear 
(one of the most decorated test pilots in U.S. history, and whose father 
William Lear founded Lear Jet Corp., invented the 8-tracktape recorder, 
and so on) who himself claims many connections with people 'in the know 1 . 
According to the letter, both the Nevada Test Site and Deep Springs are 
areas of conflict between U.S. Govt. -'Nordic' groups who are at war with 
the saurian grays or the 'reptilians' - since the internal makeup of the 
grays is reportedly reptilian- based rather than mammalian-based. 

Jason Bishop also released some other information he received byway of 
John Lear, from this individual whose letter we just quoted. According to 
Lear, the author of the letter was actually a Security Officer at the Test 
Site who had called in to the Billy Goodman talk show (KVEG radio - Las 
Vegas, NV) on a few occasions. This person used the codename: 
'Yellowfruit,' which he claimed was actually the codename of a top secret 
group that worked at the site, with which he was involved. YF also sent 
Lear a copy of the 'Benevolent' teachings. The 'Benevolents' are allegedly 
working at the Test Site with MJ-12 and are 'Blond-Nordic and/or 
Aryan-like' people. It is not certain whether these 'aliens' are tied in 
with the so-called exterran Nordic' Pleiadeans, the terran 'Aryan' 
Antarcticans, or the subterran 'Blond' Telosians - as all three groups 
allegedly exist according to different sources, and may have been confused 
with each other in the past. All three of these groups allegedly posses 
aerial disks, although in reality their societies may be somewhat distinct 
from each other. 

The BENEVOLENT TEACHINGS (not limited to the below) were identified as 
follows: 

"DISCOURAGED - NON PREPARATORY SPORTS (Activities That Can Not Be Used In 
Nonsporting Life) motocross, auto- racing, skateboarding, roller skating, 
football, baseball, hockey. Also Discouraged: Processed Sugar, Recreational 
Carbo- hydrates, Recreational Fluids, White Bread. 

"ENCOURAGED - NONCEREMONIAL LESSONS OF THE MAJOR RELIGIONS & 
PREPARATORY 

SPORTS (Activities That Can Be Used In Nonsporting Life) swimming, running, 
hiking, martial arts, survival arts. Teach Your Children! 

"FORBIDDEN - Alcohol, Illegal Drugs, Nicotine, Recreational Drugs, 
Unjustifiable Homicide. 

"MUST -Avoid Weakness (evil grows in weakness). Execute Evil Prisoners In 
Order To Help Other Prisoners (Editors Note: One personal suggestion would 


be to place all 'unreformable' death-row prisoners together for life, 
without possibility of parol, in large though sealed single-entrance 
extreme-security closely- monitored DEEP underground 'prisons' with others 
of their own kind and gender. Provide minimum life provisions and possibly 
even religious-Christian consultation, or broadcasting, and hope at least 
that the 'Hell' that these people make for each other will motivate some of 
them to seek for a better existence in the afterlife - Branton). 

"MUST - Quarantine Contagious Disease (AIDS) Victims Humanely. Show 
Strength. Stop Illegal Drugs. Stop Destruction of Environment. Stop 
Pollution. Use Nuclear Power. 

"STUDY - Bill Of Rights, Biology, Computers, Economics, Geography, History, 
Latin, Mathematics, Philosophy, Survival Skills, United States Of America's 
Declaration Of Independence, United States Of America's Constitution, 
Vocational Skills." 

Yellowfruit also provided coordinates for the Electro-magnetic Triangles he 
referred to in his letter. These include: N 37 22 30 - E 117 58 0; N 38 21 
0 - E 1 15 35 0; N 35 39 0 - E 1 14 51 0. Also: Yucca Lake: N 37 0 30 - E 1 16 
7 0. 

From what we can gather from the letter quoted earlier 'there are many' 
areas of conflict or 'standoff between the humans and saurians around the 
world. Those who realize that the conflict exists, such as the inner 
government, have failed to warn the general population of the problem 
possibly out of fear. However, as we have seen, the documentation proving 
that such a hidden conflict between the human and serpent races has existed 
since ancient times is surfacing en masse. We must realize however that due 
to the likelihood of the existence of recovered antediluvian technologies 
(as well as the apparent existence of hidden human and reptilian 
communities within the earth, which have utilized and added to such 
technologies since ancient times), the possibility exists that this 'war 1 
began on the surface of the earth, spread to the caverns, and was later 
propelled out into interplanetary and interstellar space. 

From the depths of the earth both 'races', as these technologies developed, 
apparently rushed to take control of as much territory as possible before 
the other side had a chance to, the humans - motivated more by their desire 
to expand their civilizations for the good of their overall societies; and 
the reptilians (and possibly humans "sellouts" who had collaborated with 
them) - motivated largely through Imperialistic tendencies, including the 
desire to establish god-like control over all creation without regard for 
universal law, a 'prime directive', etc. However, we must be reminded that 
man is partially to blame for opening the 'door 1 for these intelligent yet 
corrupted creatures to enter in and invade our societies, as well as 


possibly opening the way for their parasitical infestation of the heavens. 
Perhaps the 'war in heaven' between Michael and the 'Dragon' or the 'Old 
Serpent', referred to in REVELATION chapter 12, ties in with this scenario 
as well?! 

Utilizing the ancient technologies and adding upon them through a 
multiplication process, it is uncertain just which 'race' was first able to 
land itself upon Luna and other planetary bodies, the humans or the 
reptilians? But there are indications that they both may have done so at 
least a few thousand years ago, give or take a millenia. According to John 
Lear's Intelligence sources, U.S. astronauts have even been warned of the 
dangers of space exploration by human 'UFO' occupants who have allegedly 
monitored and even accompanied many of the space shots - possibly something 
along the line of similarity to an older brother teaching a younger brother 
how to ride a bike, although in this case the stakes are much higher. Many 
of these 'dangers' would no doubt include malevolent alien entities. 

UFO's have also allegedly followed U.S. space shots such as the Apollo and 
the Shuttle flights, the latter of which have actually 'filmed' what appear 
to be battles between alien craft and earth-based 'SDI' defense systems. 
The Apollo shots were allegedly followed FROM EARTH by UFO's, suggesting 
that an ancient Terran society which already went through the 'space race' 
phase, perhaps hundreds or thousands of years ago, was concerned with the 
feeble efforts of their 'little brothers' to move out into space. As we 
will see later on in this file, the possibility that an ancient Terran race 
developed space travel thousands of years ago is one which may be backed-up 
by actual evidence. When we realize that the United States itself became 
the major world power in less than two hundred years, and as we've said had 
essentially gone from the 'horse-and-buggy' to interplanetary travel in 
less than 75 years; then how much activity might have resulted in 
extraterrestrial realms over a period of two or three thousand years by 
human AND saurian beings whose 'sciences' were increasing at a synchronous 
rate? 

Also, do the 'benevolent' human-aliens allegedly working at the Nevada Test 
Site have any connection with the Hav-musuvs described earlier? Were the 
'human' occupied bases on Luna as seen by NASA officials, according to 
George H. Leonard and others, actually installations placed there by the 
Hav-musuvs or another society affiliated with them? These are questions we 
intend to answer in this File. 

As we've indicated, there are numerous accounts suggesting that an ancient 
race who utilize high-technology now resides in the bowels of Mt. Shasta in 
the Cascade Range of northern California. According to researcher William 
F. Hamilton, who claims to have met representatives of this society, the 
inhabitants of the subterranean 'city' under Mt. Shasta are usually tall, 


blue- eyed blonds who number in excess of over one-and-a-half million in 
their large 5-leveled, 20-mile long underground city. 

Mt. Shasta has been a major site for UFO contacts for decades. Also Indian 
legends - as well as stories of strange people being seen on it's slopes - 
abound there. These accounts are so well-known that many of the travel 
guides to the Shasta area mention the legends of the ancient people who are 
said to dwell within this ancient volcanic peak. 

Aside from the apparent 'Greek' connection with the under- ground city 
allegedly existing beneath Mt. Shasta (that is, the name Telos' itself, 
which is a GREEK word that literally means 'uttermost, purpose'), Mr. 
Hamilton also states that some of the 'Telosians' claim to be descended 
from ancient cultures such as the 'Quetzals' and the 'Naga-Mayas'. This 
seems to indicate a possible Meso-American connection or origin of some of 
the alleged inhabitants of Shasta. Is it possible that South American 
cultures AND Mediterranean cultures such as the ancient Greeks 'teamed up' 
in their obsession to explore the heavens? 

James Churchward (who authored several books describing the history of an 
alleged sunken island -continent which he believed existed within the Indian 
Ocean and which went by the name of 'MU') has indicated that the 
'Naga-Mayas' were a human tribe tied-in with ancient India. Whether the 
Telosians are descended from ancient Mayapan, India or Greece is not clear. 
It is possible as we've said that many ancient empires, such as was 
suggested in the Hav-musuv account, flowed-in to each other and traded and 
interacted with each other to a large degree. 

Early archeologist Augustus Le Plongeon, one of the first researchers to do 
an in-depth study of the Mayan Language, came under criticism from orthodox 
scientists when he claimed to have broken the Mayan language code, and 
learned of the close connections the Mayas had with Egypt, India and an 
ancient island continent called 'MU'. Although Churchward placed MU in the 
Indian Ocean, Le Plongeon placed it somewhere in the Caribbean, perhaps in 
the Bermuda Triangle region - possibly mistaking it with the ante-diluvian 
'Atlantis' legends. Others however place MU or ELAM-MU off the west coast 
of North America or, in fact, identify modern-day California as none other 
than the ancient kingdom of MU which in ancient times was a peninsula or 
large island just of the California coast, as the H a vmu-suv account seems 
to suggest. It is also possible that the 'MUrians' had several 'colonies' 
throughout the ancient world. 

Zechariah Sitchin, author of many books, states that some Mayas may 
originally have came from Egypt. This might be the case when we realize the 
apparent similarities between the Egyptians and Mayas as they can be seen 
in the Mayan and Egyptian Pyramids, and so on. Another possibility is one 


suggested by Churchward, that the Mayas or Naga-Mayas came from India. 
However, even if they came from Egypt, a connection to India may still 
exist, for the ancient Greek writer Philostratus insists that the first 
Egyptians were originally navigators from INDIA! Whether or not the Mayas 
were originally descended from the Egyptians OR ancient East Indians, there 
is much evidence that the Mayas WERE never- the-less a highly scientific 
society, who were well advanced in medicine, astronomy, architecture and 
mathematics. In fact, Charles Berlitz (author of many books on the Bermuda 
Triangle, the Philadelphia Experiment, and other mysteries) refers to the 
account of a Colorado art historian by the name of Jose Arguelles. 

Arguelles claimed to have met an old Mayan 'sage' by the name of Humbarty 
Men who told him that his people, the Mayas, still exist as a civilization 
(underground? - Branton) and that they have in the last millennia succeeded 
in 'navigating' at least seven nearby planetary systems through advanced 
spacefaring technologies. 

In relation to this, a man by the name of Morris Doreal, also of Colorado 
(a state which is or was believed to be the home of an advanced 
subterranean human culture), runs an organization called the 'Brotherhood 
of the White Temple'. Doreal claims to have visited a few of the ancient 
underground cities and alleges that several 'members' of his organization 
are Guatemalan Indians of Mayan descent who have told him of their own 
knowledge of subterranean cities inhabited by both good and evil 
(reptilian?) beings. It is true that there are many strange caverns in the 
regions of Yucatan and Guatemala. Eastern Guatemala has 'Silpino Cave' 
which has allegedly been explored for months in the direction of ancient 
volcanic cones without the daring Speleonauts' ever finding an end to the 
labyrinth; while the 'Loltun Caves' of Yucatan have an even more 
interesting history, being surrounded with accounts of ancient treasure 
troves, endless passages, encounters with people within it's depths who 
claimed to be centuries old, and even stories of lost tribes who vanished 
into the depths while fleeing their enemies, never to be seen again. Now 
back to the subject of the Hav-musuvs and the mysterious Mojave and Death 
Valley region. 

In addition to all of the above, there is much evidence that thousands of 
years ago the 'Nordic' Vikings landed on the west coast of the Americas. 
However, whether 'they' have anything at all to add to this scenario is 
uncertain. The best possible source however for the 'Hav-musuvs' and in 
fact the 'Telosians' themselves seems to be the ancient Greeks AND Mayas 
(Greco-Mayans?), although as we've indicated, possibly several ancient 
societies may have been working together. It is said by some that the 
Greeks borrowed much of their scientific thought from India during the time 
of Alexander the Great, and subsequently may have put this scientific 
thought into physical applications which were in turn shared with some of 


the leaders of India. As we will see later on, the ancient Greeks AND 
(Aryan?) East Indians may have been collaborating thousands of years ago in 
a 'space race' which propelled these cultures outwards to nearby star 
systems, possibly a millennia or more before the appearance of Christ. 

In 1961, SEARCH Magazine published a letter in it's October issue, pp. 
76-81 , from a Gene A. Statler of (at the time) North Street, Jackson, 
Missouri. Excerpts from this letter are given here: 

"Dear Mr. Palmer: A few days ago I wrote you a letter in which I brought to 
your attention an item which was placed by you in the Classified 
Advertisements section of the December, 1959, issue of SEARCH MAGAZINE. In 
this ad, you requested any information as to the whereabouts of L. Taylor 
Hansen, who had disappeared twelve years prior to that issue, and he was 
quoted as saying that he had discovered a black, polished shaft, leading 
down into the earth near Death Valley. 

"You will remember that I mentioned that it was strange to have the poem, 

'The Curse of Tippecanoe', listed as written by Hansen if the author had 

been missing for fourteen years. Well, my face is really red! While looking 

over some of the newest SEARCH and FLYING SAUCER magazines, I found that no 

less than five articles in the past three issues of your magazines have 

been written by Mr. Hansen. Therefore, I can safely assume that Mr. Hansen 

is not missing! Please accept my apologies for my rash statements. I'll try 

to be a little more comprehensive in my investigations the next time I try 

to make an earth-shaking announcement! 

"However, my one suggestion still stands. Why not inform everyone, if you 
have not already done so, as to the real, whole story behind Hansen's 
disappearance and his discovery? What was his polished, black shaft?" 

Ray Palmer's editorial reply to Statler's letter was as follows: 

"...It is true that we searched for Mr. Hansen for all those years, and 
when we found him, he had this cryptic remark to make concerning his 
whereabouts: 'It would be best just to drop the subject' However, we do 
have Mr. Hansen back doing articles for us, and not only that, but we have 
one book manuscript in production - one on Atlantis, and one on Lemuria. We 
feel sure that these will be quite sensational, and it may be they will 
answer a lot of unanswered questions concerning Mr. Hansen and his 
mysterious twelve-year silence." 

As we have seen by the Hav-musuv and related accounts, hidden technological 
societies descended from ancient Grecia or other ancient societies, may 
very well have established aerospace travel several hundred, if not a few 
thousand, years ago. 


Assuming this, once aerial travel was accomplished by ancient races such as 
those described by Oga-Make, William Hamilton and others, 'space' travel 
would be the next logical step. There are indications that the Hav-musuvs 
may have been only one of many ancient 'Terran' groups to discover 'free- 
energy' (electromagnetic) propulsion, and they certainly have not been the 
last. The problem is, when a segment of the human race, a scientific cabal 
for instance, stumbles upon the secret of electromagnetic propulsion (or 
even atomic, mercury, ion or tachyon energy drives - tachyons being an 
actual faster-than- light particle recognized by quantum physicists), they 
have a propensity to seclude themselves from mainstream humanity. This was 
usually done, according to various accounts, out of a fear that their 
technologies would be stolen and used for destructive purposes. It has only 
been in recent centuries that this 'techno-i imperialism' on the part of the 
secret scientific fraternities has weakened, as the overall masses of 
humanity have demanded their 'share' of the technological 'pie', and with 
it they have also recieved the darker side of technology - machine guns, 
missiles, atomic weapons - the works. 

Usually man has a suspicious outlook toward his fellow man, understandably, 
and this has apparently led many such sub- terranean cultures to develop 
their technologies in secret. Some hidden societies such as the MB or 'Men 
In Black' have been especially defensive of intrusion and have used a type 
of 'psychological terrorism' in order to keep their secrets hidden from 
those on the surface, especially now that the technologies of the 
'International' societies are becoming more refined. This defensiveness and 
paranoia on the part of the MB might be explained by their own guiltiness 
which stems from their ancient associations with the serpent races, and the 
subsequent mental control which the reptilians have established throughout 
their own and other 'collaborative' societies. Many of the MIB' however are 
prisoners of environmental influence and cannot be condemned for being 
'born' into such a society (we refer here to the 'humanoid' MIB, although 
androidal and even reptilian 'Men In Black' have also been encountered). 
There is no telling how many times such a scenario (of a society 
discovering the utilization of electro- magnetic energy and subsequently 
dis-connecting themselves from mainstream society) has run its course 
throughout the millennia. 

As for the 'Men In Black', which according to researchers like John Keel 
are an 'llluminati-like' secret society who may be collaborating with the 
malevolents (reptilians), their Black Automobiles have been seen entering 
and leaving underground areas, like for instance -according to one 
witness-a particular mountain near a road that runs between Hopland and 
Lakeport California, a road on which many automobiles including government 
vehicles have allegedly disappeared throughout the years. 


The Haitians refer to these large black automobiles, which have sometimes 
been seen 'apparently' operating without a visible driver, as the 'Zobops'. 
The superstitious Haitians, many of whom are into Voodoo and serpent 
worship themselves, refer to the Zobops as a race of sorcerers, and add 
that if one sees one of these large black automobiles apparently operating 
without a driver that they had better leave it alone. As we have suggested, 
there are also many cases which suggest that many of the so- called 'Men In 
Black' are not human at all. 

But whether good or evil, there are apparently numerous societies-many of 
them highly advanced technologically and many of them very ancient-who 
have hidden themselves away from mainstream surface societies, again for 
either benevolent or malevolent reasons. There is, in fact, evidence that 
such high-tech ancient cultures did exist in ancient times: 

Yves Naud, in his book "UFO'S AND EXTRATERRESTRIALS IN HISTORY," records 

actual accounts of ancient metallurgy factories, as well as documented 

evidence that the ancients were very familiar with atomic sciences. He 

states that: "...The manufacture of metal objects (a very advanced form of 

metallurgy would be necessary in the construction of machines or aerospace 

craft - Branton) presupposes the existence of appropriate factories. In 

spite of the fact that the modern mind draws back from this conclusion, we 

are forced to accept the evidence. Dr. Korioun Meguertchian, brought to 

light a foundry where the Ancients worked copper, lead, zinc, manganese, 

steel, etc. Scientists who were doubtful of the existence of blastfurnaces 

now have material proof: twenty-five of these constructions have been 

discovered, but it is calculated that there must have been at least two 

hundred..." 

These ancient scientists as we've indicated also seem to have made 
persistent efforts to hide their knowledge from irresponsible persons, 
although some of this ancient knowledge apparently did fall into the wrong 
hands, if certain accounts of ancient nuclear explosions are to be 
believed. Yves Naud reveals: "We again encounter traces of the antique 
atomic sciences in India. The Brahman treatises VAISESIKE and NYAYA, the 
sacred book YOGA VASISCHTA, all speak of the structure of matter: 'There 
are vast worlds within the voids of each atom, as diversified as dust in 
the rays of sunlight' 

"Being wiser than we are, and aware of the danger that atomic force 
represented, the Ancients divulged none of the secrets of that science to 
the profane, in order that the atom would not be used for destructive ends. 
'It would be the greatest of sins,' a Chinese wrote, a thousand years or 
more ago, 'to disclose the secret of our art to soldiers.' 

"Antique people knew about the atom, but were they capable of producing an 


atomic explosion? Scientists spent a long time wondering about this 
question until the discovery of the DRONA PARVA, a Hindu text which 
recounts the explosion of an atomic bomb: 

m A flaring projectile with the brilliance of a flame without smoke, was 
launched. A great darkness suddenly obscured the skies. Clouds thundered in 
the uppermost air, releasing a downpour of blood. Burned by the heat of 
this arm, the world appeared shaken by fever.' 

"...The physicist, Frederick Soddy, asks: 'In these old tales, can't we see 
some justification of the belief that prior representatives of a forgotten 
race of men not only achieved the level of knowledge that we have so 
recently attained, but even a power that we do not yet have?' Indeed, 
traces of ARTIFICIAL radioactivity have been detected in various parts of 
the world in the course of diggings into antique sites. In India a skeleton 
was exhumed which revealed a powerful intensity of radioactivity. This 
would tend to confirm the theory of atomic explosions in prehistory." Mr. 
Naud concludes. 

Daniel Cohen, in his book "THE ANCIENT VISITORS" (Doubleday & Co. Inc., New 
York. 1 976), also relates an account taken from an ancient text concerning 
what might have been aerial craft developed by an old race: "A number of 
ancient epics from India contain descriptions of fiery flying chariots. 
There are lines like this one, 'Bhima flew with his Vimana on an enormous 
ray which was brilliant as the sun and made a noise like the thunder of a 
storm.'" 

Yves Naud related still other accounts suggesting that ancient Terra ns did 
in fact attempt space travel... successfully: 

"A CHINESE ON THE MOON 4,300 YEARS BEFORE THE RUSS^vNS AND THE 
AMERICANS - 

The ancient people, making use of their astronomical knowledge, may have 
been able to launch out into the exploration of space. 

"The way was long, and as if enveloped in darkness,' explains Chu Yan, a 
Chinese poet of the third century B.C. Chinese tradition narrates the 
extraordinary adventure of HouYih, an engineer of the Emperor Yao, who 
decided, 4,300 years ago, to go to the moon with a 'celestial bird.' In the 
course of the flight, the bird indicated to the traveler the exact 
movements of the rising, the apogee, and the setting of the sun. Hou Yin 
thereafter explained that he 'sailed up the current of luminous air.' Could 
this current have been the exhaust of a rocket? 

'"He no longer perceived the rotary movement of the sun,' the narrator 
points out. Effectively, contemporary astronauts have noted that, in space, 


it was not possible to discern the diurnal passage of the sun. And what did 

the Chinese engineer observe on the moon? He saw 'an horizon which appeared 

frozen.' To protect himself from the glacial air, he built the 'Palace of 

the Great Cold.' His wife, Chang Ngo, left to join him on the satellite, 

which she described as 'a luminous sphere, brilliant as glass, of an 

enormous size, and very cold.'" 

If one such flight to the moon was successful, then we must assume that 
many others followed. Actually, Yves Naud quotes another ancient legend 
from China which suggests that at one point a great 'space race' to explore 
and colonize nearby planets was a reality, and that as a result of a 
perverted race of troglodytes the world was thrown into a dark ages which 
led to an almost complete loss of contact and communication between the 
other-planetary colonists and the ancient world. Quoting from the legend: 

"...The Mao-tse were (a) perverted race which had taken refuge in the 
caverns. It is said that their descendants still live in the outlying areas 
of Canton. Then, under the influence of Tchu-Yeo, they stirred up trouble 
throughout the world, and it became ridden with highwaymen. The lord 
Chan-Ty (a king of the so-called 'divine' dynasty) saw that the people had 
lost every vestige of virtue. And so he ordered Tchang and Lhy to cut all 
communication between heaven and earth. From that time on there was no more 
going up nor coming down." 

In connection to the above, it may not be any coincidence that John A. Keel 
states on pp. 93-94 of his book THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES' (Signet Books, 
N.Y., 1975 paperback edition) the following concerning certain UFO 
witnesses: "...In some cases, ancient lettering like Greek or Chinese 
appears on the object. The effect is the same. Months, even years, later 
the same percipient may again see the same numbers or letters on an 
object..." 

From the ancient text, the BRIHAT KAHTA, we read how the ancient 
inhabitants of INDIA were aware of the flying craft WHICH HAD BEEN 
DEVELOPED BY CERTAIN GREEKS who were very possessive of their scientific 
and mechanical knowledge. In the ancient account we read: 

"Padmavit explains that Queen Vasavadotta wishes to fly in a chariot to 
visit the (other parts of) earth. Vasantoke, the Master of Entertainment, 
broke into a laugh and told her: 'The women servants of the king have 
exactly that same desire. I have told them to suspend a swing between two 
high poles and to use this to go to and fro in the air. And if the queen 
wishes these aerial voyages, then she must content herself in the same 
fashion!' Everybody started to laugh, but Rumanavit cut in, 'That is quite 
enough joking,' he said, 'now let us look at the facts.' 'We are talking in 
the void,' Yangandharayame interrupted. 'That is a problem for the 


artisans.' 


"Rumanavit convoked the carpenters and gave them strict injunction to build 
a flying machine at once. The corps of artisans joined together and after a 
long period of shuffling about in an effort to avoid the whole problem, 
they finally sent their delegators, trembling in fear, to find Rumanavit. 
'We know of four sorts of machines,' they told him, 'those made of water, 
those made of air, those made of dust, and those composed of a great many 
pieces. But as far as flying machines are concerned, we have never even 
seen one. The Yavanas (Greeks) are the ones who know about them.' 

"Then a Brahmin spoke of a carpenter, Pukrasaka, whom the King had told 
(of) the existence of a certain Vicvita, who was mounted upon a mechanical 
cock. The foreign ambassadors whispered: 'We should never reveal the secret 
of the flying machines to anyone whomsoever, be he artisan or other. It is 
too difficult to understand for one who is NOT GREEK.' 

"All of a sudden, a stranger (a Greek?) appeared. He called upon Rumanavit 
to supply him with necessary material, and he built a flying chariot in 
(the) form of Garuda (the eagle with a human body, the steed of 'Vishnu'). 
It was ornamented with flowers. The queen and her husband flew around the 
world and then returned to their city..." 

This account, as we can see, indicates that the ANCIENT East Indians and 
Greeks were allies and were working together in the development of aerial 
craft. Could this explain the apparent involvement of neo-Grecian, and 
possibly 'Indian' and Mayan cultures in connection with the human 
civilizations living in the various cavern systems beneath California? 

There are other indications besides those that we've just mentioned which 
suggest that the ancient Greeks were very steeped in the intellectual 
sciences and used this knowledge to explore the unknown regions. Is it 
possible that before the Grecian empire crumbled, certain members of that 
society continued to carry on their own version of their civilization in 
remote outposts beneath or beyond the earth? According to Judeo-Christian 
history and prophecy (book of Daniel), four world 'empires' would run their 
course before the Messiah Himself finally reigned as king of an 
incorruptible Kingdom. The first was the Babylonian empire, second was the 
Medo-Persian Empire, followed by the Grecian empire which would subdue "the 
face of the whole earth" (see: Daniel 8:5,21). The last empire would be the 
largest, cruelestand most oppressive, the Roman Empire. It would rise and 
rule the nations, and then 'fall' in a sense although still retain 
considerable control over the 'religious' world (Revelation ch. 1 7-1 8) and 
then revive into a '10-horned' empire ruled by a counterfeit messiah. 

The idea that the Grecian empire went about "on the face of the whole 


earth" might be significant if we consider that the 'Hav-musuvs' for 
instance were connected with ancient Grecia. As for the highly intellectual 
nature of the Greeks, this was confirmed by the Apostle Paul, who alleged 
that during his visit to Athens, Greece, "...the Atheneans and strangers 
which were there spent their time in nothing else, but either to tell, or 
to hear some new thing." (Acts 1 7:21 ). Actually, when we consider the 
possibility that an ancient Grecian-like race developed aerospace travel 
thousands of years ago and compare this with modern accounts of human 
UFOnauts, there are indications that a connection between the two may be 
found. Many modern historians attribute our present sciences to the ancient 
Greek philosophers. However, when the Dark Ages of Roman Inquisition came 
these sciences were suppressed. But what if, as some suggest, certain of 
the early Greek philosophical-fraternal- scientific societies discovered 
for themselves hidden abodes far from the oppression of mainstream society 
and continued to develop their sciences with the freedom and creativity 
that only such hidden colonies could provide? 

One very interesting account, which seems to indicate that hi-tech human 
societies on and within the earth did in fact colonize other planetary 
bodies thousands of years ago, appeared in SEARCH magazine. The article, 
titled "BRACE YOURSELVES", was written by an ex-NASA employee who 
identified himself only as The Doc'. His account appeared in the Winter, 
1988-89 issue of that magazine. This ex-NASA employee related at the 
beginning of the article two very remarkable things that he'd heard while 
working at NASA. One of them included the discovery that the sun's surface 
may not be a region of continuous thermonuclear activity as has commonly 
been believed. Instead, scientists had found that it appeared to be in 
essence a tremendous electromagnetic dynamo or sphere which in turn 
generates the electromagnetic fields of the planets. In other words it 
seemed to be more of a gigantic electrical 'light' or 'sphere' than a 
gigantic thermonuclear reactor, although nuclear reactions might play a 
part, but not nearly to the extent that many believe. 

Some have alleged that the 'heat' experienced from the solar orb on a 
planets' surfaces is not so much determined by their proximity to the sun, 
but more by the amount and type of atmosphere with which the solar 
radiations and rays interact to produce friction and heat. In simple terms, 
the sun is not 'hot' in the sense that most believe, but the solar flares 
and explosions taking place on the surface of the sun are more consistent 
with tremendous electrical 'arcs' than with nuclear explosions. The other 
'revelation' he received from other NASA employees was that the U.S. Navy 
has for several year been making regular reconnaissance-observation trips 
to monitor alien 'bubble-cities' on the ocean floor. 

Some years afterwards, while practicing homeopathic medicine in Phoenix, 
Arizona in 1984, 'The Doc' met a young man who had come into his office to 


pick up some 'UFO photos' he had loaned to a different doctor on a previous 
visit. The ex- NASA employee struck up a conversation with the young man. 
Following is an excerpt from the conversation which ensued between the 
young man and 'The Doc' during that visit. The young man said, after 
talking to 'The Doc' about the photos: 

"So, do you know anything about UFO's?" 

"Only what I've read since the 1950's and hear tell by others who have had 
encounters. How about yourself?" 

"Well, there are such craft now in our atmosphere with bases underground 
and underwater. One group is very advanced and can take you anywhere in the 
universe." 

"Should Einstein be upset to hear that?" I thought about it for awhile. 

"There is a whole science concerning traveling above the speed of light. 
These people are so advanced that most of the world is not ready to 
understand or appreciate their values and their scientific attainment." 

"Well, no matter how advanced their technology, spiritually they have the 
same plight as we. We are all spiritual brothers and sisters and must solve 
the mystery of returning to our Source." 

He looked at me penetratingly and continued. 

"When I was eight years old and playing with a friend out in a field, a 
craft came down, landed not far from us and a man and woman came out and 
walked up to us, smiling and calling us by name. They seemed to know all 
about me, what school I was going to, what subjects I liked best, and they 
told me that they would every so many years return and visit with me. They 
also said that they wanted me to do well in school." 

"Did they return?" I asked, smiling, half in disbelief. 

"Yes, surprisingly, they did. About five years later. I was about thirteen 
or fourteen. They told me that I was one of them and I was put on this 
planet to help them someday in the future." 

"Incredible!" I played along with this. 

"You haven't heard the best part. I was nineteen and was driving one night 
up through a wooded area in Connecticut, and suddenly this saucer swooped 
down over my car. I almost drove off the highway I was so shocked. It paced 
me, staying just above the car, and this voice came over my car radio 


speakers, but my radio wasn't even on! This voice knew my name and asked a 
number of times, 'Dave (pseudonym), when will you return home? You have 
been gone so long.' 

"I was really shaken up by this, and then they somehow lifted my car off 
the highway and took me over a hill and brought me back down on the same 
highway, without my tires even squealing. They finally said that they would 
return again someday. 

"I stopped at the first public phone and phoned my parents in Vermont. When 
my mother answered I was so shaken and anxious over the possibility of my 
parents having not told me the truth, I didn't bother to tell her what had 
happened on the highway. 'Mom, who am I?' 

'"Why, Dave, you're my son.' 

'"Mother, who am I really? How did I get into this world?' 

'"Son, you got into this world just like other boys. I delivered you in a 
hospital.' 

'"Mom, I don't believe it. Over and over I have been visited by people in 
starships who, somehow, know me. They say I am supposed to help them 
someday. Their ship just came down over my car, they called me by name and 
toyed with me about when I would come home to them someday. And then they 
picked up my car off the highway and gave me quite a shocker of a ride. I'm 
different, aren't 1. 1 want to hear the truth.' 

"There was a long silence at the other end of the phone." 

'"All right. We were going to tell you someday as you have continued to 
mention these kind of things. Your father and I found you and your sister 
one evening as we were walking out behind the cabin like we did every 
evening after dinner. We found you and your sister wrapped in a blanket 
nestled between some boulders up on the hillside. We couldn't believe what 
we saw. You both were dressed in shiny one-piece suits. You were about a 
year old. We asked around and could not find anyone that might know your 
parents. We figured that you had been abandoned but we both had the 
strongest impulse to take care of you both until someone came into town and 
asked about you.'" 

I was now shaking my head. "And have you continued to be visited by your 
friends?" 


"Yes. More frequently, like a calendar." 


"Where are they from?" He had me going now. 

"Are you familiar with the Seven Sisters constellation?" 

"I don't think so." 

"It's also called the Pleiades constellation." 
"Why are they, YOU here?" 

"They won't interfere for the most part with the social problems and 
destiny of the Earth. It's a policy of theirs." 

I was standing up now looking sad, "I'm sorry to hear that..." 

"The Doc" then gave him a checkup, since the young man had originally come 
in for back problems. After he had informed the doctor that his back no 
longer bothered him, he told "The Doc" that he had to rush to catch a 
flight to Switzerland, and left the clinic. 

"As I was turning into my office," the Doc continued, "one of the 
chiropractic physicians called as he was walking towards me down the hall 
carrying an X-ray. 

'"Look at this X-ray. This guy is really different' 
"I looked at it. 'Two extra cervical vertebrae.' 

'"Also abnormally low vital signs (blood pressure, pulse). Not sure about 
the placement of the organs either.' 

"I looked at the helpless expression on my associate's face. 'Friend of 
yours?' 

"The guy that just left to catch a flight to Switzerland.' 

"I found myself looking down an empty hallway, far off into the 
distance..." 

In his book "LIGHT YEARS" (Morgan Entekin Books., Atlantic Monthly Press., 
N.Y 1987), Gary Kinder reveals that the Swiss contactee Eduard 'Billy' 
Meier was told by the star travelers he allegedly encountered that 'they' 
were from the Pleiades, some 430 light-years from earth. The Pleiades are a 
relatively nearby 'open' star cluster consisting of hundreds of stars, and 
according to scientists the sun (or Sol) itself and some of its neighbors 
revolve around Alcyon, the central star of the Pleiades cluster. However, 


the Pleiades are a relatively young system of stars which are unlikely to 
have developed life of their own and, in fact, the Pleiadeans claim that 
they are not native to that part of the galaxy. The Pleiadeans claimed to 
have 'terra-formed' certain planets in that sector to support life and that 
their actual place of origin IS MUCH CLOSER TO EARTH, in the Lyra systems, 
some 30-or-so light years from our Sol-ar system. In other words, they 
migrated outwards from the general direction of the earth. 

The Pleiadeans according to Meier look remarkably, almost exactly, like us 
although many of them are allegedly 'Nordic' appearing, some with blonde 
hair and others with darker shades. They number only a little more than 500 
million on their Terra- formed planet of Erra, in the 'Taygeta' system of 
the Pleiades. This suggests that they have probably been living on that 
planet for a relatively short period of time as compared with the 
inhabitants of the earth, who number over 7 billion. 

'They' also claim to have horses, cows, rabbits, fish, and other 'Terran' 
life-forms roaming about on their planet. This strongly suggests that the 
ancestrage of the Lyran-Pleiadeans and those on earth are intimately linked 
via ancient civilization, and in fact Meier was told that 'their 1 ancient 
lineage does in fact converge with that of earth's ancient inhabitants. 
When we consider that the Pleiadeans originally came from Lyra, which is 
much closer to planet earth, and consider the remarkable similarities 
between terran and Lyran-Pleiadean life, then one might wonder if Lyra 
itself might have been originally colonized by ancient explorers such as 
the Hav-musuvs, or by other civilizations such as the Mayas, Greeks, 
Chinese or Eastindians who according to many sources all possessed aerial 
and/or interplanetary exploratory craft a few thousand years ago. There is 
incidentally ANOTHER GROUP of 'extraterrestrials' who have made themselves 
known to various contactees and who claim to be tied-in with the Pleiadeans 
AND ancient earth, suggesting an even greater possibility that these as 
well as the Pleiadeans had their genesis originally on (ancient) earth 
thousands of years ago. Could planet earth be the original 'seed' from 
which all sentient life in the universe proceeded? 

To be honest, there have been many claims - mostly through so-called 
"channeled" information - which would have us to believe that the Earth 
was originally colonized by beings from other worlds. We are of the 
opposite opinion, however, and suggest that much of the inhabited sectors 
of this galaxy were colonized by the many expeditions which, "unofficial" 
history tells us, were sent outward from earth by several hidden societies 
who had attained the ability to initiate interplanetary or interstellar 
travel throughout the past 3 or 4 thousand years, in post-diluvian times. 
The "other side" in this argument may present all the evidence they can 
gather to support their theory, however they must allow us the same 
privilage. We feel that if we are to suggest that planet earth was the 


original life-seed of the galaxy, then we have the duty to compile the 
evidence to support this theory, so most if not all of the information 
contained in these files is information which we have gathered in support 
of the above thesis and we make no apologies. 

We present this possibility not because of any egotistical desire to place 
planet earth above any other 'world', but simply because it seems to be the 
one explanation which fits with all of the accounts given in this File. 
This 'other' spacefaring group who are allegedly tied-in with the 
Pleiadeans claim to come from the Tau Ceti and Epsilon Eridanus star 
systems, which are two of the nearest SOL-type star systems in this sector 
of the galaxy. 

According to Meier, a great interplanetary battle and mass human exodus 
took place ages ago within the Lyran system, and as a result a large 
percent of the human inhabitants were forced to evacuate their planet 
within that system after many of their ancestors were apparently killed in 
the war. Meier was not told, to our knowledge, just who the 'attackers' 
were, but another 'contactee' claims that the attackers in the 'Lyran wars' 
were none other than the interstellar parasites known to us as the 'Grays'. 
Some who have been abducted against their will by the grays have even been 
shown holographic recordings of such an interplanetary war, as if the grays 
in their leviathan pride were parading their supposed invincibility to 
their frightened and confused abductees. 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #2 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by 'The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 1 

As a result of this war, according to Meier, a leader by the name of 
Pleiore allegedly led a mass exodus of surviving refugees from the Lyran 
system in an effort to reach and colonize the Pleiades, the Hyades and 
Vega. Even today as we've seen previously, some 'Contactees' have 
reportedly encountered the modern-day Vegans, as well as the Pleiadeans. 
Whether Tau Ceti was colonized as a result of this exodus, or whether it 
was an original 'link' in an apparent colonization by ancient Eartheans of 
the Lyran system, is uncertain. It is interesting however that, when viewed 


from earth, the three constellations of Taurus (Pleiades), Cetus, and 
Eridanus are ADJACENT to each other and in the same sector of the sky. At 
this point in time, Meier was told, the Pleiadeans were part of a union of 
interstellar colonists and civilizations numbering over 127 billion humans. 
One interesting thing that Meier was told is that the 'Nordics' or 
'Pleiadeans' were approximately 3000 YEARS advanced over us in 
technological development! (This extreme closeness in development when 
compared to the multi-billion year history of the galaxy may seem highly 
unusual, as well as the fact that nearly all human cultures in this sector 
of the universe who have contacted eartheans claim to be no more than a few 
thousand years advanced over us. The most likely explanation is that human 
life in this part of the galaxy appeared on one single world and quickly 
spread out to other systems, adapting themselves to their new environments, 
especially after "hype rspace" travel became a reality). 

Are there any other accounts that might support the above scenario? 

In the Spring, 1991 issue of "UFO JOURNAL OF FACTS" (Box 17206., Tucson, AZ 
85710), researcher Forest Crawford gives a very remarkable description of a 
crash-recovery of a disk which was reported by a former deep-level 
government employee who Crawford refers to only as 'Oscar 1 . For reasons 
which should be obvious, 'Oscar's' last name was not given. His story, as 
quoted by Crawford, is as follows: 

"'...The eggs had their typical lack of firmness and the sausage 
tasted more like greasy rope than pork links. The order to 
mobilize saved me from this breakfast experiment. We proceeded 
down six flights of stairs below the COMTRAPAC submarine base in 
San Diego to 'shoot-the-tubes.' After placing a few pieces of 
jewelry in a container I climbed into the cylinder to travel the 
tunnels to an unknown assignment. I wondered what was so 
important to upgrade our pay from E-3 to E-6 before we left and 
besides that, we could not even finish breakfast. 

'"As I am told of our departure, a familiar uneasy feeling comes 
over me. When you push down on the accelerator in your car, one 
can feel the tug of inertia sinking you into the seat. When you 
travel the tubes there is no feeling of motion but you know when 
the door opens you will be in another place hundreds, even 
thousands of miles away. For some comfort I checked to see if the 
watch hidden in my pocket was still there. I quickly looked to 
see if it is still running. It seems to be working normally, so 
why no jewelry? Because of electrical charge buildup perhaps? 

"The soft clang of the door opening made me tense again. I did 
not even feel us stop! Peeking at the watch I noted only 30 


minutes had passed. We must be in California, Nevada or Arizona, 
I thought. As I stepped from the windowless capsule I heard a 
military policeman murmur Turners' Rangers.' Our reputation had 
preceded us. As I readorned my jewelry the first surprise of this 
assignment was about to come. 

'"A high-ranking Naval O.S.S. Officer informs us that we will not 
be allowed above ground while in North Dakota. NORTH DAKOTA! 
Several of us were led to a large hanger-like room that had been 
quickly set up to function as a laboratory. Resting on heavy jack 
stands in the middle of the room was a large disk- shaped craft. 
The chief scientist present was introduced as Professor Bear. As 
his briefing and some discussion proceeded, I rapidly developed 
rapport with this talented, open minded and gentle man. 

"The craft had crashed near Phoenix, Arizona and was moved to 
this North Dakota base. Two dead alien bodies with fatal 
radiation exposure were found outside the craft. I reflected on 
my O.S.S. Training for crash retrieval and remembered thinking. 
'Why bother, we will never get a chance to be involved in 
anything that exciting.' Well, not only was I involved, I was the 
security team leader. This meant that when the craft was opened I 
would be the first one inside! After all, one does not send in a 
high ranking officer or a chief scientist to possibly encounter 
an alien booby trap or extraterrestrial virus. Come to think of 
it, the prospects did not excite me either. As Professor Bear 
prepared his ultrasonic sound generators for opening the craft, 
my apprehension turned to intensity; after all, this was what my 
training was for. 

'"As 'the Bear 1 tuned his equipment the smooth solid metal 
surface of the craft began to ripple like when you throw a stone 
in the water. When the ripples seemed to gain harmonic stability 
the now liquid metal parted in a circular iris-like fashion. As I 
stepped inside I noticed a fresh pine scent and a strange 
smoothness to everything. The interior was rounded off and 
continued with no seams or rivets. It was as if the walls, floor 
and ceiling were formed out of one piece of metal. Even a table 
in the center of the craft looked as though it had been pushed up 
out of the floor. What appeared to be control panels had no 
knobs, switches or dials. There were strange symbols highlighting 
these futuristic yet simple consoles. 

"The outside of the craft had no apparent damage yet the 
interior showed some distortion, possibly from the crash. Next to 
one of the panels I could see something that would challenge my 


training and change my perceptions of reality forever. The craft 
was just another piece of hardware, but seated next to the panel 
was a human! It's gender was obviously male. Aside from his 
unusual dress he could have walked past you at a grocery store 
and not command much attention. Upon noticing some injuries about 
his head I instinctively and quickly moved toward him to help. 
His skin was a bronze color, reminiscent of Mediterranean or 
South America n cultures. His hair was similarly brown and very 
short in a Roman or crew style cut. The only real difference in 
appearance from earth humans were that his ears were slightly 
pointed. He reminded me of pictures of Quetzalcoatl, the deity of 
the ancient Toltecs (Note: This mythic being which was also known 
as the 'feathered serpent' may have been either human or 
serpentine, depending on the different 'depictions' given by the 
ancient Mayas, Toltecs, etc. - Branton). 

'"He was conscious and in great pain. One leg was partially 
pinned by the shifting interior. I was examining cuts on his 
cheek and lip when I first touched him. An overwhelming feeling 
of compassion came over me as I heard his voice in my head. I 
could understand him clearly even though his mouth did not move. 
The communication was strictly telepathic..." 

Note: In this case he mean 'empathic'. There is little evidence that actual 
mind-to-mind 'thought reading' is a reality, at least without the aid of 
sophisticated technology. Even if it were possible the 'words' formed in 
the mind of the human encountered by 'Oscar 1 would most likely be in a 
language completely unfamiliar to him. Most people who experience this 
phenomena claim that 'thought words' are not involved, but that so-called 
'telepathy' instead involves the empathic 'feelings' or 'images' BEHIND 
these words. Emotions are the most common 'universal language' between the 
various different human races wherever they may be. Many experts claim that 
'words' make up only about twenty percent of the actual 'communication' 
which passes between people. Sometimes body language, facial expressions, 
feelings, eye contact, and attitudes tell more about what a person is 
thinking than mere 'words' can. This is because humans have a duel physical 
and spiritual nature. Just as an astronomer can determine the chemical 
makeup of a star by looking at it's spectrograph, human beings are like 
'lights' in themselves who can to a large extent be 'interpreted' by others 
who are sensitive to the feelings, expressions and words-attitudes which 
they are projecting. For instance emotions, sight, and even thoughts result 
from a combination of the physical and spiritual natures of human beings. 
So with this interjection, we now continue with 'Oscar's' account: 

"'I perceived his fear of being harmed and told him that I would 
not let anyone hurt him. Suddenly, a voice from the doorway 


refocused my attention on the duties at hand. 

'"I called back that we had a live one. The craft filled with 
gloved and masked medical personnel to help free the occupant. He 
was quickly carried outside and placed on a gurney. I remarked 
that he felt heavy for his size and a few others that had 
assisted agreed. As the alien was whisked off for medical 
attention, Professor Bear examined the inside of the craft. He 
found what he thought was a star map depicting the constellation 
Eridanus and wondered if that might be where the alien was from. 
After a brief discussion concerning the nature of the 
communications, Bear asked me to accompany him to the medical 
lab. As we talked along the way I referred to the alien being as 
'Hank.' The professor asked if that was the name the alien had 
given me. 

"I explained that it was not and that I had chosen that nickname 
based on it's native American reference to a 'troubled spirit' 
The professor smiled and said, 'Hank it is,' and the name seemed 
to immediately stick. In the antiseptic, impersonal medical room 
Hank's discomfort was compounded by his complete undressing. 
While still in great pain he was examined from head to toe. No 
stone was left unturned, so to speak. They treated him as if he 
were a baby of some rare animal species being first born into 
captivity. It became evident that Hank could not communicate with 
everyone involved so I was asked to be translator. I had no 
trouble understanding that the normal anesthetics we were 
administering had little or no effect. Suddenly, with Hank's 
discomfort still a concern, everyone's attention became divided 
between the being and a new person arriving on the scene. 

"This new person was obviously important yet seemed to make 
everyone uneasy. Even Hank recoiled in fear when he came close. 
He barked a few stern orders and several people, myself included, 
marched into a nearby conference room. The man introduced himself 
as Frank Drake and told us he was the head of the operation. The 
reports would hence forth be titled 'Project OSMA' (with an 'S'). 
As the sound of his continued briefing faded into a day- dream, I 
thought about how my regimented life had just jumped track and 
was now speeding off in a totally new direction...' 

Forest Crawford, commenting on the incident, states: 

"This extraordinary story, according to the witness, is not 
fiction. Oscar is a simple country person from rural Missouri 
where he lives with his wife, three children, and a menagerie of 


stray animals. His life is seemingly uncomplicated and unhurried. 
However, his eyes reflect a clarity indicative of inner knowledge 
and understanding. 

"We first came to meet this man as the result of a lead from 
nuclear physicist and renowned Ufologist, Stanton Friedman. At 
the 'Show-Me UFO Conference 1989' in St. Louis, Friedman asked 
Bruce Widaman, State Director of Missouri MUFON, if he would 
attempt to locate a witness that called responding to the 
'Unsolved Mysteries' show on the Roswell crash. The person in 
question had possibly been involved in a crash retrieval while in 
the military. The tip had come from a former neighbor of Oscar's. 

"Widaman of course agreed to follow up since Friedman felt that 
the witness did not have a phone. So with little else than a 
name, town, and rumor to go on, the search began. Widaman and 
Alex Horvat, Public Information Officer for Missouri MUFON, 
arrived in the small town near St. Louis after dark. After 
questioning a girl at a local convenience mart no further leads 
were found. Horvat suggested checking the local bar. This 
produced a description of a front yard that might be that of the 
elusive witness. After driving up and down the lane several 
times, one yard seemed more appropriate than the others so they 
hesitantly stopped. Stepping from the car into the country night 
proved harrowing enough as several large dogs snarled and barked 
from the surrounding darkness. Widaman was further unnerved when 
a large black dog began licking his hand as he knocked on the 
door. Not knowing whether he was being greeted or tasted by the 
animal, Wdaman was relieved to see someone answer. After a brief 
explanation of who or what our investigations were, an invitation 
to sit and talk came as a positive sign. The stranger said he did 
not know where 'Bill,' the name given Friedman, was, but that he 
was his brother. After Widaman and Horvat explained their purpose 
and some of their feelings and ideas he finally conceded that he 
was in fact the man they were looking for. He explained that his 
real name was Oscar and that the name 'Bill' had been given so he 
would know where any inquiries were coming from. 

"As Oscar told the story that began this article it became 
obvious that, because of his military background, the name given 
was for his protection. The account unfolded further to reveal 
horrible injustices to Hank and to Oscar himself. At the 
direction of Drake the team conducted medical experiments such as 
spinal taps, marrow sampling, taking organ specimens and other 
exploratory surgery on Hank WITHOUT anesthesia. Oscar had spent 
many hours over three months communicating with and growing close 


to the alien. One day he stepped between Drake and Hank with his 
.45 cal. pistol drawn and demanded an end to the torture. Drake 
withdrew but the next morning Oscar had new orders to depart 
immediately for Saint Albans Hospital in Radford, Va., where he 
was incarcerated for debriefing. He remained isolated for several 
months until the efforts of Lt.(?) Charles Turner, Oscar's 
Commanding Officer, got him to move to a psychiatric ward. His 
family, who had now been out of touch with him for almost three 
months, was told that Oscar had suffered a head injury during a 
submarine accident. After spending time under psychiatric care, 
which would damage his military record, he was oddly enough given 
an honorable discharge. 

"After having returned to civilian life he and his father 

embarked on a hiking trip to North Dakota. They purposely entered 

the restricted area surrounding the base where Oscar had been 

stationed. Perimeter patrol picked them up for removal from the 

area. While in their company Oscar asked how Hank was doing. One 

of the guards confided that the alien had died several months 

earlier. 

"The next trip out to the country included myself and David Rapp, 
a physicist with 13 years experience in the aerospace industry 
and also Director of Investigations for Missouri MUFON. Because 
of our backgrounds in science the discussion focused on technical 
questions about Oscar's experiences..." 

As for the alleged home of 'Hank's' people, Crawford states: 

"The pattern from the panel inside the ship was confirmed by Rapp 

to match stars of the constellation Eridanus as seen FROM EARTH. 

It was later confirmed by Hank that the stars of origin of his 

people were Tau Ceti and Epsilon Eridani. In later sessions Oscar 

discussed some reasons for the presence of the aliens. He said 

THEY DO NOT LIKE THE SITUATION WITH SOME OF THE SMALL GREY ALIENS 

(emphasis ours - Branton). He corrected us when we used the term 

'grey' and said that they are actually white. The Tau Cetians 

feel that the abductions being carried out by some of the Greys 

ARE A GREAT INJUSTICE TO HUMANITY. 'THEYARE A PARASITIC RACE 

THAT HAS AND IS PREYING ON HUMAN CIVILIZATIONS THROUGHOUT THE 

UNIVERSE,' Oscar relayed. He added that our government's 

involvement with the grays IS VERY DANGEROUS AND OUT OF 

CONTROL... Oscar is ADAMANT that the bug people (i.e. Oscar's 

term for these creatures - Branton) are using HUMAN FLUIDS FOR 

SUSTENANCE. They feed by immersing their arms in vats and/or 

rubbing the fluids on their bodies. HE CLAIMS THAT THEYARE ALSO 


KIDNAPPING CHILDREN..." 

To our knowledge 'Oscar' had in no way at the time been in contact with 
John Lear nor any other researcher who has alleged this exact same thing. 
Oscar's claim that these creatures are more whitish or albino in color 
would seem consistent with accounts concerning SOME branches of the 
'serpent race'. 

As Oscar alleges, not all 'grays' have been described as having the same 
coloring. Some have been described as plain gray, others blue-gray, 
gray-green, or grayish white! One source suggests that the 'coloring' has a 
direct connection with the amount of 'protein formula' which they have 
access to. Also, Oscar's reference to the 'bug people' may be based on the 
fact that the reptilian branch known as the grays and others branches of 
the 'serpent race' are often said to resemble 'praying mantis' like 
creatures in that their eyes are sometimes bug-like and protruding, and 
their long arms which often reach down below their knees often appear 
mantis-like when in their folded or reposed position - elbows pointed 
downwards and clawed-hands positioned above. In fact, some of the early 
saurians such as the Tyrannosaurus Rex kept their arms in such a position, 
elbows pointed down, although many of the modern sauroids possess arms 
which are now much longer. But a more likely explanation is one that has 
been given by researcher Ray Keller. Keller's sources indicate that 
reptilian grays from Reticuli have created a sub-race by assimilating 
genetic materials from another intelligent (and malevolent) alien species 
of Insectoids. Therefore some of the "grays" being observed by abductees 
may actually be reptilian-insectoid genetic hybrids. John Lear stated in 
his infamous UFO document (which he posted on the Paranet Computer Bulletin 
Board) that some of the beings recovered from the earlier crashed disks 
were mantis-like and reptilian- skinned. 

The possibility of little children being abducted and used for their 
'secretions' and body organs is almost too horrible to contemplate. There 
MAY be other indications that such is the case, whether one chooses to 
believe it or not. For instance: 

1) Bill English, son of an Arizona state legislator and a former Green 

Beret commander allegedly viewed the top- secret "GRUDGE/BLUE BOOK REPORT 
NO. 13" years after he investigated a downed aircraft which radioed an 
encounter with a UFO, and whose occupants were later found mutilated. He 
stated that this secret document contained eyewitness descriptions of 
children who had been abducted by 'grey' type entities, one of them being 
abducted on a farm right in front of the parents, and never seen again. 

2) The Aug. 1940 issue of NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC detailed the disappearance of 
30 children and their teachers in some catacombs below the island of Malta. 


Sources contemporary to the event stated that they had entered a 'burial' 
chamber in the third or lowest level of the 'Hypogeum of Hal Salflienti', 
an orifice which was rumored to lead to 'deeper' catacombs. The ancient 
catacombs were discovered below the small village of Casal Paula in 1902 
when workmen literally fell into it while digging. They discovered over 
30,000 bones and evidence of ancient human sacrifice conducted by an old 
Neolithic race. Witnesses to the disappearance said that a sudden 'cave-in' 
had blocked the opening after the last child had gone through, but the rope 
they used to tie themselves to the lower room was found to be clean cut, 
and many reported hearing the crying and wailing of children from below 
ground weeks after the disappearance. According to researcher Riley Crabb 
of the 'Borderland Sciences Research Foundation', a British Embassy 
employee by the name of Miss Louis Jessup entered the 'lower catacombs' a 
few days before the disappearance, catacombs which she described as being 
immense. She allegedly encountered a sudden and mysterious "wind" which 
blew out her candle, following which she felt something 'wet and slippery' 
brush past her. Needless to say she left the scene in a hurry. 
Nevertheless, this account indicates how children sometimes tend to 
'disappear' in the presence of aerial or subsurface phenomena. 

3) John Lear also claims - based upon accounts given to him by several 
contacts of his in the intelligence community - that there is evidence 
that a percentage of America's missing children have been taken by these 
creatures (the Grays), suggesting that the 'aliens' largely prey on the 
weak and defenseless among the human race. It is uncertain however what 
percentage of 'missing children' might be involved here. Lear, in his 
'Press Release' of June 3, 1988, stated in reference to human abductees and 
victims of human mutilation: "The various parts of the body are taken to 
various underground laboratories, one of which is known to be near the 
small New Mexico town of Dulce. This jointly occupied (CIA-Alien) facility 
has been described as enormous, with huge tiled walls that 'go on forever 1 . 
Witnesses have reported huge vats filled with amber liquid with parts of 
human bodies being stirred inside... he secretions obtained are then mixed 
with hydrogen peroxide and applied on the skin (of the grays) by spreading 
or dipping parts of their bodies in the solution. The body absorbs the 
solution, then excretes the waste back through the skin." (like REPTILES 
excrete waste through the shedding of their 'skins' - Branton) This would 
confirm 'Oscar's' claims to this effect. 

(4) Researcher William Cooper, who was formerly a chief Petty Officer and 
Intelligence Worker in the Pacific Naval fleet, pointed out at the 1989 
MUFON Conference in Las Vegas that over 3000 children disappear without a 
trace yearly in one part of Manhattan alone. We might relate this to other 
obscure though evident indications that Manhattan literally sits atop vast 
underground caverns which have been confirmed by different sources, 
including CON EDISON when they broke into a vast cavity at a depth of 200 


feet while drilling in a Manhattan Park. Cooper also claimed to have seen 
top-secret reports stating that sections of human bodies were found stored 
on disks retrieved from crash-recovery sites, and that the government was 
extremely disturbed by this aspect of the alien activity. 

5) There are hundreds, if not thousands, of accounts of women who had been 
a few months along in a pregnancy, most often an unexplained pregnancy, 
only to find after a UFO abduction experience that their babies suddenly 
'disappeared'. These accounts are a reality. It is very unlikely that 
hundreds or thousands of women would collectively use the same 'bizarre' 
identical excuse if they themselves aborted a child and did not wish others 

to think that they did so, especially when many of these women were the 
ONLY one's who knew of the pregnancy. 

6) Although many of the children who are allegedly abducted and never seen 
again are of the homeless or unwanted type, 'street' children of 
prostitutes, and so on -- children who will not be 'missed' as much as 
others - it also appears that thousands of children who belong to 
middle-class families are also being abducted, IMPLANTED and returned. 
Since the disappearance of these would cause far more 'waves' than a child 
without a guardian, they are used instead for purposes of manipulation. It 
appears that these infernal creatures are EXTREMELY cautious and cunning, 
and have hidden their tracks and even their very existence well, at least 

up until the 1970's-1980's when 'abductions' started to make the news in a 
profound way. 

Forest Crawford continues: 

"...He (Oscar, based on what 'Hank' communicated to him) claims 
that they are also kidnapping children. The Tau Cetians have been 
preyed upon by these aliens before and they are working with 
other races and communities that were also victims. ONE SUCH RACE 
(emphasis ours - Branton) THAT OSCAR CLAIMS WAS RUN OFF THEIR 
HOME PLANET BYTHE BUG PEOPLE WAS WHAT WE NOW CALL THE NORDICS 
OR 

PLEIADIANS. He claims, because of his ongoing contacts, he was 
made aware of the Billy Meier case in Switzerland and swears that 
is a real contact... 

"I find all these comments interesting especially when you 
consider one investigative detail of this case. I have seen 
Oscar's house, his Mother's house, his work shop and truck, and 
at no time were any books, magazines, transcripts or movies about 
any subject, let alone recent UFO material, found... Could he be 
an avid reader of the latest and most controversial UFO documents 
and just be hiding them when we come over? This is highly 


unlikely since, without a phone, our visits were always 
unannounced. 

"...(Oscar) wants people to know that if they are contacted by 
the Tau Cetians (humans such as he described) to not be afraid 
because they are here to help. 

"This attitude is reflected in correlations with a totally 
independent case involving a woman near Springfield, Illinois. 
Jill Waldport (relates) an ongoing and very serious involvement 
with grey aliens. After Budd Hopkins (whose research inspired the 
May, 1992 CBS Network mini-series, INTRUDERS - Branton) spoke to 
her at length the case was recommended to John Carpenter, State 
Section Director of Missouri MUFON, and then to myself. The 
intensity and detail of the case is reminiscent of Debbie Tomies' 
(Cathy Davis) experiences. 

"In my first interview with Jill she asked if anyone had ever 
been abducted/contacted by more than one race or group of aliens. 
I told her that it was reported with some frequency and asked her 
which other one she had seen with the Greys. She said it was a 
totally separate contact and that they did NOT like the Grays. 

"When asked about their appearance she reported that they were 
human, approximately about five and a half feet in height, 
1 80-200 pounds but not fat, tanned looking skin with short hair 
cuts that laid flat against their heads. I asked her to describe 
their eyes, ears, nose and mouth. She said all features were 
essentially normal except the nose was broad and flat and their 
eyes were brown. Oscar reported the weight of Hank to be 1 90 
pounds and five feet seven inches tall, he also noted the broad, 
flat nose (even this aspect is not unusually 'alien' to earth, 
being that many of the dark races posses broad facial features - 
Branton). 

"Jill informed me that the aliens told her they didn't like what 
some of the aliens were doing to her without her consent. They 
had come to help her learn how to overcome the DECEPTIONS of the 
Grays and to protect herself. They explained that she needed to 
psychically build a shield around herself, like a brick wall, 
when they came for her. This would help keep herfrom being 
deceived by their MIND TRICKS. She tried it the next time the 
Grey's came or her and it 'seemed' to work." 

According to many accounts, mere 'will power 1 does not always guarantee 
that one will escape the overlapping deceptions and psychic manipulations 


of the serpent race or the Grays. DIVINE INTERVENTION is, according to 
some, the only FAIL SAFE way to ensure oneself from being entangled by 
their deceptions, which are often deep, complex, and extremely subtle. 
There are actually accounts where people on the verge of being abducted 
began to pray, at which point the potential abductors left the scene. Also 
Clifford Stone, a high- level Military officer based at Roswell, New Mexico 
who has received much criticism from his higher-ups for his insistence on 
telling the public what he knows about the Grays, says that several 
'skirmishes' between U.S. troops and alien Grays broke out in the jungles 
of southeast Asia during the Vietnam war, some of them ending in tragedy on 
our side. However one case involved a soldier who was a reborn Christian, 
who had a girlfriend in a particular village. During one visit he came upon 
a landed craft and some 'Grays' that were trying to entice some of the 
townsfolk to take a ride - possibly a permanent one - aboard their ship. 
The soldier came between the villagers and the Grays, and although his 
semi-automatic weapon had little effect against their bullet-proof 
uniforms, the Bible he carried and the cross he wore DID have a definite 
adverse and weakening effect against the intruders, which immediately left 
the scene. Stone also confirmed that there have been many 'dogfights' 
between the 'Nordics' and the 'Grays' that the government is aware of 
(source: article by Robert W. Boyajian in UFO UNIVERSE, Spring 1988). 

In reference to 'Jill', Forest Crawford continues: 

"...At this point the correlation counter in my mind was working 
overtime, so I decided to go for gold and ask her if they told 
her where they were from. Believe it or not she replied, 'Tau 
Seat-eye, does that make any sense?' Later I mentioned to Oscar 
that I was investigating a case that involved intense interaction 
with Grays and Tau Cetians showing up to help. He asked where the 
case was from and I told him near Springfield, Illinois. He 
rattled off a very accurate description of Jill and said he was 
aware that she had been contacted. 

"Horvat showed several pictures of people from the archives of 
ufology, one of which was Drake; Oscar immediately picked Drake's 
photo from the stack and one could see the anger come over his 
face at the sight of this man. Follow up research by Horvat 
produced an interesting set of circumstances. The crash in 
question happened in 1961. Some of you will remember that Drake 
headed the OZMA program, the predecessor to S. E.T.I. In 1961 
Drake announced that OZMA, in it's search for intelligent 
extraterrestrial radio signals, would first look to the stars Tau 
Ceti and Epsilon Eridani..." 


During one interview with Oscar, Crawford became concerned about the 


logistics' of a tunnel system stretching from California to North Dakota 
to Washington D.C., etc., attempting to correlate this with their 
background in science. According to what Oscar revealed to Crawford and his 
research companion: 

"...it became evident that this was not feasible. With careful 
questioning it was discovered, according to Oscar, that the 
tunnels went only a short distance and did not actually connect 
to the North Dakota base. The capsule shuttle was accelerated and 
then a time/space window was opened. The 'exit door 1 of the 
time/space window simultaneously opened at the prescribed 
destination where the capsule would appear in a tunnel and 
decelerate." 

One must wonder why an enti re half hour was necessary for such an 
instantaneous transit, unless a tremendous speed was necessary to attain 
the subspace jump. There are accounts as given by researcher William 
Hamilton and others that some of the subterranean societies beneath 
America, the Telosians for instance, possess a tube-shuttle system. From 
his description it appears however that the Telosians utilized actual 
vacu-tube shuttle tunnels which stretch for hundreds if not thousands of 
miles. Perhaps the early shuttle systems constructed by ancient 
technically-advanced societies were of this variety, and were replaced or 
upgraded with time/space windows later? Is it possible that the 
government's eventual and alleged discovery of ancient tunnels, leading to 
this particular subsurface colony, has led to a JOINTTelosian-American use 
of the ancient sub-shuttle systems? Or are the tunnels referred to by Oscar 
entirely U.S. government constructions? Also, a similar network of 
vacu-tube 'shuttle' tunnels is also said to converge below Dulce, New 
Mexico, according to many sources. These are allegedly used mostly by the 
Grays, and possibly by certain mind-controlled 'CIA-MIB' type groups who 
may be working for them. 

"The technology (for the teleport-tunnels described by Oscar - Branton) was 
supposedly a combination of our own knowledge, rooted in the Philadelphia 
Experiment, and acquired alien technology. Oscar also talked about the 
geological location of time/space/dimension doors. These places allow an 
easy entry of extraterrestrial craft into our atmosphere. Two such large 
natural doorways were reported to be just northeast of Seattle, Washington 
and south of the Apostle Islands in Lake Superior... 

"An interesting possible correlation with the predicted natural time/space 
windows can be found in studying patterns on special energy maps. One such 
map is the Bouguer gravity anomaly map. Oddly enough A FAIRLY LOCAL low 
gravity area can be found at... the locations mentioned by Oscar (Not only 
near Seattle and the Apostle Islands, but also in Missouri where Oscar 


claimed to have had most of his subsequent contacts- meetings with the Tau 

Cetians - Branton)... My research is finding some interesting patterns 

emerging by comparing the location of gravity anomalies, Indian 

reservations, military bases and cavern entrances. These specialty maps can 

be purchased at great prices from GEO-SCIENCE RESOURCES., 2990 Anthony Rd., 

Burlington, NC 27215..." 

One last note on the above account. William Cooper describes another 
incident involving a reptilian 'gray' which was allegedly recovered from a 
crash-retrieval in the southwest. Enormous efforts were taken to try to 
save the 'life' of this ugly little beast (which had a 'tendency' to LIE 
its way through subsequent interviews with Military Intelligence), yet when 
it came to an actual HUMAN alien like 'Hank', certain people could 
apparently have cared less for his/their personal welfare. Cooper also 
alleged that the 'secret government' for a large part refused to ally 
themselves with the 'Nordics' or human-aliens who warned them about the 
malevolence of the Grays, and chose instead to go ahead and form an 
alliance with the reptilian 'grays' since an llluminati-Gray alliance would 
seemingly help the cause of the power elite (serpent cults?) who were 
making a 'killing' off of exploiting the masses, a practice which the Grays 
themselves encouraged and assisted in. One claim is that the serpent 
cultists working in the government already maintained an ages- old pact 
with these draconian powers, and one can reason that because of THIS they 
may have refused he advances of the 'Nordics'. Apparently these did not 
desire to accept the 'conditions' required by the 'Nordics', which included 
the discontinuation of nuclear weapons proliferation and the cessation of 
multi-billion dollar war efforts which, according to many sources, have 
also filled the pockets of the secret government (which covertly operates 
through secret societies in nearly every country). 

Such wars-conflicts-re volutions-eta, many believe, have been directly 
influenced and orchestrated by the serpent-cult or secret-society groups. 
The pathetic individuals responsible for formulating the alliance-pact with 
the saurian grays (instead of with our 'Nordic' cousins who now make up an 
interstellar 'Federation' of worlds very similar to the one depicted in 
'Star Trek') literally sold-out our nations to 'the Beast'. Let's pray that 
the situation is not irredeemable. 

For one's information, a brief description of just what the 'llluminati' is 
might be helpful at this point. Many researchers suggest that the 
llluminati is a Jesuit invention or re-invention simply because llluminati 
founder Adam Weishauptwho 'started' the order in Bavaria, GERMANY was a 
Jesuit. Also, the 'Scottish Rite' of Masonry which advocates the 
destruction of National Sovereignties in exchange for llluminati government 
has allegedly been traced back to the Jesuit college at Clermont in Paris, 
as have been other Jesuit-initiated Masonic rites. The Jesuits themselves 


were founded by Ignatius Loyola, who had been previously arrested in Spain 
for subversive activities as a gnostic. The 'Order 1 was admittedly founded 
mainly for the purpose of crushing Martin Luther's Protestant movement 
(which 'protested' Rome's denunciation of the plan of eternal salvation by 
grace as it appears in the book of ROMANS). This is evidenced by the fact 
that the Jesuit oath (which advocated the killing of Protestant men, the 
cutting off of the breasts of Protestant women with shears, and the cutting 
open of the wombs of Protestant women so that their unborn children could 
be smashed against the rocks) - was fulfilled to the letter during the 
well-documented and bloody Roman Inquisitions. These took place during the 
Dark and Middle Ages of so-called 'holy' Roman Empire rule which 'began' 
when the last of the Emperors or'Pontifex Maximus' of the Roman Empire, 
CONSTANTINE, declared himself to be the FIRST official Roman 'Pontiff or 
'Pope'. Constantine payed lipservice to 'Christianity' yet secretly held to 
the ancient Babylonean Mystery Religion of which he himself was High Priest 
or Pontifex Maxiumus, one in a long line of many which can be traced back 
to Nimrod, the first King of Babylon, himself. (This statement may raise 
anger in some who religiously defend man-made 'traditions', however history 
is history and facts are facts). 

If one doesn't believe that Constantine intended to carry on his Roman 
Empire and it's conquest of the world under the veneer of 'religion', then 
just remember what the Roman-Spanish Conquistadors did to the Mayas under 
Cortez (who slaughtered over 5 million of them - see: 'TRAVELS', PBS 
network - Feb. 15, 1993), the Incas under Pizzaro, and the Pueblos under 
Coronado. The llluminati allegedly began in ancient Babylon and is said to 
be a mixture of Cabalism, the ancient Babylonian 'Mystery' religion, and 
ancient 'Baal' worship. Their vision was the same as that of Nimrod (aka 
Osiris, Baal or the 'Sun god' and consort of Semiramis, Isis, orAshtaroth 
respectively). Nimrod was the original king of Babylon and the builder of 
the Tower of Babel. Some sources allege that the CIA and the NAZI movements 
were tied-in to the llluminati, and that later these two organizations 
under the "Cult of the All Seeing Eye" joined forces in an effort to 
initiate plans for a world dictatorship. Part of this would of course 
involve working with the Grays and other saurian species in underground 
bases in a joint effort to establish absolute world despotism. 

The llluminati, or the 'Serpent Cult' is allegedly infiltrating political, 
economic, educational and religious institutions with the help of the Grays 
(which have ADMITTED to some that they have been the guiding power behind 
witchcraft and many of the ancient occult lodges over the centuries), which 
have 'promised' the llluminati a part of 'the pie' once this world is under 
'their 1 control. This infiltration is allegedly carried out through 
organizations like the 'International Working Man's League', which 
according to World Economists such as Dr. John Coleman 'molded' Karl Marx 
and his future as a Communist dictator. Another key figure in the 


Connection between the llluminati, Masonry and the Jesuit Lodge was the 
Jesuit Priest Giuseppe Mazzini, the second in command to 'Universal 
Pontiff of Freemasonry Albert Pike, and who according to some 'inside' 
sources even went so far as to organize a branch of the Mafia known as the 
'Oblonica' within one of the 22 'Palladium' lodges which were initiated to 
oversee world llluminati revolutionary activities, carefully hiding it's 
connection with the Grand Lodge in England. 

The llluminati headquarters in America may be hidden within the Masonic 
'House of the Temple' in Washington D.C., (Scottish Rite Headquarters) 
which is curiously enough set atop the pentagram-like street layout of the 
city itself. Former 33rd degree Mason and Past Master of all Scottish Rite 
bodies, Evangelist Jim Shaw (P.O. Box 884., Silver Springs, FL 32668) tells 
of his own defection from the cult in his book 'THE DEADLY DECEPTION'. Shaw 
reveals the fact that the inside of the Scottish Rite headquarters is 
FILLED with carvings, murals and many other representations of serpents! 
The High Masons apparently revered the 'Serpent' symbol in what might be 
considered worshipful awe. Thus the name of their ancient cult, which 
William Cooper refers to as the 'Cult of the Snake' or 'Dragon', a Serpent 
Cult which was very active among the ancient Gnostic (serpent) cults of 
Pharaohic Egypt. 

Even Gen. George Washington was a was a member of the Stone Masons Guild 
early on, however when he learned that it was being infiltrated by the 
Bavarian-German llluminati he left the Lodge. This infiltration was also 
confirmed by the Presidents of Yale and Harvard Universities, who 
discovered that two fraternities, Yale's SKULL & BONES and Harvard's SCROLL 
& KEY had been infiltrated by this German occult lodge in an attempt to 
gain highly educated initiates who would be used to carry out their future 
plans for world control, plans which included the destruction of nation 
states to be replaced by a world dictatorship, which they called the 'New 
World Order 1 . There are even allegations that SKULL & BONES grads helped to 
finance the Communist and Nazi parties for the llluminati 's Machiavellian 
world scenario which included the orchestration of world conflicts (pitting 
various nations or factions against each other) for the purpose of 
eventually 'beating' the nations of the earth into a global dictatorship or 
NEW WORLD ORDER 'synthesis'. 

If this report is beginning to sound like an over-budget Spy Movie or a 
Science Fiction Thriller, then... as they say, "you ain't seen nothing 
yet!" 

The 'Knights of Malta' and the 'Club of Rome' are also, according to 
Conspiracy Researchers, players in the "End Game" in which the meek of the 
earth are the pawns. Both have advocated Genocide to curb the 'population 
problem' - since a true world socialist dictatorship can only survive if 


the population is kept to a 'controllable' minimum. The KOM and COR are 
essentially outward arms or branches of the llluminati, according to many. 
There are even rumors that tunnels and Catacombs beneath Rome connect or at 
one time connected with others beneath the Island of Malta, and that a 
similar subterranean system utilized by the Western llluminati exists 
beneath Washington D.C. as well. 

In fact, Dr. John Coleman, in his report: 'FREEMASONRYAND THE ONE WORLD 
GOVERNMENT (c/o World Intelligence Review., P.O. Box 507., Chalmette, LA 
70044), wrote BEFORE the AIDS threat became widely known among the public, 
that a secret society equivalent to todays 'llluminati' believed that it 
was their duty as the self-anointed 'gods' over humanity to keep the 
population of the world from getting out of control so that they could be 
more easily controlled. These ancient 'Alchemists', Coleman alleges, were 
responsible for the Black Plague and other scourges which killed millions. 
He was convinced that they were preparing to wipe away millions more 
through 'viral' warfare. 

According to Coleman (who claims to be an ex-Intelligence worker for the 
British Government who 'defected' when he learned the Horrible Truth), the 
'llluminati' consists of the duel lodges of Jesuitism and Freemasonry. He 
also documents all manner of infiltration of religious, political, and 
economic movements by the llluminati of Jesuit-Freemasonry, as well as 
their seemingly endless manipulations of the nations by their 
behind-the-scenes orchestrating of economic turmoil, revolutions and wars. 

In 1988, in apparent confirmation of this, a former high- ranking military 
officer by the name of F. P. Farrell, Lt. Col. Retired, U.S.A. F., released 
a disturbing report to several 'PATRIOT organizations which alleged this 
very thing. Lt. Col. Farrell was a 1st Lieutenant, Captain and Jet Fighter 
Pilot in Korea; and a Lieutenant Colonel and Air Liaison Officer, 1st 
Infantry Division (The Big Red One') in Viet Nam. In essence, Farrell 
accuses the UNITED NATIONS as being a trojan-horse cover for world 
socialist revolution, which intends to weaken and eventually destroy the 
INDEPENDENCE of the American Republic. 

Farrell accuses the U.N. of being a Socialist-Communist controlled 

organization, and names at least 13 United Nations Secretary Generals who 

have been Communist Nationals. It was decided long ago, Farrell states, 

that no-one who was loyal to the U.S. constitution was to ever be UN 

Secretary General. He also provided documentation that the UNITED NATIONS 

'police action' into which young Americans were drafted betrayed the 

American troops at every turn, by intentionally leaking U.S. battle plans 

IN BOTH THE KOREAN AND VIETNAM WARS to the Communists. This is why, he 

explains, both of these no-win 'wars' were lost to the Communists. In 

relation to Gen. MacArthur (who interesting enough publicly predicted that 


World War III would be fought against aliens in space!) Farrell states 
that: 

"When General MacArthur WOKE UP TO THE TREASON OF PRESIDENT TRUMAN and 

the 

Soviets in the United Nations, he made one of the greatest military 
performances ever ventured in modern warfare. His dangerous but magnificent 
military engagement and sea landing at 'Inchon' on Sept. 15, 1950, enabled 
his military forces to slaughter the communist forces, destroy their 
massive supply dumps, and put the Red Chinese, North Koreans, and their 
Soviet advisors on the run. 

"MacArthur never asked for permission from the United Nations Security 

Council (Soviet General Zinshehko) to perform this secret military 

operation. MacArthur hand picked close and loyal military officers in doing 

so, and they kept the lid on the entire operation. Originally, our forces 

were to never win any battles as planned by the Soviet Generals at the 

United Nations. But General MacArthur REALIZED THE TREASON AND TOOK 

POSITIVE ACTION NOT ONLYTO SAVE THE LIVES OF HIS FIGHTING FORCES AND 

DESTROYING THE ENEMYAND THEIR SUPPLY DUMPS, BUT ALSO CREATING THE 

TURNING 

POINT OF THE KOREAN WAR WITH HIS SUCCESS AT INCHON. 

"For this 'positive action', General Douglas MacArthur was relieved of his 
command of the United Nations fighting forces in Korea by the traitor 
President Harry S. Truman, who met with MacArthur on the Island of Guam. 
MacArthur had figured out the whole picture OF TREASON and had to be 
relieved of his job. 

"Truman feared MacArthur so much that just prior to General Douglas 

MacArthur returning to the United States from Korea, the traitor Truman, 

hid out at Camp David for over three weeks in fear of being arrested by 

General MacArthur who was a Five Star General and in command of all 

military forces in the United States... THE SAME MAN WHO HAD JUST SAVED THE 

LIVES OF THOUSANDS OF THEIR SONS WITH DARING MILITARY MOVES AGAINST 

THE 

WISHES OF THE UNITED NATIONS COMMAND, IN ROUTING THE RED CHINESE AND 
NORTH 

KOREANS AT INCHON, SOUTH KOREA. Now you know the real truth as to what 
really happened 'behind the scenes' during the Korean Conflict between the 
'traitor 1 Truman and General Douglas MacArthur, THE REAL HERO!! Robert W. 
Lee, in his book entitled 'THE UNITED NATIONS TODAY (CPA books., 33836 SE 
Kelso Rd, #6., P.O. Box 596., Boring, OR 97099), states on pages 20 and 21: 

"'I (General MacArthur) was. ..worried by a series of directives 
from Washington (Truman) which were greatly decreasing the 


potential of my air force. First I was forbidden 'hot' pursuit of 

enemy planes that attacked our own. Manchuria and Siberia were 

sanctuaries of inviolate protection for all enemy forces and for 

all enemy purposes, no matter what depredations or assaults might 

come from there. Then I was denied the right (by Soviet General 

in United Nations) to bomb the hydroelectric plants along the 

Yalu River. The order was broadened to include every plant in 

North Korea which was capable of furnishing electric power to 

Manchuria and Siberia.'" Most incomprehensible of all according 

to MacArthurwas the REFUSAL to let him bomb a supply target 

which was NOT in Manchuria or Siberia, m but many miles from the 

border, (it) forwarded supplies from Vladivostok for the North 

Korean Army. I FELTTHAT STEP- BY-STEP MY WEAPONS WERE BEING 

TAKEN AWAY FROM ME.'" 

"This is exactly the same type of 'treason' that occurred against our 
military forces in Viet Nam. But Viet Nam was far more vile and dirty in 
the length or time that our soldiers were betrayed. MacArthur continues on 
page 21: 

"That there was some LEAK IN INTELLIGENCE was evident to everyone. 
(Brigadier General Walton) Walker continually complained to me that HIS 
OPERATIONS WERE KNOWN TO THE ENEMY IN ADVANCE through sources in 
Washington... information must have been relayed to them, assuring that the 
Yalu River bridges would continue to enjoy sanctuary and that their bases 
would be left intact... 

"General MacArthur then referred on page 21 to an official leaflet 
PUBLISHED IN RED CHINA BYCHINESE GENERAL LIN PAO: 

'"...I would never have made the attack and risked men and 

military reputation if I HAD NOT BEEN ASSURED THAT WASHINGTON 

(Truman and U.S. Congress) WOULD RESTRAIN GENERAL MACARTHUR from 

taking adequate retaliatory measures against my lines of supply 

and communication.' 

"J. Ruben Clark Jr., former Undersecretary of State and Ambassador to 
Mexico, who was widely recognized as one of the nation's foremost 
international lawyers, stated on page 27 of the book entitled: 'THE UNITED 
NATIONS TODAY: 

"Not only does the Charter Organization NOT prevent future wars, but it 
makes it practically certain that we shall have future wars, and as such 
wars it takes from us (The United States) the power to declare them, to 
chose the side on which we shall fight, to determine what forces and 
military equipment we shall use in the war, and to control and command our 


sons who do the fighting.' 

"In fact, A Soviet General in the United Nations still writes the plans for 

employment of United States troops all over the world, even in the Persian 

Gulf today. Former President John F. Kennedy also felt the wrath of the 

United Nations Charter (that Truman and the U.S. Congress signed) during 

the 'Bay of Pigs' invasion of Cuba against the Communist Castro. The 

Soviets in the United Nations would not allow Kennedy to directly use the 

United States military forces available in destroying Castro. The Soviets 

stated that in using United States military forces at the Bay of Pigs 

WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE SOVIETS in the United Nations, would be a 

violation of the United Nations Charter THAT THE UNITED STATES HAD SIGNED 

AND HAD TO ABIDE WITH... 

"By now you should have come to realize 'why' there were so many 

restrictions on our soldiers during combat in Korea and Viet Nam and 'why' 

WE WERE NOT ALLOWED TO WIN... not allowed TO BOMB CERTAIN TARGETS. 

"...The Viet Nam war was also allowed to continue to weaken the resistance 
of the people in the United States against any type of war or fight against 
communism. To accept ANYTHING would be better in the minds of the masses... 
than (to accept) war and having their sons killed. Even if it meant the 
'merging' of our entire government with that of the Soviet Union." 

Other evidence which tends to confirm this Masonic-Jesuit connection, as 
exposed by Dr. John Coleman and others, comes from an essay titled: 'THE 
TWIN PINCERS: MASONRYAND CATHOLICISM', written (understandably) 
anonymously. The manuscript stated: 

(1 ) Thirty-five years BEFORE the Jesuits were kicked out of France by a 
Roman Catholic king, Pope Clement XII issued his Bull against Masonry. The 
Bourbon French King, Louis XVI and his queen Marie Antoinette, were 
beheaded by an llluminati inspired mob of masons and terrorists. Why was 
this Catholic family, the Bourbons, so opposed to the Jesuits? It is, by 

the way, very interesting that a family like the Bourbons who had opposed 
the JESUITS, were brought down eventually by the French Revolution's 
ILLUMINATI-MASONIC reign of terror, pointing to the almost obvious fact 
that the Jesuits ordered the Masons to carry out the revolution. 

(2) Why did... Frederick (the Great of Prussia) REFUSE to have the (so 
called) enemies of masonry, the Catholic Order of Jesuits, banned in 
Prussia in 1773? Could the insiders of the Jesuits ALSO BE Masons? (Note: 
Mackey's ENCYCLOPED^ OF FREEMASONRY states that Frederick '...was 
initiated as a mason, at Brunswick, on the night of the 14th of August, 
1738...') 


(3) The Roman Catholic 'Stuarts' WERE masons from SCOTLAND... the Stuart, 
James II, tried to set up the Jesuits in positions of power when he became 
King of England in 1685... 

(4) Between the STUARTS and the Jesuits at Lyons, France, and the Jesuit 
college of Clermont, in Paris... the RITE OF PERFECTION evolves; out of 
which, the masonic authorities have quoted, trace today's Ancient and 
Accepted SCOTTISH RITE OF FREEMASONRY. 

(5) Rebold (a Masonic authority) and Mackey do not exactly agree on the 

part Chevalier de Bonneville played in THE RITE OF PERFECTION. Bonneville 

may not have been a Jesuit... but when we look at the part he played in the 

RITE OF STRICT OBSERVANCE... we see many indications that he was a Jesuit." 

According to Burke McCarty's book 'THE SUPPRESSED TRUTH ABOUT THE 
ASSASSINATION OF ABRAHAM LINCOLN', several U.S. presidents who had come out 
in opposition against Jesuit-Masonry had been targeted by the llluminati 
for assassination. McC arty states: 

(1) President William Henry Harrison. 

In 1 841 , General Wm. Henry Harrison of Ohio, was elected President by a 
large majority. The loyalty of the Union (toward) General Harrison was 
above question, and it was (the aim) of the power of Leopoldines, a great 
Jesuit Spy System, to defeat him. 

"In his inaugural address... President Harrison... said: 'We admit of no 
government by divine right, believing that so far as power is concerned, 
the beneficent Creator has made no distinction among men; that all are upon 
an equality, and that the only legitimate right to govern, is upon the 
express grant of power from the governed.' 

"With these unmistakable words, President Harrison made his position clear; 
he hurled defiance to the 'divine right' enemies of our Popular Government. 
Aye, he did more - for those words signed his death warrant. Just one month 
and five days from that day, President Harrison lay a corpse in the White 
House. He died from arsenic poisoning, administered by the tools of Rome. 
The Jesuit oath had been swiftly carried out." 

Note: For a copy of the Jesuit Oath, refer to pp. 99-102 of William 

Cooper's book 'BEHOLD A PALE HORSE', c/o Light Technology Publishing., P.O. 

Box 1495., Sedona, AZ 86336. The oath appears in chapter 3 - 'Oath of 

Initiation of an Unidentified Secret Order'. Although Cooper 'suspects' the 

oath might have originated from the Jesuits or the Knights of Malta, he is 

uncertain. However, Dennis Passero and other researchers have published 

exact duplicates of the oath which appears in Cooper's book, and state that 


it IS the Jesuit oath, thus confirming Cooper's suspicions. It basically 
states that the Jesuit is through all means moral or immoral - the immoral 
acts can supposedly be 'forgiven' if they are done in the name of the Roman 
'church' - to devote their life to bringing about the destruction of the 
Protestant movement, and to bringing all nations under the control of ROME 
for the glory of the 'Queen of Heaven', no doubt the same pagan goddess 
worshipped by the ancient Babylonians - none other than the ancient Queen 
Semaramis to whom we can credit the post-deluvian resurgence of witchcraft. 
There is much evidence that pagan Rome worshipped of the 'Queen of Heaven' 
previous to the rise of Christianity, and eventually gave her the name 
'Mary' to win favor with the Christians. Mary was a virgin when she gave 
birth to Jesus, but scripture confirms that she gave birth naturally to 
other children following this. Jesus was born through the womb of Mary (The 
SON OF MAN) but was conceived by the Infinite Spirit of God (The SON OF 
GOD). Therefore Mary should not be mistaken as the "Mother of God" any more 
than Joseph should be accepted as the "Father of God", nor his parents as 
the "Grandmother" or "Grandfather" of God, etc. 

Many allege that the Roman 'church' is nothing more than the continuation 
of the ancient Roman Empire which sought to dominate the world, and that 
they merely donned religious garb when they discovered that religious 
feeling was an ENORMOUSLY effective way to control the masses. The fact 
that Constantine was the last official Roman EMPEROR and the first official 
Roman POPE is cause for great suspicion. 

McCarty continues: "Allow me to quote for you from U.S. Senator Benton's 
THIRTY YEARS VIEW,' Volume II, page 21, regarding the death of President 
Harrison: 'There was no failure of health or strength to indicate such an 
event or excite apprehension, that he would not go through his term with 
the same vigor with which he commenced it. His attack was sudden and 
evidently fatal from he beginning.' 

"And at the close of the chapter in Senator Benton's book, we read this 
significant bit of information which should be well pondered concerning 
Harrison's family: 'That the deceased President had been closely preceded 
and was rapidly followed by the deaths of almost ALL OF HIS numerous 
family, sons and daughters...' 

"That is 'extirpation' with a vengeance, is it not? (Note: The Jesuit oath 
calls for members of the order to 'extirpate' the enemies of Rome - 
Branton) 

(2) President Zachary Taylor 

In his first message to Congress, he said: 'But attachment to the UNION of 
states should be fostered in every American heart. For more than half a 


century... this Union has remained unshaken...' 

"The arch-plotters, fearing that suspicion might be aroused by the death of 
the President early in his administration, as in the case of President 
Harrison, permitted him to serve one year and four months, when on the 
Fourth of July, 1850, arsenic was administered to him during a celebration 
in Washington at which he was invited to deliver the address. He went in 
perfect health in the morning and was taken ill in the afternoon about five 
o'clock and died on the Monday following, having been sick the same number 
of days and with precisely the same symptoms as was his predecessor, 
President Harrison. 

(3) Attempt on President James Buchanan 

He was invited to deliver an address on Washington's Birthday, and made 
reservation at the National Hotel (which by the way was the headquarters of 
the Jesuit traitors), for himself and his friends. 

"The gentleman had had his ear to the ground evidently and heard the rumble 

of the Abolitionists, and when the committee asked for a conference, he 

cooly informed them that he was PRESIDENT OF THE NORTH, AS WELL AS THE 

SOUTH. 

"The following quotations from the NEW YORK HERALD and THE POST at the time 
chronicled what followed: 

"The appointments favoring the North by the Jeff Davis faction 
will doubtless be accepted, and treated as a declaration of war, 
and a war of extermination on one side or the other.' (Feb. 25, 
1857) 

"On Washington's Birthday, Buchanan's stand became known and the next day 
he was poisoned. The plot was deep and planned with skill. Mr. Buchanan, as 
was customary with men in his station, had a table and chairs reserved for 
himself and friends in the dining room at the National Hotel. The President 
was known to be an inveterate tea drinker; in fact Northern people rarely 
drink (i.e. drank) anything else in the evening. Southern men preferred 
coffee. Thus, to make sure of Buchanan and his Northern friends, arsenic 
was sprinkled in the bowls containing the tea and lump sugar and set on the 
table where he was to sit. The pulverized sugar in the bowls used for 
coffee on the other tables was kept free from poison. Not a single Southern 
man was affected or harmed. Fifty or sixty persons dined at the table that 
evening, and as best can be learned, ABOUT THIRTY-EIGHT DIED FROM THE 
EFFECTS OF THE POISON. 

"President Buchanan was poisoned, and with great difficulty his life was 


saved. His physicians treated him understandinglyfrom instructions given 
by himself as to the cause of his illness, for he understood what was the 
matter." 

Researcher Dennis Passero also quoted the above in his 'CONSPIRACY TRACKER' 
newsletter (no longer being published). Being the avowed Catholic that he 
is, we cannot say that Passero had any particular bias against the Catholic 
church in his exposition of the Jesuits, but that he saw the corruption in 
the Roman Institution and exposed it. Passero has made some interesting 
comments in relation to Jesuit-Masonry and the assassination of one of the 
most popular Presidents in American history: 

"...President Abraham Lincoln. The subject of Lincoln's murder is too vast 
to be covered here. McCarty believes that the Jesuits and their tools, the 
KNIGHTS OF THE GOLDEN CIRCLE were behind the crime. What is interesting is 
that President Harrison, Taylor, Buchanan, and of course Lincoln, were all 
strongly dedicated to the preservation of the Union - and all had made 
speeches indicating their stand. If the Jesuits wanted the Union split, 
they were not alone. In 1876, Otto Von Bismarck had this to say: 'The 
division of the United States into two federations of equal force was 
decided long before the Civil war by the High Financial Power of Europe. 
These bankers were afraid that the United States, if they remained in one 
block and as one nation, would attain economical and financial inde- 
pendence, which would upset their financial domination over the world. The 
voice of the Rothschilds predominated. They foresaw the tremendous booty if 
they could substitute two feeble democracies, indebted to the (European) 
financiers, to the vigorous Republic, confident and self-providing. 
Therefore, they started their emissaries in order to exploit the question 
of slavery and thus dig an abyss between the two parts of the Republic' 

"While McCarty links the Golden Circle with the Jesuits, Dr. Stuart Crane 
says that the Golden Circle was financed by the Rothschilds. (Note: Dr. 
John Coleman had stated in essence that the old-line 'Blue Blood' or BLACK 
NOBILITY families of Europe who claim DESCENDENCE from the ancient Roman 
Emperors make up the link between the Rothschilds, who control Masonry; and 
the Jesuits, who control much of the Catholic world behind the scenes - 
Branton) 

"In order to create a rift using the slavery problem Golden Circle agents 
became known as Abolitionists in the North, and as Secessionists in the 
South. Even the fiery John Brown, who led the raid on Harper's Ferry, was 
financed by the International Bankers. Every member of the Southern cabinet 
belonged to the Golden Circle - as did every member of the Northern 
cabinet with the exception of Lincoln and Secretary Seward. 

"When things began getting rough for the Confederacy, the Rothschilds even 


planned an invasion of the U.S. by British troops swooping down from 

Canada, and by French forces established in Mexico under the Emperor 

Maximilian, but this did not come off because the Russian Czar (who's 

government was later to be overthrown by the Bolshevik Revolution - 

Branton) said he would intervene on the side of the North if the European 

forces attacked. According to Mag-Gen. Count Cherep-Spiridovich, the 

Rothschilds had one of their agents in the Vatican, a Jewish- Jesuit named 

Father Fisher, convince the Pope that the Vatican should finance 

Maximillian who would in return re-establish Catholicism in Mexico, which 

had conveniently been abolished by Benito Juarez, a Freemason. Later, when 

the Civil War was over, the guerrilla army branch of the Knights of the 

Golden Circle, headed for Mexico to aid Maximillian who was running into 

trouble with the Juarez forces. This guerrilla force was under the command 

of Colonel William Quantrill, famous leader of QuantriH's Raiders, and of 

Col. Jesse James -- later the famous outlaw. LIKE ALL MASONIC SECRET 

SOCIETIES, the guerrillas THOUGHT THEY WERE THE TOP OF THE LADDER, never 

realizing that there were higher-ups over them. For some reason, Jesse 

James earned the wrath of the Rothschilds - and the reward money later 

offered for his capture, came from coffers of the House of Rothschild (see: 

JESSE JAMES WAS ONE OF HIS NAMES, by Del Schroader). 

"Abraham Lincoln was able to foil the conspirators at every turn. He was 

aware of the activities of the Jesuits (see: FIFTY YEARS IN THE CHURCH OF 

ROME, by Charles Chiniguy, c/o Chick Publications., P.O Box 662., Chino, CA 

91710). He took the Union Army and turned it into the most powerful 

fighting force the world has ever known. He issued the famous 'greenbacks' 

- refusing to accept loans from the High Financial Power. For these 

reasons - and because he would not go along with the harsh measures of the 

Reconstruction - it was decided upon that He would die. John Wlkes Booth, 

a member of the Golden Circle and of the Carbonari (another 

Jesuit-connected lodge - Branton), was chosen as the tool to commit the 

crime. About a month before the assassination, Booth had traveled to Europe 

for a secret meeti ng with Napoleon III, also a member of the Carbonari 

(Note: A 1 991 episode of UNSOLVED MYSTERIES alleged that Union sentries had 

been ordered to give Booth safe passage out of the city following the 

assassination - Branton). Napoleon III was surrounded by Jesuit advisors 

[see: THIS ONE MAD ACT, by Forrester, for a mention of the meeting]. 

"With Lincoln out of the picture, Golden Circle member Andrew Johnson 
became president. But, for some reason he pulled an about face, and also 
failed to go along with the harsh Reconstruction measures. Because of this 
he became the only President to be impeached, though acquitted by one 
vote... It appears that the Rothschilds intended the Reconstruction Period 
to be the Civil War equivalent to the French Revolution's Reign of Terror. 
Not content with the outcome of the war, it became necessary to keep the 
country divided via the injustices of the Carpetbag Governments. The High 


Financial Power realized that the South was really the heart and soul of 
the Republic. It was desired to destroy the economic base of the North, but 
to destroy the moral and spiritual base of the south. Individuality was the 
enemy of the collectivist conspirators, then as well as now! 

"To keep a continual animosity going between the two parts of the country, 
it was decided that terrorism could be used against the Reconstruction 
Governments. This terrorism could be used as an excuse to further 
strengthen these bogus governments. Terrorism could be used to frighten 
foes of Abolition. Some of these terrorist acts included mutilation murders 
perpetrated by John Brown and his boys. 

"According to Dr. Stuart Crane, the Terrorist organization born at this 

time was the KU KLUX KLAN, which emerged from the Knights of the Golden 

Circle. 

"However, it appears that there were two Klans operating at this time. One 
was headed by Nathan Bedford Forrest. This Klan sought only to save the 
South and to avenge crimes and injustices. The other was the Golden Circle 
child. This second Klan was founded by Judah P. Benjamin - a Rothschild 
relative and Confederacy's Secretary of State -, Kuttner Baruch, Albert 
Pike - known as the Vice-Regent of Lucifer and as the Sovereign Pontiff of 
Universal Freemasonry-, AND BY AN UN-NAMED JESUIT PRIEST!" 

Further evidence in support of the allegations that the llluminati is 

composed of both Jesuits and Masons is given by Robold (the argument is 

that the llluminati is a secret arm of Jesuitism re-established by the 

Jesuit Priest Wei shaupt, while subversive 33rd degree Masonry is a secret 

branch of the llluminati. In other words Rome operates as the 'head' of the 

conspiratorial 'beast', the llluminati is the neck, Masonry is it's body 

and the many neo-masonic political, religious, fraternal and economic cults 

are the 'tentacles'. Former 33rd degree Mason Jim Shaw has even exposed 

dozens of Vatican officials who are also high-ranking masons). Rebold, in 

his 'GENERAL HISTORY OF FREEMASONRY IN EUROPE', reveals the following 

Jesuit-Masonic 'eggs' that were hatched during the 18th century: 

"...RITE of the Old Daughter-in-law, by Lockhart, an emissary of the 
Jesuits... in 1749. 

"RITE of the CLERKS OF STRICT OBSERVANCE or clerical Templar system, 
founded by the Jesuits, and united in 1 776, with the SECULAR TEMPLARS, also 
a creation of the Jesuits... 

"RITE of the Knights of the East, by Pirlet, a Jesuit Emissary... 1757. 

"RITE of the Emperors of the East and West, Sovereign Prince Masons. This 


was the rite which Herodum extended to the RITE OF PERFECTION (from which 
the Scottish Rite of Masonry is evolved) of about 25 degrees, by the 
Jesuits, and propagated by Pirlet about 1758. 

"RITE of the Flaming Star, founded by Baron Schudy, an emissary of the 
Jesuits in 1766. 

"RITE of the llluminati of Bavaria, by Professor Wei shaupt (also a 
Jesuit)... in 1776." 

Dr. William Campbell, M.D., a very knowledgeable virologist who to our 
knowledge had not even heard of Dr. John Coleman at the time when he first 
came out with his very disturbing revelations, seems to nevertheless 
confirm Coleman's suspicions of mass genocide through virological warfare. 
Cambell claims that in the course of researching the AIDS virus, he and his 
associates stumbled across a conspiracy almost too horrifying to believe. 
In an article titled "W.H.O. MURDERED AFRICA", which first appeared in the 
HEALTH FREEDOM NEWS (P.O Box688., Monrovia, CA 91016), he presented a 
great deal of documentation that the AIDS virus was not only 'manufactured' 
artificially by 'splicing' the bovine leukemia and sheep visna retro- 
viruses in a laboratory in Ft. Detrick, Maryland, but that the WORLD HEALTH 
ORGANIZATION (which is an arm of the llluminati-affiliated CLUB OF ROME 
according to Dr. John Coleman and others), as well as Socialist-Communist 
elements, and the UNITED NATIONS played a central role in it's creation and 
INTENTIONAL release into the world population... 

Is it possible that Communism, like the Jesuit-infested Nazi Party itself, 
has acted as a secret weapon of the Jesuit- llluminati in it's ongoing 
INQUISITION against Jews and Protestants (as well as governments such as 
the United States which through its CONSTITUTION, BILL OF RIGHTS, and 
DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE has challenged the world socialists to their 
face?) Dr. John Coleman has stated: 

"...Karl Marx was one of the earliest members of the radical 
Mazzini movements starting in 1840... it is interesting to note 
that Marx, an avowed hater of religion, should so passionately 
espouse Jesuitism." 

Also, cult expositor Dave Hunt, in his CIB BULLETIN (Dec. 1980) states: 
"During the summer of 1988 on PBS a number of representatives from the 
Kremlin were answering questions put to them by a live American audience. 
One of the Americans asked, 'What is the major cause of misunderstanding 
between the Soviet Union and the United States?' The LEADER of the KREMLIN 
DELEGATION unhesitatingly replied, 'The major problem is Evangelical 
CHRISTIANITY." (translated: Protestantism) 


In his book, 'MASTER PLAN FOR YOUR DESTRUCTION', Arizona Pastor Lee Gerrard 
quotes from a Communist-Socialist instruction book on psychopolitics: 

"...You must recruit every agency of the Nation marked for 
slaughter into foaming hatred of religious healing... that any 
religious practice which might devote itself to MENTAL HEALING is 
vicious, bad, insanity causing, publicly hated and intolerable. 
You must suborn and recruit any medical healing organization into 
collusion in this campaign." 

Religious healing is largely a Protestant phenomena, the very group - 
revitalized by the German Martin Luther - whose destruction the Jesuit 
order in it's oath has sworn to carry out. 

Now back to the subject of the 'llluminati' conspiracy and it's alleged 
connection with aerial and subsurface phenomena. 

There are some researchers who believe, aside from the revelations above, 
that there is a definite connection between the 'llluminati' and the alien 
group known to many researchers as the 'Men In Black'. 

Jim Brandon, in his book 'OCCULT AMERICA' tells of an alleged underground 
installation below Washington D.C. known as 'NOD' - suggesting that the 
antediluvian constructors of this 'Atlantean' substructure may have been 
descendants of Cain (see: Genesis 4:16). The present inhibitors of this 
subterranean installation are allegedly an underground race of 
'power-trippers' tied into the highest levels of the NSA-CIA, who are in 
turn in contact with 'Sirius Star People' or a group that some UFOIogists 
believe is the extraterrestrial extension of the llluminati, also known as 
the 'Men In Black' or the 'Nation of the Third Eye'. The 'NOD' and other 
similar facilities are reportedly NOT inhabited by ante-diluvians, but by 
people who later discovered these abandoned underground installations as 
well as the ancient technologies left there, which they learned to 
manipulate for good or evil. Brandon also mentions ancient tunnels 
discovered beneath Washington D.C. that have been investigated by 
government scientists, some of which, according to still other sources, 
contain walls with a glass-smooth but metal-hard glaze. 

In connection with the German llluminati, it is said that 'they' now 
possess aerial disks which may be capable of leaving the earth's 
atmosphere. These may explain SOME of the accounts of 'Aryan' saucer 
pilots, however Germans are not the only 'Aryan' civilization to exist 
(actually Hitler's 'theory' that the Germans were descended from Aryan 
stock may be just that - a theory), for instance there were the Aryans who 
ruled ancient India thousands of years ago. 


Nevertheless the 'German' theory plays a definite role in UFOIogy, although 
if true it apparently makes up only a minor percentage of encounters with 
humanoid or human-like entities. The popular theory is that sometime before 
WWII, German occultists - the same one's who gave rise to the Nazi Party, 
recovered a crashed 'disk' and began to study and eventually to utilize 
it's technology through various secret projects which allegedly utilized 
underground bases and factories that were used in attempts to duplicate the 
technology. 

The top-secret Nazi 'aerial disk' research became more advanced throughout 
the Second World War, and reportedly utilized jet-turbine and later 
electromagnetic propulsions. As it became apparent that the Germans were 
losing the war, they allegedly transferred this technology to a base in 
Antarctica which had been established years earlier, complete with 
underground installations and all, and code-named the 'New Berlin'. 
Throughout the entire duration of the war the Nazis had allegedly shipped 
scientists, workers, technology and saucer components to this Antarctic 
base or bases. 

U.S. Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd some years later conducted and led an 
"exploration" of the Antarctic region. The strange thing about the 
"expedition" was that the massive operation involved nearly 4,000 
well-trained military Naval troops, military vessels such as destroyers, 
subs, aircraft carrier and aircraft. Upon arriving at the polar continent 
they reportedly split into three separate groups and began a massive 
reconnaissance- like operation. One source even claimed that Byrd's Navy 
encountered 'resistance' there and that there was a photo-finish FIGHT 
between American and Nazi forces there, with losses on both sides. 

When the Americans left two weeks later (also strange for a 'scientific 
expedition') Byrd, after arriving home, reportedly went into a rage and 
began demanding that the government turn Antarctica into a nuclear test 
range. Byrd was sworn to secrecy and his diaries are sealed to this day. 

There are, in fact, some who claim to have encountered disks containing a 
swastika-like symbol, or occupants who spoke fluent German, yet these 
accounts are still relatively few in comparison with accounts of other 
types of human cosmonauts encountered in other incidents, suggesting that 
the majority of human-like alien encounters may come from the so-called 
'Federation' which consists of the Ummo People or Ummites from the star 
lummo or Wolf 424, the Vegans in Lyra, the 'Koldasions', Hyadeans, and the 
'Solarians' with their alleged 'Tribunal' on the moons of Saturn, the Tau 
Cetians and Epsilon Eridanians, the Alpha Centurians, the 'Andromedans' 
from the Andromeda constellation, and of course the Pleiadeans-all of whom 
claim ties with ancient societies on earth. As for the 'German-Aryans', 
some sources indicate that they may have at one time been in league with 


the Grays, but that at least some of the second and third generations may 
no longer adhere as strongly to Hitler's mad obsession for global conquest, 
and 'some' of these may in fact now be in opposition to the Grays! Certain 
accounts suggest that two 'German' groups may possess antigravity 
technology - one based on the scientific developments of a group of German 
scientists who escaped Germany before the rise of Nazism, and the other 
group which consists of full-fledged Nazis! 

Once again returning to 'Oscar's' references concerning time/ space 

windows... If Einstein's theories concerning the possibility of time/space 

anomalies are correct, then this might explain how a civilization could 

possibly travel from one star to another in a relatively short period of 

time. There is no evidence that time could ever be reversed without 

canceling itself out in a "paradox" (although some claim that reverse time 

travel is possible, but that it is not possible to "change" the past), yet 

there is a theoretical possibility that time/space might be SUSPENDED via 

some type of 'hyperspace'. There is allegedly much technical information 

contained in the elusive "GRUDGE/BLUE BOOK REPORT NO. 13" describing this 

aspect of physics. Some 'contactees' even state that the FORWARD flow of 

time is different in other parts of the galaxy, and that a day on earth 

could constitute a week on another planet. In other words a spacefaring 

race might have left earth only a few thousand years ago, yet the time 

different- iation might have allowed 1 0,000 years to pass in "their" time. 

Others believe that the forward flow of time (or rather a particular 

beings' passage through time) may also be altered through the manipulation 

of electromagnetic technology. 

Also, in relation to the apparent 'tug-of-war* between the 'Grey's' and the 
'Nordics'/Tau Cetians, etc., over individuals, as in the case of 'Jill' 
which we've related earlier, we have an apparently similar situation that 
was described in an 'Intelligence Report' released by 'Leading Edge 
Research' (Formerly Nevada Aerial Research). This report stated: 

"One contactee that has been contacted by the blond/Nordic race 
was captured and examined (by the greys) after it was discovered 
by them that the blue beam used to paralyze people failed to have 
an effect on him. The implant device that the Nordics put in 
evidently neutralized the paralysis beam. It was said that the 
Greys came in a football-shaped craft." 

This is one more confirmation, among others, that actual conflict if not 
warfare exists between various segments of the 'Nordic' Federation and 
'Gray' Empire. 

Now back to the 'center of the vortex 1 whereas both Gray and Nordic 
activity is concerned, that is, the Mojave Desert. 


The Mojave mysteries are NOT known only to small groups of researchers who 
meet in secret to discuss their latest findings. The subject of aerial as 
well as subsurface phenomena is gaining more respect as more evidence and 
documentation comes to light. Major motion picture studios are becoming 
interested in the phenomena, for instance the Showtime and Speilberg 
productions of ROSWELL. Television companies are also beginning to take 
these reports of alien encounters seriously, and we have had numerous 
documentary productions such as SIGHTINGS, ENCOUNTERS, UNSOLVED 
MYSTERIES, 

X-FILES, and so on. TV News Magazines and TV Talk Shows have responded to 
the public interest. Even Radio Talk Show personalities who are heard by 
millions coast to coast see the potential importance of what is happening 
to untold thousands of people who are describing essentially the same 
things. Art Bell has his 'DREAMLAND' program, then there is Chuck Harder, 
Billy Goodman and others... 

According to an item which appeared in THE LEADING EDGE Magazine, a 
well-known Los Angeles talk show host by the name of Ken Hudnell announced 
over the air on November 3rd, 1989, his intention to take a group to visit 
one of the ancient underground cities, which he says has an entrance 60 
miles from Anaheim, California. 

In 1 962, a researcher by the name of Chuck Edwards released some of his own 
discoveries concerning what might be referred to as the 'Western Subsurface 
Drainage Network', which seems to cover parts of Utah, Nevada, and Southern 
California, where are located many drainage systems which do not ultimately 
flow into the Pacific ocean (via surface rivers, that is), but instead make 
their way underground into a vast subterranean drainage network. His letter 
appeared in issue A-8 of 'THE HIDDEN WORLD', one of the few specialized 
publications which grew out of the Palmer-Shaver controversy of 1 940-45 
which appeared in AMAZING STORIES science fiction/science fact magazine. 
The 'controversy' arose around Richard Shaver's claim's to have inside 
knowledge of two subterranean races which possessed aerial disks: the 
'Deros' which have been variously described as a race of ancient 
out-of-control Atlantean robots, degenerate human troglodytes, or a race of 
reptilian non- humans (or all three) who were at war with another much more 
benevolent (and human) subterranean race known as the 'Teros'. The Deros 
were allegedly tormenting those on the surface of the earth through psychic 
attack and electronic mind control from their underworld lairs, in 
preparation for a possible future invasion of the outer world. 

The answers to the aerial-subsurface mystery remained rather confused 
during the 'AMAZING STORIES-Shaver Mystery' period, possibly because of 
Shaver's perhaps well-intentioned but unwise attempt to inform the readers 
about the world beyond and the world below through science-fact-fiction 


stories (however, the readers were never clearly instructed as to where the 
fact ended and the fiction began), or because of editor Ray Palmer's 
attempts to 'occultize' many of Shaver's stories with his own mystic-occult 
philosophies, which Shaver accused him of doing. 

So it was in the wake of this period that investigators like Mr. Edwards' 
were born. Some of the researchers of this period delved off into the 
metaphysical, seeking the answer to their questions from 'channeled' 
supernatural entities who tickled their egos, yet whose intentions and 
revelations could not be physically substantiated. The fact that many of 
these occultists ended up with severe emotional or psychotic problems - in 
essence seeing a 'Dero' under every bed and degenerating into schizophrenic 
paranoid behavior- would indicate that the greater majority of their 
'sources' were no doubt astral or alien deceivers out to mislead these 
seekers after truth. Others however retained their intellectual and 
analytical sanity and, although not discounting the presence of evil 
influences, did not so easily open themselves up to their lies and 
misleading propaganda but set out to investigate the phenomena in a 
rational, sane, and intellectual manner. It is with this in mind that we 
quote from Chuck Edwards' letter (Note: These comments are addressed in a 
letter to Richard S. Shaver): 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #3 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 2 

"This letter is in reply to your January 31 letter. Please forgive me for 
not answering sooner. Enclosed is some material I hope that you can glean 
something of value (from). Please be as candid as you have been in the past 
and if I am far off base don't hesitate to tell me... 

"Our foundation has located a vast system of underground passages in the 
Mother Lode country of California. They were first discovered in 1936, 
ignored by all even with our best efforts to reveal them. Recently a road 
crew blasted out an opening verifying our claims. ONE (of the chambers is) 
200 feet long, 70 feet wide and 50 feet high. We have disclosed what we 
believe to be a vast subterranean drainage system (probably traversing the 


Great American Desert country for a distance of more than 600 miles). We 
believe this system extends out like five fingers of your hand to such 
landmarks as Zion Canyon in Utah, the Grand Canyon, another runs south from 
the Carson Sink in Nevada and yet another follows (below) the western slope 
of the same range, joining it's counterpart and ending somewhere in the 
Mojave Desert. We believe, contrary to orthodox geologists, that the 
existence of this underground system drains all surface waters running into 
Nevada (none, with the exception of the Armagosa runs out) and accounts for 
the fact that it is a Great American Desert. The hairy creatures that you 
have written about have been seen in several of these areas. Certainly 
there has been much 'saucer' activity in these parts. For two years I have 
collected material pertinent to these creatures and if you have any 
opinions along these lines I would appreciate hearing them. 

"So much for now. I hope that lam still your friend. Much of my time has 
been devoted (to) helping a farmer near Portland who has made a fantastic 
discovery of incredible stone artifacts. He has several tons of them. They 
predate anything yet found (or accepted), let us say that for now. We are 
making slow but steady progress in getting through the wall of orthodoxy. - 
Chuck Edwards." 

Several years ago, subsurface researcher Richard Toronto reprinted a news 
article in his SHAVERTRON newsletter describing a Municipal Water Director 
in Los Angeles. This official talked with a man who said that he was hired 
by the government to look for underground water sources for Camp Irwin in 
California. 

At one point the man and a partner came across an abandoned mine and 
decided to follow it to the bottom. Near the bottom he was surprised to 
discover an ancient earth-fault which was wide enough for him and his 
companion to enter. They traversed this fault for a good distance until 
they finally emerged into a huge river-cavern. To his surprise he saw 
before him a crystal pure underground river over a quarter of a mile wide 
which flowed through the passage and out of sight. 

Since learning of this incident the Municipal Water Director claims to have 
'discovered' at least five similar underground rivers. Some of these have 
allegedly been die-traced and were found to emerge from the continental 
slope below the surface of the oceans, and at least one of them into the 
Gulf of California. 

This might confirm the allegations made by one anonymous retired Navy 
officer that the Navy has knowledge of a VAST system or labyrinth of 
aqua-caverns which meander beneath the surface of California and even into 
other western states, and that these watery labyrinths exit out into the 
oceans via huge entrances in the lower walls of the Continental Slope. One 


of the more extravagant claims is that some of these aqua-caverns are so 
large that they can be navigated by submarine, and that one nuclear 
submarine on a secret mapping mission in fact became lost within the maze 
and was never heard from again. Two American nuclear submarines have 
disappeared without explanation in the past, the U.S.S. SCORPION and the 
U.S.S. THRESHER. It is true that one woman who claimed to have had a very 
strong emotional bond with her husband who worked on the Thresher, insisted 
at the time that she just 'knew' that her husband was still alive after the 
'disaster 1 . She said that she and her husband had such a 
spiritual-emotional connection that they always knew when the other was in 
trouble (For information on the Navy's investigations of the 
aqua-labyrinths via nuclear subs, etc., see: 'CALIFORNIA FLOATS ON OCEAN?'; 
article in the March, 1980 issue of John J. Williams' "REBEL MAGAZINE", 
which at the time was available from: Consumertronics Co., c/o John J. 
Williams. Pres., 2011 Crescent Dr., P.O. Drawer 537., Alamogardo, NM 
88310). The 'Thresher 1 incidentally 'disappeared' on April 10, 1963 with a 
crew of 1 29 men under the command of John W. Harvey, USN.) 

Researchers Will Carson and Jeannie Joy interviewed the woman mentioned 
above shortly after the disappearance. She said: 

"...My husband was on the submarine Thresher when it disappeared. I don't 
consider myself a widow. I don't believe my husband is dead. No, it's not a 
matter of just not being able to believe it, to accept reality; I just 
can't get over the conviction that he's still alive somewhere. I love my 
husband very much. I know he loved - loves me. We were very close. We 
could always tell when something was wrong with each other. Intuition, I 
guess. I should have felt something the instant there was trouble, if he 
was really in serious trouble and knew it - a matter of life and death - 
but I didn't." 

"What do you believe really happened?" Carson and Joy asked the attractive 
young woman. 

"Most people think I'm crazy when I say this, but I believe the Thresher 
was captured." 

"By whom?" 

"I can't say for sure, but there WAS a Russian submarine spotted near there 
that day (that is, near where it REPORTEDLY vanished 220 miles off Boston 
harbor) - only I can't imagine how even the Russians could CAPTURE a 
vessel like the Thresher without leaving the slightest evidence!" 

John J. Wlliams' source, the retired Navy officer (whose credentials 
Wlliams verified), stated that "an eccentric billionaire" (Howard 


Hughes!?) financed the false Thresher "recovery operation" to satisfy the 
public and the media. 

Still more revelations concerning the Mojave subnet can be found in Bourke 
Lee's book 'DEATH VALLEY MEN' (MacMillan Co., N.Y. 1932). 

In his chapter: 'Old Gold', Lee describes a conversation which he had 
several years ago with a small group of Death Valley explorers. The 
conversation had eventually turned to the subject of Paihute Indian 
legends. Atone point two of the men, Jack and Bill, described their 
experience with an 'underground city' which they claimed to have discovered 
after one of them had fallen through the bottom of an old mi ne shaft near 
Wingate Pass. They found themselves in a natural underground cavern which 
they claimed they followed for about 20 miles north into the heart of the 
Panamint Mountains. To their amazement, they claimed, they found themselves 
in an huge, ancient, underground cavern city. This account will be quoted 
later on, however in addition to this, Lee recorded yet another story of a 
Paihute Indian (not the same one referred to by Oga Make) who may have 
stumbled into the 'deeper' underground kingdom of the ancient race who 
built the city withinthe Panamints, a civilization that was still alive 
and thriving after thousands of years. 

During this lengthy conversation wherein they first revealed the secret of 
the underground city to Lee and others, the discussion turned to the topic 
of a Paihute Indian legend that they had heard which was remarkably similar 
to an ancient GRECIAN myth. The Paihute legend concerned a tribal chief 
whose wife had died, and who according to the tradition took a spiritual 
journey to the underworld to find her, and upon returning with her he 
'looked back' and since this was forbidden he was not allowed to bring his 
wife back with him from the dead. 

This legend would not be in the same vein as the more tangible story 
related earlier in the File, as told by the Navaho Oga-Make, concerning a 
Paihute chief who was allegedly PHYSICALLY taken into the underground 
cities of the Hav- musuvs deep below the Panamints. After this legend was 
referred to, the conversation turned to a discussion of an alleged 
subterranean race, who were believed to inhabit very deep caverns far below 
the Death Valley territory. Paihute legends of the 'Hav-musuvs' indicate 
that these ancient dwellers of the Panamints abandoned the ancient city 
withinthe mountain itself and migrated to still deeper and larger caverns 
below. Could the following story tie-in with the Paihute legends of the 
Hav-musuvs? We will enter the conversation with the following discourse 
from Bourke Lee: 

"...The professor and Jack and Bill sat in the little canvas house in 
Emigrant Canyon and heard the legend all the way through. The professor 


said, That story, in its essentials, is the story of Orpheus and 
Eurydice.' 

"'Yes,' I said. 'It's also a Paiute legend. Some Indians told that legend 
to John Wesley Powell in the sixties.' 

"That's very interesting,' said the professor. 'It's so close a parallel 

to Orpheus and Eurydice that the story might well have been lifted bodily 

from the Greeks.' 

"Jack said, 'I wouldn't be surprised. I knew a Greek. I forgot his name, 
but he ran a restaurant in almost every mining town I ever was in. He was 
an extensive wanderer. The Greeks are great travelers.' 

"Bill said, 'They don't mean restaurant Greeks. The Greeks they're talken 
about have been dead for thousands of years.' 

'"What of it?' asked Jack, 'maybe the early Greeks was great travelers, 
too.' 

"The professor said, 'It's very interesting.' 

'"Now! About that tunnel,' said Bill, with his forehead wrapped in a frown. 
'You said this Indian went through a tunnel into a strange country, didn't 
you?' 

"'Yes,' I said. 'I think I called it a cave or a cavern, but I suppose a 
miner would call it a tunnel. Why?' 

'"Here's a funny thing,' said Bill. 'This Indian trapper livin right across 

the canyon has a story about a tunnel, an it's not a thousand years old 

either. Tom Wilson told me that his grandfather went through this tunnel 

and disappeared. He was gone three years, an when he came back he said he'd 

been in a strange country livin among strange people. That tunnel is 

supposed to be somewhere in the Panamints not awful far from where we're 

sitten. Now! What do you make of that?' 

"Jack said, 'I think Tom's grandfather was an awful liar.' 

"I said, 'Tom's grandfather lived when the Paiutes were keeping their 
tribal lore alive. He probably knew the old legend. Powell heard it in 
Nevada only sixty-five years ago.' 

'"It's very interesting,' said the professor. 

'"I got an idea about it,' said Bill, thoughtfully. Tom's grandfather 


might have wandered into some tunnel all goofy from chewenjimson weed and 
then come out an found some early whites an stayed with them. Tom told me 
that the people spoke a queer language and ate food that was new to his 
grandfather an wore leather clothes. They had horses and they had gold. It 
might have been a party in Panamint Valley, or even early explorers or 
early settlers in Owens Valley. How about that?' 

"Jack said, 'Yeah. The Spaniards was in here, too. So it might have been 
Spaniards or the early Greeks. And, where is this tunnel? And why did Tom's 
grandfather have trouble speaking the language? This is an entirely 
different story than the one Buck told. We are arriving at no place at all 
with these Indians and Greeks... To return for a moment to our discussion 
of geology, professor; have you been in Nevada much?'" 

From here the conversation took off in an entirely new direction... 

Not only human 'UFOnauts' have been encountered in the Mojave Desert 
region, but the so-called GRAYS as well. Is it possible that the GRAYS had 
their genesis on planet earth thousands of years ago the 'Nordics' 
apparently did? This is the opinion of researcher Brad Steigerwho is 
convinced that the GRAYS are actually descended from a mutation of the 
saurian race which mysteriously 'disappeared' from the earth, therefore 
giving rise to the theory that they became 'extinct' in spite of the fact 
that other saurians like the crocodiles, alligators and iguanas continued 
to survive. 

In 1 967, UFO researcher Brad Steiger co-authored (with Joan Whritenour - 
later Joan O'Connell) a book titled: FLYING SAUCERS ARE HOSTILE. Regarding 
the intentions of many of the occupants behind the phenomena, Steiger and 
Whritenour stated: 

"...Certain saucer cultists, who have been expecting space 
brethren to bring along some pie in the sky, continue to deliver 
saucer-inspired sermons on the theme that the saucers come to 
bring starry salvation to a troubled world. The self-appointed 
ministers who preach this extraordinary brand of evangelism 
ignore the fact that not ALL 'saucers' can be considered 
friendly. Many give evidence of hostile actions. There is a 
wealth of well-documented evidence that UFO's have been 
responsible for murders, assaults, burning by direct-ray focus, 
radiation sickness, kidnappings, pursuits of automobiles, attacks 
on homes, disruption of power sources, paralysis, mysterious 
cremations, and destructions of aircraft. Dozens of reputable 
eye-witnesses claim to have seen alien personnel loading their 
space vehicles with specimens from earth, including animals, soil 
and rocks, water, and struggling human beings." 


Steiger (who also authored the books: FLYING SAUCER INVASION - TARGET 
EARTH, and THE FLYING SAUCER MENACE, as well as several others) also 
believed that the entities most often encountered are not only hostile, as 
indicated by the above quote, but non-human and in fact REPTILIAN or 
SAURIAN in nature. In relation to this, there is the following statement 
which was recently made by Steiger in his popular video film "THE TRUTH 
ABOUT UFO'S". Steiger has, to some extent (in his video) "changed his tune" 
concerning the nature of these reptilian beings - supposing now that they 
aren't as evil as he made them out to be in earlier years. However, the 
facts just don't support this conclusion, and the only explanation which we 
can offer to this change of attitude would be the fact (as mentioned by a 
number of sources) that these creatures have the ability to manipulate from 
a distance the minds, emotions and spirits of humans through 
occult-technological or psycho- supernatural means, and that they would 
undoubtedly use this power to de-sensitize humanity to their actual nature. 
It may also be that Steiger succumbed to the pressure of the many New Age 
"Aquarians" with whom he interacts, who trust in "channeled" revelations 
which usually portray the Grays as benevolent "space- brothers" who are 
here to help establish a quantum evolutionary transformation and cosmic 
initiation into the fourth dimension of universal New Age 
god-consciousness, whatever that means. Certainly, if the true nature of 
the serpent races were widely known, their operations and even their very 
existence might be threatened. There are some who believe that the many 
movies, animated programs, etc., which depict reptilian-like 'alien' beings 
in a 'benevolent' fashion - are de-sensitizing America's young people away 
from their natural enmity toward these ancient, though elusive, enemies of 
mankind. Steiger, who is considered one of the foremost writers on UFO's 
and related subjects, said the following: 

"In the late 1 960's I presented my hypothesis that the reason why 
the most frequently reported UFOnauts resemble REPTILIAN or 
AMPHIBIAN humanoids maybe because that is exactly what they are, 
highly evolved members of a serpentine or semi-aquatic species. A 
provocative theory is that the dinosaurs didn't really vanish, 
they 'evolved' into a humanoid creature that eventually ran it's 
course, or was destroyed in an Atlantis-type catastrophe (i.e. 
such as the Great Deluge. Although Steiger and others may hold to 
an 'evolutionary' hypothesis, this may not necessarily be the 
case, especially when the 2nd Law of Thermodynamics and the laws 
of entropy are brought to bear. Instead of 'evolving' from afar 
less complex form, it is in fact far more likely that the serpent 
race MUTATED via natural selection, environmental adaptation, 
survival of the fittest and most intelligent, and so on, into 
it's various known and unknown branches, from a complex single 
species which originally inhabited the earth in ancient times. 


There is a BIG difference between the scientific fact of LATERAL 
MUTATION and the Darwinian theory of ASCENDING EVOLUTION - 
Branton). 

"...I had developed this hypothesis considerably," Steiger 
continues, "...so I was delighted when I received word that Dale 
Russell and Ron Seguen of Canada's 'National Museum of Natural 
Sciences' of Ottawa, had fashioned a model of a humanoid dinosaur 
using Stenonychosaurus and Equallus as their inspiration. 
Stenonychosaurus, according to Russell, had a rather large brain 
and eyes with over-lapping visual fields. The 90 pound dinosaur 
also walked on two legs, and it appears to have had a 
particularly OPPOSABLE THUMB on it's three-clawed hand. The 
result of such scientific speculation was an astonishingly 
human-like creature that Russell terms a 'Dinosauroid'. The 
creature stands four-and-a-half feet tall, has a large, domed 
head, green skin, and yellow reptilian eyes. It should probably 
have had ears, Russell conceded, but the effect would have made 
it appear too human. As it is, the dinosaur on display at 
Canada's 'National Museum of Natural Sciences' almost EXACTLY 
fits the descriptions of UFOnauts provided by THOUSANDS of men 
and women throughout the planet who have reported close 
encounters..." 

In his book THE UFO ABDUCTORS' (1 988., Berkley Books., N.Y.), pp 5-6, 

Steiger adds: "In the greatest number of alien encounters, the UFOnauts 

were described as standing about five feet tall and dressed in one-piece, 

tight-fitting jumpsuits. Their skin was gray, or grayish-green, and 

hairless. Their faces were dominated by large eyes, VERY OFTEN WITH 

SNAKELIKE, SLIT PUPILS. They had no discernible lips, just straight lines 

for mouths. They seldom were described as having noses, just little snubs 

if at all; but usually the witnesses saw only nostri Is nearly flush against 

the smooth face. Sometimes a percipient mentioned pointed ears but on many 

occasions commented on the absence of noticeable ears on the large, round 

head. And, REPEATEDLY, WITNESSES DESCRIBED AN INSIGN^ OF A FLYING 

SERPENT 

ON A SHOULDER PATCH, A BADGE, A MEDALLION, OR A HELMET." 

The annual "NEVADA AERIAL RESEARCH JOURNAL" for Summer, 1 989 confirmed Mr. 
Steiger's claims by re-printing a UPI news item which appeared in a 
Berkley, California newspaper. The article stated: 

"Dale Russell, curator of fossil vertebrates at the National 
Museums of Canada in Ottawa, has developed a theory that 
intelligent life forms could have developed from the large 
reptiles that roamed the earth (in ancient times). 


"Russell calls his imaginary creature a 'Dinosauroid' which would 
look like a hairless, green-skinned reptile with a bulging skull, 
luminous cat-like eyes and three-fingered hands... 

"The amphibians evolved into a humanoid species that eventually 
developed a culture that ran its course or was destroyed in an 
Atlantis-like catastrophe - just after they had begun exploring 
extraterrestrial frontiers. Certain UFOnauts, then, may be the 
descendants of the survivors of that amphibian culture RETURNING 
from their space colony to monitor the present dominant species 
on the HOME planet." 

This is one possibility which was given in the article. According to 
certain sources the 'winged serpent' that is emblemed on the 'alien' 
uniforms represents another reptilian mutation which is near the very top 
of the alien or reptilian hierarchy, entities which have been referred as 
the pterodactoids, the mothmen, or the winged draco. These have allegedly 
been seen on rare occasions and have even been the subject of an entire 
book by UFO researcher John A. Keel. 

Further confirmation comes from the 4-part documentary 'DINOSAUR', hosted 
by Walter Cronkite. This program also described the possibility that 
certain groups of ancient saurians may have developed or mutated into 
hominoid sauroids. David Norman, in a review of the series, stated: 

"...The series finishes with an unusual flourish. In 1982 Dr. 
Dale Russel of the Royal Museum of Canada, Ottawa indulged in a 
half-serious thought experiment. He had described a small, HIGHLY 
PREDATORY, nimble troodont dinosaur from the Late Cretaceous, 
STENONYCHOSAURUS, which had AN UNUSUALLY LARGE BRAIN, large 
stereoscopic eyes, and grasping hands. He speculated about what 
might have happened to such dinosaurs if they had not become 
extinct. His answer was the 'dinosauroid' - a three-clawed, 
three-toed, large-brained, UPRIGHT, and TAILLESS dinosaur." 

Norman also described the almost human-like quality of the hand of one 

particular saurian branch, the Iquanodon: "...The flexible fifth finger 

moves a bit like a human thumb for grasping objects, while the middle three 

fingers are capable of little flexure. The large, stiletto-like thumb spike 

of Iguanodon would have been a devastating weapon. The sharp spike, coupled 

with the strength of the forelimb, could have punctured the toughest skin." 

It is possible that if such a highly intelligent yet (according to many 
accounts) extremely insidious and predatory 'race' does in fact exist, then 
it might NOT have 'mutated' far from it's original form as it is 'pictured' 


- although in a rather obscure fashion - in the 3rd chapter of Genesis, 
if we are to believe the thousands of witnesses who have reported such 
creatures during UFO encounters (descriptions which would either be the 
result of a collective hoax, mass hallucination, or observation of actual 
encounters - the latter of which seems to be the most likely), then one 
could reasonably ask the question: "Where do they originate from?" If they 
had their origin on earth as Brad Steiger suggests, then where on earth are 
the infernal creatures? A better question might be "Where IN earth are the 
infernal creatures?" Although the 'serpent race' has largely succeeded in 
evading the scrutiny of most humans living on the surface of this planet 
over the centuries, there are many indications which nevertheless suggest a 
SUBTERRANEAN connection - not only to a large percentage of the UFO 
phenomena, but also to many of the creatures which lie behind the phenomena 
as well, especially the REPTILIAN creatures such as those described by 
Steiger. 

Believe it or not, there ARE in fact many more very well documented 
accounts concerning alien, non-human 'entities' - aside from the one's 
mentioned earlier - which have been encountered in underground recesses 
throughout the world. Traditional Judeo-Christianity has more-or-less 
associated the depths of the earth with 'Hades' and 'demons'. We are 
certainly not denying this, but we are offering a much more elaborated 
exposition of this concept. 

Before describing these, however, we will document some cases of reptilian 
hominoids which have been encountered on the SURFACE of the planet. The 
following accounts, which appear in 'CURIOUS ENCOUNTERS', by Loren Coleman 
(Faber& Faber., Boston, Mass. 1985) pp. 70-76, describe encounters with 
reptilian and/or amphibian bi-pedial creatures of a semi -aquatic nature: 

"In 1973, during the summer, residents of New Jersey's Newton-Lafayette 

area described A GIANT, MAN-LIKE ALLIGATOR they had seen locally. Newspaper 

reporters wrote about an old Indian tale from the region that told of a 

giant, man- sized fish that could never be caught. In 1977, New York State 

Conservation Naturalist Alfred Hulstruck reported that the state's Southern 

Tier had 'a scaled, man-like creature (that) appears at dusk from the red, 

algae-ridden waters to forage among the fern and moss-covered uplands.' 

"The New York-New Jersey record, however, cannot compare with the 
overwhelming series of narratives issuing from one place in the United 
States, the Ohio River Valley. 

"Over twenty years ago, by digging into the back issues of the Louisville, 
Kentucky, COURIER-JOURNAL, I discovered one of those gems that has kept me 
pondering its meaning for two decades. The interesting little item was in 
the 24 October 1878 issue. A 'Wild Man of the Woods' was captured, 


supposedly, in Tennessee, and then placed on exhibit in Louisville. The 
creature was described as being six feet, five inches tall, and having eyes 
twice the normal size. His body was 'COVERED WITH SCALES.' This article now 
makes some sense. 

"And then almost a hundred years later, again near Louisville, there are 
more stories of REPTILIAN ENTITIES. In October 1975, near Milton, Kentucky, 
Clarence Cable reported a 'giant lizard' was roaming the forests near his 
junkyard. Author Peter Guttilla described the creature Cable surprised as 
'about fifteen feet long, had a foot-long forked tongue, and big eyes that 
bulged something like a frog's. It was dull-white with black-and-white 
stripes across its body with quarter-size speckles over it.' 

"On-site field investigations by Mark A. Hall, however, indicated this 
'giant lizard' RAN BIPEDALLY, according to OTHER Trimble County, Kentucky 
witnesses. The Ohio River is Louisville's, Milton's, and Trimble county's 
northern boundary... 

"1972... In March of that year on two separate occasions, two Ohio 
policemen saw what has become known as the 'Loveland Frogman.' Investigated 
by Ron Schaffner and Richard Mackey, these researchers interviewed the 
officers involved but have not published their names, instead using the 
fictitious names 'Williams' and 'Johnson.' 

"The first incident took place at 1 :00 A.M. on 3 March 1 972, on a clear, 
cold night. Officer W\ Hi ams was on route to Loveland, via Riverside Road, 
when he thought he saw a dog beside the road. But when the 'thing' stood 
up, its eyes illuminated by the car lights looked at him for an instant, 
turned, and leapt over the guardrail. Williams saw it go down an embankment 
into the Little Miami River, a mere fifteen or so miles from the Ohio 
River. He described the thing as weighing about sixty pounds, about three 
to four feet tall, having a textured leathery skin, AND A FACE LIKE A FROG 
OR LIZARD. Williams went on to the police station and returned with Officer 
Johnson to look for evidence of the creature. They turned up scrape-marks 
leading down the side of the small hill near the river. 

"On approximately 1 7 March 1 972, Officer Johnson was driving outside of 
Loveland when he had a similar experience. Seeing an animal lying in the 
middle of the road, he stopped to remove what he thought was a dead 
critter. Instead, when the officer opened his squeaky car door, the animal 
got up into a crouched position like a football player. The creature 
hobbled to the guardrail and lifted its leg over, while constantly looking 
at Johnson. Perhaps it was the funny smirk on its face, but Johnson decided 
to shoot at it. He missed, he figured, since the thing didn't slow down. 
Johnson later told how he felt it was more upright than the way Williams 
described it. One area farmer told investigators he saw a large, FROG-LIKE 


OR LIZARD-LIKE CREATURE during the same month of the officers' 
sightings..." 

Charles Berlitz, in his 'WORLD OF THE INCREDIBLE BUT TRUE' (Fawcett Crest 
Books., N.Y.), related the following incident concerning another hominoid 
predator or 'Lizard Man': 

"There have been numerous Bigfoot sightings in the United States and around 

the world. The humanlike creatures are usually said to be large and hairy 

with glowing eyes. During the summer of 1988, however, residents of 

Bishopville, South Carolina, reported accounts of a rare breed of Bigfoot: 

A SEVEN- FOOT-TALL LIZARD MAN WITH GREEN SCALY SKIN. According to 

witnesses, unlike other Bigfoot creatures Lizard Man has only three toes on 

each foot, as well as long apelike arms that end in three fingers tipped 

with FOUR-INCH CLAWS. Only the second Bigfoot to have only three fingers on 

each hand, and the first (known to Berlitz - Branton) to also have three 

toes on each foot. Lizard Man is the most unusual Bigfoot ever reported. 

"Seventeen-year-old Chris Davis first encountered Lizard Man around 2:00 
A.M. on June 29. On his way home, the teen stopped near the brackish waters 
of Scape Ore Swamp outside Bishopville to change a flat tire. While 
replacing the jack in the car's trunk, he glimpsed something running across 
the field toward him. Jumping into his 1976 Toyota Celica, he was quickly 
engaged in a tug -of-war with the reptilian creature as he tried to pull the 
door closed. Then Lizard Man jumped onto the car's roof, where he left 
scratches in the paint as evidence of his attack. 

"Hysterical, Davis returned home and told only his parents and a few close 
friends about the experience. Law enforcement officers, however, 
interrogated him after neighbors said the boy might know something about 
the strange bite marks and scratches found on another car. 

"Davis wasn't alone in his report. Soon other reports were flooding the 
sheriffs office. Teenagers Rodney Nolfe and Shane Stokes, for example, 
were driving near the swamp with their girlfriends when Lizard Man darted 
across the road in front of their car. Construction worker George Holloman 
also claimed Lizard Man jumped at him as he was collecting water from an 
artesian well. 

"Investigating the area around the swamp, state trooper Mike Hodge and Lee 
County deputy sheriff Wayne Atkinson found three crumbled, forty-gallon 
cardboard drums. The tops of saplings were ripped off eight feet above the 
ground. And there were, according to Hodge, 'humongous footprints,' 
fourteen-by- seven-inch impressions in hard red clay. Following the tracks 
for four hundred yards, the officers backtracked and found new prints 
impressed in their car's tire tracks. According to state wildlife 


biologists, the footprints matched no known animal species." (This 'Lizard 
Man' incident was covered in one of the episodes of Tim White's 'SIGHTINGS' 
documentary, - 'MONSTERS' segment, on the Fox Network - Branton). 

Some sources have indicated that these Reptons or 'Lizard Like' beings, 
similar to those described above, have been seen in deep underground tunnel 
networks below the general southwestern areas of Albuquerque (especially 
Dulce and San Crystobel), New Mexico; Las Vegas (especially Groom Lake), 
Nevada; Salt Lake City, Utah; and within caves in the Black Mountains 
between Las Vegas, Nevada and Kingman, Arizona ~ among other areas. These 
creatures have also been encountered, sources allege, in deep underground 
installations below the Mojave Desert region of California... and even on 
the fringe of the desert itself near Lancaster and elsewhere. In many cases 
they have been seen working closely with the 'Grays', which regard these 
Reptons or 'Lizard Men' as being their superiors. 

Researcher Michael Lindemann of the '20/20 GROUP' related the following in 
a public lecture in Lancaster, California, concerning a woman who had 
experienced an 'abduction' by the alien group known as the Greys, on the 
outskirts of the Mojave Desert: 

"...Lot's of ordinary citizens in the Lancaster area... are having 
close-up alien encounters... the first one is a woman with a 
number of children who in 1972 was living with her then husband 
in Ridgecrest, California... This woman had never read any books 
about UFO's or aliens, and didn't have any interest in it. Indeed 
today she has not read any books. The first thing she tried to do 
recently when she realized that she had had alien encounters, was 
she went out and rented Whitley Strieber's movie 'COMMUNION', the 
video tape, and she stuck it in the machine and barely a minute 
into the movie she got very anxious and nauseous and ran out of 
the house. That was her only attempt to inform herself on, let's 
say, literature or information about aliens, and yet this woman 
has had astonishing experiences." 

Following an entirely waking experience where she saw a seemingly 
half-physical or apparitional 'Grey', near her home which faced the open 
desert (the nearest neighbor being about two blocks away), she began having 
more intense experiences which she knew took place - but could not entirely 
understand or recall. She described the creature in the traditional 'gray' 
configuration described by so many other 'abductees' - short gray with a 
large head and large black slanted eyes - which in light of her ignorance 
of the overall UFO phenomena, according to Lindemann, only tends to 
substantiate her story. As a result of this initial experience, Lindemann 
explains, she contacted a hypnotherapist, a woman who incidentally had 
never read a UFO book herself. This psychologist concluded - through 


various tests and observations - that the woman from Ridgecrest was 
entirely sane and sincere. Michael Lindemann continues: 

"...This woman has had lots and lots of experiences since then. 
Her next experience was also a waking experience which TURNED 
INTO an experience that she could not remember except through 
regression. But the 'waking' part of it was the 'clue' that she 
needed to start exploring her hidden memories. 

"Her husband went off on a training program, he worked for a 
telephone company, (and) went off on a training program for a 
number of weeks some time later, toward the end of 1972. 

"She was staying at home with her children. Of course because 
they were in an isolated spot, she slept in her bed with a loaded 
shotgun, and she was a very light sleeper, kind of nervous. 

"One night she woke up because there was 'rustling' in her room. 
She looked and she saw what she thought was a sort of hooded, 
black figure over by her dresser. It looked as if somebody were 
sort of 'playing' with her jewelry box. And she of course felt as 
if someone had probably broken into the house. 

"But as she was kind of thinking to herself, 'What can I do, what 
can I do,' kind of gripping her shot gun, she made a little 
involuntary gasp, and whoever it was turned around and walked 
over to her. 

"She described this being as about... 4 1/2 feet tall, very, very 

dark, with very... she said it looked like a lizard! Very rough 

skin, big yellow eyes. ..not the huge black almond shaped 

eyes.. .large, yellow with a slit iris, a muzzle, teeth. She said 

it looked like an iguana. And she said that IMMEDIATELY she could 

tell that this being was very menacing and didn't like her at 

all. This being was dangerous and nasty, and not to be trusted. 

"She didn't remember what happened next, all she knew was she was 
terrified, because this being was literally leaning right into 
her face as she lay there in bed. 

"And in regression she found out the rest of that particular 
story. She was floated downstairs and she found that some GREYS 
were PHYSICALLY CARRYING her three children outside to a waiting 
craft. She was levitated outside to the same craft. 

"She recognized immediately that this black lizard-like guy, 


which she later learned actually had a tail... was actually 

WORKING WITH THE GREYS, but, she said, they did not (always) get 

along. It was the 'Greys' craft... she was literally 'listening' 

to their 'telepathy'. They were conversing about her as she was 

lying on a table in the craft waiting for their decision on what 

to do. She became convinced that the black one wanted to KILL 

her, and the Greys were 'saying'... 'No... not on OUR ship.' She 

said she saw something horrifying at that point. She said the 

black one just 'swept' its hand across the chest of one of the 

greys and literally tore the greys chest open. It fell to the 

ground and she thinks it died. She says, 'I know they have GREEN 

blood, I saw it bleed.'" 

Before one feels too 'sorry' for the 'greys', they should understand that 
many accounts indicate that the greys have participated in unknown numbers 
of animal and human mutilations in order to use the animal AND HUMAN 
secretions as a 'liquid protein' food source. And if we are to believe some 
of the more fantastic accounts of crash-retrievals, such mutilated animal 
and human organs have been discovered within or among the debris of crashed 
GREY craft. The 'reptilian' hierarchy seems to operate in an exactly 
opposite manner as the Judeo-Christian ethic, and instead of operating on 
faith, love and service the reptilian or sauroid hierarchy is said to 
operate on fear, hatred and competition. Since both the Greys and 
lizard-like 'aliens' operate on 'collective consciousness' and are 
neo-saurian in nature according to many sources, and since they have a 
similar agenda which seems to be imperial-conquest motivated, they 
inevetably work together in what Michael Lindemann calls a 'wedding of 
convenience'. 

From one perspective, one should NOT see the 'iguanas' as being much worse 
than the greys. For what the green-blooded 'greys' lack in the way of 
demoniacal 'hatred' or contempt for humankind, they seem to make up in 
their profound 'indifference' to the human race. Over and over again 
abductees describe the greys as emotionless and methodical, and seemingly 
show no sympathy or pity whatsoever toward human suffering or death, but 
merely look upon it with scientific 'curiosity'. Although 'hatred' would 
seem to be the opposite of 'compassion', others would argue that 
'indifference' is the antithesis of compassion, caring or love. From this 
perspective, 'indifference' to human life may be no less evil than raging 
'contempt' for human life. BOTH may be the motivating factors behind all 
kinds of atrocities. 

In reference to the case referred to above, Lindemann continues: 

"...Her hypnotherapist said to us at this point, 'You know, you 
really ought to understand that this woman is a very, very good 


hypnotic subject and she actually re-lives her experiences in 
real time in the first person. She goes through all of the 
emotions and she has incredible recall of detail.' ...she 
says. ..as a therapist of long standing she has no reason to doubt 
that the detail that this woman brings forward is essentially 
accurate. It matches of course in many, many particulars the kind 
of information that other abductees have also told. 

"...One of the other disturbing things that this woman has 
mentioned. ..is that in other sessions where she was abducted, she 
found herself in an underground facility which she feels quite 
certain was at George Air Force Base where she grew up. And in 
that facility underground she saw the greys were working side by 
side with human military personnel. And we do have other reports, 
not only 'we' but many people who study the abduction phenomena, 
collective reports indicating that the abduction phenomenon is 
occurring right under the noses of our own officials, that there 
is apparently some agreement operating here..." 

The above account would seem to confirm that the SAURIAN GREYS (which are 
basically neo-saurian or reptilian in configuration according to alleged 
government autopsies) are being used by their larger reptilian superiors as 
the 'technical brains' behind some hidden agenda, and as a type of cosmic 
'double agent' race. Numerous accounts indicate that the Greys are 
willfully subservient to the larger 'Draconian' entities and, because of 
the OUTWARDLY less-intimidating through nevertheless frightening 
appearance, the greys are used to 'interface' with U.S. military personnel. 
Also, many individuals within 'deep' military organizations have since come 
forward and implied that the 'Greys' used these interactions to establish 
foot- in-the-door treaties with the Military which were never meant to be 
honored, but were used only as 'platforms' to get control, via implantation 
and so on, of sensitive government-military personnel. The Greys are said 
to have used deception profusely to get their way. Part of the reason why 
the 'agreements' continue even after the 'Grand Deception' was discovered, 
some suggest, is simply because the greys have 'taken over" the minds of 
certain officials in high government positions. This continued 'pact' with 
the serpent race may also, in part, be explained by the malevolent 
influence of the ' Jesui t-lllumi nati ' or the 'Serpent Cult' in certain 
policy making groups such as 'MJ-12', the Jason Society, etc. 

The following article describes what might be a similar group of beings as 
the 'Lizard Men' described earlier, although these creatures seem to have 
been somewhat more human-size in their configuration and apparently intent 
on passing themselves off as human-like entities. The account appeared in 
the Omaha, Nebraska 'METRO UPDATE' for Oct. 29 - Nov. 4, 1990. Written by 
reporter Patricia C. Ress, the article was titled: 'LINCOLN MAN RECOUNTS 


ABDUCTIONS BY ALIENS': 


"People have been talking about flying saucers for about 45 years now - 
longer if you count the reports of the so-called 'foo fighters' seen by 
pilots on both sides during World War II. But within the past 20 years 
we've been hearing more about a more frightening side to these visitations 
- abduction by aliens. 

"The most famous case was that of Barney and Betty Hill, two New Englanders 
returning home from vacation and unable to account for a large block of 
missing time. Under hypnosis, a very frightening and detailed account of 
alien abduction emerged. Later there was Betty Andreason, who told of 
aliens who took her through walls and closed doors. 

"Then came Budd Hopkins, who made a study of such abductions and chronicled 

one case in 'INTRUDERS-THE INCREDIBLE VISITATIONS AT COPELY WOODS.' Next 

came the 'Gulf Breeze Sightings' in Florida, and most recently author 

Whitley Strieber's accounts of his own abductions in his books 'COMMUNION' 

and 'TRANSFORMATION.' 

"While most of these abductions took place in the East, some say that 
visiting aliens have been just as busy in the Midwest - even Nebraska. A 
Lincoln man recently recounted his experiences during a talk at the 
Oakcrest Institute in Elkhorn. 

"John Foster has been an engineer in Lincoln for a number of years. 
Lincoln, in fact, is his home town and the place where his abduction 
experiences began back in 1950. A soft-spoken down-home type of man, Foster 
reminds people of a young Joel McCrea. 

'"Alien abduction is a terrifying and traumatic experience,' Foster told 
the audience. 'Psychiatric counselors don't know how to deal with this - 
even if you can get them to believe you.' 

"Foster has gotten help and understanding from people like Dr. Leo Sprinkle 
of the University of Wyoming, who has dealt with numerous alien abduction 
cases. He also has been the subject of ridicule and rejection by both 
family and friends. 

'"Often in a UFO abduction experience, things happen that are absolutely 
unbelievable. I have been told that IT IS NOT UNCOMMON FOR FAMILIES TO 
BREAK UP AFTER SUCH AN EXPERIENCE. I finally reached the point where I no 
longer care what people think of me.' Foster said. 

"He said he wasn't fully aware of what had happened to him over the years 
until the 1980s. In 1981 he was sitting outside his home in Lincoln with a 


friend and on a lark, they both said a prayer (or incantation? - Branton) 
that they would see a flying saucer and soon after, one appeared, he said. 

"On another occasion in March, 1 966, he saw a light out behind the trees as 
he sat on his patio, he said, and the sight triggered a distant memory of 
something that had happened to him when he was in grade school in Lincoln 
in 1950. 

"He said 40 or 50 people were outside watching a movie when swirling lights 
suddenly appeared, ALONG WITH A CRAFT THAT INITIALLY LOOKED LIKE A 
HELICOPTER. 

"Foster recalled being INCAPACITATED AND FEELING STRANGE. He said he saw a 
craft appear WITH THREE LITTLE MEN who appeared to be fixing it. He felt an 
overwhelming desire to get inside the craft, but once he did, he discovered 
it was in a different form. 'We got a lesson about history, mankind and 
something about Indians and buffalo/ he said. 

"When he looked around him, Foster said, he noticed that everyone else 

seemed to be FROZEN IN TIME. They all looked like statues,' he said, he 

saw a woman who told him she had FIXED HERSELF UP SO THAT HE WOULDN'T BE 

TRAUMATIZED. 

"He said he was taken to an examining room BY CREATURES THAT LOOKED 'LIKE 

FROGS OR LIZARDS.' The 'woman' told him they were the educators and would 

supervise his learning experience, he said. Among other strange things, 

Foster recalled THAT THE LIZARD MEN ENCOURAGED HIM TO JOIN THE MASONIC 

LODGE. 

"After he was examined, Foster said, he was sent back out of the craft to 
the crowd below. The woman (i.e. the being that had 'fixed' itself up to 
appear as a 'woman' - Branton) spoke to him in almost a scolding tone, 
saying that from then on he would be a good boy and mind his parents, he 
said. The woman seemed to know a lot about him, including the fact that he 
and some friends had stolen some pop and candy from a store across the 
street, he said. 

"In October 1986 Foster went camping with his wife and children at Niobrara 
Park and he had a short visitation which awakened more memories of previous 
abductions, he said. 

"By mid-December he recalled 50 abduction experiences, he said, and by 
January that number had grown to 2,000 and by January 1 987, he had recalled 
3,000 abductions. 

"Foster has recorded memories of 50 of the abductions in detail, another 


450 in short notations and many others by locations only, he said. 

"There are roughly two areas of the so-called close encounters,' Foster 
said. These may mesh together, but there are the abductees who seem to be 
taken aboard a craft to be examined and the contactees who appear to be 
contacted throughout life and seem to have an assignment.' 

"In June of 1 987 Foster and his daughter met with several other contactees 
and he had the feeling that he had known them all his life, he said. 

"They helped him recall experiences from coast to coast and from Canada to 
Mexico, he said. 

'"I believe the UFO experiences are directed at you personally,' Foster 
said, 'but there are times when they can seem to address the population in 
general. 

"THIS IS WHAT SEEMS TO BE THE CASE WITH THE MYSTERIOUS 'CORN CIRCLES' 
THAT 

FIRST APPEARED IN ENGLAND AND CAN NOW BE SEEN IN CANADA AND THE 
U.S. AND 

OTHER PLACES.' (Note: Many of these symbols are very intricate and are 
meaningless to most. Could they be some type of 'signal' to those who have 
been abducted-programmed, signals which are intended to 'trigger 1 some 
subconscious reaction in certain abductees? Admittedly, this is only one of 
many possibilities - Branton) 

"Foster said profound things happened to him during his abductions and the 
world should know about them. HE WAS SHOWN HOW THE 'VISITORS' CAN 
MANIPULATE ATOMIC STRUCTURE AND CHANGE THINGS DIRECTLY AT WILL, he 
said, 

and was told things about scientific matters over the years, only to see 
them discovered afterward. 

"WHILE THE ENTITIES HE INITIALLY ENCOUNTERED LOOKED REPTILIAN, HE SAID, 
THE 

SPIRITUAL 'GUIDES' WERE MORE HUMAN IN APPEARANCE AND WERE ABLE TO 
'PHASE IN 

AND OUTATTHE DEEPER LEVELS.' 

"On the initial level of the abduction experience there is a kind of 
excitement, Foster said, while on the deeper level, life plans emerge and 
there is interaction with people who have had similar experiences. Foster 
said there are four witnesses who can recall parts of at least three of his 
encounters. 


"Foster said that to document his experiences, he has made several drawings 
and paintings. He believes he has encountered at least 13 different kinds 
of crafts. 

"Foster said he remembers abductions that involved his friends when they 
were teenagers. A large 'floating phone booth' would descend from a dark 
fog, he said, and a voice seemingly from a loud speaker would urge them to 
'gather around for eternal wisdom and knowledge - and something else about 
Indians and buffalo,' he said." 

(Note: was the promise of 'eternal wisdom' the bait used to entrap them 
into the Reptilian agenda? We realize this sounds rather simplistic but 
ancient accounts do reveal that this exact same strategy was used by the 
original 'Serpent' race of Hebrew tradition, in their unholy alliance with 
INVISIBLE fallen angelic beings, to destroy man's connection with the 
Almighty - and subsequently, his divinely-given authority over creation, 
including his dominion over the BEASTS! In relation to this, the third 
chapter of GENESIS states that the serpent race was the most "subtil" of 
all the members of the animal kingdom - those "beasts" that had no eternal 
"soul" essence as does humankind. The Hebrew word for "subtil" is ARUWM, 
literally meaning "CUNNING [usually in a bad sense] or CRAFTY'. Those who 
have seen Steven Spielberg's depiction of the 7 ft. tall RAPTORS in the 
movie "JURASSIC PARK" can gain a sense of just how "cunning" and cruel 
these creatures were and, according to various witnesses, still are today - 
Branton). 

Foster, in reference to the floating "phone booth", stated that: "The voice 
over the loudspeaker would call them by name AND COULD AT TIMES SOUND 
SARCASTIC (as a manipulator might sound? - Branton). On one occasion, his 
friends SHOT AT THE BOOTH WITH RIFLES AND THREW BEER CANS AT IT. 

"When he was at Mahoney Lake in 1 987, Foster said, he again saw both the 

booth and the saucer. He asked the entities to quit bothering him because 

he was disturbed when he COULDN'T RECALL his abductions, he said, AND THEY 

TOLD HIM IF HE REMEMBERED THE EXPERIENCES, IT WOULD NEGATE THEIR 

PURPOSE. 

"They also told him that if he didn't want to have any more abduction 

experiences, he would meet some people who would 'HELP HIM BECOME MORE 

METAPHYSICAL,' he said, and he later met such people. 

"He said he recalls being pulled up into a kind of floating bus and being 
taken into the future. He declined to say what he saw. 

"Foster said he was given experiments to do as an engineer. 'They worked, 
but they shouldn't have, according to what we know,' he said. 


"He said the 'guides' told him they were preparing people for a time when 
the chosen would be taken away. 

"...'I was told to awaken people to other dimensions and to participate in 
these realms,' he said..." (i.e. opening themselves up to or surrendering 
to the occult and supernatural powers and realms which these Reptilians 
control, in order to be more easily controlled and manipulated by them? 
Just a thought - Branton) 

In reference to the Saurian Grays and the Secret Societies they allegedly 
manipulate, researcher Bill Hamilton, who claims to have had contact with 
one 'Nordic' or 'Telosian' family, offers a synopsis of his own findings. 
Mr. Hamilton provides some informative research that may help us to 
understand this mystery in a fuller perspective. In an article which 
appeared in Patrick O'Connell's "TRENDS AND PREDICTIONS ANALYST' 
Newsletter, Vol. 6, No. 2 (July, 1990) issue, William Hamilton stated: 

"...The cover-up was initiated soon after the Roswell, N.M. 

crash. We wanted to know - 1 ) Who they were, 2) Why they were 

here, 3) How their technology worked. The cover-up became a 

matter of NATIONAL SECURITY (a blanket word covering secrecy and 

deception). The cover-up involves secret organizations within our 

government such as MJ-12, PI-40, MAJI, Delta, the Jason Scholars, 

& known intelligence organizations such as Naval Intelligence, 

Air Force Office of Special Investigation, the Defence 

Investigative Service, the CIA, NSA, and more! It involves THINK 

TANKS such as RAND, the Ford Foundation, the Aspen Institute, & 

Brookings Institute. It involves corporations such as Bechtel, 

GE, ITT, Amoco, Northrup, Lockheed, & many others. It involves 

SECRET SOCIETIES who may be the hidden bosses of the orchestrated 

events (i.e. economic collapse, wars, assassin- ations, 

conspiracies to manipulate & control humans & thereby to exercise 

enormous power over the destiny of the human race) - the 

llluminati, Masons, Knights of Malta, etc. The individual players 

are too numerous to list. The whole of this conspiracy forms an 

INTERLOCKING NEXUS. The goal is said to be a ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT 

(or Dictatorship)! 

"The Underground Nation' - The RAND symposium held on Deep 
Underground Construction indicated that plans were hatched during 
the 50's to build underground bases, laboratories, & city- 
complexes linked by a stupendous network of tunnels to preserve & 
protect the ongoing secret interests of the secret societies. 
These secret societies made a pact with alien entities in order 
to further motives of domination." 


Actually, as it turns out, THEY (the secret societies) are now being 
'dominated' by the 'aliens'. One can only assume that if certain humans 
would 'sell out' their own kind to an alien race and use such an infernal 
alliance to gain dominion over their fellow man, then they should consider 
the fact that they, according to universal law, must in the same way open 
THEMSELVES up to being manipulated and controlled by their supposed 
benefactors. As it is written, "the servant is not greater than his lord." 
There are indications, as we've said earlier, that an antediluvian race or 
races may have attempted this very same thing, the construction of vast 
subterraneous systems like the ones now being built by the more modern 
secret societies. 

There are also indications, as we have also said, that later societies and 
their underground networks intersect these ancient antediluvian excavations 
and outposts. This is evidenced by the many accounts which suggest that 
Masonic-related secret societies are utilizing both the ancient and modern 
sub-systems. Many indications also point to the fact that entire human 
colonies, both peaceful and 'alien controlled', may exist within these 
deeper levels. These colonies are allegedly inhabited in part by ancient 
native American or meso-American tribes or explorers who crossed the seas 
from ancient Mediterranea and elsewhere in the eastern hemisphere thousands 
of years ago. These may also include more recent (past few centuries) 
American inhabitants or explorers of Anglo-saxon descent as well. 
Indications are that such explorers happened to discover some of these 
ancient antediluvian excavations, which led to deep tunnel networks and 
ancient hydrothermal and geothermal cavities containing conditions 
sufficient to sustain physical life. 

Mr. Hamilton continues: 

"...The underground complexes are not confined to the U.S. alone! 
A large underground complex operated by the U.S. exists at Pine 
Gap, near Alice Springs, Australia (Note: According to various 
sources, conditions in this complex are somewhat similar to those 
at Dulce, that is, this underground base contains replicated 
flying 'disks' based on 'alien' technology, and many workers 
there have allegedly been implanted and operate under a type of 
mental control of the Secret Government and Gray aliens which 
also reportedly utilize the base as part of the llluminati-Gray 
"joint interaction" - Branton). 

"...It appears that the secret societies among us have become 

aware of the coming planetary eco-catastrophe & the possibility 

of an earth polar shift in the near future. Surveying the earth 

from space, satellites & shuttles reveal EXTENSIVE DAMAGE TO OUR 


ECOSPHERE! Our planet is wobbling on its axis & its magnetic 
field is decaying! Ozone depletion & the greenhouse effect are 
rapidly endangering life on our planet. Alternatives, which 
include - 1) direct handling of the atmospheric problems, 2) 
taking shelter in underground domains, & 3) escape to other 
planetary bodies in the solar system, have been devised in 
secret. However there is a possible Alternative 4 which mostly 
depends on a completely different idea on how to save the earth 
(in essence, by escaping to another "dimension" - Branton)..." 

Based upon the relatively elusive yet extensive accounts and relative data 
which has been gathered by a loosely-connected group of researchers, we can 
conclude that the subterranean network - whatever it consists of presently 
- is basically inhabited by both human and non-human reptilian beings. In 
those areas where the humans are not being controlled by the non-humans or 
saurians, there is obviously conflict between the two races as foretold in 
Genesis chapter 3. Many of the American subterranean networks, before the 
turn of the century (1900), were apparently inhabited mostly by human 
societies, yet it seems as if a reptilian 'invasion' of the sub-strata of 
North America occurred en masse in the early part of the 1900's, with a 
major 'push' into the U.S. subnet from already-occupied underground systems 
in Central and South America taking place around 1933. This, according to 
many accounts, involved reptilian beings which had been in possession of 
underlying cavern networks beneath Asia and the Far East, and according to 
their imperialistic-predatory nature these creatures began expanding their 
influence into the Western Hemisphere --first into Central and South 
America, and finally North America itself. Some unconfirmed reports tell of 
whole groups of humans (both surface exploration parties or even 
troglodytical tribes) who have literally been wiped-out in sudden attacks 
by the serpent race in a type of "battle beneath the earth". 

Aside from the human and reptilian entities, there are some who speak of a 
third type of being, a (so-called) 'hybrid' between the humans and 
reptilians. The indications are that such a 'hybrid' would be impossible, 
theologically and scientifically speaking. The serpent races simply possess 
no soul-matrix (or 'conscience') as do humans, and even if it were possible 
to genetically or artificially produce an 'apparent' cross-breed, the 
creature produced could never be an actual 'hybrid', but would inevitably 
fall to one side or the other - a corrupted form of human being possessing 
a soul, or a mutated version of the 'reptilian' or 'serpent' race. Bill 
Hamilton explains another reason why such a natural (thank God) cross 
between the two could never be produced: 

"...It is unlikely that the reptilian greys are cross-breeding with humans. 
Reptilians carry their sex organs internally and reproduce by eggs hatched 
by solar heat. Reptoids have well developed eyes, no hair follicles, & no 


external ear cartilage as consistent with most reptilian species. Since 
their means of reproduction is incompatible with our own, it is suggested 
that humans (women - Branton) may be fertilized by the grays by artificial 
insemination with human spermatozoa or perhaps they use the human uterus as 
an incubation chamber." 

Note: Other indications are that the reptilians inject or encodify the 
human embryo with reptilian DNA during the early stages of development. 
Also, aside from the description given by Dale Russell to the effect that 
the ancient progenitors of the gray-type saurians may have had a type of 
'ear 1 , we presently know of only one other account describing a possible 
'ear-like' appendage having been seen on a saur-oid creature. This was 
described by a Mr. Brian Scott, who was allegedly abducted into an 
underground base beneath the Superstition Mts. area east of Phoenix, 
Arizona. He described these large, fearful creatures as having a type of 
'flap' of leathery or 'crocodilian' texture which came down each side of 
their heads. It is uncertain however whether this was a type of ear-like 
appendage or not. These creatures according to Scott claimed to have a base 
in 'Epsilon Bootes' and worked with a smaller group of grayish white dwarfs 
of typical 'gray' description AS WELL AS WITH a group of 'transparent' 
entities who referred to themselves as 'the hosts', or the 'Ashtar' beings. 
Note the similarity between this description and John Foster's account in 
Nebraska's METRO-UPDATE. These transparent beings once told Brian that they 
were 'Beelzebub', and tried to convince him and his wife (who was once 
'molested' by one of the infernal poltergeist-like creatures in her 
bathroom) to 'sell their souls' to them, and generally acted in a similar 
fashion as the malevolent beings typically described in connection with 
demoniacal possession cases. 

As for the so-called 'hybrids', Hamilton's statements seem to be confirmed 

by others, including abductees, who have hinted that the 'hybrid' fetuses 

are actually conceived through human spermatozoa taken from men and ovum 

taken from women abductees, and that the fetuses are as we have stated 

somehow genetically altered with possible reptilian 'cells' or genetic 

coding being added. Many of the so-called hybrids however are nevertheless 

'human', possessing human souls, and human blood - Branton). 

Hamilton continues: 

"...Alien vehicles are being tested at the alien physical 
technology center at S-4 at the Nevada Test Site. Alien vehicles 
are being replicated at Kirtland AFB & Sandia Laboratories & 
these replicas are referred to as ARVs (Alien Reproductive 
Vehicles). At least three of these vehicles are stored in hangers 
at Norton AFB, California. It is alleged that vehicle propulsion 
units were constructed by General Electric & composite materials 


were provided by Amoco. Alien vehicles generate an artificial 
gravity field which can be focused & intensified for high speed 
travel... Alien organisms and biological technology are tested 
(in the upper levels - Branton) at the underground biogenetic 
laboratories at Dulce, New Mexico. Alien genetic engineering, 
cloning, & cryogenic technology have been studied with a view 
towards 'enhancing' human genetics, deciphering the human genome, 
& gaining a biological advantage by ARTIFICIAL BIOLOGICAL 
ENGINEERING. Strange life forms have been bred in these 
laboratories..." 

Mr. Byron Carpedium, in a letter to the Editor 1 in the 'LEADING EDGE', 

dated February 18, 1990 presented some remarkable claims which we quote in 

entirety below: 

"Dear Editor... As more and more information is beginning to surface 
concerning UFOs, super-technology, 'alien' cultures, abductions, 
multi-level coverups and conspiracies I see many different people trying to 
assemble data to get, or give, a better picture of what is really happening 
around us. Individually I do not believe that any ONE of us can gather ALL 
the facts, assemble them and expose it in a way that is palatable to Joe 
Citizen. COLLECTIVELY, however, I think that we can make an impact by 
increasing the total awareness of the entire population. This does not have 
to happen over a period of 1 0 or 20 years as would be done in a gradual 
acclimation program. It can be done in a relatively short period of time, 
if the proper steps are taken. Once the awareness or awakening process is 
complete, the individual must then decide whether or not to believe the 
information and the source of that information. Then the individual MUST 
act upon it in some form or fashion. 

"The latter two steps can be done more efficiently in many ways. One 
possibility is to take some item or fact that most everyone agrees upon and 
then impart some new information about it to those interested about it. For 
example, if anyone saw the John Lear lectures i n Houston last year or has 
seen the video tape, you saw Lear ask three questions at the beginning of 
the lecture: the third being 'How many of you think that Oswald shot 
Kennedy?' Naturally only a handful of people raised their hand. By this 
time Lear has gained the trust of his audience and has most everyone in 
agreement. Then he does not tell the audience, but instead shows the 
audience the Zapruderfilm showing W. Greer shooting the President. After 
this, convincing the audience of the rest is simple. 

"The pieces are coming out now and need to be put together. Bill Cooper has 
gone several steps beyond Lear by tying things together on a global scale. 
Recently people with direct access to inside information are now 
corroborating what other researchers have long suspected. 


"Evidence suggesting a secret project to fly 'alien' vehicles in Nevada to 
Alien/US/Soviet bases and operations on the moon are now some of the hot 
topics amongst UFOIogists and researchers. These are, for most people, 
ideas that are so far out that they cannot be believed. One of the reasons, 
I believe, for this attitude is the fact that VERY few people have ever 
researched anything having to do with the U.S. OFFICIAL space program, 
NASA, and it's relationship to the UFO coverup. If researchers, authors, 
lecturers, etc., would take the time to point out where NASA has 
suppressed, hidden and simply lied about information dealing with the U.S. 
space program people may consider these esoteric ideas more believable 
based on their new knowledge that the U.S. space program is not what it 
appears to be. 

"MOONGATE by William Brian II is a good place to start. After that you can 
talk to people at NASA. Specifically people connected with the Department 
of Defense (DOD) missions. Many of these people, if willing to talk, will 
paint a very different picture of what is happening with OUR space program 
(remember, it is a civilian operation right??? Well, if you think it is, 
you had better look again). 

"NASA was created on October 1 , 1 958. The main reason for NASA's creation 
was to capitalize on the military potential of space. A secondary reason 
was so that large sums of money may be diverted into 'black' projects which 
the public was to have no knowledge about. The plan was simple and quite 
easily accomplished. Money and manufactured items for top-secret or black 
projects can readily be allocated if they are hidden within our 
unclassified projects. Contractors and Subcontractors brought in by NASA 
have no idea where the money goes, what the parts they design and 
manufacture are really for and they almost never see the end project or 
result because everything is so compartmentalized at NASA. 

"lam still in the process of gathering, verifying, and assembling this 

information so naturally I am interested in finding others who may be able 

to support or refute any of my findings. The following list of facts I have 

learned from several individuals who are working or who have worked or been 

linked with NASA in some way over the years. For obvious reasons I will not 

now use their real names. The list below represents some of the information 

from three people: one is currently working in DOD missions for NASA; 

another started working with NASA & DOD when JSC (Johnson Space Center) was 

built. He 'committed suicide' afterthe Space Shuttle Challengerwas 

destroyed. 

"The third is a scientist who has worked at NASA and other facilities. His 
work with Edward Teller (i.e. the inventor of the H-Bomb and alleged member 
of MJ-1 2 - Branton) is what is most known about this man: 


"* There are buildings on the Moon. 

"* There is mining equipment on the Moon. 

"* Photos, NASA photos, do exist which clearly show both of 
these. 

"* Hundreds, but probably thousands, of NASA photos have been 
tampered with. Specifically, by careful use of an airbrush, 
flying saucers and other UFOs can be removed, and then the photo 
is released to the public and/or press. 

"* Film taken by astronauts clearly show UFOs, IFOs, Alien 
Vehicles, etc. 

"* The NSA screens all photos before release to the public. 

"* Everything that NASA has launched has been closely monitored 
by at least one 'alien' culture. 

"* NASA knew about 'alien' activity on the Moon before Armstrong, 
Aldrin, and Collins ever set foot on it. 

"* Edwin Aldrin atone point found evidence that we were NOT THE 
FIRST to arrive on the moon. After first seeing and then taking 
photographs of footprints in the lunar soil he then saw the 
beings that made the footprints (the report and transcripts of 
conversations between the astronauts were not clear if Aldrin had 
physical and/or mental contact with the entities). 

"* Analysis of the footprint photos indicated that the beings 
that made them would have weighed (on Earth) 300-350 lbs. and 
would stand at least seven feet tall (which supported Aldrin's 
account). 

"* Alien Vehicles flew within 50 feet of a U.S. space vehicle for 
one full Earth orbit and then the AV departed; again while Aldrin 
was present. 

"* 'Buzz' Aldrin had a nervous breakdown because of these events 
and the pressure not to talk. 

"* During the last successful mission before the Challenger 
disaster, NASA and the astronauts on board were warned directly 
by ETs of the impending dangers of space that they would meet (I 


have more details from multiple sources but still need 
confirmation on a few details. Do you know anything about this 
one?) [Note: Certain 'Ham' radio operators have allegedly 
recorded conversations from 'classified' frequencies between a 
Space Shuttle astronaut and Mission Control, making reference to 
an 'Alien Craft' which was following the Shuttle. Whether this 
story is legitimate or not remains to be seen - Branton]. 

"* There have been 22 deaths (many 'suicides') at JSC in Houston. 

"* The Space Station project is non-existent. It is a lie and 
will never be built. In reality the project is called the Space 
City. 

"* No astronaut who has seen AVs or ETs is allowed to talk about 
it, even amongst themselves. If they do and are caught they may 
be fined, publicly humiliated, imprisoned, or have all pensions 
and future salaries taken away. 

"* Voyager has been disabled. The pictures received from 
'Neptune' in September of 1989 were not from the probe. 

"* Galileo has been put out of commission and will not be allowed 
to complete its mission. The information being received from the 
probe indicating it's successful function is a deception by the 
'aliens.' (Bill Cooper has stated that the Secret Government 
loaded Galileo with several pounds of plutonium, which 'they' 
intended to use to ignite the hydrogenic 'atmosphere' of Jupiter 
and thus create a nuclear reaction which would theoretically 
convert Jupiter into a small binary 'sun'. These occultists 
supposedly desired to 'create' this 'miraculous event' and call 
the new star 'Lucifer 1 , as a SIGN announcing the 'New World 
Order 1 . If Cooper's and Carpedium's sources are correct, then NO 
WONDER an 'alien' race with possible bases on the Jovian moons 
would DISABLE such a presumptuous undertaking! - Branton). 

"* NASA is a joke (i.e. in the words of one of the 
'informants'.)..." 

The following submitted article allegedly appeared in 'SOVIET LIFE' 
magazine under the title; 'AMAZING CLAIM:' 

"...A Soviet scientist who defected to the West said photographs taken by 
an orbiting satellite clearly show the ruined temples of a long-dead 
civilization - on the planet Mars! 


"And LASER PROBES made by the secret Russian satellite revealed that the 
ruins littering the planet's surface ARE INCREDIBLY YOUNG by space-time 
standards (i.e. a few thousand years or less, or contemporary to the height 
of the Egyptian Empire as some researchers suggest!? - Branton). 

"The 58-year-old scientist was a high-echelon member of an elite team that 
has worked together since 1961 when Vostok 1 carried Yuri A. Gagarin as the 
first man in space. 

"But Russia's growing emphasis on the development of a nuclearized 'Star 
Wars' satellite system in space prompted him to flee Russia. He now lives 
under an assumed identity somewhere in Switzerland." 

The following is from an 'add' introduction for Richard C. Hoagland's book 
THE MONUMENTS OF MARS: A CITY ON THE EDGE OF FOREVER': 

"In 1976, NASA sent four Viking spacecraft to Mars, to photograph the 
planet and to set landers on its surface to test for the presence of life. 
On July 25, as part of the mapping sequence to select a suitable landing 
site, one of the orbiters photographed a peculiar-looking mesa resembling a 
human face a mile long. At the time the facial resemblance was dismissed by 
NASA as a trick of light and shadow. However, three years later, two 
computer scientists, Vince DiPietro and Gregory Molenaar, rediscovered the 
photograph in the National Space Science Data Center. 

"Richard C. Hoagland, former Science Advisor to Walter Cronkite and CBS 
News, consultant for Cable News Network, and Editor of STAR AND SKY, was a 
member of the NASA press corps on that memorable day in July and is now in 
the forefront of the Mars investigation. Through careful analysis of a 
variety of photographs of the Cydonia region (in which the 'face' resides) 
and consultation with scientists and other professionals, he discovered the 
presence of other monuments and structures, including what is possibly an 
underground city in the style of Paolo Soleri's arcologies, plus a series 
of regular relationships and symmetries among the artifacts. 

"In a wide-ranging and profound analysis of the 'Mars data,' Hoagland 
explains the importance of the 'face' and its implication regarding not 
only the past but future of the human species. As he himself writes: 'I 
realized I was looking at something that was either a complete waste of 
time, or the most important discovery of the twentieth century... There is 
no middle ground. It either is or is not artificial... If it is, it is 
imperative that we figure it out because... IT DOES NOT BELONG THERE. Its 
presence, if it was made by someone, is trying very hard to tell us 
something extraordinary.' 

"Does the 'face' summon us to Mars? Why is it OUR face? Why has NASA denied 


the existence of the artifact? What are the political implications of a 
Soviet-U.S. manned mission to Cydonia? Who were the 'Martians?' How does 
the existence of the 'face' change our entire history? 

"The 30 SCIENTISTS, known as the Mars Investigation Group, think two 
photographs sent back from Mars in 1976 by the Viking space-probe indicate 
the existence of an ancient civilization, said Richard Hoagland, group 
member and science writer. 

"The photos show what appear to be four huge PYRAMIDS lined up 
symmetrically with the face about 6 miles away, suggesting a parallel with 
Stonehenge, the ancient monument of huge stones in England, Hoagland said 
Thursday. 

"'Geometrically, the face could be seen in profile [from the pyramids] as 
the summer solstice sun rose over it' 

"...Dr. C. West Churchman, a professor at the University of California at 
Berkeley and the group's principal investigator, said there are too many 
details pointing to the possibility of an extinct (? - Branton) Martian 
race. 

'"It's hard to believe that all that symmetry could have been done by winds 
and sand as we know it on Earth,' he said. 'If it had just been the face, I 
would not have been that convinced. But the fact that these [pyramids] are 
lined up in a certain way with the face makes me inclined to believe that 
there was an ancient civilization.' 

"The two Viking photographs were taken AT DIFFERENT TIMES of day, reducing 
the chance that the figures were illusions cast by tricky shadows, Hoagland 
said. 

"The face, 1 mile long and 1 mile wide, appears to be looking toward the 
stars, he said." 

Former Navy Officer William Cooper, mentioned above, claims to have seen 
top secret documents concerning UFO's and related events (having seen a UFO 
himself -which was of tremendous size and rose out of the sea in full view 
of his shipmates) during his involvement with Naval Intelligence. Here is 
his story: 

"...There have been many related sequential coincidences all 
throughout my life, incidents that by themselves would have led 
nowhere. Statistically, the odds against the same or a related 
sequence of events happening to one individual are astronomically 
high. It is a series of incidents that have convinced me that God 


has had a hand in my life. I do not believe in fate. I do not 
believe in accidents... 

"We have been taught lies. Reality is not at all what we perceive 
it to be. We cannot survive any longer by hanging onto the 
falsehoods of the past. Reality must be discerned at all costs if 
we are to be a part of the future. Truth must prevail in all 
instances, no matter who it hurts or helps, if we are to continue 
to live upon this earth. At this point, what we want may no 
longer matter. It is what we must do to ensure our survival that 
counts. The old way is in the certain process of destruction and 
a New World Order is beating down the door... 

"I fear for the little ones, the innocents, who are already 
paying for our mistakes. There exists a great army of 
occupational^ orphaned children. They are attending government- 
controlled day-care centers. And latch-key kids are running wild 
in the streets... and the lop-sided, emotionally wounded children 
of single welfare mothers, born only for the sake of more money 
on the monthly check. Open your eyes and look at them, for they 
are the future. In them I see the sure and certain destruction of 
this once-proud nation. In their vacant eyes I see the death of 
Freedom. They carry with them a great emptiness-and someone will 
surely pay a great price for their suffering. 

"If we do not act in concert with each other and ensure that the 
future becomes what we need it to be, then we will surely deserve 
whatever fate awaits us. 

"I believe with all my heart that God put me in places and in 
positions throughout my life so that I would be able to deliver 
this warning to His people. I pray that I have been worthy and 
that I have done my job. 

"THIS IS MY CREED - 1 first believe in God, the same God in which 
my ancestors believed. I believe in Jesus Christ and that he is 
my savior. Second, I believe in the Constitution of the Republic 
of the United States of America, without interpretation, as it 
was written and meant to work. I have given my sacred oath 'to 
protect and defend the Constitution of the United States of 
America against all enemies foreign and domestic.' I intend to 
fulfill that oath. Third, I believe in the family unit and, in 
particular, my family unit. I have sworn that I will give my 
life, if it is required, in defense of God, the Constitution, or 
my family. Fourth, I believe that any man without principles that 
he is ready and willing to die for at any given moment is already 


dead and of no use or consequence whatsoever. - William Cooper., 
August 3, 1 990., Camp Verde, Arizona." 

The following document was released by William Cooper to members of various 

UFO RESEARCH and PATRIOT RESEARCH organizations. The manuscript, which ties 

together certain aspects of the 'Secret Government' and the 'UFO 

Phenomena', was titled: THE SECRET GOVERNMENT (The Origin, Identity, and 

Purpose of MJ-12. May23, 1989. Updated November21, 1990): 

"...I originally wrote this piece as a research paper. It was first 

delivered at the MUFON Symposium on July 2, 1989, in Las Vegas, Nevada. 

Most of thi s knowledge comes di rectly from, or as a result of my own 

research into the TOP SECRET/MAJIC material WHICH I SAW AND READ between 

the years 1970 and 1973 as a member of the Intelligence Briefing Team of 

the Commander in Chief of the Pacific Fleet. Since some of this information 

was derived from sources that I cannot divulge for obvious reasons, and 

from published sources which I cannot vouch for.. .(this) must be termed a 

hypothesis. I firmly believe that if the aliens are real, THIS IS THE TRUE 

NATURE OF THE BEAST. It is the only scenario THAT ANSWERS ALL THE 

QUESTIONS 

and places the various fundamental mysteries in an arena that makes sense. 
It is the only explanation which shows the chronology of events and 
demonstrates that the chronologies, when assembled, match perfectly. The 
bulk of this I believe to be true if the material that I viewed in the Navy 
is authentic. As for the rest, I do not know, and that is why this paper 
must be termed a hypothesis. Most historic and current available evidence 
supports this hypothesis. 

"During the years following World War II the government of the United 
States was confronted with a series of events which were to change beyond 
prediction its future and with it the future of humanity. These events were 
so incredible that they defied belief. A stunned President Truman and his 
top military commanders found themselves virtually impotent after having 
just won the most devastating and costly war in history. 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #4 

[7th edition] 


Compiled by 'The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 3 

"The United States had developed, used, and was the only nation on earth in 
possession of the atomic bomb. This new weapon had the potential to destroy 
an enemy, and even the Earth itself. At that time the United States had the 
best economy, the most advanced technology, the highest standard of living, 
exerted the most influence, and fielded the largest and most powerful 
military forces in history. We can only imagine the confusion and concern 
when the informed elite of the United States Government discovered that an 
alien spacecraft piloted by 'insect-like' beings from a totally 
incomprehensible culture had crashed in the desert of New Mexico (Note: 
Some have alleged that certain of the saurian grays appear 'insect-like'. 
Other say that there is a SEPARATE race of non-reptilian MANTIS or 
INSECT-like entities which have been seen working WITH the saurian GRAYS, 
apparently acting as their equals or overlords. Others sources such as 
researcher Ray Keller have mentioned another race, a genetic HYBRID race 
between the Reptilians and Insectoids. This race of alien 'mercenaries' 
were reportedly created in the Zeta Reticuli system as part of a Gray 
Empire agenda to obtain new genetic materials for their reptilian queen 
'breeders' to assimilate, in order to 'upgrade' their genetic stock. An 
experimental hybrid Reptilian-lnsectoid race which resulted from this 
genetic manipulation is said to reside en masse in the Bellatrix system of 
Orion, according to Keller. They are of course an extreme threat to the 
human race as a whole. The MANTIS like creatures themselves allegedly 
possess supernatural powers, have the ability to affect the weather, to 
project their conscious- ness into or 'possess' certain people, and there 
are some indications that they may have certain 'para-physical' character- 
istics. According to Kenneth Grant in his book 'OUTSIDE THE CIRCLES OF 
TIME' -- Frederick Miller, Ltd., London. 1980; the O.T.O. [Ordo Templi 
Orientis] branch of the llluminati believed that nuclear explosions, like 
those conducted within the Test Sites of New Mexico and Nevada, could be 
used to break open an inter- dimensional 'seal' which had been placed 
between our world and the dimension of an infernal alien race known as 'the 
Old Ones', a 'race' that had been imprisoned in a dimension called the 
'abyss' eons ago. Grant states that Jack Parsons and L. Ron Hubbard 
assisted in a 1947 Crowleyan magical ritual in California designed to 
assist this release. - Branton). 

"Between January 1 947 and December 1 952 at least 1 6 crashed or downed alien 
craft, 65 bodies, and 1 live alien were recovered. An additional alien 
craft had exploded and nothing was recovered from that incident. Of these 
events, 13 occurred within the borders of the United States, not including 
the craft which disintegrated in the air. Of these 13, 1 was in Arizona, 1 1 
were in New Mexico, and 1 was in Nevada. Sightings of UFOs were so numerous 
that serious investigation and debunking of each report became impossible, 
utilizing the existing intelligence assets. 


"An alien craft was found on February 13, 1948, on a mesa near Aztec, New 

Mexico. Another craft was located on March 25, 1948, in White Sands Proving 

Ground. It was 1 00 feet in diameter. A total of 1 7 alien bodies were 

recovered from those two crafts. Of even greater significance was the 

discovery of a large number of human body parts stored within both of these 

vehicles. A demon had reared its head and paranoia quickly took hold of 

everyone 'in the know.' The Secret lid immediately became a Top Secret lid 

and was screwed down tight. THE SECURITY BLANKET WAS EVEN TIGHTER THAN 

THAT 

IMPOSED UPON THE MANHATTAN PROJECT (which developed and tested the first 
Atomic Bombs - Branton). In the coming years these events were to become 
the most closely guarded secrets in the history of the world. 

"A special group of America's top scientists were organized under the name 
Project SIGN in December 1947 to study the phenomena. The whole nasty 
business was contained. Project SIGN evolved into Project GRUDGE in 
December 1948. A low- level collection and disinformation project named 
BLUE BOOK was formed under GRUDGE. Sixteen volumes were to come out of 
GRUDGE. 'Blue Teams' were put together to recover the crashed disks or live 
aliens. The Blue Teams were later to evolve into Alpha Teams under Project 
POUNCE. 

"DURING THESE EARLYYEARS THE UNITED STATES AIR FORCE AND THE 
CENTRAL 

INTELLIGENCE AGENCY EXERCISED COMPLETE CONTROL OVER THE 'ALIEN 
SECRET' In 

fact, the CIA was formed by Presidential Executive Order first as the 
Central Intelligence Group for the express purpose of dealing with the 
alien presence. Later the National Security Act was passed, establishing it 
as the Central Intelligence Agency. 

"The National Security Council was established to oversee the intelligence 
community and especially the alien endeavor. A series of National Security 
Council memos and Executive orders removed the C A from the sole task of 
gathering foreign intelligence and slowly but thoroughly 'legalized' direct 
action in the form of covert activities at home and abroad. 

"On December 9, 1947, Truman approved issuance of NSC-4, entitled 
'Coordination of Foreign Intelligence Information Measures' at the urging 
of the Secretaries Marshall, Forrestal, Patterson, and the director of the 
State Department's Policy Planning Staff, George Kennan. 

"The FOREIGN AND MILITARY INTELLIGENCE, BOOK 1, 'Final Report of the Select 
Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence 
Activities,' United States Senate, 94th Congress, 2nd Session, Report No. 


94-755, April 26, 1976, p. 49. states: This directive empowered the 
Secretary to coordinate oversees information activities designed to counter 
communism.' 

"A Top Secret annex to NSC-4, NSC-4A, instructed the director of Central 
Intelligence to undertake covert psychological activities in pursuit of the 
aims set forth in NSC-4. The initial authority given the C IA for covert 
operations under NSC-4A did not establish formal procedures for either 
coordinating or approving these operations. It simply directed the DC I to 
'undertake covert actions and to ensure, through liaison with Senate and 
Defense, that the resulting operations were consistent with American 
policy.' 

"Later NSC-10/1 and NSC-10/2 were to supersede NSC-4 and NSC-4A and expand 

the covert abilities even further. The Office of Policy Coordination (OPC) 

was chartered to carry out an expanded program of covert activities. 

NSC-10/1 and NSC-10/2 validated illegal and extralegal practices and 

procedures as being agreeable to the national security leadership. The 

reaction was swift. In the eyes of the intelligence community 'no holds 

were barred.' Under NSC-10/1 an Executive Coordination Group was 

established to review, but not approve, covert project proposals. The ECG 

was secretly tasked to coordinate the alien projects. NSC-1 0/1 & 12 were 

interpreted to mean that no one at the top wanted to know about anything 

until it was over and successful. 

"These actions established a buffer between the President and the 

information. It was intended that this buffer serve as a means for the 

President to deny knowledge if leaks divulged the true state of affairs. 

This buffer was used in later years for the purpose of effectively 

isolating succeeding Presidents from any knowledge of the alien presence 

OTHER THAN WHAT THE SECRET GOVERNMENT AND THE INTELLIGENCE 

COMMUNITY WANTED 

THEM TO KNOW. NSC-1 0/2 established a study panel which met secretly and was 
made up of the scientific minds of the day. The study panel was not called 
MJ-12. Another NSC memo, NSC-1 0/5 further outlined the duties of the study 
panel. These NSC memos and secret Executive orders SET THE STAGE FOR THE 
CREATION OF MJ-12 ONLY FOUR YEARS LATER. 

"SECRETARY OF DEFENSE JAMES FORRESTAL OBJECTED TO THE SECRECY 
He was a 

very idealistic and religious man. He believed that the public should be 
told. James Forrestal was also one of the first known abductees. When he 
began to talk to leaders of the opposition party and leaders of the 
Congress about the alien problem he was asked to resign by Truman. He 
expressed his fears to many people. Rightfully, he believed that he was 
being watched. This was interpreted by those who were ignorant of the facts 


as paranoia. Forrestal later was said to have suffered a mental breakdown. 

He was ordered to the mental ward of Bethesda Naval Hospital. In spite of 

the fact that THE ADMINISTRATION HAD NO AUTHORITY TO HAVE HIM COMMITTED, 

the order was carried out. In fact, it was feared that Forrestal would 

begin to talk again. He had to be isolated and discredited. His family and 

friends were denied permission to visit. Finally, on May 21, 1949, 

Forresters brother made a fateful decision. HE NOTIFIED AUTHORITIES THAT 

HE INTENDED TO REMOVE JAMES FROM BETHESDA on May 22. Sometime in the 

early 

morning of May 22, 1949, agents of the CIA tied a sheet around James 
Forresters neck, fastened the other end to a fixture in his room, then 
threw James Forrestal out the window. The sheet tore and he plummeted to 
his death. James Forresters secret diaries were confiscated by the CIA and 
were kept in the White House for many years. Due to public demand the 
diaries were eventually rewritten and published in a sanitized version. The 
real diary information was later furnished by the CIA in book form to an 
agent who published the material as fiction. THE NAME OF THE AGENT IS 
WHITLEY STRIEBER and the book is 'MAJESTIC. James Forrestal became one of 
the first victims of the cover-up. 

"The live alien that had been found wandering in the desert from the 1949 
Roswell crash was named EBE. The name had been suggested by Dr. Vannevar 
Bush and was short for Extraterrestrial Biological Entity. EBE HAD A 
TENDENCYTO LIE, and for over a year would give only the desired answer to 
questions asked. Those questions which would have resulted in an 
undesirable answer went unanswered. At one point during the second year of 
captivity he began to open up. The information derived from EBE was 
startling, to say the least. This compilation of his revelations became the 
foundation of what would later be called the 'Yellow Book.' Photographs 
were taken of EBE which, among others, I was to view years later in Project 
Grudge. (Note: It has been alleged by many that the EBE's or Grays operate 
as part of a collective consciousness. Therefore the 'EBE' which gave the 
so-called 'revelations' must have been speaking for the alien 'collective', 
which must have had plenty of time to prepare its response to the inquiries 
of the Intelligence Officials. No doubt, these 'revelations' must have been 
delivered in such a manner as to FAVOR the cause of the EBE's themselves. - 
Branton) 

"In late 1951 EBE became ill. Medical personnel had been unable to 
determine the cause of EBE's illness and had no background from which to 
draw... Several experts were called in to study the illness. These 
specialists included medical doctors, botanists, and entomologists. A 
botanist, Dr. Guillermo Mendoza, was brought in to try and help him 
recover. Dr. Mendoza worked to save EBE until June 2, 1952, when EBE died. 
Dr. Mendoza became the expert on at least this type of alien biology. The 
movie E.T. is the thinly disguised story of EBE. 


"In a futile attempt to save EBE and to gain favor with this 
technologically superior race, the United States began broad- casting a 
call for help early in 1952 into the vast regions of space. The call went 
unanswered but the project, dubbed SIGMA, continued as an effort of good 
faith (Note: Apparently in this effort to kiss-up to a more technically 
advanced race of creatures these government officials forgot EBE's infernal 
TENDENCYTO LIE', and instead continued to believe what they WANTED to 
believe... that this was a sure may to satisfy their insatiable appetite 
for super technology, and that these creatures were benevolent - in spite 
of the fact that human body parts were found on board at least two of their 
craft. In our opinion these officials deserve whatever harmful actions may 
have been taken against them by the grays, as in the case of the 'betrayal' 
when the grays suddenly turned on our government and took control of the 
so-called 'joint operations' underground bases. The government was so 
blinded by their own lust for the personal power and profit which the 
aliens promised them, that they fell for the alien Trojan Horse' hook, 
line and sinker. As for the 'EBE' that Cooper describes, It is not certain 
whetherthis particular alien was one of the mantis-like 'Insectoids' or 
one of the gray 'Reptilians'. However the movie 'CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE 
THIRD KIND,' which whitewashed the actual malevolent nature of the aliens 
to an incredible degree, depicted BOTH the small saurian 'gray' type beings 
AND the long- armed 'mantis' like creatures as working together. As we've 
said, it seems that the desire of the secret government to obtain occult- 
technology from these particular 'aliens' for entirely selfish purposes was 
one of their main motivations for establishing a WORKING contact with the 
saurian grays instead of with the more benevolent though protective 
human-alien races; even if it meant - as we shall soon see - the sellout 
of their fellow humans beings to obtain this. This 'forbidden fruit' of 
super- technology would apparently allow the recipients of the same to live 
like 'gods' over the rest of humanity - Branton). 

"President Truman created the supersecret National Security Agency (NSA) by 

secret Executive order on November 4, 1 952. Its primary purpose was to 

decipher the alien communications, language, and establish a dialogue with 

the extraterrestrials. The most urgent task was a continuation of the 

earlier effort. The secondary purpose of the NSA was to monitor all 

communications and emissions from any and all electronic devices worldwide 

for the purpose of gathering intelligence, both human and alien, AND TO 

CONTAIN THE SECRET OF THE ALIEN PRESENCE. Project SIGMA was successful. 

"The NSA also MAINTAINS COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE LUNA BASE AND OTHER 
SECRET 

SPACE PROGRAMS. 

"By executive order of the President, the NSA is exemptfrom all laws which 


do not specifically name the NSA in the text of the law as being subject to 
that law. That means that if the agency is not spelled out in the text on 
any and every law passed by the Congress it is not subject to that or those 
laws. The NSA now performs many other duties and in fact is the premier 
agency within the intelligence network. Today the NSA receives 
approximately 75 per cent of the monies allotted to the intelligence 
community. The old saying 'where the money goes therein the power resides' 
is true. The DC I today is a figurehead maintained as a public ruse. The 
primary task of the NSA is still alien communications, but now includes 
other extraterrestrial projects as well. 

"President Truman had been keeping our allies, including the Soviet Union, 
informed of the developing alien problem. THIS HAD BEEN DONE IN CASE THE 
ALIENS TURNED OUT TO BE A THREAT TO THE HUMAN RACE (Note: Could this in 
part explain the sudden and unexpected 'fall' of the Soviet Union and 
'Communism'? Although Communism still resides to a large extent in Red 
China and elsewhere, it's power has been greatly diminished in the 
Bolshevik states. The resulting international cooperation may be a 
two-edged sword, being either good or bad depending how it is proceeds. For 
instance a global system might involve INDUSTRIAL cooperation which could 
strengthen the planet against an alien threat on the one hand while still 
allowing nations to retain their political independence and cultural 
diversities; or on the other hand it could involve POLITICAL cooperation 
which may very well lead to a global consolidation of power and absolute 
dictatorial control of the world by one person or small group of persons, 
which would be devastating not only to individual liberties but also to the 
'cultural diversities' which add variety to the human race. All nations 
might be pressured to give up their uniqueness in order to 'conform' to the 
one-world political 'beast', much as the Nazi S.S. attempted to make all 
Germans homogenized clones of themselves by forcing them to fall in line 
with the thinking, dress and behavior of the Nazi Party itself - Branton). 

"PLANS WERE FORMULATED TO DEFEND THE EARTH IN CASE OF INVASION. 
Great 

difficulty was encountered in maintaining international secrecy. It was 
decided that an outside group was necessary to coordinate and control 
international efforts in order to hide the secret from the normal scrutiny 
of governments by the press. The result was the formation of a secret 
ruling body which became known as the Bilderberger Group. The group was 
formed and met for the first time in 1952. They were named after the first 
publicly known meeting place, the Bilderberg Hotel. That public meeting 
took place in 1954. They were nicknamed the Bilderbergers. The headquarters 
of this group is Geneva, Switzerland. The Bilderbergers evolved into a 
secret world government that now controls everything. The United Nations 
was then, and is now, an international joke (one might say that the 
Bilderbergers-llluminati control the U.N. behind the scenes - Branton). 


"Beginning in 1 953 a new president occupied the White House. He was a man 
used to a structured staff organization with a chain of command. His method 
was to delegate authority and rule by committee. He made his decisions, but 
only when his advisors were unable to come up with a consensus. His normal 
method was to read through or listen to several alternatives and then 
approve one. Those who worked closely with him have stated that his 
favorite comment was, 'Just do whatever it takes.' He spent a lot of time 
on the golf course. This was not unusual for a man who had been career Army 
with the ultimate position of Supreme Allied Commander during the war, a 
post which had earned him five stars. The President was General of the Army 
D wight David Eisenhower. 

"During his first year in office, 1953, at least 10 more crashed discs were 
recovered along with 26 dead and 4 live aliens. Of the 1 0, 4 were found in 
Arizona, 2 in Texas, 1 in New Mexico, 1 in Louisiana, 1 in Montana, and 1 
in South Africa. There were hundreds of sightings. 

"Eisenhower knew that he had to wrestle and beat the alien problem. He knew 

that he could not do it by revealing the secret to Congress. Early in 1953 

the new President turned to his friend and fellow member of the Council on 

Foreign Relations Nelson Rockefeller. EISENHOWER AND ROCKEFELLER BEGAN 

PLANNING THE SECRET STRUCTURE OF THE ALIEN- TASK SUPERVISION, which 

became 

a reality within one year. The idea for MJ-12 was thus born. 

"It was Nelson's uncle Wnthrop Aldrich who had been crucial in convincing 

Eisenhower to run for President. The whole Rockefeller family and with 

them, the Rockefeller empire, had solidly backed Ike. Eisenhower belonged 

heart and soul to the Council on Foreign Relations and the Rockefeller 

family. ASKING ROCKEFELLER FOR HELP WITH THE ALIEN PROBLEM WAS TO BE 

THE 

BIGGEST MISTAKE EISENHOWER EVER MADE FOR THE FUTURE OF THE UNITED 
STATES 

AND MAYBE FOR HUMANITY. 

"Within a week of Eisenhower's election he had appointed Nelson Rockefeller 
chairman of a Presidential Advisory Committee on Government Organization. 
Rockefeller was responsible for planning the reorganization of government, 
something he had dreamed of for many years. New Deal programs went into one 
single cabinet position called the Department of Health, Education and 
Welfare. When the Congress approved the new Cabinet position in April 1 953, 
Nelson was named to the post of Under- secretary to Oveta Culp Hobby. 

"In 1953 astronomers discovered large objects in space which were tracked 
moving toward the Earth. It was first believed that they were asteroids. 


Later evidence proved that the objects could only be spaceships. Project 
SIGMA intercepted alien radio communications. When the objects reached the 
Earth they took up very high geosynchronous orbit(s) around the equator. 
There were several huge ships, and their actual intent was unknown. Project 
SIGMA and a new project, PLATO, through radio communications using the 
computer binary language, were able to arrange a landing that resulted in 
face-to-face contact with alien beings from another planet. The landing 
took place in the desert. The movie, 'CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE THIRD KIND' 
is a fictionalized version of the actual event. Project PLATO was tasked 
with establishing diplomatic relations with this race of space aliens. A 
hostage was left with us as a pledge that they would return and formalize a 
treaty." 

Note: The MELBOURNE SUN (Melbourne, Victoria, Australia), August 25, 1954 
ISSUE, carried an article titled "THE NEW SATELLITES", which stated: "TWO 
meteors (asteroids?) had become satellites of the earth AND WERE REVOLVING 
WITH IT 400 to 600 miles out in space, the latest issue of the American 
Magazine 'AVIATION WEEK' said yesterday. The magazine said that the 
discovery of the satellites threw the air force into confusion this summer. 
Alarm over the sightings ended only after they had been identified as 
natural rather than manmade." 

Another possibility may be that they were both 'engineered' natural objects 
such as hollowed-out asteroids taken from the asteroid belt, since it is 
unlikely that an alien race would attempt to move such objects between 
solar systems. The SIMUL-TANEOUS arrival of two or more large asteroids, 
combined with the fact that both took up a geo-synchronous orbit 
(synchronized with the revolution of the earth in that they were positioned 
over a particular geographical area - orbiting with the rotation of the 
earth itself), would be an incredible coincidence indeed. In fact, the odds 
of even one extraterrestrial object not under intelligent control taking up 
a GEOSYNCHRONOUS orbit around the earth would be incredible in itself. 

"In the meantime," Cooper continues, "a race of humanoid (Nordic-Blond? - 

Branton) aliens landed at Homestead Air Force Base in Florida and 

successfully communicated with the U.S. government. THIS GROUP WARNED US 

AGAINST THE RACE ORBITING THE EQUATOR AND OFFERED TO HELP US WITH 

OUR 

SPIRITUAL DEVELOPMENT. THEY DEMANDED THAT WE DISMANTLE AND 
DESTROY OUR 

NUCLEAR WEAPONS AS THE MAJOR CONDITION. THEY REFUSED TO EXCHANGE 
TECHNOLOGY 

CITING THAT WE WERE SPIRITUALLY UNABLE TO HANDLE THE TECHNOLOGY WE 
ALREADY 

POSSESSED. THESE OVERTURES WERE REJECTED on the grounds that it would be 
foolish to disarm in the face of such an uncertain future. There was no 


track record to read from. IT MAY HAVE BEEN AN UNFORTUNATE DECISION. 


"A third landing at Muroc, now Edwards Air Force Base, took place in 1954. 
The base was closed for three days and no one was allowed to enter or leave 
during that time. The historical event had been planned in advance. Details 
of a treaty had been agreed upon. Eisenhower arranged to be in Palm Springs 
on vacation. On the appointed day the President was spirited to the base. 
The excuse was given to the press that he was visiting a dentist. Witnesses 
to the event have stated that three UFOs flew over the base and then 
landed. Antiaircraft batteries were undergoing live-fire training and the 
startled personnel actually fired at the crafts as they passed overhead... 
the shells missed and no one was injured (Note: These three craft were 
apparently from the orbiting 'gray' carriers that the 'humanoids' warned 
the government about. This 'meeting' apparently resulted in one of the 
major 'U.S. government - Gray' treaties. The fact that the startled gunners 
failed to destroy the alien ships may have been unfortunate, ironically, as 
such an event might have led to an abort of the so- called 'treaty' deals 
with the grays - Branton). 

"President Eisenhower met with the aliens on February 20, 1 954, and a 
formal treaty between the alien nation and the United States of America was 
signed. We then received our first alien ambassador from outer space. He 
was the hostage that had been left at the first landing in the desert. His 
name was 'His Omni- potent Highness Crilll or Krilll,' pronounced Crill or 
Kri II. In the American tradition of disdain for royal titles he was 
secretly called 'ORIGINAL HOSTAGE CRILL, OR KRILL.' Shortly after this 
meeting President Eisenhower suffered a heart attack (the judgement of God? 
Incidentally, this egomaniacal 'alien' was also referred to as O.H. Krill, 
for short - Branton). 

"Four others present at the meeting were Franklin Allen of the HEARST 
NEWSPAPERS, Edwin Nourse of BROOKINGS INSTITUTE (the Brookings Institute 
later became involved with the Montauk Project - Branton), Gerald Light of 
METAPHYSICAL RESEARCH fame, and CATHOLIC BISHOP Maclntyre of Los Angeles. 
Their reaction was judged as a microcosm of what the public reaction might 
be. Based on this reaction, it was decided that the public could not be 
told. Later studies confirmed the decision as sound. 

"An emotionally revealing letter written by Gerald Light spells out in 
chilling detail: 'My dearfriends: I have just returned from Muroc. The 
report is true -- devastatingly true! I made the journey in company with 
Franklin Allen of the Hearst papers and Edwin Nourse of Brookings Institute 
(Truman's erstwhile financial advisor) and Bishop Maclntyre of L.A. 
(confidential names for the present, please). When we were allowed to enter 
the restricted section (after about six hours in which we were checked on 
every possible item, event, incident and aspect of our personal and public 


lives), I HAD THE DISTINCT FEELING THAT THE WORLD HAD COME TO AN END 
WITH 

FANTASTIC REALISM. FOR I HAVE NEVER SEEN SO MANY HUMAN BEINGS IN A 
STATE OF 

COMPLETE COLLAPSE AND CONFUSION, AS THEY REALIZED THAT THEIR OWN 
WORLD HAD 

INDEED ENDED WITH SUCH FINALITY AS TO BEGGAR DESCRIPTION. THE REALITY 

OF 

'OTHER-PLANE' AEROFORMS IS NOW AND FOREVER REMOVED FROM THE 
REALMS OF 

SPECULATION AND MADE A RATHER PAINFUL PART OF THE CONSCIOUSNESS 
OF EVERY 

RESPONSIBLE SCIENTIFIC AND POLITICAL GROUP. During my two days' visit I saw 
five separate and distinct types of aircraft being studied and handled by 
our Air Force officials - with the assistance and permission of the 
Etherians! 

m l have no words to express my reactions. It has finally happened. It is 

now a matter of history. President Eisenhower, as you may already know, was 

spirited over to Murocone night during his visit to Palm Springs recently. 

And it is my conviction that he will ignore the terrific conflict between 

the various 'authorities' and go directly to the people via radio and 

television -- if the impasse continues much longer. FROM WHAT I COULD 

GATHER, AN OFFICIAL STATEMENTTO THE COUNTRY IS BEING PREPARED FOR 

DELIVERY 

ABOUT THE MIDDLE OF MAY' 

"We know that no such announcement was ever made. The silence-control group 
won that day. We also know that two more ships, for which we can find no 
witnesses, either landed sometime after the three or were already at the 
base before the three landed. Gerald Light specifically states that five 
ships were present and were undergoing study by the Air Force. HIS 
METAPHYSICAL EXPERIENCE IS EVIDENT IN THAT HE CALLS THE ENTITIES 
'ETHERIANS.' Gerald Light capitalized 'Etherians,' calling attention to the 
fact that these beings might have been viewed as gods by Mr. Light. 

"The alien emblem was known as the 'Trilateral Insignia' and was displayed 
on the craft and worn on the alien uniforms. Both of those landings and the 
second meeting were filmed. These films exist today. 

"The treaty stated that the aliens would not interfere in our affairs and 

we would not interfere in theirs. WE WOULD KEEP THEIR PRESENCE ON EARTH A 

SECRET. They would furnish us with advanced technology and would help us in 

our tech- nological development. They would not make any treaty with any 

other Earth nation. THEY COULD ABDUCT HUMANS ON A LIMITED AND PERIODIC 

BASIS FOR THE PURPOSE OF MEDICAL EXAMINATION AND MONITORING OF OUR 


DEVELOPMENT, WITH THE STIPULATION THAT THE HUMANS WOULD NOT BE 
HARMED, 

WOULD BE RETURNED TO THEIR POINT OF ABDUCTION, AND WOULD HAVE NO 
MEMORY OF 

THE EVENT, AND THAT THE ALIEN NATION WOULD FURNISH MAJESTY TWELVE 
WITH A 

LIST OF ALL HUMAN CONTACTS AND ABDUCTEES ON A REGULARLY 
SCHEDULED BASIS. 

"It was agreed that each nation would receive the ambassador of the other 

for as long as the treaty remained in force. It was further agreed that the 

alien nation and the United States would exchange 16 personnel with the 

purpose of learning of each other. The alien 'guests' would remain on 

earth. THE HUMAN 'GUESTS' WOULD TRAVEL TO THE ALIEN POINT OF ORIGIN FOR 

A 

SPECIFIED PERIOD OF TIME, then return, at which point a reverse exchange 

would be made. A reenactment of this event was dramatized in the movie 

'CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF THE THIRD KIND.' A tipoff to who works for whom can be 

determined BYTHE FACT THAT DR. J. ALLEN HYNEK SERVED AS THE TECHNICAL 

ADVISOR FOR THE FILM. I noticed that the Top Secret report containing the 

official version of the truth of the alien question, entitled project 

GRUDGE, which I read while in the Navy, was co-authored by LT COL. FRIEND 

and DR. J. ALLEN HYNEK, WHO WAS CITED AS A CIA ASSET attached to Project 

GRUDGE - Dr. Hynek, the one who debunked many legitimate UFO incidents 

when he functioned as the scientific member of the very public Project 

BLUEBOOK. Dr. Hynek is the man responsible for the infamous 'it was only 

swamp gas' statement. 

"It was agreed that bases would be constructed underground for the use of 

the alien nation and that TWO BASES would be constructed for the joint use 

of the alien nation and the United States Government. Exchange of 

technology would take place in the jointly occupied bases. THESE ALIEN 

BASES WOULD BE CONSTRUCTED UNDER INDIAN RESERVATIONS IN THE FOUR 

CORNERS 

AREA OF UTAH, COLORADO, NEW MEXICO AND ARIZONA, and one would be 
constructed in an area known as Dreamland (Note: Many sources allege that 
the reason the 'aliens' insisted on these underground bases beneath these 
particular areas was that 'they' in fact do not hail EXCLUSIVELY from other 
planetary bodies, but that they are originally from earth and have for 
centuries occupied deep cavern levels beneath the planet, and more recently 
beneath these areas of the southwestern U.S. The 'bases' then, which most 
in the government might believe are of exclusively human construction for 
use in 'joint' operations, would actually be 'covers' or 'fronts' for 
actual subterrain systems largely under the control of this saurian race. 
This would explain why many human workers in these 'joint' bases have been 
kept highly compartmentalized; why many do not realize what's taking place 


in the LOWER levels or even how many lower levels exist; why the 'security' 
increases enormously the deeper one descends into these underground bases; 
and why the human influence decreases and the saurian-reptilian-gray 
influence increases the deeper one descends into these under-ground 
networks - Branton). 

"Dreamland was built in the MOJAVE desert near, or in, a place called 

Yucca. I cannot remember if it was Yucca Valley, Yucca Flat, or Yucca 

Proving Ground, but Yucca Valley is what I always seem to want to say. MORE 

UFO SIGHTINGS AND INCIDENTS OCCUR IN THE MOJAVE DESERT OF CALIFORN A 

THAN 

ANY OTHER PLACE IN THE WORLD. So many, in fact, that no one even bothers to 
make reports. Anyone who ventures into the desert to talk to the residents 
will be astounded by the frequency of activity and with the degree of 
acceptance demon- strated by those who have come to regard UFOs as normal. 

"All alien areas are under complete control of the Naval Department 
(although some may argue that they are only in control of the UPPERMOST 
levels of these 'bases' - Branton), according to the documents I read. All 
personnel who work in these complexes receive their checks from the Navy 
through a subcontractor. The checks never make reference to the govern- 
ment or the Navy. Construction of the bases began immediately, but progress 
was slow. LARGE AMOUNTS OF MONEY WERE MADE AVAILABLE IN 1957. Work 
continued on the Yellow Book. 

"Project REDLIGHTwas formed and experiments in test-flying alien craft was 
begun in earnest. A super-Top Secret facility was built at Groom Lake in 
Nevada in the midst of the weapons test range. It was code-named Area 51. 
The installation was placed under the Department of the Navy and all 
personnel required a 'Q' clearance as well as Executive (Presidential, 
called MAJESTIC) approval. This was ironic, due to the fact that the 
President of the United States does not have clearance to visit the site. 
The alien base and exchange of technology actually took place in an area 
code-named Dreamland above ground, and the UNDERGROUND portion was dubbed 
'the Dark Side of the Moon.' ACCORDING TO THE DOCUMENTATION I READ, AT 
LEAST 600 ALIEN BEINGS ACTUALLY RESIDE FULL TIME AT THIS SITE ALONG 
WITH AN 

UNKNOWN NUMBER OF SCIENTISTS AND C A PERSONNEL. DUE TO THE FEAR OF 
IMPLANTATION, ONLYCERTAIN PEOPLE WERE ALLOWED TO INTERFACE WITH 
THE ALIEN 

BEINGS, AND THOSE PERSONNEL WERE AND ARE WATCHED AND MONITORED 
CONTINUOUSLY. 

"The Army was tasked to form a supersecret organization to furnish security 
for the alien-tasked projects. THIS ORGANI- ZATION BECAME THE NATIONAL 
RECONNAISSANCE ORGANIZATION BASED AT FORT CARSON, COLORADO. (Note: 


a new 

multi-million dollar N.R.O. facility, approximately a quarter of the size 

of the Pentagon itself, has also been constructed in northern Virginia - 

Branton) THE SPECIFIC TEAMS TRAINED TO SECURE THE PROJECTS WERE 

CALLED 

DELTA. LT. COL. JAMES 'BO' GRITZ WAS A DELTA FORCE COMMANDER. 

"A second project code-named SNOWBIRD was promulgated to explain away any 
sightings of the RED LIGHT crafts as being Air Force experiments. The 
SNOWBIRD crafts were manufac- tured using conventional technology and were 
flown for the press on several occasions. Project SNOWBIRD was also used to 
debunk legitimate public sightings of alien craft (UFOs to the public, lACs 
- Identified Alien Craft - to those in the know). Project SNOWBIRD was very 
successful, and reports from the public declined steadily until recent 
years. 

M A multimillion-dollar Secret fund was organized and kept by the Military 

Office of the White House. THIS FUND WAS USED TO BUILD OVER 75 DEEP 

UNDERGROUND FACILITIES. Presidents who asked were told the fund was used to 

build deep underground shelters for the President in case of war. Only a 

few were built for the President. Millions of dollars were funneled through 

the office of Majesty Twelve and then out to the contractors. It was used 

to build Top Secret alien bases as well as Top Secret DUMB (Deep 

Underground Military Bases) AND THE FACULTIES PROMULGATED BYALTERNATIVE 

2 

THROUGHOUT THE NATION. President Johnson used this fund to build a movie 

theater and pave the road on his ranch. He had no idea of it's true 

purpose. 

"The secret White House underground -construction fund was set up in 1957 by 
President Eisenhower. The funding was obtained from Congress under the 
guise of 'construction and maintenance of secret sites where the President 
could be taken in case of military attack: Presidential Emergency Sites.' 
The sites are literally holes in the ground, deep enough to withstand a 
nuclear blast, and are outfitted with state-of-the-art communi- cations 
equipment. To date there are more than 75 sites spread around the country 
which were built using money from this fund. The Atomic Energy Commission 
has built at least 22 underground sites... 

"Nelson Rockefeller was also given a second important job as the head of 
the secret unit called the Planning Coordination Group, which was formed 
under NSC 5412/1 in March 1955. The group consisted of different ad hoc 
members, depending on the subject of the agenda. The basic members were 
Rockefeller, a representative of the Department of Defense, a 
representative of the Department of State, and the Director of Central 
Intelligence. It was soon called the 5412 Committee or the Special Group. 


NSC 5412/1 established the rule that covert operations were subject to 
approval by an executive committee, whereas in the past these operations 
were initiated solely on the authority of the Director of Central 
Intelligence. 

"By secret Executive Memorandum NSC 5510, Eisenhower had preceded NSC 
5412/1 to establish a permanent committee (not ad hoc) to be known as 
Majesty Twelve (MJ-12) TO OVERSEE AND CONDUCT ALL COVERT ACTIVITIES 
CONCERNED WITH THE ALIEN QUESTION. NSC 5412/1 was created to explain the 
purpose of these meetings when Congress and the press became curious. 

"MAJESTY TWELVE was made up of NELSON ROCKE- FELLER, Director of Central 
Intelligence ALLEN WELSH DULLES (former President of the Council on Foreign 
Relations - Branton), Secretary of State John Foster Dulles, Secretary of 
Defense Charles E. Wilson, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff ADMIRAL 
ARTHUR W. RADFORD, Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation J. EDGAR 
HOOVER, six men from the executive committee of the COUNCIL ON FOREIGN 
RELATIONS known as the 'Wise Men,' six members from the EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 
of the JASON Group, and DR. EDWARD TELLER. 

"The JASON Group is a secret scientific group formed during the Manhattan 
Project and administered by the Mitre Corporation. THE INNER CORE OF THE 
COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS RECRUITS ITS MEMBERS FROM THE SKULL & 
BONES 

AND THE SCROLL & KEY SOCIETIES OF HARVARD AND YALE. The Wise Men are 
key 

members of the Council on Foreign Relations and also members of the ORDER 
OF THE QUEST known as the JASON Society. 

"THERE WERE 1 9 MEMBERS OF MAJESTY TWELVE. THE FIRST RULE OF 
MAJESTY TWELVE 

WAS THAT NO ORDER COULD BE GIVEN AND NO ACTION COULD BE TAKEN 
WITHOUT A 

MAJORITY VOTE OF TWELVE IN FAVOR, THUS MAJORITY TWELVE. Orders issued by 
Majesty Twelve became known as Majority Twelve directives. 

"This group was made up over the years of the top officers and directors of 

the Council on Foreign Relations and later the Trilateral Commission. 

GORDON DEAN, GEORGE BUSH and ZBIGNIEW BRZEZINSKI were among them. The 

most 

important and influential of the Wise Men were JOHN MCCLOY, ROBERT LOVETT, 
AVERELL HARRIMAN, CHARLES BOHLEN, GEORGE KENNAN, and DEAN 
ACHESON. Their 

policies were to last well into the decade of the 70's. IT IS SIGNIFICANT 

THAT PRESIDENT EISENHOWER AS WELL AS THE FIRST SIX MAJESTY TWELVE 

MEMBERS 


FROM THE GOVERNMENT WERE ALSO MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN 
RELATIONS. 

THIS GAVE CONTROL OF THE MOST SECRET AND POWERFUL GROUP IN 
GOVERNMENT TO A 

SPECIAL- INTEREST CLUB THAT WAS ITSELF CONTROLLED BYTHE ILLUMINATI. 

"Thorough researchers will soon discover that not all of the Wse Men 
attended Harvard or Yale and not all of them were chosen for Skull & Bones 
or Scroll & Key membership during their college years. You will be able to 
quickly clear up the mystery by obtaining the book THE WISE MEN' by Walter 
Isaacson and Evan Thomas., Simon and Schuster., New York. Under 
illustration #9 in the center of the book you will find the caption: 
'Lovett with the Yale Unit, above far right, and on the beach: His 
initiation into Skull & Bones came at an air base near Dunkirk.' I have 
found that members were chosen on an ongoing basis by invitation based upon 
merit postcollege and were not confined to Harvard and Yale attendees only. 
Because of this fact, a complete list of Skull & Bones members can never be 
compiled from the catalogues or addresses of the college segment of the 
Russell Trust, also known as the Brotherhood of Death, or the Skull & 
Bones. Now you know why it has been impossible to pinpoint the membership 
either by number or by name. I believe that the answer lies hidden in the 
CFR files, if files exist. 

"A chosen few were later initiated into the secret branch of the Order of 

the Quest known as the JASON Society. They are all members of the Council 

on Foreign Relations and at that time were known as THE EASTERN 

ESTABLISHMENT. This should give you a clue to the far-reaching and serious 

nature of these most secret college societies. The society is alive and 

well today, but now includes MEMBERS OF THE TRILATERAL COMMISSION as well. 

The Trilateral existed secretly BEFORE 1973. THE NAME OF THE TRILATERAL 

COMMISSION WAS TAKEN FROM THE ALIEN FLAG KNOWN AS THE TRILATERAL 

INSIGNIA. 

Majesty Twelve was to survive right up to the present day. Under Eisenhower 

and Kennedy it was erroneously called the 5412 Committee, or more 

correctly, the Special Group. In the Johnson administration it became the 

303 Committee because the name '5412' had been compromised in the book THE 

SECRET GOVERNMENT' Actually, NSC 5412/1 was leaked to the author to hide 

the existence of NSC 541 0. Under Nixon, Ford, and Carter it was called the 

40 Committee, and under Reagan it became known as the PI-40 Committee. Over 

all those years ONLYTHE NAME CHANGED. 

"BY1955 IT BECAME OBVIOUS THATTHE ALIENS HAD DECEIVED EISENHOWER 
AND HAD 

BROKEN THE TREATY. MUTILATED HUMANS WERE BEING FOUND ALONG WITH 
MUTILATED 

ANIMALS ACROSS THE UNITED STATES. IT WAS SUSPECTED THATTHE ALIENS 


WERE NOT 

SUBMITTING A COMPLETE LIST OF HUMAN CONTACTS AND ABDUCTEES TO 
MAJESTY 

TWELVE AND IT WAS SUSPECTED THAT NOT ALL ABDUCTEES HAD BEEN 
RETURNED. The 

Soviet Union was suspected of interacting with them, an this proved to be 
true. THE ALIENS STATED THAT THEY HAD BEEN, AND WERE THEN, 
MANIPULATING 

MASSES OF PEOPLE THROUGH SECRET SOCIETIES, WITCHCRAFT, MAGIC, THE 
OCCULT, 

AND RELIGION. You must understand that this claim could also be a 

manipulation. AFTER SEVERAL AIR FORCE COMBAT AIR ENGAGEMENTS WITH 

ALIEN 

CRAFT it became apparent that our weapons were no match against them. 

"In November 1955 NSC-5412/2 was issued establishing a study committee to 
explore 'all factors which are involved in the making and implementing of 
foreign policy in the nuclear age.' This was only a blanket of snow that 
covered the real subject of study, the alien question. 

"By secret Executive Memorandum NSC 5511 in 1954, President Eisenhower had 
commissioned the study group to 'EXAMINE ALL THE FACTS, EVIDENCE, LIES, AND 
DECEPTION AND DISCOVER THE TRUTH OF THE ALIEN QUESTION.' NSC 5412/2 
was 

only a cover that had become necessary when the press began inquiring as to 
the purpose of regular meetings of such important men. The first meetings 
began in 1 954 and were called the Quantico meetings because they met at the 
Quantico Marine Base. The study group was made up solely of 35 members of 
the Council on Foreign Relations' secret study group. Dr. Edward Teller was 
invited to participate. Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski was the study director for 
the first 18 months. Dr. Henry Kissinger was chosen as the group's study 
director for the second 18 months beginning in November 1955. Nelson 
Rockefeller was a frequent visitor during the study. (Note: as for Dr. 
Edward Teller, John Lear in his original 'Press Release' stated in 
reference to Dr. Teller's work with the 'Star Wars' or SDI Defense program: 
"...As these words are being written (June, 1988), Dr. Edward Teller, 
'father 1 of the H-Bomb is personally in the test tunnels of the Nevada Test 
Site, driving his workers and associates in the words of one, 'like a man 
possessed'." - Branton) 

"THE STUDY GROUP MEMBERS - Gordon Dean, Chairman; Dr. Henry Kissinger, 
Study Director; Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski, Study Director; Dr. Edward Teller; 
Maj. Gen. Richard C. Lindsay; Hanson W. Baldwin; Lloyd V. Berkner; Frank C. 
Nash; Paul H. Nitze; Charles P. Noyes; Frank Pace Jr.; James A. Perkins; 
Don K. Price; David Rockefeller; Oscar M. Ruebhausen; Lt. Gen. James M. 
Gavin; Caryl P. Haskins; James T. Hill, Jr.; Joseph E. Johnson; Mervin J. 


Kelly; Frank Altschul; Hamilton Fish Armstrong; Maj. Gen. James McCormack, 
Jr.; Robert R. Bowie; McGeorge Bundy; William A. M. Burden; John C. 
Campbell; Thomas K. Finletter; George S. Franklin, Jr.; I.I. Rabi; Roswell 
L. Gilpatric; N.E. Halaby; Gen. Walter Bedell Smith; Henry DeWolf Smyth; 
Shields Warren; Carroll L. Wlson; Arnold Wolfers. 

"The second-phase meetings were also held at the Marine base at Quantico, 
Virginia, and the group became known as Quantico II. Nelson Rockefeller 
built a retreat somewhere in Maryland for Majesty Twelve and the study 
committee. It could be reached only by air. In this manner they could meet 
away from public scrutiny. This secret meeting place is known by the code 
name 'the Country Club.' Complete living, eating, recreation, library, and 
meeting facilities exist at the location (The Aspen Institute is not the 
Country Club). 

"The study group was publicly terminated in the later months on 1956. Henry 
Kissinger wrote what was officially termed the results of 1957 as 'NUCLEAR 
WEAPONS AND FOREIGN POLICY,' published for the Council on Foreign Relations 
by Harper & Brothers, NewYork. IN TRUTH, THE MANUSCRIPT HAD ALREADY BEEN 
80% WRITTEN WHILE KISSINGER WAS AT HARVARD. THE STUDYGROUP 
CONTINUED, 

VEILED IN SECRECY. A clue to the seriousness Kissinger attached to the 
study can be found in statements by his wife and friends. Many of them 
stated that Henry would leave home early each morning and return late each 
night without speaking to anyone or responding to anyone. It seemed as if 
he were in another world which held no room for outsiders. 

"These statements are very revealing. The revelations of the alien presence 
and actions during the study must have been a great shock. Henry Kissinger 
was definitely out of character during this time. He would never again be 
affected in this manner, no matter the seriousness of any subsequent event. 
On many occasions he would work very late into the night after having put 
in a full day. This behavior eventually led to divorce. 

"A major finding of the alien study WAS THAT THE PUBLIC COULD NOT BE TOLD. 
IT WAS BELIEVED THAT THIS WOULD MOST CERTAINLY LEAD TO ECONOMIC 
COLLAPSE, 

COLLAPSE OF THE RELIGIOUS STRUCTURE, AND NATIONAL PANIC, WHICH 
COULD LEAD 

TO ANARCHY (Note: This was no doubt based largely on the assumption that 
the existence of these 'aliens' could not be explained in terms of 
traditional Judeo- Christian religion, which conclusion might have been 
reached by many, especially in the face of the saurian grays' persistent 
attempts to hide their true reptilian nature as it relates to ancient 
Biblical history and prophecy. However, based on what we have already 
covered in this file, it is evident that such alien activity does in fact 


conform to Christian revelation and theology and was in fact prophesied in 
scriptorial writings - the TORAH for instance - thousands of years ago. 
The real 'ignorance' would merely be an inability to properly interpret 
these ancient prophecies due to a lack of the foundational knowledge that 
is necessary to make such correct interpretations. Therefore such 
knowledge, if presented properly, would probably NOT bring about a collapse 
in the 'religious' world. Also, faith in the existence of an Almighty 
Creator-God of infinite power would likely deter the 'panic' and resulting 
economic collapse or anarchy which the 'Study Group' feared. It would be 
the hopeless non "religious" or "atheistic- humanist" segment of the 
population, who can put faith in non other than them-selves, who would 
probably react most negatively to a potential invasion by a malevolent 
force outside this world. - Branton). 

"Secrecy thus continued. An offshoot of this finding was that if the public 
could not be told, Congress could not be told. Funding for the projects and 
research would have to come from outside the Government. In the meantime 
money was to be obtained from the military budget and from CIA 
confidential, non- appropriated funds. 

"ANOTHER MAJOR FINDING WAS THATTHE ALIENS WERE USING HUMANS AND 
ANIMALS 

FOR A SOURCE OF GLANDULAR SECRETIONS, ENZYMES, HORMONAL 
SECRETIONS, BLOOD 

PLASMA AND POSSIBLY IN GENETIC EXPERIMENTS. The aliens explained these 

actions as necessary to their survival. They stated that their genetic 

structure had deteriorated and that they were no longer able to reproduce. 

They stated that if they were unable to improve their genetic structure, 

their race would soon cease to exist. WE LOOKED UPON THEIR EXPLANATIONS 

WITH SUSPICION (Note: According to sources which we will quote later on, 

the actual purposes of the mutilations are far different from what these 

alien creatures allege them to be. Some groups connected to MJ-12 however 

seem to have fallen for this propaganda. For instance the top secret 

'Yellow Fruit' unit working in Nevada has been, or at least were at one 

point, convinced that the 'grays' were incapable of reproducing themselves 

here on earth. In spite of 'their' allegations that the Grays or EBE's 

cannot reproduce, certain witnesses have alleged that the saurian grays are 

actually reproducing PROFUSELY within DEEP underground levels utilizing 

solar-heat 'egg' hatcheries, polyembryony tanks, cloning, etc. Also the 

body fluids, according to other sources, are not used exclusively for 

'improving their genetic structure' but as sustenance or 'food' for the 

saurian grays, and possibly their 'Repton' superiors as well. Their claims 

to the contrary, as well as other allegations, should be studied in the 

light of their previous known "TENDENCIES TO LIE" - Branton). 

"Since our weapons were literally useless against the aliens, Majesty 


Twelve decided to continue friendly diplomatic relations UNTIL SUCH A TIME 

AS WE WERE ABLE TO DEVELOP A TECHNOLOGY WHICH WOULD ENABLE US TO 

CHALLENGE 

THEM ON A MILITARY BASES. Overtures would have to be made to the Soviet 
Union and other nations to join forces for the survival of humanity. In the 
meantime PLANS WERE DEVELOPED TO RESEARCH AND CONSTRUCTTWO 
WEAPONS SYSTEMS 

USING CONVENTIONAL AND NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY, WHICH WOULD 
HOPEFULLY BRING US 
TO PARITY. 

"The results of the research were Projects JOSHUA and EXCALIBUR. JOSHUA was 

a weapon captured from the Germans which was capable of shattering 

4-inch-thick armor plate at a range of two miles. It used aimed, 

low-frequency sound waves, and it was believed that this weapon would be 

effective against the alien craft and beam weapons. EXCALIBUR was a weapon 

carried by a missile not to rise above 30,000 feet above ground level 

(AGL), not to deviate from designated target more than 50 meters, able 

to... penetrate '1 ,000 METERS OF TUFA, HARD-PACKED SOIL SUCH AS THAT 

FOUND 

IN NEW MEXICO,' carry a one-megaton warhead, and intended for use in 
destroying the aliens in their underground bases (Note: According to many 
sources, several of the 'alien' underground bases contain humans or 
human-soulled- hybrids, and human captives both living and in cold storage, 
who have been the victims of alien abductions from surface and in some 
cases subsurface or extrasurface communities. Obviously, EXCALIBUR should 
not be used against such installations, but the surface-to-subsurface 
'cavern' or 'tunnel' routes should be sought out and an underground 
invasion force should be utilized to destroy the aliens yet spare any 
surviving humans and take the bases intact. To do otherwise may be in 
essence 'sacrificing' innocent lives needlessly to get an advantage over 
the aliens, in which case we would prove ourselves to be little better than 
the alien-grays or sauroid reptilians themselves! In connection with the 
JOSHUA anti -spacecraft weapon, extreme caution should of course be used to 
distinguish BETWEEN human-occupied spacecraft and those craft utilized by 
the saurian grays, etc. - Branton). 

"JOSHUA was developed successfully but never used, to my knowledge. 

EXCALIBUR was not pushed until recent years and now, we are told, THERE IS 

AN UNPRECEDENTED EFFORT TO DEVELOP THIS WEAPON. The public would be 

told 

that EXCALIBUR would be needed to take out Soviet underground command 
posts. We know that is not true because one rule of war is that you try not 
to destroy the leaders. They are needed to ensure peaceful transition of 
power and compliance of the populace to all negotiated or dictated terms. 


"The events at Fatima in the early part of the century were scrutinized. ON 

THE SUSPICION THAT IT WAS AN ALIEN MANIPULATION, AN INTELLIGENCE 

OPERATION 

WAS PUT INTO MOTION TO PENETRATE THE SECRECYSURROUNDING THE 
EVENT. THE 

UNITED STATES UTILIZED ITS VATICAN MOLES AND SOON OBTAINED THE ENTIRE 

VATICAN STUDY, WHICH INCLUDED THE PROPHECY... The prophecy demanded that 

Russia be consecrated to the 'Sacred Heart' (of the Roman 'Madonna' - 

Branton). It stated that a child would be born who would unite the world 

with a plan for world peace and a false religion. The people would discern 

that he was evil and was indeed the Anti -Christ. World War III would begin 

(following the "Antichrist? - Branton) in the Middle East with an invasion 

of Israel of a United Arab nation using conventional weapons, which would 

culminate in a near holocaust. Most of the life on this planet would suffer 

horribly and die as a result. The return of Christ would occur shortly 

thereafter." 

(Note: This 'prophecy' actually REVERSES THE SEQUENCE of events from the 
sequence in which they are given in the books of DANIEL and REVELATION, two 
major books describing Judeo- Christian end-time prophecy. For instance the 
prophecies in Daniel and Revelation [or for that matter all of the 
"prophetical" books, from ISA AH to MALACHI] indicate that a period of time 
will occur when the following will take place within a SHORT SPACE: the 
mysterious disappearance of millions of people the world over; an invasion 
of Israel involving Arab and other allied armies - resulting in the 
nuclear[?] destruction of 5/6ths of the invading forces; the rebuilding of 
Solomon's Temple and the re- institution of animal sacrifices; and the rise 
of a COUNTERFEIT 'Messiah' FOLLOWING the attempted invasion of Israel by 
"GOG and MAGOG" who will apparently claim to be the returned Christ or God 
and will reign 3 1/2 years, at the end of which period his Evil nature will 
be apparent to all; The period between the battle of "Gog and Magog" and 
the time when the "Beast" implements the "Mark" is to be approximately 3 
1/2 years, followed by another 3 1/2 years of horrible 'Inquisitions', at 
the close of which period the TRUE Christ or Messiah arrives at the battle 
of ARMA- GEDDON with his armies of angelic light beings and 'regenerated 
believers' from the 'New Jerusalem' Command [to where most of those who had 
'disappeared' were PHYSICALLY taken 7 years previous], the 'Command Center' 
of the Universe and headquarters of the Angelic Command who serve under 
Christ-Melchizedek. This incredible cosmic City reportedly entered the 3rd 
dimensional universe through the 'Eternity Gate' located in the Orion 
Nebula within the 'sword' of Orion, a fantastic nebula which actually lies 
far beyond the Orion open-cluster itself. According to insiders, electronic 
telescopes have actually seen this awesome sight, a multi-colored 'star 1 
which is reportedly now en-route to earth, and is due to arrive at the end 
of the next Millennium, which falls perfectly in line with the Book of 
Revelation description of the 'New Jerusalem'. Of all the worlds in the 


universe, according to revelation, the 'New Jerusalem' Command is to make 

its final resting place on planet earth once the Grand Drama or final 

Battle between universal Good and Evil is finally decided upon planet 

earth, which some "alien" sources have described as being the "psychic 

center of the universe". For some unknown reason, planet earth seems to be 

a universal "nexus", which is why it has been chosen as the final 

battleground in the Cosmic Conflict between the universal Legions of Light 

and the Forces of Darkness. As for the Fatima message, the fact that the 

'aliens' REVERSED the sequence of these events may indicate that a 

COUNTERFEIT 'Antichrist' may rise before these events mentioned above take 

place - and be labeled as such. When this 'False Antichrist' is taken care 

of BEFORE the Jerusalem invasion, the ACTUAL Antichrist who is to begin his 

tyrannical reign from Rome shortly INTO the 7-year "Tribulation" period 

FOLLOWING THE INVASION may then rise to power and not be suspected as much 

for what he/it is - Branton). 

"When the aliens were confronted with this finding," Cooper continues, 
"they confirmed that it was true. The aliens explained that they had 
created us through genetic manipulation in a laboratory. They stated that 
they had manipulated the human race through religion, satanism, witchcraft, 
magic, and the occult." 

(Note: Similar 'revelations' were also said to appear in the so-called 
'Yellow Book', which may in itself be a type of alien propaganda. Aside 
from outright deception the saurians-grays apparently utilize HALF TRUTHS 
as well. By telling people certain obvious facts such as the fact that 
'they' were behind the Fatima manifestations and that they manipulate 
occult societies - possibly confessions made when they were "backed into a 
corner" with the facts - they apparently gain an element of human trust, 
through which they were or are able to convey other strategic, damning 
lies, such as the claim that they 'created us.' This lie alone could 
potentially destroy the desire within millions to resist these creatures, 
leading them to succumb to the demands of the aliens with the idea that it 
is futile to fight against their own 'creators.' Truth is useless unless it 
is believed and practiced IN FULL. 

Salvador Freixedo, author of 'VISIONARIES, MYSTICS & CONTACTEES' - 
Arcturus Book Service - "...was a Jesuit for 30 years until, that is, he 
began to discover that the Roman-Church not only knew A LOT about 
unexplained phenomena, but that it USED PHENOMENA as a basis for exercising 
its stranglehold on the minds and spirits of 700,000,000 'faithful'". 

Pope Leo XIII incidentally stated in 'THE GREAT ENCYCLICAL LETTERS', p. 
304: "We hold upon this earth THE PLACE OF GOD ALMIGHTY." The question 
is... could the serpent race be getting a little help in it's attempts to 
deceive the masses from human collaborators, who are nothing more than 


'dragons' in cloves' clothing? (After all, do not the Jesuits themselves - 
the gnostic serpent or dragon cult which established the Bavarian 
llluminati, the Scottish Rite of Masonry and also helped to establish 
Hitler's SS - use as their emblem a white 'dove'? - Branton) 

William Cooper continues: 

"...The aliens showed a hologram, which they claim was the actual 
crucifixion of Christ. The Government filmed the hologram. We did not know 
whether to believe them. 

"...A symposium was held in 1957 which was attended by some of the great 
scientific minds then living. They reached the conclusion that by, or 
shortly after, the year 2000 the planet WOULD self-destruct due to 
increased population and man's exploitation of the environment WITHOUT ANY 
HELP FROM GOD OR THE ALIENS. 

"By secret Executive order of President Eisenhower, the JASON Scholars were 
ordered to study this scenario and make recommendations from their 
findings. The JASON Society CONFIRMED the findings of the scientists and 
made three recommendations called ALTERNATIVES 1 , 2, AND 3. 

"Alternative 1 was to use nuclear devices to blast holes in the 

stratosphere from which the heat and pollution could escape into space. 

They would then change the human cultures from that of exploitation into 

cultures of environmental protection. Of the three this was decided to be 

the least likely to succeed due to the inherent nature of man and the 

additional damage the nuclear explosions would themselves create. THE 

EXISTENCE OF A HOLE IN THE OZONE LAYER MAY INDICATE THAT ALTERNATIVE 

1 

MIGHT HAVE BEEN ATTEMPTED. THIS IS, HOWEVER, ONLYCONJECTURE. 

"ALTERNATIVE 2 WAS TO BUILD A VAST NETWORK OF UNDERGROUND CITIES 
AND 

TUNNELS IN WHICH A SELECT REPRESENTATION OF ALL CULTURES AND 
OCCUPATIONS 

WOULD SURVIVE AND CARRY ON THE HUMAN RACE. THE REST OF HUMANITY 
WOULD BE 

LEFT TO FEND FOR THEMSELVES ON THE SURFACE OF THE PLANET. We know 
that 

these facilities have been built and are ready and waiting for the chosen 
few to be notified. 

"Alternative 3 was to exploit the alien and conventional technology in 
order for a select few to leave the earth and establish colonies in outer 
space. I am not able to either confirm or deny the existence of 'batch 


consignments' of human slaves, which would be used for the manual labor as 
a part of the plan. The Moon, code-named ADAM, was the object of primary 
interest, followed by the planet Mars, code-named EVE. lam now in 
possession of official NASA photographs of one of the moon bases. I believe 
that the Mars colony is also a reality (Note: There are some who suggest 
that 'global warming' may not actually be taking place as believed, and 
that this 'scare' is based largely on computerized models or simulations 
which have not always coincided with actual temperature variations. Is it 
possible that the earth is attempting to 'heal' itself? Could it be that to 
some extent 'global warming' is more-or-less an 'excuse' that is being used 
to justify huge expenditures for subterran and exterran 'bases' for secret 
government use such as in the Alternative' scenarios? This is of course, 
even if true, no reason to destroy this planet, as pollution of the air, 
water and earth IS in fact something which could lead to an eventual 
environmental devastation of this Earth. - Branton). 

"As a delaying action, ALL THREE ALTERNATIVES included BIRTH CONTROL, 
STERILIZATION, AND THE INTRODUCTION OF DEADLY MICROBES TO CONTROL OR 
SLOW 

THE GROWTH OF EARTH'S POPULATION. AIDS is only ONE result of these plans. 

It was decided BYTHE ELITE that si nee the population must be reduced and 

controlled, it would be in the best interest of the human race to rid 

ourselves of undesirable elements of our society. Specific targeted 

populations included BLACKS, HISPANICS, and HOMO-SEXUALS." (Note: It 

appears that when they made this decision the elite were on the verge of 

possessing the technology to solve the overpopulation, food and energy 

problems - even to the point of being able to transport excess populations 

to other planetary bodies if necessary. Apparently they opted for mass 

genocide instead, which they believed would keep the population to a 

manageable minimum, not wishing to give up the political and economic 

control which they possessed and which would to a large degree be lost if 

they openly gave this super-technology freely to the masses. Pro-abortion 

activist- leader and 'Planned Parenthood' founder Margaret Sanger betrays 

her own devotion to the Globalist genocidal policies and insensitivity to 

women's rights, especially NON-ARYAN women's rights - not to mention the 

constitutional rights to 'life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness' on 

the part of multi-millions of children- in the following words from her 

first book 'PIVOT OF CIVILIZATION'. In reference to free MATERNITY care for 

the poor she states: "Instead of DECREASING and aiming to ELIMINATE THE 

STOCKS that are most detrimental to the future of the race and the world it 

tends to render them to a menacing degree dominant." And in reference to 

her 'Negro Project' of the late 1930's, which aimed at recruiting black 

ministers, physicians and political leaders for the purpose of encouraging 

birth control and sterilization in the black community, Sanger wrote: 

"...We do not want word to go out that WE WANT TO EXTERMINATE THE NEGRO 

POPULATION, and the minister is the man who can straighten out that idea if 


it ever occurs to any of their more rebellious members." - Branton). Cooper 
continues: 

"The joint U.S. and Soviet leadership dismissed Alternative 1 BUT ORDERED 
WORK TO BEGIN ON ALTERNATIVES 2 AND 3 VIRTUALLY AT THE SAME TIME. 

"In 1959 the Rand Corporation hosted a Deep Underground Construction 

Symposium. In the symposium report, machines are pictured and described 

WHICH COULD BORE A TUNNEL 45 FEET IN DIMETER AT THE RATE OF 5 FEET 

PER 

HOUR IN 1959. IT ALSO DISPLAYS PICTURES OF HUGE TUNNELS AND 
UNDERGROUND 

VAULTS CONTAINING WHAT APPEAR TO BE COMPLEX FACILITIES AND POSSIBLY 
EVEN 

CITIES. IT APPEARS THAT THE PREVIOUS FIVE YEARS OF ALL-OUT 
UNDERGROUND 

CONSTRUCTION HAD MADE SIGNIFICANT PROGRESS BY THAT TIME. 

"The ruling powers decided that one means of funding the alien-connected 

and other 'black' projects was to corner the illegal drug market. THE 

ENGLISH AND THE FRENCH HAD ESTABLISHED A HISTORICAL PRECEDENT 

WHEN THEY 

EXPLOITED THE OPIUM TRADE IN THE FAR EASTAND USED IT TO FILL THEIR 
COFFERS 

AND GAIN A SOLID FOOTHOLD IN CHINA AND VIETNAM, RESPECTIVELY. 

"A young ambitious member of the Council on Foreign Relations was 

approached. His name was George Bush, who at the time was the president and 

CEO of THE OFFSHORE DIVISION OF ZAPATA OIL, BASED IN TEXAS. Zapata Oil was 

experimenting with the new technology of offshore drilling. It was 

correctly thought that the drugs could be shipped from South America to the 

offshore platforms by fishing boat, to be taken from there to shore by the 

normal transportation used for supplies and personnel. By this method no 

customs or law enforcement agency would subject the cargo to search. 

"George Bush agreed to help, and organized the operation IN CONJUNCTION 

WITH THE CIA. The plan worked better than anyone had dreamed. It has since 

expanded worldwide. There are now many other methods of bringing illegal 

drugs into the country. IT MUST ALWAYS BE REMEMBERED THAT GEORGE BUSH 

BEGAN 

THE SALE OF DRUGS TO OUR CHILDREN. The CIA now controls most of the world's 
illegal drug markets. 

"The official space program was boosted by President Kennedy in his 
inaugural address when he mandated that the United States put a man on the 
Moon before the end of the decade. Although innocent in its conception, 


this mandate enabled those in charge to funnel vast amounts of money into 

black projects AND CONCEAL THE REAL SPACE PROGRAM FROM THE AMERICAN 

PEOPLE. 

A similar program in the Soviet Union served the same purpose. IN FACT, A 

JOINT ALIEN, UNITED STATES, AND SOVIET UNION BASE EXISTED ON THE MOON 

AT 

THE VERY MOMENT KENNEDYSPOKE THE WORDS. 

"On May 22, 1962, a space probe landed on Mars and confirmed the existence 

of AN ENVIRONMENT WHICH COULD SUPPORT LIFE (Note: Some may recall many 

years later when the first PUBLICIZED Viking' probe landed on the surface 

of Mars and began sending back pictures of a reddish-brown planet with a 

light blue sky. Immediately after this we were told 'oops,' the blue sky 

was just a mistake in the programming of the camera, which began sending 

the 'photos' back to earth in the wrong color. 'Fortunately' the problem 

was 'solved' and subsequent photographs appeared in which the sky was 

reddish-pink. - Branton). Not long afterward the construction of a colony 

on the planet Mars began in earnest. Today I believe a colony exists on 

Mars populated by specially selected people from different cultures and 

occupations taken from all over the Earth. A PUBLIC CHARADE of antagonism 

between the Soviet Union and the United States has been maintained overall 

these years IN ORDER TO FUND PROJECTS IN THE NAME OF NATIONAL DEFENSE 

WHEN 

IN FACT WE ARE THE CLOSEST ALLIES." 

Note: An 'M.J.' of El Paso, TX sent a letter to 'World Watchers 

International' - Fall 1989 issue, p. 18 - concerning a woman he'd talked 

to who worked at JPL in Pasadena, CA., in 1962, as a classified 'photo 

interpreter'. Her husband also worked there designing domed structures 

capable of resisting 'gale-velocity winds' for 'colonies on the Moon, and 

then Mars!' Her husband was sent on a SUPER SECRET mission. Then one day 

she received word that her husband had died and no further details, then 

her 'Q' clearance was pulled. When asked of his fate she said with dead 

seriousness: "I think he was drafted to Mars!" 

Frank Edwards, in his 'STRANGE WORLD' (Lyle Stuart Co., N.Y 1 964. pp. 
329-330) gives the following revelations under the heading, 'THE MYSTERIOUS 
MOONS OF MARS': 

"Now that man has tools which will enable him to obtain detailed 
information by near approaches to Mars, we may expect, within the 
next few years, to learn whether Mars is inhabited by intelligent 
beings, and, if so, what they look like and how they live. Among 
the factors which have focused so much of our time and talent on 
Mars are the two tiny satellites which orbit the planet where -- 
prior to 1877 - no satellites had ever been seen before (In 


other words, about the time the canals of Mars were mysteriously 

starting to 'disappear 1 , new satellites began appearing on the 

scene - Branton). The famous astronomers Herschel and Lasselle 

had excellent telescopes at their disposal - so good that they 

used them to DISCOVER THE MOONS OF URANUS. Yet neither these men, 

nor hundreds of other astronomers who observed the planets, were 

able to see any satellites around Mars. Then IN ONE WEEK in 1 877, 

Asaph Hall found that Mars had TWO SATELLITES where none had been 

seen before. Furthermore, he found that the satellites were tiny 

but bright... brighter than the planet itself.. .as though they 

were made of some material other than that of Mars. It is also 

worth noting that not only do these two Martian satellites sweep 

around the planet at a very high speed but they travel in 

different directions... factors which had led to the suspicion 

that they are artificial. This is the theory advanced by Soviet 

astronomer I. S. Schklovsky, who points out that the Martian 

satellite known as Phobos exhibits a strange acceleration in its 

orbit, an irregularity which would be expected if the satellite 

were in reality a huge metal sphere that was hollow. The same 

difference in speed, however, would be impossible for a natural 

astronomical body. Therefore, says Dr. Schklovsky, at least one 

of the moons of Mars IS NOT A NATURAL OBJECT, but an artificial 

satellite placed in orbit around the 'red' planet in 1 877, or 

shortly before that time. When we stop to think of the discovery 

of the Martian moons in 1877 - and of the mass of phenomena 

noted on our moon between 1 879 and 1 889 - the conviction 

develops that if we discover life on Mars. ..we may also discover 

that we are merely returning a visit." 


Cooper continues: 


"At some point President Kennedy discovered portions of the truth 

concerning the drugs and aliens. He issued an ultimatum in 1963 to Majesty 

Twelve. President Kennedy assured them that if they did not clean up the 

drug problem, he would. HE INFORMED MAJORITY TWELVE THAT HE INTENDED TO 

REVEAL THE PRESENCE OF (THE) ALIENS TO THE AMERICAN PEOPLE WITHIN 

THE 

FOLLOWING YEAR, AND ORDERED A PLAN DEVELOPED TO IMPLEMENT HIS 
DECISION 

(Note: One might consider this File and other present efforts to inform the 
public of the 'alien problem' as being nothing less than a Patriotic duty 
to fulfill the decree as set out by this former American President - the 
carrying out of an "Executive Order" is you will - Branton). 

"President Kennedy's decision struck fear into the hearts of those in 

charge. His assassination was ordered by the Policy Committee and the order 


was carried out by agents in Dallas. President John F. Kennedy was murdered 
by the Secret Service agent who drove his car in the motorcade and the act 
is plainly visible in the Zapruder film. WATCH THE DRIVER AND NOT KENNEDY 
WHEN YOU VIEW THE FILM." 

Note: On April 2, 1 992, Geraldo Rivera in his television News magazine "NOW 
IT CAN BE TOLD", interviewed a Dr. Charles Crenshaw, one of the original 
doctors who worked on the body of President John F. Kennedy shortly after 
the assassination. Crenshaw claimed that he saw Kennedy's head wound and 
stated that Oswald could not have killed Kennedy as he was behind the 
President, whereas the fatal bullet wound came from the FRONT. Crenshaw 
claimed that the bullet entered from the front and exited from the rear of 
Kennedy's skull, leaving a large gaping wound 9-10 centimeters across. 
Although Texas law required an immediate autopsy in Dallas, the site of the 
crime, Crenshaw insisted that a swarm of Secret Service agents entered the 
hospital and demanded that the autopsy be performed out of state. Dr, 
Crenshaw stated on "NOW IT CAN BE TOLD" that several people he knew who had 
witnessed the President's wounds had died shortly afterwards under strange 
circumstances (Rivera documented over 100 mysterious deaths of witnesses, 
although Cooper claims "over 200 material witnesses" have died). Crenshaw 
believed that the 'official' photos taken at Bathesda Naval hospital 
showing no rear exit wound were tampered with and that the whole affair was 
covered up. If this is true then the two Mafia men behind the 'grassy 
knoll' would have been a BACKUP TEAM in case the Secret Service agent 
William Greer failed, and the CIA asset Oswald - with his carefully 
planted Communist ties -- the PATSY or FALL GUY. 

Cooper continues in his "SECRET GOVERNMENT" report by giving evidence that 
the so-called 'Zupruder 1 film of Kennedy's assassination shows that William 
Greer, the Secret Service agent who was with Kennedy in the car (Greer in 
the front seat, Kennedy in the back), quickly turned around and shot 
Kennedy in the front of the head just as Oswald and possibly others were 
firing. Cooper states: 

"...You WILL have faith in your government if you learned that Greer killed 

Kennedy ON ORDERS OF THE ILLUMINATI AND THAT IT HAD NOTHING TO DO WITH 

THE 

LEGAL, CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT. DID YOU KNOW THAT THE MAN WHO 
WAS IN 

CHARGE OF THE SECRET SERVICE AT THE TIME OF THE ASSASSINATION 
BECAME THE 

MAN IN CHARGE OF SECURITY FOR THE ROCKEFELLER FAMILY UP ON HIS 
RETIREMENT? 

Well, now you know. You should also know that BOB GRODIN (a reported CIA 
agent who Cooper alleges tried to prevent him from releasing the 'Zupruder 1 
film publicly - Branton) IS A FRIEND OF LESLIE WATKINS, AND IT IS BOB 


GRODIN'S NAME THAT WATKINS USES AS THE ALAS OF THE ASTRONAUT CITED 
IN 

'ALTERNATIVE 003'. Did you know that when Ricky White made appearances on 

talk radio across the country to say that his father killed Kennedy, that 

Bob Grodin accompanied him? Did you know that every time a caller asked 

Ricky White a question, GRODIN ANSWERED FOR HIM? Do you really believe that 

is a coincidence? Ricky White's father did not kill Kennedy. 

"...THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONSPIRACY IS IN GENEVA, 
SWITZERLAND. THE RULING BODY IS MADE UP OF THREE COMMITTEES 
CONSISTING OF 

THIRTEEN MEMBERS EACH, AND ALL THREE TOGETHER COMPRISE THE 39 
MEMBERS OF 

THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE BODY KNOWN AS THE BILDERBERG 
GROUP. The most 

important and powerful of the three committees is the Policy Committee. (It 
is more than interesting to note that the United States had thirteen 
original colonies and that 39 delegates from these colonies signed the 
Constitution after it was written and adopted in the first Constitutional 
Convention. Do you believe that is coincidence?) Policy Committee meetings 
are held on a nuclear submarine beneath the polar icecap. A Soviet sub and 
an American sub join at an airlock and the meeting is convened. The secrecy 
is such that this was the only method which would ensure that the meetings 
could not be bugged. 

"...If the underground history is correct, ALIENS HAVE MANIPULATED AND/OR 
RULED THE HUMAN RACE THROUGH VARIOUS SECRET SOCIETIES, RELIGIONS, 
MAGIC, 

WITCHCRAFT, AND THE OCCULT. The Council on Foreign Relations and the 
Trilateral Commission are in complete control of the alien technology and 
are also in complete control of the nations' economy (Note: another 
interpretation would be that the draconian powers who influence the 
Trilateral, CFR's, llluminati, etc., CONTROL much of the economy and even 
the 'technology' THROUGH these secret societies. It is obvious that when 
dealing with this alien-reptilian race, 'they' do not give a person or a 
group of persons anything without getting something in return, namely their 
'souls' or a certain amount of control over their thoughts, actions, 
emotions, will and so on - Branton). 

"Eisenhower was the last President to know the entire overview of the alien 
problem. Succeeding Presidents were told only what Majesty Twelve and the 
intelligence community wanted them to know. Believe me, it was not the 
truth. 

"Majesty Twelve has presented most new Presidents with a picture of a lost 
alien culture seeking to renew itself, build a home on this planet, and 


shower us with gifts of technology. In some cases the President was told 

nothing. Each President in turn swallowed the story (or no story at all) 

hook, line and sinker. MEANWHILE INNOCENT PEOPLE CONTINUE TO SUFFER AT 

THE 

HANDS OF THE ALIEN AND HUMAN SCIENTISTS. I have been unable to determine 
exactly what it is they are doing. MANY PEOPLE ARE ABDUCTED AND ARE 
SENTENCED TO LIVE WITH PSYCHOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL DAMAGE FOR THE 
REST OF 

THEIR LIVES. Could this be a CIA mind-control operation? (Another 
possibility can be found in the account of the Barney and Betty Hill 
abduction. During hypnotic regression to bring out memories of the "missing 
time" the Hill's experienced, Barney Hill was quoted as saying in a very 
agitated and frightened voice that he had seen a "German Nazi" with evil 
looking eyes on board the alien craft, working with the "Grays" from Zeta 
Reticuli. This was WELL OVER A DECADE following the end of World War II. 
Harley Byrd, a former Pentagon employee who was also the nephew of Navy 
Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd, insisted that his uncle was searching for a 
secret post-war Nazi base in Antarctica, and found it. In fact Admiral Byrd 
reportedly lost 4 planes in an air battle with top secret Nazi aerial disks 
which had been developed in secret underground bases in Germany during the 
war, and perfected in the hidden Nazi base in Antarctica. Harley Byrd 
believes that the Nazis are working with the Grays in an effort to gain 
dominance once again over the nations of the earth via abductions, 
implantation, techno-hypnotic programming, mind control, etc. An 
interesting CIA connection can be found in the secret "Operation 
Paperclip", which allowed at least a hundred Nazi SS war criminals into the 
U.S. and gave them influential positions within the CIA. If the Nazi's were 
the first modern political force to establish interaction with the Grays, 
and since CIA founder Allen Dulles was a former CFR president and thus 
member of the Bavarian [German] llluminati, then it is no wonder why the 
fascist trojan horse in American Intelligence known as the C A, itself 
maintains an active interaction with the saurian Grays as well. - Branton) 

"IN THE DOCUMENTS THAT I READ, 1 IN 40 HUMANS HAD BEEN IMPLANTED WITH 
DEVICES, THE PURPOSE OF WHICH I HAVE NEVER DISCOVERED. THE 
GOVERNMENT 

BELIEVES THAT THE ALIENS ARE BUILDING AN ARMY OF IMPLANTED HUMANS 
WHO CAN 

BE ACTIVATED AND TURNED UPON US AT WILL. YOU SHOULD ALSO KNOW THAT 
TO DATE 

WE HAVE NOT EVEN BEGUN TO COME CLOSE TO (technological - Branton) PARITY 
WITH THE ALIENS. 

"...WE ARE BEING MANIPULATED BY A JOINT HUMAN/ ALIEN POWER STRUCTURE 
WHICH 

WILL RESULT IN A ONE- WORLD GOVERNMENT AND THE PARTIAL ENSLAVEMENT 


OF THE 

HUMAN RACE. This has been deemed necessary to solve the elemental question: 
'Who will speak for planet Earth?' It has been decided that man is not 
mature enough in his 'evolutionary development' to be trusted to interact 
properly with an alien race (i.e. incapable of kissing-up to a grotesque 
race of reptilian beings without resisting? The hypocrisy here staggars the 
imagination - Branton). We , already have enough trouble between the 
different human races, so what would happen if a TOTALLY ALIEN 
extraterrestrial race was introduced? Would they by lynched, spit upon, or 
shot? Would discrimination result in nasty encounters that would doom 
humanity as a result of the alien's obviously superior technology? Have our 
leaders decided to lock us in a playpen? 

"...THE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN TOTALLY DECEIVED AND WE ARE BEING 
MANIPULATED 

BY AN ALIEN POWER, WHICH WILL RESULT IN THE TOTAL ENSLAVEMENT AND/OR 
DESTRUCTION OF THE HUMAN RACE. WE MUST USE ANYAND EVERY MEANS 
AVAILABLE TO 

PREVENT THIS FROM HAPPENING." 

Bill Cooper, in addition to the above, also released a document titled 

"SECRET SOCIETIES AND THE NEW WORLD ORDER", which was later included in his 

book 'BEHOLD A PALE HORSE'. In reference to the 'Cult of the Serpent' which 

he claims is headquartered in Rome, he states: 

"...History is replete with whispers of secret societies... The oldest is 
the Brotherhood of the Snake, also called the Brotherhood of the Dragon, 
and it still exists under many different names. The Brotherhood of the 
Snake is devoted to guarding the 'secrets of the ages' and the recognition 
of Lucifer as the one and only true God... It's secret symbol is the 
all-seeing eye in the pyramid. 

"...Houses of worship and sacrifice existed in the ancient cities. They 
were in fact temples built in honor of the many 'gods'... Most of the 
greatest minds that ever lived were initiated into the society of Mysteries 
by secret and dangerous rites, some of which were very cruel. Some of the 
most famous were known as Osiris, Isis, Sabazius, Cybele, and Eleusis. 
Plato was one of these initiates. 

"...the documents that I read while in Naval Intelligence stated that 
Project GALILEO required only five pounds of plutonium to ignite Jupiter 
and possibly stave off THE COMING ICE AGE. Global warming is a hoax. It is 
easier for the public to deal with and will give the ruling elite more time 
before panic and anarchy replace government. The reality is that overall 
global temperatures are becoming lower..." 


Cooper quotes from one (secret society) source: 

"The initiated elect communicate directly to gods (ALIENS) who communicate 
back to them... The elect are given knowledge of the Mysteries and are 
illumined and are thus known as The llluminati or the Illuminated Ones, the 
guardians of the 'Secrets of the Ages.'" 

"...Adam Weishaupt, a young professor of canon law at Ingolstadt University 
in Germany, was a Jesuit priest and an initiate of the llluminati. The 
branch of the Order he founded in Germany in 1776 was the same llluminati 
previously discussed. The Jesuit connection is important. 

"...On the obverse of the Great Seal of the United States the wise will 
recognize the all-seeing eye and other signs of the Brotherhood of the 
Snake... The Brotherhood of the Snake is adept at throwing out decoys to 
keep the dogs at bay. 

"...Allegations that the Freemason organizations were infiltrated by the 

llluminati during Weishaupt's reign are hogwash. The Freemasons have ALWAYS 

contained the core of llluminati within their ranks, and that is why they 

so freely and so willingly took in and hid the members of Weishaupt's 

group. 

"...In 1826 an American Freemason wrote a book revealing Masonic secrets 
entitled 'ILLUSTRATIONS OF FREEMASONRY. One of the secrets that he 
revealed is that the last mystery at the top of the Masonic pyramid is the 
worship of Lucifer... Morgan caused a small uproar against the Masons. The 
small uproar turned into a full blown anti-Freemason movement when the 
author, William Morgan, disappeared. Morgan had apparently been drowned in 
Lake Ontario. 

"...Probably the most notorious Freemason lodge is the P2 lodge in Italy. 
This group has been implicated in everything from bribery to 
assassinations. P2 is directly connected to the Vatican, the Knights of 
Malta, and to the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. It is powerful and 
dangerous... the Pope, John Paul II, has lifted the ban against 
Freemasonry. Many high- level members of the Vatican are now Freemasons 
(others allege that many 'secret' high Masons existed in the Vatican before 
the ban lifted, that in fact the Vatican controlled Masonry via the 
Jesuit-created Scottish Rite 'llluminism', which in turn infiltrated 
Masonry, and that the former bans were merely smokescreens to hide the 
Scottish Rite-Vatican connection - Branton)... The 33rd Degree is split 
into two. One split contains the core of the Luciferian llluminati and the 
other contains those who have no knowledge of it whatsoever. 

"ALL of the intelligence officers I worked for while in Naval Intelligence 


were Masons. 


"...1990 is the right time with the right leaders: ex-chief of the Soviet 
secret police Mikhail Gorbachev, ex-chief of the CIA George Bush, ex-Nazi 
cyanide gas salesman Pope John Paul II, all bound by an unholy alliance to 
bring in the New World Order. 

"...REMEMBER - NEVER WORSHIP A LEADER. IF YOU WORSHIP A LEADER, YOU 
THEN 

NO LONGER HAVE THE ABILITY TO RECOGNIZE WHEN YOU HAVE BEEN 
DECEIVED. 

"...Ex-President John Adams wrote to his successor, Thomas Jefferson: 'I do 
not like the re-appearance of the Jesuits. If ever there was a body of men 
who merited eternal damnation on earth... it is this Society...' Jefferson 
replied: 'Like you, I disapprove of the restoration of the Jesuits, for it 
means a step backwards from light into darkness.' (for more information on 
the Jesuits, see: Chick Publications., Box662., Chino, CA 91710) 

"...the heart of the Bilderberg Group consists of 39 total members of the 
llluminati. The three committees are made up exclusively of members of all 
different secret groups that make up the llluminati, the FREEMASONS, the 
VATICAN, and the BLACK NOBILITY. This committee works year round in offices 
in Switzerland. 

(Note: William Cooper targets the MASONS. We must state however that 
Masonry was not always as it appears to be today. Several early Christian 
Patriots during the foundational period of the United States were part of a 
predominating YORK RITE of Masonry, which largely promoted PROTESTANT 
values and ethics, and fraternal brotherhood among members. Even at that 
time the JESUIT-spawned SCOTTISH RITE of Masonry was moving like a virus 
through the American fraternal lodges in an attempt to take them over from 
within. Today the Scottish Rite is becoming the predominent branch of 
Masonry in America. In fact, the Jesuit secret oath condones the absolute 
destruction of the world Protestant movement. This is interesting in that 
the Jesuit-created Scottish Rite has infiltrated America with the apparent 
intent of choking-out the York Rite, which was largely rooted in 
Protestantism - Branton) 

"...In the Great Seal of the United States we see the ancient symbol of the 
Brotherhood of the Snake (or Dragon), which as you know is the all-seeing 
eye of the pyramid representing Lucifer..." Is it any wonder, then, that so 
many people claim that this symbol is used by the serpent race (the Grays) 
as well? 

To sum-up what Cooper has said, then, let us quote from an article which 


appeared in 'INNER LIGHT magazine, written by Sherry Hansen and Brad 
Steiger: 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #5 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 4 

"...'the PROTOCOLS OF ZION were published as a deception (by the Russian 
Secret Police), to make people believe they had to worry about the Jews.' 

"...'throughout history it has been a ploy of the llluminati to dub anyone 
who told the truth as an anti-Semite or a Nazi. They only prove my point 
when they employ the same old tactics to shut people up and to intimidate 
them. They don't know what to do with me, because I don't intimidate and 
don't shut up.' 

"Cooper states that he has traced the history of the nefarious llluminati 
all the way back to the Ancient Temple of Wisdom in Cairo, long before the 
birth of Christ. 'The llluminati exist today under many different names and 
many different occupations.' Cooper told us. 'They practice Hegalian 
conflict/resolution. They appear to oppose each other at the bottom ranks 
(like the 'apparent' conflict between socialist Freemasonry and fascist 
Romanism? - Branton), but at the highest levels they are actually 
organizing and controlling the conflict which they have created to produce 
the solution that they seek. 

"The llluminati are extremely powerful, very wealthy men. They believe 
that they are the guardians of the secrets of the ages. They believe that 
the vast majority of people would not know what to do with the real 
knowledge and the real truth and the real science - and would, in fact, 
misuse them all. They further believe that everything that they do is for 
the ultimate betterment and survival of humankind - even if it means 
killing two billion people to reach their goal...'" 

One possible area (aside from the so-called 'DREAMLAND' facility mentioned 
by William Cooper) which also lies within the Mojave Desert region and 
which also may connect to the alleged subsurface network is 'Iron 


Mountain', one of the peaks in the El Paso Mountains northeast of Mojave, 
California. There are many bizarre accounts connected with this mountain, 
which apparently got it's name in part from the many old iron mines which 
can be found there, along with numerous natural cavities which open out to 
the surface in many different areas. The area has allegedly been the site 
of certain activity concerning native American Indian occult practices, as 
well as the site of alleged secret government activity, some of which 
reportedly involves the observation and monitoring of strange creatures 
and/or automatons which are said to emerge from underground openings in the 
area on certain occasions. Just exactly what these 'creatures' are is 
uncertain, but some accounts indicate that they are dangerous! Could this 
also be a 'magnetic anomaly' zone due to the high iron content? There have 
been mysterious references to time-space windows in the area as well. 

Flying Ace John Lear, in 'statements' released over Computer 'Bulletin 
Boards' devoted to researching the unknown (such as the PARANET BBS) has 
stated: 

"...If the government won't tell us the truth and the major 

networks won't even give it serious consideration then what is 

the big picture, anyway? [Note: This was written before such 

programs as SIGHTINGS, ENCOUNTERS, UNSOLVED MYSTERIES, CURRENT 

AFFAIR, MONTEL WILLIAMS, NOW IT CAN BE TOLD and other TV programs 

DID in fact begin dealing with the UFO phenomena, abductions, and 

related phenomena in much greater depth - Branton], Are the 

EBE's, having done a hundred thousand or more abductions 

(possibly millions worldwide), built AN UNTOLD NUMBER OF SECRET 

UNDERGROUND BASES (Groom Lake, Nevada; Sunspot, Datil, Roswell, 

and Pie Town, New Mexico, just to name a few) getting ready to 

return to wherever they came from? Or, from the obvious 

preparations are we to assume that they are getting ready for a 

big move? or is (it) the more sinister and most probable 

situation that the invasion is essentially complete and it is all 

over but the screaming? 

"A well planned invasion of Earth for it's resources and benefits 
would not begin with mass landings or ray-gun equipped aliens. A 
properly planned and executed invasion by a civilization 
thousands... of years in advance of us would most likely be 
complete before a handful of people, say 12?, realize what was 
happening. No fuss, no mess. The best advice I can give you is 
this: Next time you see a flying saucer and are awed by its 
obvious display of technology and gorgeous lights of pure color - 
RUN LIKE HELL! - June 3, 1988 Las Vegas, NV" 


The above is just one excerpt taken from Lear's lengthy 'Press Release' 


describing recoveries of alien craft and their occupants, accounts which 
Lear claims to have learned from 'inside' sources. Lear has also stated: 

"...In 1983 when the Grand Deception was discovered MJ-12 (which 

may now be designated 'PI-40') started work on a weapon or some 

kind of device to contain the EBE's which had by now totally 

infested our society. This program was funded through SD I which, 

coincidentally, was initiated at approximately the same date. A 

frantic effort has been made over the past 4 years by all 

participants. (The beginning of the "retaliation" projects 

apparently began in 1979, when the DULCE and DREAMLAND massacres 

reportedly occurred - Branton) This program ended in failure in 

December of 1 987. A new program has been conceived but will take 

about 2 years to develop. In the meantime, it is absolutely 

essential to MJ-12 (PI-40), that no one, including the Senate, 

the Congress or the citizens of the United States of America (or 

anyone else for that matter) become aware of the real 

circumstances surrounding the UFO cover-up and (the) TOTAL 

DISASTER it has become." 

In their QUARTERLY REPORT, July - September 1 990, the 'Fund For UFO 
Research' (P. 0. Box 277., Mount Rainier, MD 20712), related the following: 

"Dear Supporter: 

"I'm writing to you at a critical time in the history of the UFO 
movement. The issues contained in this letter are extremely 
sensitive, and so I would appreciate your confidentiality. 

"Because of your support for scientific research into the UFO 
phenomena, I want to bring you up-to-date on recent events which 
may result in a resolution of the mystery of Unidentified Flying 
Objects. 

"As you know, there is a great deal of interest currently in the 
apparent crash of one or more UFOs in New Mexico over 43 years 
ago. This event has become the most intensively- investigated -- 
and best documented - case in UFO history. 

"It came to the public's attention in 1980 with the publication 

of 'THE ROSWELL INCIDENT by Charles Berlitz and William Moore. 

With the capable assistance of veteran UFO investigator and 

nuclear physicist Stanton Friedman, the authors documented that 

SOMETHING very unusual crashed in the New Mexico desert in July 

1947. 


"Friedman and Moore continued to follow up on new leads and 
uncovered new evidence following publication of the book. During 
the course of their research, they identified nearly 100 
witnesses who had information about the event. 

"However, the focus of their investigation changed with the 
release of apparently authentic documents outlining Operation 
Majestic Twelve, a TOP SECRET government research project 
initiated following the Roswell crash. The Fund for UFO Research 
awarded Mr. Friedman a $16,000 grant to investigate the 
documents, and his research into the MJ-12 matter inevitably 
turned up new witnesses in the Roswell event. 

"In the meantime, Don Schmittand Kevin Randle, under the 
auspices of the Center for UFO Studies, decided to reexamine the 
Roswell case and managed to bring the number of first-hand 
witnesses and sources of information to more than 200..." 

In the May, 1989 issue of 'Leading Edge' (formerly 'Nevada Aerial 
Research') it was stated that: "...Information about underground bases at 
Edwards AFB (CA) are not new. Stories have circulated for years. There was 
the lady whose mother used to work at the cafeteria who overheard people 
talking about aliens and disks. The constant stream of construction 
materials going out to the end of the base, but nothing showed up on the 
surface. NASA has a large underground base that has been there for years. 

"Tube shuttles take personnel 50 miles to the other end of the base in the 
Tahachapi mountains. The underground base has been referred to as an 
underground city. It is even said that there are disks stored in glasslike 
enclosures under a vacuum to preserve them.'" 

What may very well be a confirmation of the above appeared in the Dec. 1990 
issue of a publication sent out by 'THE BORDERLAND SCIENCES RESEARCH 
FOUNDATION', which had for years been under the direction of Riley H. 
Crabb. The information was in the form of a letter which we quote here: 

"...I spent the weekend with a 'recent' Edwards AFB workman and his wife - 
'recent' because they are both repeat contactees and have become 
'unmanageable' as the AFB management puts it. He was fired for blasting a 
Spybee with spray paint - which I find funny and as classic as the 
graffiti on New York subway cars. 

'"You did it on purpose,' they told him, and they knew of course, because 
the Spybees are telepathic (i.e. capable of 'tuning in' to Extremely Low 
Frequency or 'ELF' electro- encephalographic neuro-brain wave patterns - 
Branton) as well as camera equipt. They also carry microphones. We were all 


laughing as he told us how the little spray-painted gold orb, blinded, went 
bouncing off walls and posts and was quickly withdrawn from its spy 
mission. He said Spybees are about the size of a basketball. They fly by 
antigravity all over any 'Above Top Secret' installation. They dart 
soundlessly everywhere and hover between workers, sometimes programmed to 
harass the guys for fun, like bumping them in the rear end. 

"No person (that) he and his friends knew about there was allowed to say 
one word to another while on the job. They would test by trying to write to 
each other in the floor dust. Within two or three strokes a Spybee would 
whiz around the corner, lock on to and stop above the writing. His last 
comment was to write and draw a great big 'screw you'. 

"His painting work was part of an ONGOING EXCAVATION beneath Edwards AFB on 
the high DESERT in California. He and his crew were always blindfolded and 
strip-searched before transit. They couldn't even have watches. BYTAKING 
TURNS COUNTING IN THE ELEVATOR GOING TO AND FROM THE WORK SITE, THEY 
ESTIMATED IT MUST BE SOME 9,000 FEET DOWN, AT LEAST TWO MILES, AND 
THE TRIP 

TOOK ABOUT 1 5 MINUTES. 

"Management accused him of doing it on purpose, and they knew... 'No, no. 
The Spybee kept bumpin the back of my neck while I was sprayin. After one 
real hard knock I whirled around with the spray gun still goin.'" 

"A prominent researcher with us that Saturday evening suggested, after 
careful questioning of the worker, THAT THE ELEVATOR ITSELF WAS 
ANTI-GRAVITIC, AS THERE WERE NO CABLES; SO THE ESTIMATED DISTANCE 
WAS AT 

BEST MINIMUM. ALL PRESENT CONFIRMED THE GOVERNMENT'S POSSESSION 
OF PLASMOLE 

TUNNELING MACHINES WHICH MELT A 50 FOOT HOLE THROUGH SOLID ROCK, AT 
A RATE 

OF ABOUT FIVE MILES PER HOUR. 

"For part of the night we went 'foo chasing', their term for si ghtseeking 
UFOs. Tahachapi (is) where H. Hughes and Northrup Corporations and the USAF 
have just imported Delta Forces and fleets of black helicopters deployed by 
the government for top security events coverage. There is no doubt 
something major going on up there... even that night. 

"The researcher and his team were hoping to see the 30- FOOT VERSION OF THE 

SPYBEES, as there are growing numbers of reports on these. THEY ARE 

DESIGNED TO FLY OVER YOUR HOUSE CARRYING SURVEILLANCE BEAMS FOR 

THOUGHT/EMOTION CONTROL AND BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION (Note: Since thoughts 

and 


emotions may be to some extent electromagnetic in nature, it may be 
possible for them to be manipulated by EM rays - Branton). 

"...I often see Terra now as in near-final throes of exactly the H.G. Wells 
scenario where the unwilling and witless 90% of mankind inhabits a 
play-fantasy world on Earth's surface, while the split-off race of highly 
technical degenerates (in league with and/or controlled by the serpent 
race? - Branton), the Trogs, prey on them from underground..." 

The following information was sent to us via a researcher who is 
investigating a continuous abduction of a young (at the time) nine-year-old 
boy in southern Nevada, who may have been taken to underground levels below 
that same area. Names, addresses and other details have been deleted on 
request to protect the privacy of the sources. We quote from a series of 
notes based on the young boys' experiences, exactly as they were sent to a 
member of "the Group", with our emphasis added: 

1 : The 'greys', he says they don't use words but communicate THROUGH him. 
THEYSHOWTHEIR DIS- PLEASURE BYWRINKLING THEIR NOSES AND PURSING 
THEIR 

LIPS WITH A SLIGHT HISSING SOUND AT HIM. 

2: HE SAYS HE FEELS LIKE HE'S BEING WATCHED WHEREVER HE GOES (Note: 
This is 

a very common observation made by people who claim to have experienced 
aerial AND/OR subsurface abductions or encounters with non- human aliens - 
Branton). 

3: This is what they look like to him (a drawing was included depicting a 
traditional 'gray' with a somewhat 'wiry' build - Branton). 

4: This is what the uniform they wear looks like to him. He says the box in 
the middle has different colored flashing buttons. 

5: This is the large 'boat', A SORT OF FLOATING ISLAND HE WAS BROUGHT TO 
(Note: Some aspects of the abduction suggest that the young boy was taken 
to a large network of water-filled subterranean caverns - Branton). THERE 
WERE MANY'HYBRIDS' ON IT ALSO. 

6: These are the hybrids he sees. He says that they sit in a large circle 
holding hands. There is one small candle with a very large flame going. HE 
SAYS HE IS NOT AFRAID OF THE HYBRIDS. 

(Note: These may have been so-called "hu-brids" with a human soul-energy 
"matrix". These according to different accounts are more or less 'slaves' 
to the grays and reptoids/ reptons from birth. Many of the women who claim 


to have been 'impregnated' during abductions and who have had their 'child' 
removed from them a few months into its term are allegedly carriers to 
these hybrids or hu-brids, although it is possible that re-brids or 
'hybrids' without a soul-matrix (more saurian than human) might be gestated 
in this manner also. The hu-brids are allegedly taken to underground bases 
beneath the surface of the earth and/or possibly installations on or below 
other planetary spheres. The ritual that the hybrids were apparently forced 
to undertake might be part of a psychic warfare operation against humans 
that their reptilian overlords are waging. It is interesting that 
S a ta ni sts- II I um i ni sts have been known to gather in a circle and meditate on 
a candle flame in order to induce a state of astral projection, or 
projection of the spirit form (some have erroneously referred to is as 
"soul projection" - the "soul body" however can only separate itself from 
the physical form at death. - Branton) 

"THERE IS A FEMALE (hu-brid - Branton) who BLENDS with him and he says it 

feels very peaceful and good. When asked if the greys were the only aliens 

he sees, HE DREWTHE REPTILIAN, THESE ARE THE UNIFORMS ON THEM ALSO. 

HE 

SAYS THE GREYS COME TO GET HIM, BUT THEY FOLLOW THE LEADERSHIP OF 
THE 

REPTILIANS. HE CALLED IT A LIZARD. HE SAID HE SEES HUMAN BEINGS - ALIVE - 
HANGING FROM A WALL WITH NO EYES, OR MOUTHS LEFT. 

"Please share with us your input on how to help this boy. We know what is 
happening here and we are ready and willing to do anything we have to. Love 
& Light, sincerely (Names deleted by request)." 

The above is not, unfortunately, a singular case. MANY people are now 
coming forward with stories of alien abuse, or of being abducted to 
underground 'bases' controlled by small 'grayish' or large 'Reptilian' 
beings. In previously years most of these people have been terrified at the 
prospect of telling their stories, for fear of ridicule. Before the 
'abduction' phenomena was widely known, many such people who spoke out 
about alien experiences actually ended up in psychiatric institutions, so 
there was at that time a definite danger of 'talking' too much about their 
horrifying encounters. Added to this is the official governmental denial of 
the phenomena, or even outright attempts to 'silence' those who knew too 
much for supposed "National Security" reasons (actually it was/is 
"Establishment Security" they were interested in). However at this point in 
time when radio, television and even motion pictures are giving the subject 
another (this time more respectable and honest) look, many more people are 
gathering the courage to come forward with reports of abductions by 
malevolent - or contacts with benevolent - 'aliens'. 

In the hidden depths of the Nevada Military Complex a battle is raging. Few 


know just how long it has been going on. Apparently it began several years 
ago when the Nevada Test Site workers discovered vast subterranean cavities 
deep underground, "possibly" as a result of the underground nuclear blasts 
which had artificially excavated huge cavities deep below the surface. 

This activity apparently corresponded with the same general time-period 
when the U.S. Secret Government was making deals with the 'Grays', 
establishing secret locations such as S-4 to study alien craft that had 
crashed, and constructing environ- mental enclosures for some of the 'few 1 
alien beings that had been apprehended alive. Much of this activity 
allegedly took place and is taking place within the extreme high-security 
areas on and below the Nevada Military Complex. 

However, the reports now coming out of the 'Complex' suggest that far more 
than just a 'few' of the alien grays, and even their reptilian overlords, 
are involved with the activities taking place in Nevada... more activity 
than even a few alien survivors of crashed disks could account for. Many 
accounts have spoken of vast caverns below the southern Nevada region which 
'may' have been the ancient lairs of reptilian hominoids for decades or 
centuries. All the accounts point to only one possible conclusion: That the 
Test Site workers broke into the native habitat of these reptilian beings, 
or a system of caverns which the reptilians had taken control of in the 
recent or distant past. Possibly in an effort to prevent a unilateral 
warfare between the two expanding 'worlds', the secret government decided 
to establish a treaty with the saurian Grays (apparently the Grays tried to 
convince the human governments that they had "originated" from 
other-stellar regions - and that the humans had encountered one of their 
underground "bases" - in order to steer the humans clear of the fact that 
many of them were native to the Terran Subterranea. This may have been a 
half-lie, as the reptilians do reportedly have ancient facilities that they 
have established and entrenched on other planetary bodies). 

Aside from establishing "treaties" with the extraterrestrial "Grays" that 
are apparently returning to their native planet, a secret treaty was also 
made with their counterparts in the so-called 'underground bases'. Most of 
the 'workers' would not be aware of the alien activity taking place in 
these extreme lower levels due to the higher security clearances necessary 
to enter or even KNOW of them. This could explain the confusion which seems 
to exist, and the comments made by workers, especially within the Nevada 
Military Complex, that everything is 'way out of control'. 

It might also explain the comments made by others 'in the know' who have 
suggested that the government is in a panic since they have learned that 
the sauroid 'aliens from other stars' have infiltrated and undermined the 
surface of the earth without us even knowing it, and that this is why they 
are in such confusion, why they are rushing head-long to develop weapons 


such as 'Excalibur' to destroy subterranean alien strongholds, and so on. 

In the movie THEY LIVE', which depicted an infiltration of human society 
utilizing underground 'bases' beneath major cities, one of the human 
resistance' members asks: "How LONG have they been here?" Later he comes to 
realize... "Maybe they've ALWAYS been here!" Perhaps the reason behind the 
supposed alien infestation and undermining of the underground systems below 
the surface of the earth could be explained by the possibility that they 
have ALWAYS been here, or have been for some time. Do not accounts of 
reptilian hominoids date back to prehistoric times when the dinosaurs 
walked the surface of the earth? Keep this possibility in mind when trying 
to fit the following revelations into your framework of reality. 

Is it possible that a subterranean race - working closely with others of 
their kind which long ago left the earth for extraterrestrial realms - is 
staging (via subversion, implantation, disinformation, coversion, and 
infiltration) a takeover of human society FROM ABOVE AND BELOW? 

One group that is allegedly tied-in with the inner workings of the 
government-alien interactions and/or conflicts are known as the 'Delta' 
Forces. The Delta's, some claim, have secretly been recruited by the secret 
government in order to perform certain functions in relation to the 
so-called 'joint-interaction' projects involving deep-level government 
organizations and the 'aliens' (saurian greys, etc.). 

At the beginning of the 'interaction', the government was optimistic about 
their new-found alliance with an apparently benevolent race of non-human 
beings. When the government finally discovered the true nature of the 
grays; and the fact that they' were using the 'treaties' with the U.S. 
government merely as a means to further their infernal plans of bringing 
the human race under their control, then according to various sources 'all 
hell broke loose!' The government-CIA in their zeal to establish contact 
with what they hoped were technological 'saviors' from the stars, had 
'bargained away' much of what they had, including much of the sovereignty 
of the United States and the World. When the 'Horrible Truth' was 
discovered it was too late, the aliens had already established too much 
control and their physical and occult conquests were increasing every day. 
And the Delta's were caught right in the middle. 

The Delta Groups (or National Recon Group), wear the 'Trilateral' insignia, 
a black triangle on a red background. 'Delta' is also the fourth letter in 
the Greek alphabet, which has the form of a triangle. The symbol appears 
prominently in certain Masonic lodges, and is said to have had it's origin 
with the aliens (or serpent race). 

The Delta Forces were the major group who, according to some sources, were 


involved in the attempted operation that was implemented to rescue several 
scientists who were being held captive within the deepest levels of the 
'Dulce' complex below northwestern New Mexico. These workers had stumbled 
across the 'Horrible Truth', and according to reports over 66 persons, many 
of them Delta Forces, were slaughtered by the inhuman inhabitants and 
controllers of these lower levels. Others allege that Air Force Blue Berets 
were also involved in this conflict, which was later to become known as the 
'Dulce Wars'. Exactly what part the Air Force Blue Berets played, however, 
is uncertain. 

With this in mind, the reader might better understand the following 
revelations which were released by former Naval Petty Officer and 
Intelligence worker, William Cooper. On January 10, 1989, Mr. Cooper posted 
the following statement on a computer network devoted to the investigation 
of paranormal events: 

"The following information was extracted from a rather long 
treatise/transcript/conversation between an individual and 
another who was assigned to DELTA SECURITY: 

01 : Delta security has a lot to do with inter-service projects. 

02: The Trilateral insignia (alien) is valid and has been used to 
mark equipment. 

03: The whole thing is grim and won't get any better.' 

04: The Trilateral insignia has been seen on a disk at Edwards 
AFB,CAandArea51 inNV. 

05: There is a hanger at Edwards referred to as the Delta Hanger. 
06: The Delta Hanger is on the North Base at Edwards. 

07: You need a special badge to get near it. It is a red badge 
with a black triangle on the face of it and personal information 
on the back. 

08: Disk in hanger at Edwards described as having insignia on the 
underside and on the top. It was about 50' in diameter, appearing 
like tarnished silver, about 15 to 1 8 feet thick. There were what 
looked like windows around the raised portion that were mostly 
described as rectangular. There was a groove around the disk 
about 4 feet from the edge all the way around. There was an area 
on the bottom that looked like vents or louvers. 


09: When people assigned to Delta would break down and cry for no 
apparent reason, you would never see them again. 

10: Apparently, the NRO (National Recon Organization) recruits 
for DELTA out of Fort Carson, Colorado. 

1 1 : Just about everyone assigned to DELTA are orphans, have no 
relatives, etc. 

12: There are 'bounty hunters' connected with Dreamland. 

13: If you work at Dreamland and go on leave or are not back on 
time they send 'bounty hunters' after you. That's where the 
'visitors' live. ..there is an underground facility... 

14: Area 51 is at Groom Lake in Nevada. The disks are flown 
there. 

15: One of the craft looked like an upside-down diamond. 

16: There is a radiation hazard apparent when some of the craft 
fly. 

1 7: No one stays at Dreamland for more than a few months. 

18: 'Everything is way out of control...'" (no longer under 
'human' control? - Branton) 

The following conversation, in relation to the Nevada Military Complex and 
the 'underground facilities', took place on the "Billy Goodman Happening" - 
KVEG Radio 840 AM, Las Vegas, Nevada, on November 1 9, 1 989. It was 
transcribed by a Las Vegas resident. 

Billy Goodman incidentally, has personally planned visits, in collaboration 
with KNBC Radio in Los Angeles, to observe the 'disks' which are being 
tested at Groom Lake. Goodman and others claimed to have seen these disks 
in operation, and back up these claims with video documentation. One such 
video shows a hovering object making a vertical ascent, stop in mid-air, 
make a horizontal traverse, followed by another vertical ascent. Something 
like this would be impossible for any conventionally known aircraft of the 
time to duplicate. Billy Goodman, who has since moved to another radio 
station in Los Angeles, has been very instrumental in getting the 
information out about the underground base at Site 51 (or Area-51 , the 
'underground facility' where the 'visitors' live, according to Bill 
Cooper's source whom we've just quoted). In the following annotated 
transcript, the caller will be identified as 'C and Billy Goodman as 'G': 


G: Hi ! Your on the Billy Goodman Happening on KVEG! Sir, what can I do for 
you tonight? 

C: O.K. Are you ready? Hang on to your seats! Here goes! We are going 3,000 
feet underground! O.K. We get to that point, 3,000 feet. We come out into a 
stainless steel atmosphere... and we come upon people that are ah... 
construction people... working people, and so forth that are supposed to be 
in that area. Then we come upon another people who push us into another 
little room. They tell us, "Do not come out of that area, until your told 
to." These guys are 6 minute marines, all right? They tell us, "If you do, 
you are going to get hurt!" OK? So we are construction workers! 
G: Where are you working? Where is what you are describing to us. 
C: On a certain test site! 

G: A certain test site! Which one? You can't reveal which one? 

C: We're kinda mixed up! We don't know what the hell is going on. We're 

making ah... good bucks... and everything has come down on us... and they 

are hurting us! OK? So we are contractors! We are workers! OK? So there's a 

person that I called and explained what is happening to me and they told me 

to call you and tell you! So, that is what I am doing right now! Calling 

you! 

G: You presented it in a very odd way! First of all I didn't know if you 
were going to be serious or what! Are you saying to me that you are a 
construction worker and you had to go 3,000 feet under ground? First of all 
what would you be doing underground? Let me ask you that! 
C: We are running lights and power. 
G: And who assigned you this job? 

C: It's through Reynold's Electronics. I have to say that because I get my 

pay check from someone else! (Note: Reynold's Electronics is a branch of 

"E.G. & G." Corporation which DOES IN FACT work with and contract through 

the Nevada and Utah Test Sites - Branton) 

G: They tell you to put these lights underground? 

C: Yeh, but there's more to it than that! I'm sortof afraid of expressing. 

Am I talking to you or what? 

G: Yes, you are talking directly to me! 

C: OK. You know some of the things that are happening, shouldn't be. It 

should be made public! The public should know what the hell is going on! 

And it scares the hell out of me. What is not being brought out you know? 

For example, can I give you an example? Here's an example! A few weeks back 

we were inside a certain cavern going through stainless steel halls, going 

north, and as we move along we are hanging lights. In the rooms are... 

they're like operating rooms. All of a sudden, off the elevator, our U.S. 

Marines come out, crash us down off our scaffold, pushing us down, and then 

into a room. This is taking a hell of a lot out of me to tell you this 

right now! The bosses come into the room and we're getting debriefed and 

all this kind of stuff and all of a sudden they are carrying fixed 

bayonets. Now I fought in Vietnam and I thought these guys were my buddies! 


Oh, no way! Forget it! These guys are from outer space! (Note: There is a 
slight possibility that the 'soldiers' which this man encountered were not 
'human' marines, but we will deal with this bizarre possibility later on - 
Branton) These people brought these little characters on gurneys, OK? They 
had big heads and little bodies and they went into this little room. Then, 
behind them, these doctors in white coats and stuff! And we was really at 
ah... we didn't know what the hell was going on! We were shocked to hell! 
...I was SCARED man! 

G: Well, sure you didn't know what was going on and didn't expect it! I 
guess them handling you upset you first of all. Being man to man, you 
thought why should you treat me this way! And that's to be expected. As far 
as knowing where you are I have no idea. 
C: I know where I was! I worked there every day! I keep a log and if 
someone asks me I know what's going on! I'm telling you man they're not 
telling us the truth. There is something damn wrong within our government. 
I only got a glimpse of this scientist on television (i.e. most likely 
referring to Robert Lazar - Branton), but I know he's not telling much of 
what he knows. I'm just a worker. A hammer and nail man. This guy's got 
more brains than I do, and would know more about it than I do. There's 
something INSIDE they aren't telling us! 

G:OK. I understand that! Now what do you want us to do about it? 
C: EXPOSE IT!!! 

G: I think you've done that yourself, just now! Now you haven't told us 
your location and I think that's important so we have some idea where this 
is. I hope you understand at this moment... 

C: I work at Mercury, Nevada and I'm the best electrician there. This is 
between you and me now. I don't want anybody else to know about this! 
G: But your on the air Sir! 

C: You mean somebody knows about this besides you and me? 

G: But you are talking over the radio, Sir! Everybody, all over the West 

Coast that is listening has just heard you! So you've gotten your word out. 

Now let's see if anybody else knows about it. Maybe just maybe, we'll get 

some calls from some of the people that work with you. 

C: Wait a minute! You mean somebody else knows about this beside you and 

me? 

G: Now, this is a talk show, you called a talk show. I am over the radio - 
that's where you called! 
C: OH, MY GOD!!! 

G: Why, what's wrong with that? You called a talk show! 
C: I thought I was just talking to you! 

G: Now you said someone told you to call me. Was it someone you work with? 
C: Yes. 

G: Nobody knows who you are. You haven't said your name or anything! Now, 
let's see if anyone will back up your story! 

C: But I didn't know other people would hear this. Now I'm scared for my 
life! There's tremendous stuff out there that's being hidden. It's being 


corrupted inside. It's being stashed away. 

G: Well that's what we do here. We are trying to bring the information out, 

and it's people like yourself who are making that happen. They bring us 

information all the time! Are you trying to bring the information out 

yourself because you don't like what's going on? 

C: I fear for my life because I've seen what happened. I fear for my life 

because the government is lying to me. 

G: OK. Why do you fear for your life? Have you been threatened? 

C: Before you even go down in the pit they threaten you! That is you tell 

anythi ng of what you saw, you are dead ! ! ! 

G: But you're not saying more than what you saw. Is there anything else you 

want to say before we say thank you for calling? 

C: Yes, one other thing. Whenever it gets down to the nitty gritty, it will 

be clear to the people, that what they are seeing on the news, is true! 

We've got six little bodies underground, man!!! 

G: Please keep in touch, OK? (end of transcript) 

The reference to Reynold's Electrical, by the way, may be explained more 
fully in it's connection with E.G. & G., from the following reference which 
we quote, from an article that appeared in a newspaper called the 
REVIEW-JOURNAL, January 9th, 1 990. This Associated Press article stated: 

"Three Nevada-based EG&G companies employ most of the workers at the Nevada 
TEST SITE, the nations' nuclear proving grounds 65 miles northwest of Las 
Vegas. 

"The companies employ 8,000 people: 1 ,500 at EG&G Energy Measurements Inc.; 
1 ,000 at EG&G Special Projects; and 5,500 at Reynolds Electrical and 
Engineering Co." 

Actually, present officials working at the Nevada Test Site are apparently, 
at least for the most part, refusing the advice of the FOUNDER of EG&G., 
Herald 'Doc' Edgerton, who once made the following statement at a meeting 
of the Archaeological Society of America: 

"Work like hell, TELL EVERYONE EVERYTHING YOU KNOW, close a deal with a 

handshake, and have fun." Edgerton apparently was no supporter of 'official 

secrecy', yet many of those now involved in this company are being 

threatened to remain silent to the point of endangering their very lives if 

they speak out about what they have seen. Incidentally, Robert Lazarwas 

hired by EG&G himself to work at the S-4 installation at Groom Lake. In 

fact, we will now relate another conversation which took place on the 

"Billy Goodman Happening" almost a week following the conversation which is 

recorded above. There are apparently SOME EMPLOYEES working at the Nevada 

Test Site, who ARE speaking out about what is going on there, like the one 

who called into the Billy Goodman show on Nov. 24, 1989, possibly in 


response to the caller from Mercury, Nevada mentioned earlier, as well as 
in response to Bob Lazar's own experiences. 

The person who transcribed this particular taped program indicated that 
they had missed the first 1 5 seconds or so of the callers conversation. 
This is NOT the same caller whose conversation we just described. In the 
following transcript, (C:) indicates 'Caller'; (G:) indicates Billy 
'Goodman'; and (L:) refers to Bob 'Lazar 1 , who was Goodman's guest for 
that evening. Beginning with the 'Caller 1 : 

C: ...Well, we're kinda fed up with what's going on, right! And I mean 
nothing gets done without the ants! We are the ants! We are the 
construction workers, O.K.? We put things together and take them apart! You 
are the scientists (referring here to Robert Lazar - Branton). You do all 
the higher level of knowledge stuff, right? We do all the putting in this 
and putting in that: installing, construction and so forth! Well we heard 
about your situation, and it's going through a whole bunch of grape vines, 
O.K? It's coming together where people are meeting in small groups and 
they're trying to organize a support for you to back you up! Out of the 
meeting we had yesterday of 7 people, counting myself there are two that 
will come forward and support you! What they SAW, what they are INVOLVED 
WITH! The other guys are just scared to death and I'm a little scared 
myself, you know! 

L: Do these people work in area S-4? 
C: Yeh, all over the area! 
L: That would be great! 

C: Mostly UNDERGROUND! The deep sections of the area! The whole thing! 
G: How do you feel Bob? Sounds like you are getting some support! 
L.:Yea, that's great! There's power in numbers! 

C: We are trying to get things where it will be safe! You know what I mean 
Bob? 

L.:Ohyeh, I do! 

C: It's kinda hard to talk to you like this you know but the guys are for 

you! People are for you and everybody's wanted to do something a long time 

ago but nobody knew what they could do. 

L: Yeh, that was the consensus when I was down there! Everybody wanted to 
do something. I'm glad everyone has that attitude! 
C: Yeh, you are probably the beginning of the first motion of the wheel you 
know! The first turn! The wheel is gonna turn faster and faster in order to 
get where we want to get to! 

L.:Well hopefully that will be the case! Do you think these people would 
come forward if there was some sort of congressional amnesty for them? 
C: I don't know but we all know a lot! We know our jobs well, like you do! 
L.:l'm sure you do. 

C: What we have to do is be firm about it, get to the point and say, "Hey, 
here's what's happening!" Why don't you tell the people what's happening? 


Why keep it a secret? Like before you walk into those hangers there. 
Somebody had to install this and install that! It's frightening. It scared 
the heck out of me. We got together out at Lathrup Wells and kicked it 
around. We B.S.'ed a little bit and said, "We gotta do something!" SO WE 
DID SOMETHING YESTERDAY. Like I said: there's only two of the seven of us 
who are willing to do something. 

G:Sir, Sir! Is there anything we can do to help you in this matter? Is 
there anything the listening people can do? I know they are behind Bob 
Lazar 1 00%. I had him on here one night and there hasn't been one person by 
either mail, or by telephone, who has disputed what he has said! So they 
are behind him. Is there anything we can do? 

C: Well you could form some kind of walk or picket! Or announce it on the 
street. Tell them we want to know! WE WANT TO KNOW! ! ! 
G:When you say on the street, are you talking about downtown Las Vegas? 
C: YES! 

G:What do you think of that Bob? Do you think that would do anything? 
L.:Certainly if these people come forward! They have a LOT to lose, if 
people start making a ruckus like that! They could lose their jobs right 
away! They talked about there being a ten year jail term and a $10,000 fine 
for divulging information like that! I mean they have a lot to lose! You 
might... 

G:But you know something Bob? It's almost like... 
C: We have the first amendment on our side! 

L.:Yeh, you do but... have you thought about contact(ing) George Knapp? (of 
KLAS-TV, Las Vegas, who produced an entire series of UFO-based 
documentaries after Lazar came forward with his story - Branton) He's 
looking for anybody that is coming forward from S-4, and any surrounding 
areas having knowledge at all about that area or any of the flying saucer 
information! He's gathering all he can and doing alotto try and expose it! 
G:You might want to contact George! That might be a good idea! But I think 
there's another side to this. It's almost like they're not concerned any 
more about their jobs. They're more concerned about the Constitution! 
They're more concerned about Humanity! That's the impression I get! 
L.:Yeh, you get that point but you have to feed yourself too! 
G:Well you know, there are people that take chances in life, and sometimes 
they wind up with something better. Later on... down the line. You know 
what I'm saying? Someone like yourself. I'm not saying this would happen by 
coming forward, taking a chance, and all of a sudden, say, the government 
cut you off. You might get an offer for a better position. You follow what 
I'm saying? Because there are people who own the businesses that believe 
the way you believe. And I believe this! I hear this gentleman talking and 
it's happening more and more. There are people out there who would LOVE to 
come forward with information. 
C: But somebody has to start it. 

G:Right. And I think you've done that Bob! You started the ball rolling. I 
know you did. I think what is going to happen is the people who have been 


wanting to say something; this might be a relief for them. It's coming out 

and they won't have to keep it inside any more! 

L:That was the general consensus when I was out there. 

G:Well obviously they want out too. They want to tell the truth. 

C: Bob, did you have any work underground? IN THE TUNNELS? 

L.:No! I have a friend whose dad worked on some of the drilling equipment! 

I know there's some tunnels down there! 

C: There's more than just tunnels down there! There's everything you can 
imagine down there. I know cause we put it up!!! We installed. We did 
everything. I just want you to know that the M.W.s (Mercury Workers) are 
gathering together in small groups trying to put something together for you 
and contact you somehow to join you. If the people want to join us in a 
march or whatever it's going to be, that's what we're going to do! 
L:Oh! That's super! 
C: So we're with you man! 

GThanks for the call sir! Have a nice night. Bob, it sounds as though 
people are starting to come forward, (end of transcript) 

Still on the subject of the strange events taking place in (and beneath) 
southern Nevada, we quote here part of a letter written by a subscriber to 
N.A.R. (Nevada Aerial Research - now Leading Edge Research), who made the 
following statements: 

"...Bob Lazar, the scientist, was talking about riding in a bus with the 
windows blacked out and it brought back something an airline stewardess 
told me last summer (1989). She said, 'I'm trying to relocate to another 
part of the country right now. Once a week, I'm assigned to a flight that I 
hate! We only have Armed Forces officers on THIS flight. Before we take 
off, we are instructed to pull the window covers over the windows! After we 
take off, we circle widely, about 15 minutes (it would be unnoticeable to 
most people) - fly straight for 15 minutes, circle again about 15 minutes 
and then land. After we land the flight crew is ushered into a lounge. A 
half hour later we repeat the process back to Las Vegas. The people are all 
different on the return trip. We are told, 'Don't tell anyone about these 
flights!' I just can't stand the tension on this flight!' (Note: just what 
did she mean when she says the "people are different" on the return flight 
- different people or the same people with different personalities? - 
Branton) 

"I think these trips are to Groom Lake! 

"The jets are still swarming over the Blue Diamond area. It's VERY odd. I 
know in my heart that it's more than just practice flights! 

"Something else very odd: (I think this might have something to do with the 
tunnels). The apartment complex where I work (fourplexes - 450 of them)... 


Two or three days ago the manager asked the maintenance men if any of them 
were doing any work in ONE of the buildings. Everybody said no. She said 
ALL 4 APARTMENTS in that building had called her and said that an explosion 
knocked all the pictures off their walls and broke them. No one else, from 
any other building felt anything. The man I said who saw the landing at 
Holloman beat a path to me to tell me about this. ...A Las Vegas 
subscriber." 

In addition to this, here is another item which appeared in one of the NAR 
newsletters: "On November 25th (1990), television station Channel 8 in Las 
Vegas televised a two hour special on UFOs, Area 51 , S-4 and the UFO 
coverup. It is revealed that some of the people who contacted Channel 8 had 
had their homes broken into in Las Vegas..." (could channel 8 have an 
"infiltrator" working among them? - Branton) 

Also, the following information appeared in the NAR Newsletter, under the 
heading: "INTELLIGENCE REPORT" (also in reference to the UFO-Military 
connection): 

"NRO - National Recon Organization: Based at Fort Carson, Colorado. 
Responsible for all alien or alien craft connected projects. Use unmarked 
black helicopters. 

"DELTA - Security teams from NRO specially trained to provide tasked 
PROJECTS/LUNA security (MEN IN BLACK). This project is ongoing. 

"BLUE TEAM - The first project responsible for reaction/ recovery of 
downed/crashed alien craft and/or aliens. This was an AF Material Command 
project. 

"UFO sightings of craft accompanied by black helicopters are RED LIGHT 
assets that originate at Groom Lake (Dreamland), Area 51 north of Las 
Vegas. 

"...PROJECTS: BLUE TEAM, SIGN, GRUDGE, AQUARIUS, SIGNA, PLUTO, 
SNOWBIRD, 

LUNA, GABRIEL, EXCALIBUR (1988)... (Note: These are some of the 'secret 
projects' allegedly relating to the U.S. Government's interaction with the 
UFO phenomena. Further details on these projects are available from Leading 
Edge Research., P.O. Box481-MU58., Yelm, WA 98597. Although L.E.R. carries 
much documentable information from very reliable sources, the reader should 
be warned that they also carry some 'occult channeled' information which 
may be of an extremely dubious nature, information that CANNOT be 
physically substantiated. But the 'documentation' it does carry is 
extensive and very well compiled - Branton). 


The 'INTELLIGENCE REPORT segment in NAR-LER also revealed the following 
information concerning former Naval Officer Bill Cooper: 

"Bill Cooper recently received some strange phone calls in which the 
following statements were made by the caller: 

m l called to tell you that you are wrong about the alien base. LUNA is the 
name of the base on the far side of the moon. The earth base is called 
Dreamland. 

"'You are in over your head. Would you like to end up in an asylum? If you 
continue your activities you will meet me sooner than you think. You should 
know who I am.' 

"Bill Cooper has some comments. We will print them: 

'"When I released PUBLIC 02. DOC (release of info on computer 

bulletin board) my purpose was to expose the documents and 

information released by William Moore et al as being fraudulent 

and misleading. MAJESTIC TWELVE is an advisory team of scientists 

who's only purpose is to evaluate information and make 

recommendations. The information gathered by the control group 

MAJI is released to MAJESTIC TWELVE when study is needed. 

MAJESTIC TWELVE has never been the whole truth. MAJI is the 

MAJESTIC AGENCY FOR JOINT INTELLIGENCE and has total control of 

information and interface with the aliens in dealings with the 

United States government. Some of the documents released by Moore 

were changed from the original with the deliberate intent to 

mislead UFO researchers. I believe that the government is behind 

the whole thing. The rest of the documents are deliberate frauds. 

MAJIC is the highest security classification in the nation...'" 

(Other 'Above Top Secret' security classifications reportedly 

include the "Q", "E", "MJ" and "ULTRA" classifications - Branton) 

The following information from William F. Hamilton III appeared in "UFO 
UNIVERSE" and describes further details on the 'Yellow Fruit' account, 
including claims which YF made over the air during the few 'interviews' in 
which he took part on KVEG Radio's Billy Goodman talk show: 

"...Yellow Fruit revealed that A CONFLICT WAS GOING ON BETWEEN 
THE BENEVOLENT ONES and THE EBE's and that now the benevolent 
ones had gained the upper hand at Dreamland where he said a 
contingent of 37 benevolent ones were stationed and where 3 EBE's 
were held in captivity. 


"Bizarre! Science Fiction? Yellow Fruit knew a lot about the test 


site area. I resolved to go to the location he gave of the EBE 
installation in Deep Springs, California and then on to visit Pat 
at the Rachel Bar & Grill to make contact with Yellow Fruit (the 
name for the first level of security force at Area 51 and also 
the name of an old Army-CIA unit). The second level of security 
he called 'Sea Spray' and intimated that you would have an 
encounter of the unpleasant kind if you ever met with them. 

"Callers to the Billy Goodman Radio Happening had already 
organized trips to mile-marker 29 1/2 on highway 375 where a dirt 
road left the highway to intersect the road to Dreamland. There 
was a heavy black mail box on this road which identified it. I 
got to Rachel early one October morning and left my card with Pat 
at Rachel's Bar and Grill to pass on to Yellow Fruit. She knew 
him by sight. I then inspected the dirt roads where people stood 
to observe the test flights. I had already interviewed four 
witnesses by phone who testified that they had seen UFOs over the 
Groom Mountains on certain nights in the same area they were seen 
by John Lear. I made a second trip to the area in late October 
where a public group visited Rachel and that is when I saw the 
mysterious Yellow Fruit in the cafe. He later called me on the 
phone. I left him with a copy of my book, Alien Magic' and he 
remarked on the research I had done concerning the search for 
underground bases. 

"According to Yellow Fruit and others there are underground bases 
and tunnels that conceal the activities of the aliens and secret 
government projects..." 

The following is an excerpt from an article which appeared in a UFO-related 
publication. We do not know exactly who the author of the article is, but 
we relate the excerpt as it was sent to us: 

"...Lear directed my attention to a large map of Nevada, which delineates 
all the areas which civilian maps coyly leave as uncharted military 
preserves. 'Right in the very center is a place called Area 51 . It is our 
most secret complex. There are 1 900 people there - it takes presidential 
clearance to work there - and they're ferried in by aircraft in the 
morning and taken out about 5 o'clock in the evening. They have nothing to 
do with the saucers. The people who work on the saucers go up later in the 
afternoon, and go home about midnight. The saucer facility is called S-4.' 
S-4 is in the southwest corner of Area 51 . 

"Unfortunately, this facility - and a similar set-up near Dulce, New 
Mexico - may now belong to forces not loyal to the U.S. Government, or 
even the human race. 'It's horrifying for us to think that all the 


scientists we think are working for us are actually controlled by the 
aliens.' 

"Here, Lear seems to contradict himself. He speaks of 'aliens/ plural, in 
a controlling capacity, whereas previously he noted but one survivor, kept 
as captive. He resolves this conflict by describing an alleged landing at 
Holloman Air Force Base on April 24, 1964 - our first 'diplomatic 
contact,' as it were, with the visitors (Note: In addition, this writer 
does not take into account the apparent SUBTERRANEAN connection and orig 
of many of the 'alien' beings, which has been alleged by many sources and 
which WOULD explain the large alien influence or presence in Nevada and 
elsewhere - Branton). According to Lear and other sources, the 1973 Robert 
Emenegger documentary 'UFOS: PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE' presented 
thinly-fictionalized version of this event; government contacts allegedly 
provided the film-makers actual footage of the meeting, which, alas, was 
withdrawn at the last moment for as-yet un-specified reasons. 

'"A deal was made with them in the latter part of the 1 960s (Note: As we've 
indicated earlier, this might have been a 'revisioning' of an earlier 
treaty, as certain sources claim that these treaties go back to the 1 930's, 
if not earlier. Some of those involved in this 'deal' may have had good 
intentions, since the Grays presented themselves as evolved 'space 
brothers' who only wanted to help us. John Lear even alleged that huge 
underground bases were constructed with the 'help' of the Grays, yet when 
completed, the Grays did an about face and took control of not only the 
lower levels of these bases but also the mechanisms which were supposedly 
given to the government as part of the 'deal'. This is about the time that 
the 'wars' began within the subterranean system itself, near the time when 
the so- called 'Grand Deception' of the aliens was discovered - Branton). 

"'In exchange for technology, we would cover up the existence of the 
aliens.' Apparently this agreement - engineered by an arm of government so 
covert that even the President may not be on the 'need to know' list - 
also sanctioned the abduction of humans, which the aliens rationalized as 
an ongoing monitoring of a developing civilization. We asked only for a 
list of the abductees. 

"In 1973, the deal soured. 'Hundreds of people - thousands - were being 
abducted that weren't on the list. In 1978-79, there was an altercation 
between us and the aliens, in which they killed 44 of our top scientists, 
and a number of Delta forces who were trying to free them. I'm not sure 
where this altercation occurred - it could have been Dulce (probably 
Dulce, as the term 'Dulce Wars' --which has been referred to by different 
sources - would seem to indicate. Also, there is some confusion as to the 
"66" and "44" numbers. Paul Bennewitz says that 66 Special Forces were 
killed in an attempt to set free some of our scientists from the "aliens" 


that had taken them captive, whereas 44 escaped. Whether the 44 were 
storm-troopers or scientists is uncertain, although most sources state that 
the scientist did NOT make it out alive. Bennewitz claims that the "44" did 
not die but escaped instead. Since some report that the scientists were NOT 
set free it may have been that 1 00 special forces were sent in - 66 of 
them being killed in the attempt and 44 escaping the alien counter-attack - 
Branton), or it could have occurred in Groom Lake (Robert Lazar has stated 
that a similar confrontation between the aliens and human Security DID 
occur in the bases below Groom Lake - Branton.) This battle, Lear claims, 
left us bereft of our own facilities; ever since, we have attempted to 
create a counterforce to meet the alien challenge." (In other words, the 
'aliens' invaded and took control of the underground bases - probably from 
BELOW --and killed many of the TOP SCIENTISTS in America, destroying much 
of 'our 1 ability to defend ourselves, at least technically, from their 
ongoing incursions - Branton) 

"...The Strategic Defense Initiative was one such scheme. 'SDI, regardless 
of what you hear, was completed two years ago; that was to shoot down 
incoming saucers. The mistake was that we thought they were coming inbound 
- in fact, they're already here. They're in underground bases all over the 
place.' It seems that the aliens had constructed many such bases without 
our knowledge, where they conduct heinous genetic experiments on animals, 
human beings, and 'improvised' creatures of their own devising.'" 

The following information was released by Leading Edge Research and 
describes some additional details concerning the serpent race/greys based 
upon the findings of several researchers who have pooled their 
investigations in order to find out more about this apparent enemy or 
nemesis to humankind. The following scenario emerged from this cooperative 
effort (emphasis ours - Branton): 

"NOTES ON ALF (Alien Life Forms): Term used by the government to describe 
the Greys in terms of being a MALEVOLENT life form. The deal with the Greys 
is that their field around their body is different (from) ours to the point 
where merging of the fields ends up creating physical symptoms (the 'body 
terror 1 mentioned by people like Whitley Strieber). The field around them 
is in direct opposition to ours. IT IS AN ANTI- LIFE FIELD... THEYARE 
EXPERTS OF MANIPULATION OF BOTH THE HUMAN BODY(THROUGH 
MANIPULATION OF THE 

FIELDS) AND THE HUMAN MIND. THEYREQUIRE BLOOD AND OTHER BIOLOGICAL 
FLUIDS 

to survive. THEY ABDUCT HUMANS AND ANIMALS IN ORDER TO ACQUIRE THESE 
FLUIDS 

(VAMPIRIAL in nature - Branton). They implant small devices in the brain 

which potentially GIVES THEM TOTAL CONTROL AND MONITORING CAPABILITY. 

These 


devices are very difficult to detect. The analysis of the devices by 
technical staff has produced a description that involves use of crystalline 
technology combined with molecular circuitry and these ride on the resonant 
emissions of the brain and the various fields of the human (body). 
Information is entrained on the brain waves. It appears that all attempts 
to remove the implants (1 972) have resulted in the death of the human. They 
perform surgery and other operations on human subjects. These abductions 
continue to be an ongoing matter. A list of abductees is provided 

periodically to MAJI, although IT IS KNOWN THAT MANY MORE ARE ABDUCTED THAN 

ARE REPORTED... Various descriptions of the ALF's relate the following 

characteristics: Between 3 to 5 feet in height, erect standing biped, small 

thin build, head larger than humans, absence of auditory lobes (external), 

absence of body hair, large... eyes (slanted approximately 35 degrees) 

WHICH ARE OPAQUE BLACK WITH VERTICAL SLIT PUPILS, ARMS RESEMBLING 

PRAYING 

MANTIS (normal attitude) which reach to the knees, long hands with small 

palm, CLAW-LIKE FINGERS (various number of digits -often two short digits 

and two long, but some species have three or four fingers), tough gray skin 

WHICH IS REPTILIAN IN TEXTURE, small feet WITH FOUR SMALL CLAW-LIKE TOES... 

a non-functioning digestive system; TWO SEPARATE BRAINS; movement is 

deliberate, slow and precise; ALIEN SUBSTANCE REQUIRES THAT THEY MUST HAVE 

HUMAN BLOOD AND OTHER BIOLOGICAL SUB- STANCES to survive. In extreme 

circumstances they can subsist on other (cattle, etc.) animal fluids. Food 

is converted to energy by Chlorophyll, by a photosynthetic process (this 

supports results gained from autopsies at 29 Palms underground base where 

it was seen that their 'blood' was greenish and the tissue was black). 

Waste products are secreted through the skin. The two separate brains are 

separated by mid-cranial lateral bone (anterior and posterior brain). There 

is no apparent connection between the two (could one be an 'individual' 

brain while the other works as part of a 'collective consciousness'? - 

Branton). Some autopsies have revealed a crystalline network which is 

thought to have a function in telepathic (and other) functions which help 

to maintain the group consciousness between members of the same species. 

Functions of group consciousness in this species does have a disadvantage 

in that decisions in this species comes rather slowly as the matter at hand 

filters through the group awareness of those who must make the decision..." 

The above description fits almost perfectly with the description of the 
'UFO occupants' witnessed by police officer/patrolman Herb Shermer. Shermer 
described these creatures which he swore he encountered outside of Ashland, 
Nebraska, shortly after midnight on December 3rd, 1967: 

"...They were from 4 1/2 to 5 1/2 feet tall. Their uniforms were 
silver-gray, very shiny. Their suits came up around their heads like a 
pilot's cap. On the right side of their helmet's they had a small antenna, 
just above where the ear would be. Their chests were bigger than ours, they 


were built very wiry and muscular. Their eyes were the one thing I will 

never forget... THE PUPIL WENT UP AND DOWN LIKE A SLIT. When they looked at 

me they stared straight into my eyes. They didn't blink. It was REAL 

uncomfortable. Their noses were flat, their mouths looked more like a slit 

than a regular mouth..." 

The fact that the pupils of the creatures encountered by Shermer were 
'slit-like' would indicate that the creatures were most likely 
reptilian-saurian in nature, as most snakes and lizards, etc., have 
vertical-slit pupils. The reptilian connection which we make with the 
creatures encountered by officer Shermer is not based solely on his 
testimony alone, but on the other testimonies of various persons who have 
also encountered creatures similar to the ones just described. Many of 
these accounts give a more definite link - between the ancient 
reptilian-saurian race which disappeared from the surface of this planet 
ages ago - and the non-human UFOnauts encountered by literally tens of 
thousands of individuals the world over. 

QUEST INTERNATIONAL (c/o 15, Pichard Court., Temple Newsam., Leeds, L515 
9AY, ENGLAND U.K.), a major British UFO research organization consisting 
mainly of retired Police, Security and Military personnel, is presently 
investigating what may well be the most documentable case of the 
crash-retrieval of an unidentified flying disk to date. 

On the 7th of May, 1 989, NORAD installations allegedly tracked an 
unidentified object as it entered African air-space. The South African Air 
Force is also said to have tracked the craft by radar, traveling at a 
calculated speed of 5746 nautical miles per hour. The incident was related 
by a South African Intelligence Worker, who along with documentation of his 
military position, also sent secret files and transcripts to two QUEST 
INTERNATIONAL investigators, Tony Dodd and Henry Azadehdel, telling of the 
event. Also, several RECORDED telephone conversations with high-ranking 
military and government officials were obtained which strongly suggest that 
'something' did in fact happen over South African terrain. Some of these 
recorded conversations involved military officials in South Africa who 
strongly reprimand the intelligence-worker-turned-informer over the phone. 
This was due to the fact that the informer had left South Africa for 
Britain, where he stayed at the house of the researchers, and then later 
went into hiding. 

QUEST INTERNATIONAL director Graham W. Birdsall has stated that the 
documentation and the individuals involved in the incident are of such a 
nature that the event must have taken place, or the International 
Intelligence Community is collectively perpetrating a hoax of incredible 
magnitude concerning a crashed and recovered flying disk. Birdsall strongly 
suspects that the incidents did take place, due to the weight of evidence. 


Following is part of a word-for-word transcript given to the researchers by 
the informant, which he alleged was taken from the actual top secret report 
of the initial tracking of the object: 

"...The object entered South African airspace at 13.52 GMT. Radio contact 
was attempted with object, but all communications proved futile. As a 
result two armed Mirage fighters were scrambled. A short time later the 
object suddenly changed course at great speed which would have been 
impossible for conventional aircraft to duplicate. 

"At 13.59 GMT, Squadron Leader — the pilot of the fighter reported that 
they had radar and visual confirmation of the object. The order was given 
to arm and fire the experimental aircraft- mounted Thor 2 laser cannon. 
This was done. 

"Squadron leader — reported that several blinding flashes emitted from 
the object which had started wavering whilst heading in a northerly 
direction. At 14.02 it was reported that the object was decreasing altitude 
at a rate of 3000 feet per minute. Then at speed it dived at an angle of 25 
degrees and impacted in desert terrain 80 miles north of the South African 
border with Botswana, identified as the central Kalahari desert. Squadron 
leader — was instructed to circle the area until a retrieval team 
arrived. A team of Air Force Intelligence Officers, together with medical 
and technical staff were promptly taken to the area of impact for 
Investigation and retrieval. The findings were as follows: 

1) a crater 150 meters in diameter and 12 meters in depth. 

2) A silver coloured disk shaped object 45 degrees embedded inside of 
crater. 

3) Around the object sand and rocks were fused together by the intense 
heat. 

4) An intense magnetic and radio-active environment around the object 
resulted in electronic failure of air force equipment (causing the crash of 
one Air Force helicopter). 

5) The object was eventually moved to an Air Force Base for further 
investigation. 

6) The terrain of impact was filled with sand and rubble to disguise all 
evidence of the event having taken place..." 

The report indicated that a hydraulic type landing gear was fully deployed, 
suggesting that electronic malfunction had caused the object to crash, 
probably due to the Thor 2 laser cannon having been fired at the craft. 
While the team observed the object at the Air Force Base a loud sound was 
heard. It was then noted that a hatch on the lower side of the craft had 
opened slightly and appeared to be stuck. This opening was later forced 
with the use of hydraulic pressure equipment, at which point two humanoid 


entities in tight fitting grey suits emerged and were promptly apprehended. 
The report stated that the entities were of the following description 
(emphasis ours - Branton): 

"HEIGHT: 4-5.5 ft.; COMPLEXION: Greyish blue - skin texture smooth, 
extremely resilient; HAIR: Totally devoid of any bodily hair; HEAD: 
Oversize in relation to human proportions. Raised cranium with dark blue 
markings around head; FACE: Prominent cheek bones; EYES: Large and slanted 
upwards towards side of face. NO pupils seen; NOSE: Small consisting of two 
nostrils; MOUTH: Small slit devoid of lips; JAW: Small in relation to human 
proportions; BODY/ARMS: Long and thin reaching just above knees; HANDS: 
CONSISTING OF 3 DIGITS, WEBBED, CLAW-LIKE NAILS; TORSO: CHEST AND 
ABDOMEN 

COVERED WITH SCALY RIBBED SKIN; HIPS: Small narrow; LEGS: Short and thin; 
GENITALS: NO EXTERIOR sexual organs; FEET: CONSISTING OF THREE TOES, NO 
NAILS AND WEBBED. NOTES: Due to AGGRESSIVE NATURE ofhumanoids, no 
samples 

of blood or tissue could be taken (One humanoid ATTACKED DOCTOR causing 
DEEP SCRATCHES ON FACE AND CHEST). When offered various food, refused to 
eat... One way passage has been requested for both humanoids to Wright 
Patterson Air Force Base USA for more advanced investigation and 
research..." 

Many of the details regarding these 'humanoids' are actually very similar 
to other branches of the reptilian race as it has been described by other 
witnesses. It appears as if the 'serpent race' is composed of several 
different branches or types, much the same as dogs and other animals retain 
their distinction but are composed of several different 'types' or 
'branches'. Commonly known reptiles are devoid of bodily hair, have 
prominent cheek bones, large slanted eyes, small openings in place of ears, 
3-d i git webbed hands and feet ~ except in the case of snakes, etc., which 
lost use of their limbs through atrophication over 1000's of years, - have 
claws, are covered with 'scaly' ribbed skin, and have no external 
reproductive organs, being egg-layers, and are aggressive and predatory in 
nature. 

The top-secret document indicated that the passage of the object and 
creatures would be implemented on the 23rd of June, 1 989 to Wright 
Patterson AFB. Actually, sources DO indicate that Wright Patterson DID IN 
FACT GO ON RED ALERT on that date. Subsequent documents supplied by the 
Intelligence source to QUEST INTERNATIONAL indicate that the creatures 
seemed to have a strong connection with the SAURIAN race which existed in 
ancient times. The exact wording of one particular document which is now in 
the hands of QUEST INTERNATIONAL is as follows: 


"All informations found aboard alien spacecraft concerning the evolution of 


alien life forms indicates to an evolution similar to that which we find on 

Earth PRIOR TO THE EXTINCTION OF THE DINOSAURS... (the findings indicate) a 

high degree of ADAPTABILITY. Further physiological and psychological 

studies performed in South Africa and in the United States points to a 

simple and complex structure of behavior. It would seem as if these 

lifeforms CAN NOT FUNCTION INDEPENDENTLY WITHOUT GROUP INTELLIGENCE 

AND 

IDENTITY TOGETHER WITH A CENTRAL COMMAND. According to additional 
informations found aboard retrieved craft a separate race is designated 
superior by them. CONCLUSION: An in-depth study and analysis of the 
psychological make-up and behavior prediction is advised. Studies performed 
on two alien life forms captured has proven that they cannot act 
independently from own acquired intelligence without access to 
communication, orders and instructions from a hierarchy or central 
command..." 

Three different aspects of the South African affair in fact coincide very 
closely with what other sources have revealed concerning these 
reptilian-saurian or 'alien' creatures: 

1) Numerous sources indicate that the saurioid 'grays' are the lower 
echelon of a hidden reptilian hierarchy, and that the other race which is 
considered to be superior is saurian-reptilian and hominoid as well, 
although they are a different and larger 'branch' of the serpent race. They 
resemble "lizard men" of a somewhat similar appearance to the RAPTORS 
depicted in the movie JURASSIC PARK, yet of a more hominoid mutation or 
appearance than those depicted in the movie; 

2) Many other sources state that the serpent race, saurians or reptilians 
operate on a 'collective consciousness' level as if the individual alien 
beings are - to put it in one perspective - individual 'cells' in an 

immense mind or body of a single immense creature. Actually there seems to 
be a COMBINATION of both individuality AS WELL AS 'collective 
consciousness' operating in these entities; 

3) The description of the 'aliens' as well as the electromagnetic nature of 
the i r craft co rre sp o nd s exactly wi th d escri pti o ns g i ve n i n TH 0 U S A N D S of 
separate reports of this nature. 

The Intelligence Officer who contacted QUEST INTER- NATIONAL and provided 
them with the information, claims he did so out of concern for the security 
of the human race as a whole, and although he was pressured into signing a 
'National Secrecy Act' form he believes that he would be guilty of treason 
against the human race if he did not disclose what he knew, and what the 
governments were trying to hide. 


It is remarkable that the majority of the non-human occupants which are 
reported in connection with these AERIAL craft are said to be REPTILIAN or 
SAURIAN in nature, especially in light of uch prophecies as the one given 
in Revelation chapter 12, which reads: 

"...And there was WAR IN HEAVEN: Michael fought against THE 
DRAGON; and THE DRAGON fought and his angels... and the GREAT 
DRAGON was cast out, that OLD SERPENT, called the Devil, and 
Satan, which DECIEVETH the whole world..." 

One of the 'phenomena' which we have mentioned earlier has taken place in 
several different parts of the world, but most prominently along the 
Continental Divide region of the U.S. 

Since the late 1960's, bizarre animal (especially cattle) mutilations have 

been on the increase. Numerous accounts claim that these mutilations were 

performed with laser-fine surgical precision, with cuts so precise (down to 

the separation of the molecules themselves) that they could not have been 

accomplished by the conventionally known technology of the time. Eyes, 

colons, reproductive organs, etc., are very often reported as having been 

removed in such a manner as if part of a rehearsed process being carried 

out in widely scattered locations. The blood is almost always described as 

having been drained with no resulting vascular collapse (also impossible 

with the conventional technology of our society at the time). In most cases 

no tracks or markings in the ground have been discovered, which is another 

mystery that investigators for a large part have been unable to explain; 

but in the few cases where markings have been seen, the investigators 

consistently report the existence of strange 'tripod' or 'crop-circle' 

marks in the ground, nothing else. Another strange phenomena surrounding 

these mutilations is the fact that predatory birds and other animals which 

have fed off the carcasses of the mutilated animals have often been found 

lying dead nearby. It is even reported that in some cases maggots have 

refuse to touch such carcasses. Again, the reason is unknown. Just who or 

what is mutilating these animals? The "Mutilation" phenomena was at its 

height from the mid-1 970's to the late 1980's. In the mid-1 990's the 

mutilations seem to have had a major resurgence, especially throughout the 

Rocky Mountain states. In the Vol.5, No.4, 1990 issue of "UFO" Magazine 

(pp. 16-17), Linda Moulton Howe, in her article, "THE HARVEST CONTINUES: 

ANIMAL MUTILATION UPDATE" made some very remarkable observations concerning 

the mutilators themselves. She wrote: 

"In 1 989, there were so many cattle mutilations in southern Idaho 
that Bear Lake County Sheriff Brent Bunn told me: 'We haven't 
seen anything like this since the 1 970's.' Sheriff Bunn sent me 
16 neatly-typed 'Investigation Reports' about cattle mutilations 
that had taken place in his county between May and December. Over 


half occurred in a remote valley called Nounan. Only eighty 
people lived there. Ranching is their main income source, and 
cattle are precious. Disease and predators are old and 
well-understood enemies. What descended on Nounan, Idaho in the 
summer and fall of 1 989 was not understood - and it scared 
people. 

'"Bloodless cuts - that's what bothers people,' officer Greg 
Athay wrote in his mutilation report,' There were no visible 
signs of the cause of death. It appeared that only the soft 
tissues (nose, lips and tongue) were gone off the head and four 
nipples off the bag. Again there was no blood on the hair and 
ground.'" 

Howe described another incident which took place in this region during the 
same time-period. This series of mutilations involved mostly cattle, over 
half of which were young calves: 

"...One mutilated calf, found December 24 (1989), north of 
Downey, Idaho, was found lying on its back with the naval, rectum 
and genitals neatly cut out of the steer's white belly. No blood 
was found anywhere. The steer was taken for an autopsy to Dr. 
Chris Oats, D.V.M., at the Hawthorne Animal Hospital. Dr. Oats 
checked all the vital organs and was unable to determine the 
cause of death. During the autopsy, a sharp cut was found in the 
right chest area, and Dr. Oats also discovered that a main artery 
had been severed under the chest wound. 

"She was surprised that 'the steer had lost a large amount of 
blood, but (she) could not understand where it went to.' There 
was no blood on the steer or on the ground. Dr. Oats also 
determined that the steer had not been dragged by the neck or 
tied up around the feet." 

Linda Howe also confirmed the fact that strange aerial disks have often 
been reported in connection with the mutilations: 

"...Throughout the history of the animal mutilations, since 1967, 

there have been numerous eyewitness accounts of large, glowing 

disks or 'silent helicopters' over pastures where dead animals 

were later found. One Waco, Texas rancher said he encountered two 

four-foot tall, light green-colored 'creatures' with large, 

black, slanted eyes, carrying a calf which was later found dead 

and mutilated. In 1983, a Missouri couple watched through 

binoculars as two small beings in tight-fitting silver suits 

worked on a cow in a nearby pasture. The alien heads were large 


and white in color. Nearby, a tall, green-skinned lizard man' 
stood glaring with eyes slit by vertical pupils like a 
crocodiles..." 

On Oct. 20, 1991, California researcher Michael Lindemann, founder of The 
20/20 Group' (3463 State St., Suite 264., Santa Barbara, CA 93105), gave a 
lecture before a large crowd of interested investigators which seems to 
confirm much of the information which appears above. Mr. Lindemann began 
his report by saying: 

"...How many of you saw the program on CBS Network on May 17th 
(1991) called 'ABDUCTION'? It was narrated by James Earl Jones. 
It was really quite a remarkable program, it took the subject of 
abduction absolutely seriously. This was prime time network, CBS. 
Of course FOX (network) has done a number of other programs and 
there have been some out standing UFO segments on 'UNSOLVED 
MYSTERIES'. But last night, maybe even a little more remarkable 
than the FOX 1 -hour special, was what came on the news right 
after. Because in the Fox Network news program that followed in 
the 1 0 o'clock segment there was a hard news story about the 
allegation that the United States government is 'doing business' 
with greys. I have never seen anything like it... it was a very 
impressive indication of the way in which this subject is 
suddenly becoming O.K. to talk about. That says to me there has 
been a switch 'at the top'... 

"In our conversation today I use two terms... and the first of 
these terms is 'government'. We speak of the government as if it 
is a single thing. It is hardly that. It is actually a 
hodge-podge of... power-struggling people, but I would like to 
break it up into two main categories, and that is: 1) The 
government that we consider to be our duly constituted, our 
elected and appointed representatives who attempt as best they 
can to run a semblance of order or Federal government which 
follows the dictates of the constitution of the United States. 
The constitution is, after all, a darn good piece of paper, it is 
one of the best ever written... If only our government were 
capable of behaving in even... a resemblance of what is intended 
in the constitution, probably few of us would have a great deal 
to gripe about... 

"Now that they've failed to do that is not only because they are 
fallible humans, but also because they are undermined by another 
government. There is indeed another government operating and that 
government has immense power and operates primarily behind the 
scenes. And some other researchers have called it the 'secret 


government', some have called it the 'high cabal'. And it is a 
group of people, a very elite group, non-elected, self-appointed 
people who guide the evolution of (government) policy from behind 
the scenes. These are people who transcend partisan politics, 
indeed who transcend the rule of law, and have no thought 
whatsoever toward the dictates of the constitution. 

"These are people who regard themselves as the only true 
guardians orcrafters of geo-political reality. And they regard 
us, indeed they regard elected officials as 'mere mortals'. These 
people are the self-appointed 'OLYMPIANS'. They have done many 
things in the name of an agenda which is their own, that we would 
consider appalling and reprehensible. Indeed things that are 
criminal, but they're more than criminal because they have sapped 
and usurped the rights and privileges and the possibilities of 
our future. These people are running a kind of 'end game' right 
now. They are trying to determine how 'they' will survive the end 
time... whether that endtime comes as a kind of biblical 
apocalypse or.. .as the catastrophic collapse of the 
environment... the (so-called) 'population bomb' and all the 
other things... whether it comes as a collapse of the 
banking -system which looks to be only days away, or the collapse 
of the rest of the world's economy ~ there are many things that 
could get us. 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #6 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 5 

"These people in effect are building their own version of 'Noah's 
Ark'. And that 'Noah's Ark' they're building is underground. 
Underground bases, indeed all over the world, but particularly 
here in the United States. Huge underground bases that have 
actually festooned the underground geography of our continent in 
a way that would probably stun and shock you. But they even have 
an underground government, because you see when the government 


topside is no longer functional because a nuclear bomb lands on 
Capital Hill, or whether it comes simply because the chaos has 
reached a point where they must abandon ship, there is prepar- 
ation as there has been for decades for continuity of government; 
all the computers, all the personnel are currently in place and 
operating around the clock. Yes, they are there friends, we have 
another government in waiting, a government that you never 
authorized, that you never said we would pay for, that has cost a 
CALLOSAL FORTUNE, but it's there underground, ready to take over. 
And indeed, here in our area, I have focused on the Lancaster 
(CA) area as an example of one of the many... but even in 
Lancaster in particular, we know for certain are huge underground 
bases. These are not only places where incredible research is 
underway but also places where people will go to live when the 
'bleep' hits the blades as they say. 

"And, these are places that are capable of supporting on an 
ongoing basis some tens of thousands of people. And so across the 
country it may be possible to 'save' an 'elect' remnant of some 
hundreds of thousands of people who will be the 'cream' of the 
civilization that is meant to survive the apocalypse or the 
downfall... or whatever it is that's out there getting us. Us 
'mere mortals' will have to fend for themselves. The expectation 
is, part of the end game is, (that those on the surface) will 
eventually fight each other into a draw or will die of exhaustion 
or starvation or brutality. And that eventually the 'mere 
mortals' will (destroy) themselves and rid the world of excess 
population, so that the 'cream', the 'remnant' will come forward 
and claim their 'rightful' place... I must say that there is an 
immense amount of evidence which does support this exact 
scenario. 

"Let's talk about the term 'aliens', because there are those who 
claim that there are 'aliens' among us... There are at least... 
three kinds of aliens represented in the evidence available to 
us... (he explains these as those presently inhabiting other 
planetary bodies such as the greys; those hidden among us such as 
human-like beings who inhabit underground, undersea and in some 
cases other-planetary regions yet who often walk unnoticed in our 
societies; and paraphysical entities who inhabit another 
'dimension' other than the one we see with our physical sight - 
Branton) and I think the evidence is very strong that there is a 
profound 'alien' presence among us... these are people who are 
here, beings who are here, in large numbers... 

"But there is this government that has known about the alien 


presence for a long time, a government that has been playing an 
'end game'. A government that has an agenda of concealment and 
control, that is operated by terror. In Lancaster, that agenda of 
concealment and control is what I call the 'Lancaster Syndrome'. 
It produces strange distortions in many peoples lives... First 
let me tell you about a man who sits today in Pierce County jail 
outside of Tacoma, Washington. This man's name is Michael 
Riconosciuto..." 

Lindemann states that Riconosciuto formerly worked for a corporation called 
Wa eke nhut which provides special security protection for high-security 
areas such as the Nevada Test Site. Michael R. claims that the real reason 
he was sent to jail was because he swore out an affidavit against the Dept. 
of Justice. In that affidavit he explained that the U.S. Dept of Justice 
had 'swindled' the private company INSLAWout of a proprietary software 
called PROMIS. This software was a database designed to track special 
groups of people according to various characteristics. It was a very 
powerful, very capable database. INSLAW developed this in the early 1980's 
and took it to the Dept. of Justice thinking it would be a good law 
enforcement software. The software would be most useful in helping to track 
terrorists and other troublemakers. Certain men within the Justice 
Department realized that if they could get control of the software, 
according to Michael R., they could sell it to other countries and make 
huge profits. 

"So the Dept. of Justice allegedly made a deal with the INSLAW Corp. for an 
exclusive on the PROMIS software, and then they drove INSLAW into 
bankruptcy by refusing to pay. Lindemann continues: 

"The amazing thing is that they were caught. And in 1988 BARONS 
magazine in the April 4th (1991) issue... contained this fairly 
astonishing piece of news: 'Presiding judge in the bankruptcy 
hearing was judge George Basing.' According to BARONS, Judge 
Basing had found that the justice dept. had personally propelled 
INSLAW into bankruptcy in an effort to steal its PROMIS software 
through 'Trickery, deceit and fraud.' On Feb. 2, 1988, Basing 
ordered the justice dept. to pay INSLAW about 6.8 million dollars 
(no doubt to be ultimately financed by the friendly American 
taxpayer - Branton). He postponed at that time a decision on 
punitive damages which could run as high as $25,000,000. And as 
it happens, all of that is all in appeal. The justice dept. was 
not at all pleased with that ruling. It does state that justice 
is in a sorry state in America. If you didn't know that already, 
I hope this helps you to understand." 


Michael was responsible fordoing the modifications on the PROMIS software 


before selling that software to the Canadian government after it was 
'stolen' from INSLAW, and so he had an inside track on this information, 
Lindemann stated. 

"He explained that the Dept. of Justice, among other things, 
prevailed on him in Feb. of this year (1991) NOT to offer his 
information in the ongoing lawsuit. One Dept. of Justice official 
by the name of Peter Videnicks stated that IF he would cooperate 
with this request they could promise him certain benefits..." 
(including an assurance of a favorable outcome in a prolonged 
custody battle between Michael R. and his ex-wife). 

According to Michael R., the Dept., of Justice '"...also outlined 
specific punishments that I could expect to receive... if I did 
cooperate with the House Judiciary Committee!' 

"Now this is just an indicator," Lindemann states, "that the 
Dept. of Justice definitely has it's own idea of the meaning of 
justice." 

Michael Riconosciuto went ahead and swore out an affidavit against the 
Justice Dept. alleging grand larceny against the INSLAW Corp. Lindemann 
stated that none of the threatened punishments ever came about as they 
found an easier way to frame him, "...that is, they busted (framed) him for 
drugs, and now he sits facing a possible life sentence in the Pierce Co. 
Jail. But because of that he's very, very scared because he knows now that 
these guys will take-him-out whenever they darn well feel like it. And so 
he's talking, he's talking in everyway he can... In particular we wanted 
to ask Michael R. something about some of the things going on at the 
underground bases. I'd like to read you just a little bit of what Michael 
Riconosciuto told us recently about that. I asked him, what did he know 
about the underground bases in the Lancaster area. I'm going to quote now 
our conversation: 

"He said, 'Well, there's extensive stuff in... I call it the 'Edwards 
position', and then at Nellis over in Nevada, and at the Nevada Test Site.' 
Then he went on to say, 'Last summer I had a group of guys bagging a whole 
bunch of files and records, and some equipment out of Wackenhut and they 
had a helicopter loaded to the nuts and they got shot down before they 
could get out of there.' 

"I don't know how many of you noticed,' Lindemann continues, "but there was 

an article in the LOS ANGELES TIMES, the 24th of July of this year - FATAL 

COPTER CRASH AT THE NUCLEAR TEST SITE PROBED. This was the most serious 

accident which had ever occurred in the history of the Test Site. Five 

people were killed when this helicopter went down, and the FAA and the DOE 


and the National Transportation and safety board all converged on the 
Nuclear Test Site to figure out what brought this copter down. But you may 
be ASSURED that they will never tell you because it was SHOT down by 
Wackenhut, and it contained two pilots and 3 Wackenhut personnel according 
to the article in the L.A. TIMES. 

"I said, 'I heard about that. Are you saying that that was a group of, 
let's say, renegades from the inside who were trying to bolt for the blue 
and WACKENHUT shot them down? Is that your allegation?' And he said, 

"'Yep!' 

"And I said, 'Is there anything more that you can say about this?' He said: 
'"Not on the phone.' 

"I said, 'Were you aware of that before it happened?' 

"He said, 'Yes. I told a handful of people that we were hoping to get a big 
stash of stuff out of there.' 

"I said, 'Were they trying to get out of Nellis?' 

"He said, 'No, not Nellis, off the Nuclear Test Site.' 

"And the information they were trying to get out, what did it pertain to?' 

"And he said, 'Guess! I don't even want to talk about it. The worst!' 

"And I said, 'The very worst, hugh?' 

"And he said, 'yep'. 

"Now I don't know of the 'very worst,' do you? I mean I'm not really sure, 
but it seemed to me, judging from other things that we had talked with Mike 
about and some of the other things that we've heard from witnesses in the 
underground bases... the 'very worst' could be one of two main 
possibilities in my book... The very worst #1) Really nasty, scary alien 
stuff. The very worst #2) Really nasty, scary bio-tech... bio-engineering 
stuff. There's all kinds of genetic engineering, some of which has to do 
with the 'creation' of biological warfare agents, some of which has to do 
with the 'creation' of strange bacteria, and perhaps new strains of 
chimpanzees and (perhaps) people. There are very, very weird experiments 
going on, and Ithought, 'O.K., fine, maybe one orthe other of those 
things.' 


"But our conversation continued and it leaned in one direction, so let's 
just see what he had to say next. 

"I said, 'One of your associates seemed to indicate that there was 
technology operating that would have the appearance of flying saucers, but 
be absolutely terrestrial. Can you comment on that?' 

"And he said, 'Sure, we had some propulsion devices that were, let's say, 
rather astounding.' 

"I said, 'Is this stuff operational?' And he said 'Oh, yes, it's 
operational.' 

"I said, 'O.K., so there are vehicles. Would you say that they belonged in 
the arsenal, or are they part of a sort of gee- whiz lunatic fringe of 
science?' 

"And he said, 'Oh no, they're part of the arsenal. It's not lunatic fringe 
stuff, it's all well-funded, it's all very real. I've worked on portions of 
it, I've worked on teams that have worked on this stuff, and I've seen with 
my own eyes. The only thing that I have been shielded from, is any REAL 
(alien) contact. That I've never been brought directly in contact with, in 
fact, that part has been minimized to me.' 

"And I said to him, 'In the way you've said that, I get the impression that 
you assume that there are extraterrestrials (i.e. 'aliens') around.' 

"And he said, 'I have no direct knowledge of that, O.K.? That's all. 
There's alot of strange technology, there's alot of extra-heavy security, 
O.K.? Anybody who breeches a certain point of security is instantly dead or 
disappears. 

"I said, 'Are you saying that given all the other indiscretions you've 
shown over the years, that this one would be worst?' 

"And he said, 'Yes, I would say so.' 
"I said, 'really?' 

"He said. 'Yes, Yes! It's like those people who were leaving the Nuclear 
Test Site, they were summarily blown out of the sky.' 

"Now, Michael knew (he was talking on a prison telephone - his phone was 
tapped) indeed, that people who talk too loud, in too much detail about the 
actual 'alien' situation are liable to run into severe problems. Being that 
he's already in prison and a sitting duck, he's obviously very careful with 


his words. But we have talked with some other people who have been more 
forthright about what they have actually seen in the underground bases. 

"One of our sources is a construction worker. He came out of Vietnam, he 
was a very decorated Special Forces soldier. Among other things he got the 
Congressional Medal of Honor. And because he was special forces in the 
Vietnamese war, when he came back stateside he was offered all kinds of 
bizarre jobs in top security. He felt that those would be too restrictive 
so he went into construction instead. But because of his military record he 
had an inside track on a security clearance. He wound up doing construction 
in the underground bases. 

"Now you see, the underground installations are built just like a building 
is built. You know, you've got to do electrical conduit, you've got to 
paint the walls! Whose going to do it? It's not going to be the Secretary 
of Defense. It's going to be a guy like our guy! It's going to be like this 
fellow whose got a Congressional Medal of honor and now does special 
electrical conduiting underground. So he's told us what he saw. 

"There's a facility called Haystack Butte, it's on the Edwards (AFB) 
reservation... (Note: At this point Lindemann shows the audience a map of 
the area encompassing Edwards AFB, the city of Lancaster and Palmdale to 
the south -- which is the sight of 542 where the B-2 bomber is assembled, 
along with alot of other secret aircraft. All of the major aircraft and 
aerospace companies are located in this area, among other sites. It also 
showed the Tahachapi facility west of Lancaster, nicknamed the 'Ant Hill', 
which is administered by Northrup and which is rumored by some to house 
underground 'disk' hangers for wingless aircraft built by the 
Secret-Government-Military-lndustrial establishment. In the southeast 
corner of Lindemann's map the Tejon ranch was visible, which is a large 
cattle ranch that goes up into the area of the Tahachapi range to the 
southeast of Bakersfield, California. He also pointed out an extensive 
underground facility maintained by MacDonnell Douglas, and the Helendale 
Facility administered by Lockheed. In this same general area is Haystack 
Butte which is 'jointly' administered, with North American Rockwell 
involved as well - Branton). 

"So what we have here is a situation where you've got our major aerospace 
companies heavily implicated. I mean this is what is meant by the 
Military-Industrial Complex. These companies are HEAVILY implicated in 
super, super secret projects, and at the very top they're all cooperating 
together. All the 'bidding wars' and every thing that you see are like mid- 
level smoke and mirrors. But at the very top we're talking about projects 
that are conducted by all these different people pooling their resources, 
pooling their information, and indeed pooling their money, which comes in 
incredible profusion from the Black Budget. 


"How many of you have seen the book 'BLANK CHECK'?... It is not a UFO book. 
I strongly recommend that you read the book 'BLANK CHECK' so that you can 
understand something about how these projects are funded without your 
say-so, indeed without the say-so of Congress. Most citizens don't know for 
example that the National Security Act of 1 947 made it illegal to ever say 
how much money is spent on the CIA; indeed all of our tremendous alphabet 
soup collection of Intelligence Agencies. Whether your talking about the 
CIA, or the NRO, orthe NSA or the DIA, etc., all of them are inthe same 
category. 

"You cannot say how much these things cost. All you can do if you want to 

find out is add-up the numbers on the Budget (which at this writing is at a 

deficit of well over 4 TRILLION dollars, a large portion of which may have 

been spent on construction for the 'underground nation' - Branton) that 

aren't assigned to anything that actually means anything. There are these 

huge categories that have tens of billions of dollars in them that say 

nothing but 'Special Projects...' And every year the Congress dutifully 

passes this bloated budget that has some $300,000,000,000 or more with HUGE 

chunks of cash labelled like that - 'Special Projects,' 'Unusual Stuff.' - 

Ten billion dollars. O.K., well where does the 'unusual stuff money go? 

Well, it DOES go to 'unusual stuff, that's for sure, and one of the places 

it goes is., .into the underground bases. Indeed TIM said recently si nee the 

publication of his book (BLANK CHECK)... MORE Black Budget money goes into 

underground bases than ANY OTHER kind of work. 

"Now I don't believe that 35 billion, which is the approximate size of the 
black budget money that you can find by analyzing the budget, I don't think 
that comes CLOSE to the real figure because there is absolutely unequivocal 
evidence that a great deal of additional money was generated in other ways, 
such as the surreptitious running of guns and drugs. And one wonderful 
example of that is coming to light with the B.C. C.I. scandal which I hope 
you've heard of... a number of very high-ranking American officials are 
caught in the undertoe of the BCCI tidal wave... Even though these guys are 
tying to pull 'fast ones' on an immense scale they are getting caught. 
These things don't always work. Indeed they are very, very vulnerable. 

Indeed this whole 'end game' is very vulnerable and that's why they feel it 
requires such secrecy. The American people wouldn't stand for this stuff if 
they had the information, and that's the reason why we have to get the 
information out and take it seriously because it really is a matter of OUR 
money and OUR future that's being MORTGAGED here. 

"But my friend who worked in the underground bases, who was doing sheetrock 
was down on, he thinks, approximately the 30th level underground... these 
bases are perhaps 30-35 stories deep ('ground-scrapers' as opposed to a 


'sky-scrapers' - Branton). As I say they are not just mine shafts, these 
are huge, giant facilities... many city blocks in circumference, able to 
house tens of thousands of people. One of them, the YANO Facility (we're 
told... by the county fire dept. director, the county fire dept. chief who 
had to go in there to look at a mi nor fire infraction) there's a 400-car 
parking lot on the 1st level of the YANO Facility, but cars never come in 
and out, those are the cars that they use INSIDE. 

"O.K., so... a very interesting situation down there. Our guy was doing 
sheetrock on the 30th floor, maybe the 30th floor, underground. He and his 
crew are working on a wall and right over here is an elevator door. The 
elevator door opens and, a kind of reflex action you look, and he saw three 
'guys'. Two of them, human engineers that he'd seen before. And between 
them a 'guy' that stood about 8 to 8 1/2 feet tall. Green skin, reptilian 
features, extra-long arms, wearing a lab coat, holding a clip-board... 

"I tend to believe that story because, first of all because we have other 
stories like it, but more importantly because he walked off that job that 
very day. And he was getting paid a GREAT deal of money... If your 
basically a sheetrock kind of guy, if you can do sheetrock in a place like 
that then you get paid way more than standard sheetrock wages, you can 
count on it. 

"So, he walked off that job. His buddy on that same crew turned into an 
alcoholic shortly after. This is an extremely upsetting thing. You know, it 
wasn't like this alien jumped out and bit his head off or anything, it was 
just standing there for a few minutes, the doors closed. He has a feeling 
that that elevator was malfunctioning, otherwise he never would have seen 
that except by accident. 

"In another incident though... at the China Lake Naval Weapons Station, up 
here at China Lake... near Ridgecrest... they were working there on the 
China Lake Naval Weapons Station and walked by a hanger... They walked by a 
hanger as they were headed for their trucks to leave for the day. And they 
had parked their trucks in an unusual place, a place they didn't normally 
park, because it was an extremely hot day and they wanted to keep the 
trucks out of the sun. So the Security had given them permission to park 
the trucks in a place that wasn't normal. So they walked by a hanger that 
they didn't normally walk by, and they looked in, just kind of glanced in, 
and saw inside a couple of grays working on something. And of course they 
were, you know, astonished... And an MP came running over and said: 'Hey, 
you can't be here! What are you doing here?' And they said: 'Well, Security 
said we could park our trucks here.' And (the Security Guard) says: 'Well 
that's fine, but you get out of here because you'll get yourself killed!' 
So they left. But one of the young guys on that crew couldn't leave well 
enough alone. The guy we've been talking to said, 'Look, I know what you 


saw, I know what I saw. I know what we saw at Haystack (Butte), it's all 
for real, I know what's going on, but don't be a stupid jerk. Leave it 
alone!' 

"This kid didn't leave it alone, and very shortly thereafter he was booted 
off the base, and three months later he was dead under mysterious 
circumstances. Now of course we can't say that he died 'because' of this. 
There's a disturbing pattern of people dying however when they see things 
they're not supposed to... Michael Riconosciuto makes it very clear in his 
statement to us that if you go past a certain point your dead or disappear, 
just like that. We've heard that time and time again. Indeed there are a 
great many people on the 'inside' who are making it clear that they would 
love to flee, people like these people that apparently were blown out of 
the sky, the Wackenhut garbage. These are trained (mercenaries) who have 
seen things they cannot stand, things that turn their stomach, things that 
make them want to grab evidence and flee for their lives. And they were 
blown out of the sky, probably by something equivalent to a stinger missile 
or something like that. And there are lots of people who want to get out. 

"Just an example of the way these people talk, one of them said to us, 'I 
would trade my $1 00,000.00 a year salary for a job at McDonald's if I could 
get out alive. There's a certain despair there, a certain feeling of 
entrapment. You see there are the people who know what's going on and who 
have created this agenda and have 'bought-into' it entirely, they are 
enrolled in it, and they believe that they are indeed the 'Olympians'. They 
have to employ lots of normal humans like us to do the sheet- rocking, to 
do the grubwork, and those people are in a very bizarre catch-22, because 
they are given the promise of a salary that they never believed possible. 
You know... they're going to paint walls all day and they're going to take 
down a hundred grand a year, this is unusual. That's the up-side of the 
deal. The down side of the deal is (you know, and they make it very 
clear)... all these people who get these high security clearances are 
subjected to INCREDIBLY intimidating indoctrination and intimidation 
processes... they really do subject these people to tremendous pressure, 
tremendous intimidation, indeed they do inflict great violence on people 
(on whom) they 'need' to. They make 'examples' of people..." 

In one sense then, there is a growing division taking place between the 
Constitutionalists of America and the 'Alien' controlled segments within 
the underground bases. This would also include their human 'pawns' who will 
apparently do anything, even murder their fellow human beings, in orderto 
continue receiving the technological 'benefits' from their alien masters, 
to whom they have 'sold' themselves and whose agenda of control and 
subversion they are serving, whether knowing or unknowingly. 

The following is a transcript of parts of a speech presented by Norio F. 


Hayakawa, director of the CIVILIAN INTELLIGENCE NETWORK, at the 1 1th 'LOS 

ANGELES WHOLE LIFE EXPO' held at The Los Angeles Airport Hilton Convention 

Center on November 16 and 17, 1991. The transcript from which we will quote 

is a revised and expanded version of the address written on June of 1992 

and is titled - 'UFO'S, THE GRAND DECEPTION AND THE COMING NEWWORLD 

ORDER': 

"...AREA 51 is located in the northeastern corner of a vast, desolate 
stretch of land known as the Nevada Test Site (a large portion of which 
includes the Nellis Air Force Test Range) but has practically nothing to do 
with underground nuclear testing. It is located approximately 125 miles 
north-northwest of Las Vegas and consists of Groom Lake and the Papoose 
Lake Complexes. The presently expanding eastern portion of the latter 
complexes is known as the S-4 site. 

"This entire area is under the strictest control of Airspace R-4808N (with 
unlimited 'ceiling'), prohibiting any entry therein of air traffic, 
civilian or military, unless special clearance for such entry is secured 
well in advance. By land, the area is meticulously patrolled 24-hours a day 
by several tiers of external security even through it is conveniently 
covered by the... Jumbled Hills (north of the Papoose Lake area), making it 
virtually impossible for anyone to see the facilities without first 
climbing atop the hills of the rugged mountain range which became 
off-limits to the public since 1 985. 

"The main external perimeter security is now being handled by Wackenhut 
Special Securities Division, part of the operations of Wackenhut 
Corporation, a worldwide semi-private security firm based in Coral Gables, 
Florida which has an exclusive contract with the U.S. Department of Energy 
and handles not only the perimeter security at the Nevada Test Site but 
also at many other secret facilities and sensitive installations throughout 
the U.S., and U.S. interests worldwide, including ground-level perimeters 
for several large underground facilities in and around Edwards Air Force 
Base in Southern California. 

"It is also important to mention that dozens of unmanned, miniature-sized 
remote-controlled automatic security vehicles constantly patrol the 
immediate perimeters of the S-4 Site, located around (and presently 
expanding particularly towards the eastern portion of) Papoose Lake. These 
automatic, miniature- sized four-wheel vehicles have been produced by 
Sandia Laboratories of Albuquerque, New Mexico exclusively for the 
Department of Energy. 

"The outer northeastern perimeters of this area located in the Tickaboo 
Valley come under the geographical jurisdiction of Lincoln County and are 
relegated to the Bureau of Land Management (B.L.M.). Yet it is considered 


highly unadvisable for anyone to even enter the main country dirt road, 
known as the Groom Road, which begins its southwestern extension towards 
Groom Lake from a point midway between mile marker 34 and 33 on Highway 
375, and leads to the guard shack located two and a half miles northeast of 
the Groom Lake complexes. 

"The first line of exterior security forces (dressed in military- type 
camouflage uniforms but with no insignia of any kind whatsoever) consists 
of the GP patrols (the 'Groom Proper' patrols, in Bronco-type four-wheel 
drive vehicles) who sometimes drive around at night with their lights off 
on various country dirt roads adjacent to the outer demilitarized zone, 
intimidating any civilian vehicle that tries to enter those access roads 
(off of Highway 375) located on public land. The GP patrols themselves 
(part of Wackenhut Special Securities Division), however, are strictly 
ordered to avoid any direct contact with civilians. They are only 
instructed to radio the Lincoln County Sheriff immediately should anyone be 
spotted driving on any of those dirt roads. The most common radio frequency 
used between Security Control and Lincoln County Sheriffs patrols is 
138.306 MHZ. 

"...The only area 'allowed' by the Sheriff for such curiosity seekers to 
'congregate' is an open area near a black mailbox located at the south side 
of Highway 375 between mile marker 29 and 30. Even then, the Sheriff patrol 
will routinely stop by during the evening to check on the cars parked at 
the mailbox area. 

"Moreover, it is our understanding, based on information provided by a 
highly reliable source connected to a special U.S. Navy SEAL operations 
center, that the mailbox area is constantly being monitored by 
high-powered, state-of-the-art, infra-red telescopes set up at a facility 
known as Security Control high atop Bald Mountain (10 miles west of the 
area), the highest peak in the Groom Mountain Range. 

"...It was precisely at4:45 a.m. on the morning of Thursday, April 16, 
1 992, that an NBC news crew, dispatched to the area to report on the 
landing of an alleged super spy-plane known as Aurora on Groom Lake, 
accidentally succeeded in video-taping the first flight (which we have been 
calling the 'Old Faithful') of [a] mysterious object while standing at the 
mail-box area and looking due south toward Jumbled Hills. The footage, 
taken with a night-scope vision camera, was broadcast nationally on NBC 
Nightly News with Tom Brokaw on April 20, 1 992. The NBC News reported that 
it had video-taped a test flight of a new U.S. aerial craft that had 
definitely defied the laws of physics, and that the news team may thus have 
taken the first glimpse of the other 'deep black' projects (aside from the 
Aurora project) being conducted within the confines of the top-secret 
facility. 


"Also in regards to the ongoing program, it is to be noted that usually a 
day or two prior to significant test flights (i.e., only if the test flight 
is a significant one, by whatever measure known only to the installation) a 
vehicle-traffic counter is laid on Highway 93, at approximately a mile and 
a half north of Ash Springs, right before the juncture of Highway 375. The 
other counter is set up about a half mile or so west upon entering Highway 
375. The obvious question is: in such desolate, less-traveled areas of 
Nevada, why should there be such traffic counters installed on undivided, 
lonely highways? It is now my belief that the number of cars being 
registered that head out west on Highway 375 at such times (particularly in 
'clusters', such as caravans) is relayed to several of the security posts 
at AREA 51, including the main observation post high atop the previously 
mentioned Bald Mountain. However, it is very possible that they may now 
have more sophisticated devices for registering the number of vehicles 
going through the area. 

"The February 21 , 1 990 expedition was instrumental in the subsequent 
production of a two-hour documentary program entitled 'Saturday Super 
Special' televised throughout Japan on March 24, 1 990 which was seen by 
more than 28 million viewers on prime time. The entire program dealt with 
AREA 51 and also the crew's pursuit of an alleged biogenetics laboratory 
thought to be located just outside of Dulce, a tiny town in northwestern 
New Mexico, about 95 miles northwest of Los Alamos. 

"...The U.S. Naval Research Laboratory... seems to have a Parapsychology 
Research Unit that coordinates its research activities with DARPA (the 
Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency). It is my understanding that 
some of their activities conducted under the auspices of the Office of 
Naval Intelligence are being held at locations such as AREA 51 . 

"ELF (extremely low frequency) wave-emitting devices, scalar machines, 
electromagnetic beam weapons and highly-defined hologramic projections are 
just a few examples of the many new types of mind-control 'weaponry' that 
the government seems to have developed in the past three decades or so. 
Newest researches on special types of hallucinatory and memory- tampering 
drugs are part of a growing 'arsenal' that the U.S. Naval Intelligence 
boasts to have developed in its own Parapsychology- Mind Control Unit. 

"According to recent information provided to me by a highly reliable 
informant within a special operations group of the Department of the Navy, 
two of the most widely used devices will be R.H.I.C. (Radio Hypnotic 
Intra-Cerebral Control) and E.D.O.M. (Electronic Dissolution of Memory). 
The first of the two, Radio Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control, calls for the 
implantation of a very small, electronic, micro-radio receiver. It acts as 
a Stimulator which will stimulate a muscle or electronic brain response. 


This, in turn, can set off a 'Hypno-programmecT cue in the victim or 
subject, which would illicit a pre-conditioned behavior. The second one, 
Electronic Dissolution of Memory, calls for remotely-controlled production 
within the brain of Acetyl-Choline which blocks transmission of nerve 
impulses in the brain which results in a sort of Selective Amnesia. 
According to this source, in the hands of certain units within the 
intelligence community both of these methods are ALREADY BEGINNING TO BE 
USED! "An amazing article appeared in the Los Angeles Times on May 12, 1992 
announcing that Caltech scientists have recently discovered and confirmed 
the presence of 'tiny magnetic particles in the brains of humans, similar 
to those that have heretofore been found in other animals.' (L.A. TIMES, 
Section A, page 3). According to the Caltech researchers, it is now an 
undeniable fact that every human brain contains a tiny natural magnetite 
particle, even from the time of conception. Could the government, 
particularly the U.S. Naval Research Laboratory, have known this fact for a 
long time? The answer definitely seems to be in the affirmative! (Note: 
Perhaps the 'Philadelphia Experiment', described in Charles Berlitz' book 
of the same name, had an adverse affect on the 'electrochemical' or 
'magnetite' particles in the brains of the experimental subjects. Could 
this explain why so many of them allegedly went insane after the 'tests'? - 
Branton) 

"It is interesting also to note that as of this writing, many strange, 
turquoise-colored antenna-towers with triangular configurations on top, are 
beginning to be constructed along key areas near the freeway systems of 
many U.S. cities, particularly proliferating the Los Angeles and Orange 
County areas of California. According to several reports, these 
antenna-towers are presently being used as relay towers for the increasing 
networks of cellular telephone systems being operated by such firms as 
Pacific Bell and Telesis. 

"Yet the most interesting aspect of the constructions of these strange 
antenna-towers is that there are increasing reports that the Department of 
Defense is somehow involved in this operation. The frequency waves being 
utilized in the cellular telephone communications are, according to several 
researchers, strikingly close to the range of frequency waves used in 
several ELF emission and microwave experiments of the U.S. Naval Research 
Laboratory as well as D.A.R.P.A., the Defense Advanced Research Projects 
Agency. (Note: non-digital cellular telephone conversations can be easily 
intercepted. This writer has succeeded in listening in on cellular 
conversations by scanning through the upper frequencies of the UHF band on 
a normal television set! So then, along with the 'mind control' 
capabilities, it is evident that cellular phone conversations have also 
been heavily monitored by Military Intelligence - Branton) Will these 
towers be utilized throughout the nation? 


"...A large underground genetics laboratory is thought to be located just 
outside of Dulce, a tiny town in the midst of the Jicarilla-Apache Indian 
Reservation located about 95 miles northwest of Los Alamos and 1 00 miles 
east of sinister-sounding Highway 666, the only stretch of highway in the 
U.S. with that designation and the only highway that links the four states 
of Arizona, New Mexico, Colorado and Utah. 

"Perhaps it may just be a pure 'coincidence' that this highway, befitting ly 
named Highway 666, which originated in southeast Arizona and goes up north, 
cuts into northwestern New Mexico, right near the Four Corners area - an 
area that happens to have one of the most consistently concentrated UFO 
sighting reports in the country since around 1947... This entire Four 
Corners area, especially northwestern New Mexico and southwestern Colorado 
also has had some of the most concentrated reports of unexplained cattle 
mutilations in the nation during the late seventies and early eighties. Was 
something covertly taking place in those areas? 

"Even though we could not locate the alleged underground genetics 
laboratory in Dulce when the Nippon Television crew and I visited the area 
in late February of 1990, I had several opportunities to interview scores 
of local residents there that admitted that nightly appearances of 
mysterious lights (occasionally accompanied by unmarked black helicopters) 
- darting over, into and out of nearby Archuleta Mesa and Archuleta 
Mountains - were quite common during the late seventies and early 
eighties. 

"Many of them even claim to have spotted, on many occasions, military-type 
trucks and jeeps as well as government vans passing through Dulce and 
loitering around nearby mesas. Occasionally even black limousines carrying 
what appeared to be 'CIA' agent-types were claimed to have been sighted 
loitering' around the foothills of 'other' nearby mesas. 

"We must bear in mind that the Dulce area is only 95 miles northwest of Los 
Alamos. Los Alamos National Laboratory is one of the top U.S. research 
laboratories specializing in the study of the human genome. Also it is a 
vital center of the government's SDI research and development programs. 
Just about a hundred miles southeast of Los Alamos is Albuquerque, New 
Mexico's largest city, and more significantly, a city where Kirtland Air 
Force Base is located right next to the sensitive Manzano Storage Facility, 
a top-secret underground military facility. Sandia Corporation, one of the 
nations top-secret government contractors specializing in top 
military-industrial projects is also located in Albuquerque. 

"As far as advanced bio-technology is concerned, I have no doubt that a 
micro-chip implantation technology is being perfected in which tiny 
micro-chips could be implanted in our circulatory systems, vital organs and 


tissues if need be for whatever purpose the future may 'require'. It is my 
conclusion that a large-scale research has been completed by the government 
(with possible assistance from 'outside' sources) within the last 20 years 
or so utilizing tens of thousands of cattle in the Southwest to conduct 
this covert experiment. Only recently has science proven that cow 
hemoglobin could be substituted (by utilizing a special purification 
system) with human blood in situations of 'unforeseen national 
emergencies.' 

Researcher David L. Dobbs of Cincinnati, OH., described the following 
'resume of report received... after the MUFON 40-meter net on April, 5, 
1980.': 

"...Mike (DELETED), Iowa (DELETED), stated that during the period 1961-63 
he performed radio maintenance at the atomic proving ground. He also did 
some top-secret radio work for the Air Force at times. The U-2 was 
developed here. 

'"Area 51' was located 60 miles due east of the base camp, behind a 
mountain range separating it from Yucca Flat. Here a secret operation was 
performed under unbelievable security precautions known as 'Project 
Redlight' A UFO which had been shipped from Edwards AFB was flown here. It 
was not conventionally powered, but was SILENT in operation. Mike assumed 
that this was the disc recovered intact and shown in the UFO movie reported 
by radar technicians. Security in Project Red Light was so strict that no 
one stayed there more than six months. Mike did not see this movie himself, 
however. 

"While on vacation, he saw a story in Reader's Digest at his parent's home 
which told of a UFO exploding over the test site in 1962 while being flown. 
This would have been a recent story at the time. Mike is aware of the 
conventionally-powered disc built by the Air Force which was publicized. We 
both feel that this may have been a cover-up for the real project which he 
describes. He also heard the stories about parts from a UFO which could not 
be duplicated successfully by aerospace contractors on the west coast, and 
many of the rumors about UFOs which have emanated from Nellis AFB. 
Incidentally, Nellis AFB operated 'Area 51' where he says the UFO was 
flown. 

"This information has bothered him for 20 years, and he wonders if it might 
be possible for documentation regarding 'Project Red Light' to be obtained 
under the Freedom of Information Act." 

According to various sources, 'Area 51' in Nevada, where the S-4, Groom 
Lake, or Dreamland complexes are located, is the same area where the 
Stealth Bomber, SR-71, 'Star Wars' or SD I Technology, and all manner of 


aerospace hightech had been developed and tested; these include CIA 
experiments and tests. Other names for the 'Dreamland' complex include: 
'The Ranch' or 'The Skunk Works'. This is where Francis Gary Powers, who 
flew the ill-fated U-2 spy plane mission which was shot down over Russia 
(where Powers was held prisoner for some time), was trained. Incidentally, 
there are also rumors that the vast caverns which have been excavated by 
the underground nuclear blasts in the adjacent Nevada Nuclear Test range, 
have been and are being connected by underground tunnels and used for top 
secret purposes. If this is the case one may wonder how the problems of 
radiation residue were solved... [via 'clean' nuclear blasts?] 

Referring to the subsurface regions, we quote now from yet another item 
that appeared in the N.A.R. newsletter, which was titled, 'IS INNER EARTH 
RESEARCH HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEALTH?': 

"An observation has recently been made that most of the outstanding inner 

earth researchers have died of heart attack (Note: Heart attack is 

reportedly one weapon or method of psychic attack that is recognized by 

those occultists who are familiar with 'voodoo' or 'psychic' warfare. Heart 

Attacks of this nature are allegedly induced by the use of intense TERROR 

that is 'projected' against individuals by the initiators of such attack. 

It is alleged that hominoid non-human beings such as the serpent races 

might have the ability to direct psychic attacks against human beings via 

the use of black magic, witchcraft or sorcery. It is interesting that there 

have been very few if any UFOIogists, etc., who claim to have taken up a 

devout 'Christian' lifestyle, who have physically suffered the 'negative' 

side of UFO research - including encounters with MBS, abductions, 

paralysis, heart attacks or other FEAR-ORIENTED forms of victimization. 

This suggests that a deep FAITH in the Creator may neutralize the FEAR that 

the aliens seem to depend on as their major "weapon" in their psychic 

attacks against humankind, making the 'believers' impervious to their 

otherwise destructive influences - Branton). Surely, this is beyond a 

simple coincidence. GRAYBARKER, DICK SHAVER, and JOAN O'CONNEL [New 

Atlantean Journal] are but a few (also, researcher CHARLES MARCOUX - 

Branton). Locally, there are several inner earth researchers who are very 

notable in their persistence. 

"LewTery, who has recently relocated to Utah, was the foremost local 
proponent of (the) geomagnetic vortex/UFO connection theory. Lew was 
instrumental in the discovery of underground tunnel networks in the Las 
Vegas area, one of them being between the base of Boulder Dam and Jumbo 
Peak, where there are two mines whose owners view 200' diameter disks on a 
frequent basis. At one point, Lew offered to set up an interview with these 
miners. Alas, Mr. Tery is not to be found. 

"A local Henderson resident, who shall remain nameless, has been into inner 


earth research for years. This person has been hounded and chased due to 
intimate knowledge of inner earth tunnels in the local area. 

"There is obviously something here that some people wish to protect. 
Something to hide. Many seem to know what it is, and they speak cautiously 
about REPTILIAN HUMANOIDS and the SERPENT RACE, which are two subjects 
which seem to be surfacing again. Response to local television and radio 
programs featuring JOHN LEAR have been overwhelming. A recent lecture in 
Las Vegas drew over 700 people. 

"According to some sources, the 'Greys' are the lower level of a bigger 
scenario that involves this reptilian race..." 

The following is a transcript of a letter which was sent by John Lear to 
researcher TAL LeVesque. The letter, dated October 6, 1990, states: 

"DearTAL... Many thanks for your recent, very interesting 
letter. I showed it to Bob (i.e. Lazar- Branton) and he thinks 
we are both crazy. He does not believe that Dulce exists. Bob 
went through extreme brainwashing at S-4 so I can understand his 
feelings. About the time that he was brainwashed, maybe a little 
before, he told me that Dulce was mentioned up there once or 
twice in conversations that he was not part of... but that he 
overhead. Since that time he has forgotten even that part. Since 
I know Dulce exists, what Bob thinks does not affect me in the 
least. 

"A source of mine that is a security guard at the test site tells 
me that currently there are 5 types of aliens there: The Greys, 
the Orange, the reptilians, the ones that look like [the aliens] 
in the movie V and the ones that look so ugly that they take 
your breath away until you get used to looking at them. 

"I now believe that a very large Saucer crashed near Sedona, 
possibly 2 years ago and is in the process of being retrieved in 
sections, as it is too big to remove in one piece. 

"The recent stories in Aviation Week, I believe, are attempts to 
buy more time, to mislead the public and to confuse the issue 
(Note: Lear is here referring to the article in the Oct. 1 , 1 990 
issue of AV^TION WEEK AND SPACE TECHNOLOGY, titled "Secret 
Advanced Vehicles Demonstrate Technologies For Future Military 
Use". The article referred only to the fairly well-known super- 
advanced jets being tested in Nevada, giving the impression that 
these may explain all of the 'UFO' sightings in the area - 
Branton). 


"Again, I appreciate very much your fascinating letter and look 
forward to more information on Dulce... With much respect and 
admiration... JOHN LEAR." 

In connection with the subject of this File, that is the 'invasion' of an 
alien race from above and below utilizing mind-bending techniques, 
psychological warfare, mind control and implantation, we will quote from 
Brad Steiger's 'THE UFO ABDUCTORS' (1 988., Berkley Books., N.Y.): 

"In 1969 land my research associates... Loring G. Williams and Glenn 
McWane, were bombarded with the claims of dozens of contactees who said 
that they had had an implant left somewhere in their skulls, usually just 
behind the left ear. These contactees/abductees came from a wide variety of 
occupations, cultural backgrounds, and age-groups. 

"We employed private detectives and medical doctors... in an attempt to 
learn what archetype had been fed into their particular group 
consciousness. We never found any implants that were detectable to X rays, 
but our hypnotic sessions turned up an incredible amount of fascinating, 
albeit bizarre, information about underground UFO bases, hybrid aliens 
walking among us, and thousands of humans slowly turning into automatons 
because of readjusted brainwave patterns. 

"...Dagmar and Carl R. have a farm in northeast Iowa about forty miles from 
the Mississippi River. One night in August of 1982, Carl observed what he 
called at the time a 'lantern in the sky' that hovered over him while he 
was working late in the field... 

"In October that year, while Carl was working late in the field preparing 
for the annual corn harvest, he was startled to see the glowing 'lantern' 
return to the sky above him. It appeared to be the same object that he had 
seen in August. 

"Although he tried to remain oblivious to the object, it seemed to be 
hovering above him, even following him up and down the corn rows. He became 
nervous and disconcerted and went back to the farmhouse, where he asked 
Dagmar to come out and witness the strange object. 

"Dagmar was able to see the object, too, and they stood and watched it for 
several minutes before it suddenly moved high into the night sky and then 
sped off at a great rate of speed in a westerly direction. 

"About three the next morning, Carl was awakened by the sound of cattle 
bellowing nervously in the stockyard. As he got out of bed and looked out 
the bedroom window, he saw a disk- shaped object hovering above the 


barnyard. It was glowing in a kind of greenish color..." 

Following this, the couple was 'tranquilized' by the object or its 
occupants somehow, possibly by some kind of intoxicating, pacifying or 
STIM-ulating ray which apparently induced a drugged or trance-like 
electrochemical reaction in their brains and bodies, after which they were 
taken by some entities. A conventional 'abduction' sequence ensued, similar 
to that described by so many thousands of others. Steiger related the 
couples' afterthoughts concerning their abduction by 'smallish' large-eyed 
beings "with only nostril openings (rather than a pronounced nose) and with 
tight, expressionless lips." 

Steiger continues: "While the young Iowa couple can remember no further UFO 
interaction since that particular autumn, they both admit to being nervous 
about having another encounter. Carl, especially, feels that he was used. 
Dagmar speculated that bits of her skin tissue might have been removed in 
the examination, and although she does not claim to be an expert in such 
matters, she wonders if enough of her body could be cloned in a way to 
interact with whatever embryo or fetus might have been fathered by the 
semen that was taken from her husband (Note: Dagmar claimed that during one 
part of the 'examination' a needle-like object was stuck into her abdomen. 
Many believe that this is one process by which the 'entities' extract ovum 
from human females - Branton). 

"Not wanting to sound like victims of some science fiction thriller, the 
young couple have theorized that they might have been used in some strange 
program of creating hybrid beings. Perhaps, they suggest, Carl's semen was 
used to impregnate an alien female or an Earth female, who is somehow 
influenced by and under the control of alien beings. In either event, they 
are uncomfortable with the experience and with the memory of the encounter. 
Both of them feel as though they may have been used in ways opposed to 
their normal expression of will. 

"Dagmar has gone even farther in her speculations by suggesting that if 
bits of her body could have been used to create a clone and if Carl's semen 
could somehow be used at a future time to impregnate such a clone, then 
alien beings could be breeding their own brand of humans as part of an 
organized program to create an army of human-like robots that would be 
totally under control of aliens in their master plan to conquer Earth. 

"UFO investigator Richard Siefried was told by Pam Owens that she was taken 
aboard a UFO on November 25, 1978, while she was expecting a child. She was 
nineteen at the time, and she had no memory of the abduction until she was 
hypnotically regressed. Then she was able to give full and fascinating 
details of her encounter. 


"Mrs. Owens told Siefried that she was paralyzed and able to move only her 
eyes. She lay helpless on a table and stared up in terror at two 
weird-looking creatures. 

"According to Mrs. Owens, their heads were hairless, oversize domes, their 
eyes were big and sunk back in their skulls. The greenish skin covering 
their bodies was coarse. Each hand had four fingers that she described as 
being twice as long as a human's. And to her terror, one of those strange 
hands was holding a long silver needle, preparing to plunge it into her 
stomach..." 

Dr. Clifford Wilson [M.A., B.D., Ph.D.], in his book "UFOS... AND THEIR 
MISSION IMPOSSIBLE" (Signet Books., N.Y.) presents his own 'intelligence' 
or research concerning the on- going invasion/infiltration of our society 
by alien powers: 

"...Not only have many seen UFOs, but there is also a growing army of those 
who claim to have had actual contact with UFO occupants. An authoritative, 
and possibly conservative, estimate is that there are 50,000 silent 
contactees in the United States alone. 

"It could well be there are thousands of people who do have information and 
are not prepared to reveal it because of threatened consequences to 
themselves. Possibly many do not know they have that 'knowledge' because 
they themselves gained it in a hypnotic state. 

"HYPNOTIZED SLAVES AWAIT A SIGNAL - Nations could be conquered by the 
infiltration of agents into government seats of authority, and it is surely 
more frightening to think that mankind could be overcome and even destroyed 
by programmed men and women from within their own ranks. If there is indeed 
a final confrontation approaching, an army of people could be involved. 
They could be ready to take action which they themselves do not even 
anticipate, but yet with no option but to obey because they have been 
conditioned to obey, at a given signal. 

"We are not alone in suggesting this dreadful possibility. To quote John 
Keel once again: 

'"We have no way of knowing how many human beings throughout the world have 
been processed in this manner, since they would have absolutely no memory 
of undergoing the experience, and so we have no way of determining who 
among us has strange and sinister 'programs' lying dormant in the dark 
corners of his mind. 

'"Suppose a plan is to process millions of people and then at some future 
date trigger all of those minds at one time? Would we suddenly have a world 


of saints? Or would we have a world of armed maniacs shooting at one 
another from bell towers?' 

"If Armageddon, to which the Bible points, is indeed a final battle in 
which human and nonhuman forces alike wage that dreadful conflict to the 
death, this sort of 'programming' is a real possibility, and it appears to 
be proceeding at breakneck speed across the whole of the world. It is 
reported that the term 'Armageddon' has been used in a message to a 
contactee and other 'end of the world' messages have been given. Is there a 
desperate preparation for a last-ditch stand by the forces of evil, a final 
attempt to thwart the plans of the Holy God against Whom they have 
rebelled? Bible history gives many examples where Satanicforces have 
attempted completely to destroy God's plans that would result in total 
blessings for man. There has continually been a diabolical scheme to 
bending minds by deceitful assurances and 'brainwashing.' Post-hypnotic 
suggestions, with in-built commands for action to be triggered at a given 
signal, would fit the general pattern of rebellion consistently seen in the 
Bible records. 

"A FRIGHTENING PROSPECT -The prospect if frightening. It is entirely 
possible that by post-hypnotic suggestion a whole army of people could 
suddenly find themselves willing slaves of intelligent beings who care 
nothing for the welfare of those slaves, or of the world itself as we know 
it. If there is some great super- plan of a spiritual counterattack to 
reach its culmination in Armageddon, it could well be that (this) army of 
slaves will be available to obey orders, without even knowing beforehand 
that they have been inducted into the armed forces of what the Bible refers 
to as the principalities and powers. 

"The indications are that even children are at times utilized for the 
implementation of the plans of these evil powers. That possibility is 
illustrated by the following incident. 

"On December 12, 1967, Mrs. Rita Malley was driving along a public highway 
to her home at Ithaca, New York, with her five- year-old son Dana in the 
back seat of her vehicle. At about 7:00 P.M. she suddenly realized that a 
red light was apparently following her, and as she was moving above the 
speed level, her first reaction was that she was about to be pulled over. 
She looked through her window and found that it was not a police car behind 
her but an eerie flying object, moving along above the power lines at the 
left of her car. Then she found she no longer had control of her vehicle, 
and shouted to her son to brace himself. However, he remained motionless as 
though he were in a trance. 

"A white beam of light flashed down from the vehicle overhead, then she 
heard voices that sounded weird, broken, and jerky. She herself became 


hysterical, but through it all her son took no notice whatever of her 

cries. The radio was not on, but she heard those voices tell her that at 

that moment a friend of hers had been involved in a terrible accident some 

miles away. The next day she found that this was indeed true. The voices 

also told her that her son would not remember anything that had happened. 

The ordeal was terrifying to Mrs. Malley herself, and for some time 

afterward whenever she remembered the episode she would break down sobbing. 

"...It would seem possible, then, that pliable children are especially 
useful for the purposes of these beings. Many children have been used as 
tools so that men and women would believe in these beings who have a plan 
whose totality has not yet been revealed. 

"...These incidents are not limited to children. Mrs. Ralph Butler was 
watching flashing lights outside Owatonna in Minnesota one night in 
November, 1966. She was with a friend, and suddenly her friend became 
immobile, with her head dipped down. Mrs. Butler herself heard a voice 
talking to her, but soon the ordeal was over. However, when the two friends 
tried to discuss the incident later, both found they immediately suffered 
blinding headaches. Mrs. Butler also told of hearing strange voices on her 
radio, and of having peculiar visits from 'air force officers.' This 
pattern is reported by many who claim to have been contacted by UFO 
personnel. 

"The Butler family have experienced various poltergeist phenomena since 
that 1966 experience - glass objects moving around and breaking without 
any known cause, strange noises being heard throughout the house, even 
telephones and television sets being strangely interfered with (Note: Such 
activity often occurs during UFO encounters where there seems to be a 
COLLECTIVE involvement of paraphysical 'Poltergeists' or 'Internals', 
Reptilians, and possibly 'controlled-cybernetic' Men In Black - such 
activity as is typical of the malevolent powers that have allegedly 
established bases or 'empires' in systems such as Alpha Draconis, Epsilon 
Bootes, Altair Aquilla, Zeta Reticuli, Bellatrix Orion, and Rigel Orion as 
well as their Solarian-subTerran counterparts - Branton). 

"This sort of activity has followed many other supposed saucer sightings. 
The similarities between the stories are of such a nature as to cause 
surprise at first - someone temporarily in a trance, men posing as air 
force or other officials, those men being slight in stature with dark olive 
skins and pointed features, and the contactees having dreadful headaches, 
hallucinations, and nightmares. Some of them have gone into trances and 
have temporarily become mediums through whom strange voices could be 
heard... 

"A TAKEOVER ATTEMPT? -- Is there to be an attempt at a takeover? There 


surely are limitations to the life-giving powers of these UFO creatures... 
Man is the master of the ANIMALS, and despite seemingly way-out theories, 
such as monster INSECTS waiting to attack us, in fact man is still able to 
control the LESSER creatures... (Note: That is unless man accepts the 
propaganda and lies of the such lesser 'beasts' as the serpent races, etc., 
such as their claim that they created us genetically and are therefore our 
'gods'. IF man believes such trash then he WILL NOT try to resist and 
appropriate the God-given dominion over these 'beasts' which the Creator 
has given to MAN-KIND. Not all, but MUCH of the powerthatthe 'aliens' 
wield over humanity is the power that WE ourselves have capitulated or 
yielded to them, if we are to trust the J udeo-Christi an version of history 
as a reality - Branton). 

"EVIL FORCES ARE REAL - Even apart from my strong Christian beliefs, and my 
acceptance of the Bible as the revealed Word of God, I would have no doubt 
whatever as to the fact of spiritual beings, evil forces, and phenomena 
that cannot be explained by purely physical, psychical, or psychological 
concepts. 

"If there is truth in this hypothesis, preparations would be going on - 
just in case these overheard futurist interpretations happened to be 
correct..." 

On July 30, 1992, radio announcer and reporter for RADIO FREE AMERICA, 
Anthony J. Hilder, sent the following letter to Patty Caffe rata., Lincoln 
County District Attorney., Pioche, Nevada 89043., 702-962-5171. Several 
dozen copies were sent by Hilder to other researchers as well as several 
activist, political, legal, media, patriot, congressional, and (real) 
'National Defense' officials: 

"Dear Mrs. Cafferata: I am calling on the Attorney General of the State of 
Nevada to initiate an immediate 'FULL SCALE' Grand Jury Investigation into 
the activities of the Wackenhut S.S., your office and the Lincoln County 
Sheriffs Department. The reason for the urgency of this action is because 
of the rapidly increasing number of 'LIFE THREATENING' situations CREATED 
by unidentified paramilitary personnel who operate under the color of law 
to harass, intimidate and suppress the constitutional rights of many 
hundreds of American citizens and Japanese nationals who come to view the 
Unidentified Flying 'Saucer-Shaped Disks' being tested over your county. 

"It is my prayer that with the prodding of the people and the press that 
the Attorney General will launch 'this investigation' in time to avert one 
of these innocent individuals from being murdered by that paramilitary mob 
or winding up as a permanent prisoner in one of the 'strange' underground 
'experimental laboratories' below Dreamland and S-4 within the Nellis Test 
Range. 


"During my conversation with you on the afternoon of June 6, 1 made 
repeated attempts to acquire the names of six individuals who were arrested 
last month by the Lincoln County Sheriffs Department somewhere in the 
Tickaboo Valley. As a reporter, I sought your professional cooperation. I 
did not get it. 

"Not only did you refuse to reveal the names of those arrested and their 
'alleged' violation of law - you continually badgered me for my home 
address, phone number and specifically just what radio stations would be 
broadcasting the story. Could it be that you wanted to 'cover-up' the 
story? As I stated, I simply wanted to cover the event. 

"I am curious as to the reason you would attempt to prevent the media from 
reporting the arrest. Obviously you didn't want me to contact those people 
for their side of the story before their arraignment. Is there something 
you fear from honest disclosure? What is it that you don't want to know? 
Could it be that these arrests were illegal? 

"Did the Sheriffs Department violate 'the constitutional rights' of these 
citizens, Mrs. Cafferata? Has it become the policy of Lincoln County 
Sheriffs Department WITH YOUR APPROVAL and under the color of law, to 
'HARASS AND INTIMIDATE' the curious onlookers who come to your county to 
sit beneath the stars in the high desert, hoping to see and possibly 
photograph the strange and 'alien lights' in the night sky for which that 
region has now become famous? Is this a crime in Nevada? One might wonder 
if Lincoln has now become the first county in a 'Hitlerian Superstate' of a 
NEW WORLD ORDER - where freedoms are suppressed and terror tactics are 
'public policy'? 

"...It's definitely not a TOP SECRET that what's going on within the bowels 
of those underground bunkers at S-4 and Area 51 in the Nellis Test Site is 
ABOVE TOP SECRET. Obviously there's something very strange going on out 
there that the 'BLACK PROJECT BOYS' have to hide regardless of what it 
costs. If the public were to become aware of what these 'Dr. Strangelove's' 
were 'creating' in those underground laboratories - I believe the world 
would be shocked and horrified beyond all belief. 

"Need I remind you that it is your responsibility as District Attorney of 

Lincoln County to UNCOVER - NOT COVER UP crimes that are being committed 

in your county. Other questions arise. Is there a dereliction of duty by 

the District Attorney's office? Do you have a conflict of interest? And for 

whom do you serve? 

"I am deeply concerned as is the American Civil Liberties Union in seeing 
that the constitutional rights of all Americans who live in or pay a visit 


to Lincoln County are PROTECTED - NOT VIOLATED by the WACKENHUT S.S. 
(Security Service), your Sheriffs Department, or anyone else. 

"Correct me if I am wrong, but at one time or another did you not take some 
sort of oath to uphold and defend the Constitution of the United States? Or 
is the Lincoln County District Attorney EXEMPT from upholding such 
'antiquated trivialities' as the United States Constitution? 

"Would you be willing to share with me information as to how and why the 
Wackenhut S.S. is ALLOWED by your office under the color of law to STOP, 
INTIMIDATE AND HARASS 'sightseers' on PUBLIC land? Are they 'ABOVE THE 
LAW? Are they IMMUNE TO PROSECUTION? 

"What law is it that allows the WACKENHUT S.S. to drive unlicensed vehicles 
on county roads in the state of Nevada at speeds far exceeding the posted 
limit? Does your office now allow them to search sightseers' vehicles 
without warrants? Maybe some judge in Lincoln County issued them 'POCKET 
WARRANTS'? And if so, what judge has the legal authority in this country to 
issue such 'invisible warrants' to the WACKENHUT S.S. or any other 
PARAMILITARY MOB? What law gives you the legal authority to allow the 
WACKENHUT S.S. to stop, interrogate and intimidate sightseers, tourists, 
campers and naturalists? Or for that matter, do they need ask your 
permission at all? Are they a law unto themselves? 

"Are these 'HITLERIAN HARASSERS' C A, NSA, 'Black Project', U.N. or 
paramilitary personnel? Just where is the law in Lincoln County? Asleep? Or 
do you simply WINK YOUR EYE at all those Orwellian incidents? 

"The obvious collusion between Wackenhut and the Sheriffs Department 
necessitates that these questions be asked. It has become EVEN MORE 
NECESSARY to prevent our freedoms from disintegrating - that these 
questions be answered. 

"Who are these men who stand behind LOADED FULLY AUTOMATIC WEAPONS, show 
NO 

IDENTIFICATION, wear camouflaged clothing, DISPLAY NO BADGES, wear no 
emblems, drive unlicensed vehicles and who show no warrants when they stop 
and interrogate American citizens on American soil? They demand to see 
identification, social security cards, driver's licenses, take pictures of 
the sightseers, record their conver- sations, search their cars and write 
down the license plate numbers for 'zher files' just like in Nazi Germany. 
They have even on occasion drawn their weapons and aimed them at American 
citizens - with what can only be described as INTENT TO KILL - should the 
'sightseers' not instantly obey their commands. Surely you must be aware 
that all this is taking place on public 'tax-payer owned' land in your 
county. Why are you allowing this, Mrs. Cafferata? 


"Who are these paramilitary people that you seemingly protect from 
prosecution? Under whose authority do these NEO- FASCIST FORCES operate? 
Yours? MJ-12? Some cryptic banking cartel? The Skull and Bones? The Jason 
Society? Global 2000? The Tri-Lates? I know it's not the Boy Scouts, Mrs. 
Cafferata. Just who is running the show? 

"I doubt seriously that the average citizen of Lincoln County who pays your 
salary has any idea what's going on. I feel quite certain that the 
residents of Rachel, Pioche and Alamo haven't secretly met with you in some 
obscure smoke-filled back-room to persuade you to make sure that the 
WACKENHUT S.S. remains 'immune' from criminal prosecution. 

"I don't quite understand why you're doing what you're doing or rather NOT 
DOING. Does somebody have some sort of hold on you? Does some 'secret 
society' pay for your co-operation? or are you and the Sheriffs Department 
just working with the Wackenhut S.S. VOLUNTARILY, without pay? 

"In Nazi Germany, Hitler had a quasi-government group called the S.S. 
Beyond their borders, they called the collaborators WAFFEN S.S. They were 
authorized by the Fuhrer to operate 'BEYOND THE LAW. Is this the case in 
Lincoln County? Has the Wackenhut S.S. replaced the WAFFEN S.S.? 

"Under what law have you allowed unmarked black helicopters to buzz, harass 
and threaten the lives of tourists in Lincoln County? If these aircraft are 
not, by the law, allowed to threaten the lives of people who come to 
Tickaboo Valley 'to see the sights', then why hasn't your office prosecuted 
these criminals? Are they above the law? Or has 'SELECTIVE PROSECUTION' 
replaced CRIMINAL JUSTICE in Lincoln County? 

"Are you ready to testify in a court of law that you are 'unaware' that 

BLACK HELICOPTERS have been swooping down upon innocent travelers -- in an 

attempt to scare them or try to kill them? 

"...If you don't recollect any such incident, let me remind you but one. 
Norio Hayakawa, Gary Schultz and a party of sightseers were buzzed by an 
unmarked helicopter -- in a LIFE- THREATENING MANNER in May of 1 991 . 

"Under what law do you allow such outrage to occur over Lincoln County 

roads? Have you bothered to even so much as 'discuss' this attack with 

those who authorized it? Why haven't they been brought to court to explain 

their OFFENSIVE ACTION taken against those innocent, unarmed people? Did 

you make NO ATTEMPT WHATSOEVER to prosecute the perpetrators of that crime? 

Might I remind you that it occurred over a Lincoln County road, which is 

under your jurisdiction? 


"...On March 26 of this year Norio Hayakawa and Shinichiro Namiki were 
stopped by Undersheriff Gary Davis and Deputy Sheriff Doug Lamoreaux, at 
which time their camera equipment was 'FORCIBLY CONFISCATED' on public land 
by these TWO ARMED MEN. In years gone by this was considered HIGHWAY 
ROBBERY Under what law do you justify such outrage now? or is theft now 
legal in Lincoln County? 

"Is it not incumbent upon you to at the very least bring Lamoreaux and 
Davis up before a judicial hearing in front of an unbiased judge? In case 
you've lost their numbers, Mrs. Cafferata, you can reach Undersheriff Davis 
at 702-725-3447 and Deputy Sheriff Lamoreaux at 702-725-3645 in their 
off-hours when they might be more inclined to give some straightforward 
answers about this outrageous behavior. 

"I realize that you are at the very least angered by my inquiries. If your 
arrogant attitudes towards this reporter is any example of how you slip, 
slide, duck and hide from inquiries by others in the Fifth Estate - you 
must hold those of us in the media with very deep disdain. Your attitude 
reminds me of Richard Nixon. He had a similar attitude towards the free 
press, but you are in good company - so did Adolph Hitler. 

"This country has been very good to me, Mrs. Cafferata. I owe a great debt 
to our forefathers who had the courage to stand up and speak out against 
tyranny imposed upon them by King George. They had to fight for the freedom 
we enjoy in this greatest nation on earth. So I am not about to remain 
silent, turn my back and do nothing as you would prefer me to do while I 
see our constitutional rights that they FOUGHT and died for twisted and 
turned by the knaves of Lincoln County law enforcement. 

"I realize that you are paid handsomely to do and say what you do, Mrs. 
Cafferata. I have no problem with you making money, just as long as you 
don't 'sell out' our freedoms to obtain your fortune. Our freedoms are not 
for sale and we are not willing to see you surrender them to some 
'Neo-Fascist' NEW WORLD ORDER. I fear that if your belligerent behavior is 
allowed to remain UNCHALLENGED in Lincoln County, Nevada may well be on its 
way to becoming Nazi-ized. 

"I thank God that we still have freedom of speech and expression in this 
country. In the Commu-nazi nations of this world I would be investigated 
and subject to arrest for daring to make such inquiries of even a tank-town 
backwoods bureaucrat. Up until recently in the Soviet 'SLAVE SYSTEM' the 
KGB would concoct evidence against individuals like Solzhenitzen who dared 
to bring to light the grizzly Hitlerian horrors happening in the Gulag 
Archipelago. 


"As deeply as you might be in 'COVERING' for those who are 'COVERING UP' 


the Nightmares at Nellis, I believe that you will soon discover that the 

overwhelming majority of those who receive this letter are far more 

dedicated to 'UNCOVERING CRIMES' being committed against American citizens 

in your neck of the world - than you will be in prosecuting crimes 

committed in Lincoln County. 

"Incidentally, irrespective of how 'new' you might think that President 
Bush's NEW WORLD ORDER is, his 'presidential proclamation' is definitely 
not new. Adolph Hitler used the exact same words to describe 'his plan' for 
Global Government some fifty years ago. Now Bush claims he wants to 
accomplish it 'IN A KINDER AND GENTLER WAY' But that's just on TV - for 
the mindless masses. For your edification THE NEW WORLD ORDER is the title 

of Hitler's second book the first one was MEIN KAMPF. It served the 

Fuhrerand his Fascist followers who justified the INHUMAN WRONGS of 'HUMAN 
RIGHTS' committed throughout Europe. This included justification for Dr. 
Joseph Mengele's monstrous 'MEDIAL EXPERIMENTS' that were performed on the 
unsuspecting population in order to develop a MASTER RACE. 

"Of course there's a difference between Bush and Hitler's phraseology. 

Hitler talked about a THOUSAND-YEAR REICH. Bush talks about a THOUSAND 

POINTS OF LIGHT. 

"I know that it shatters your senses for someone like myself to suggest 

that 'GENETIC ENGINEERING' and 'MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS' could be going on in 

the miles of tunneled underground facilities at S-4 and Groom Lake - and 

that history could be repeating itself, yet this topic has come up 

repeatedly over the past year - from 'several sources'. 

"I recall one case in point when the Lincoln County Sheriffs Department 
picked up a young black woman named Trassie Wngfield who was wandering 
about in the Tickaboo Valley one night near the perimeter of the base. As I 
understand it she's in the Navy and is stationed out of Hawaii. She claimed 
to have been abducted and brought to 'the facility' twice for 'medical 
experiments'. Did your office investigate her charges? And if not, why not? 

"According to the FBI and Department of Justice records, well over 300,000 
children end up MISSING AND UNACCOUNTED FOR in this country every year. 
Where do you think these 'MILK CARTON KIDS' disappear to, Mrs. Cafferata? 
Certainly they can't all get swallowed up in the inner cities or wind up in 
shallow graves off lonely backwoods roads or served up on the table of some 
psychopathic cannibal. 

"In Bill Hamilton's book 'COSMIC TOP SECRET there may be an answer to this 
question. In it is described a literal Hitlerian 'hell under the earth' 
which was created at a TOP SECRET- BLACK PROJECT base called Dulce. That 
one is located in New Mexico, not far from the Los Alamos National 


Laboratory. I have enclosed two pages from Hamilton's book for your review. 
Though I suspect you will - I pray that you don't -- take these murderous 
matters lightly. 

"I have recently heard stories of people who, under hypnosis, have 

described in nightmarish terms what goes on in these God-forsaken 

underground facilities like DREAMLAND. Based upon what I have heard, I can 

only describe the 'HELL-HOLES' as 'FRANKENSTEIN FACTORIES'. According to my 

sources, these laboratories are run by a small army of I.G.O.R.S. (the 

Invisible Government's RobotonS) who follow 'the party line' as did their 

Nazi predecessors who ran the Hitlerian Hospitals at Auschwitz and Dachau. 

"I don't know what Hitlerian horrors are happening out there with PROJECT 
REDLIGHT but I feel it's imperative to ask the Attorney General of the 
State of Nevada to appoint a special (independent, non-government) 
investigative team to uncover just what kind of 'experimentation' is going 
on in the underground facilities at S-4 and Groom Lake (if these biogenetic 
experiments are taking place in United States territory, should not they be 
subject to the same Federal regulations that all of the other Medical 
Institutions are subject to? - Branton). The country has the right to know 
if the missing 'MILK CARTON KIDS' are being used for 'genetic engineering' 
and if adult 'abductees' are used for mutation experiments and body parts. 

"I would think that if you refuse to cooperate with such an investigative 
team or to even address this issue - one might conclude that you, like 
your predecessors, are following close to 'the party line'. 

"A final question about 'THE FINAL SOLUTION', Mrs. Cafferata. As you know, 
Adolph Hitler was reported to have ordered HIS I.G.O.R.S. to gas millions 
of innocents in 'death camps' like Auschwitz and Dachau 'TO CLEANSE' the 
world of the Jewish problem. Did you ever ask yourself what happened to 
those atomic scientists in Germany who were developing the A-Bomb and the 
dozens of doctors who conducted those medical experiments on human beings? 
Is it merely coincidental that there exists many thousands of Malthusian 
Minded Men who openly accept 'MASS MURDER' as necessary to bring about a 
NEW WORLD ORDER? These Orwellian ONE WORLD ERS working within the Bush 
'Black Projects' believe that the world's population has to be reduced by 
1,2500,000,000 people by the year 2000 (25%). If you don't believe, there 
are madmen with this mind-set... Read GLOBAL 2000's MASTER PLAN. 

"These Malthusian men have the minds of monsters. They use 'controlled 
conflicts' (war), 'bacteriological warfare' (AIDS), sterilization, 
mandatory abortion and 'weather modification' to create droughts that 
result in mass starvation. To achieve their 'end objective' for global 
government upon the ashes of all national-sovereignty they are willing to 
mass-murder millions. That requires, of course, the 'cooperation' of 


officials like you, Mrs. Cafferata, to follow 'the party line'. 

"I know it's very hard for you to accept, even in your wildest thoughts, 

that an AMERICAN AUSCHWITZ could exist UNDER American soil. I bet it's even 

harder for you to conceive that it could be fully functioning in Lincoln 

County. Are you willing to testify in a court of law that it doesn't exist 

there, Mrs. Cafferata? 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #7 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 6 

"During the Third Reich even 'the party liners' who lived around 'the death 
camps' were reluctant to believe that 'their government' could commit such 
horrendous crimes as were discovered after the invasion of Germany. Yet, 
although they heard faint screams in the far distance and cries for help - 
they SHUT THEIR EARS TO IT. Even though they saw carloads of people by the 
thousands going into the concentration camps - and none return - THEY 
SHUT THEIR EYES TO IT. Even when they saw billows of smoke belch from the 
bowels of the burners and smelt the stiff strong stench of burning flesh - 
THEY SHUT THEIR SENSES TO IT. And, in spite of the fact rumor had it that 
'unspeakable horrors' were going on in the 'killing camps' - THEY SHUT 
THEIR MINDS TO IT. 

"Those that asked local government officials, like yourself, WHAT WAS GOING 
ON were told that it was all 'TOP SECRET and involved 'NATIONAL 

SECURITY and NOT TO QUESTION AUTHORITY. Then one day when the war came 

to a close and the truth was unearthed, the 'party people' acted shocked 
when it became public that millions had been mass-murdered. They just 
couldn't believe that genocide, infanticide and homicide could have been 
not only allowed but carried out to the last deadly detail by other 'party 

liners' in the government who just went along saw nothing, said 

nothing and did nothing. 

"When it came time for the TRIAL at Nuremberg, Mrs. Cafferata, the 'Vun, 
Vurid, Vurkers' who ran the killer concen- tration camps at Auschwitz and 


Dachau - 'CLAIMED INNOCENCE'. Even those 'party people' who shoved and 
shoveled their victims into those carnivorous crematoriums - 'CLAIMED 
INNOCENCE'. THEY SAID THEY WERE JUST OBEYING ORDERS. They said they were 
merely carrying out the MASTER PLAN - for the Master Race. 

"I am not accusing you of any crime, Mrs. Cafferata. It is possible that 
you could just be so inordinately apathetic or just so blindly obeying 
orders that you cannot see, or simply refuse to open your eyes to what's 
going on. Or do you 'CLAIM INNOCENCE', Mrs. Cafferata? The Attorney 
General's office will be the judge of that. It is the A.G.'s responsibility 
to determine if any crimes have been, or are now being committed or allowed 
'to be committed' by your office. Ultimately, any decision with regards to 
the 'wholesale abuse of the law 1 is made by the prosecution who tries the 
case, be it in a court of law or before the bar of public opinion..." 

"Sincerely, Anthony J. Hilder- RADIO FREE AMERICA" 

Perhaps those of us who read these words should heed the battle-cry of the 
Jews when they say: "NEVER AGAIN ! ! !" 

In the early 1990's an avowed high-level Intelligence Worker in the U.S. 
Government who refers to himself only as "Commander X", for his own 
protection, 'spilled the beans' on a key secret concerning the interaction 
and conflict taking place below the Mojave Desert, against the Gray Empire 
which had entrenched itself in the subterranean levels of the Southwest: 

"The underground. ..base outside of Dulce, New Mexico, is perhaps the one 
MOST FREQUENTLY referred to. It's existence is most widely known, including 
several UFO abductees who have apparently been taken there for examination 
and then either managed to escape or were freed just in the nick of time by 
friendly... forces. 

"According to UFO conspiracy buff and ex-Naval Intelligence Officer Milton 
(William) Cooper, '...a confrontation broke out between the human 
scientists and the Aliens at the Dulce underground lab. The Aliens took 
many of our scientists hostage. Delta Forces were sent in to free them but 
they were no match for the Alien weapons. Sixty-six people were killed 
during this action. As a result we withdrew from all joint projects for at 
least two years...' 

"CENTURIES AGO, SURFACE PEOPLE (some say the ILLUMINATI) entered into a 
pact with an Alien nation' HIDDEN WITHIN THE EARTH." Commander X alleges. 
"The U.S. Government, in 1933, agreed to trade animals in exchange for 
high-tech knowledge, and to allow them to use (undisturbed) UNDERGROUND 
BASES, in the Western U.S.A. A special group was formed to deal with the 
Alien' beings. In the 1 940's 'Alien Life Forms' (ALF) began shifting their 


focus of operations, FROM CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA, TO THE U.S.A. 


"The CONTINENTAL DIVIDE is vital to these 'entities.' Part of this has to 
do with magnetics (substrata rock) and high energy states (plasma)... This 
area has a very high concentration of lightning activity; underground 
waterways and cavern systems; fields of atmospheric ions; etc..." 

The following is taken from an article by TAL' LeVesque, titled 'THE 

covert return of an alien species of reptilian heritage - the dulce 
base; 

which appeared in a mailer-newsletter distributed by researcher Patrick 
O'Connel: 

According to TAL, ages ago "...a CONFLICT with other beings (ELs) destroyed 
most of their (Reptilian) civilization, which forced some into DEEP CAVERNS 
& others to LEAVE EARTH (to Alpha Draconis and/or Altai r in the 
constellation Aqui la, which in ancient lore was associated with evil 
reptilian creatures)... The conflict is a Species War, between the Evadamic 
Seed & the 'Serpent' (draconian) Seed." 

(Note: Researcher Maurice Doreal claims that this "conflict" took place 
between giant humans or 'ELs' working with PRE- NORDICS based in the Gobi 
region of Asia several thousand years ago, and Reptilian hominoids based in 
Antarctica! - Branton) 

"Under cover of darkness, with bases hidden inside the earth, this 
nocturnal invader has chosen to reclaim what was once theirs & use it (and 
us) as a staging area in their ancient conflict with the 'ELs'. (Note: That 
is, the reptilians wish to 'reclaim' that which they WANT US TO BELIEVE was 
once theirs. The 'ELs' are the so-named EL-der race, a human-like culture 
tied into the Evadamic heritage yet who have attained or retained a very 
tall physical stature, in some cases being twice as tall as the average 
'International' or 'surface' Terran. Because of their physical differences, 
they have chosen to inhabit exterran, subterran, and according to some 
other dimensional realms so as not to induce irrational fear or worship of 
themselves by their more diminutive human cousins - Branton) 

"Humans with alien brain implants (the 'zombies') have been programmed to 
help overthrow Mankind in the NEAR FUTURE. The 'Reptoids' are even able TO 
TRANSFORM THEMSELVES INTO BEINGS WITH HUMAN CHARACTERISTICS & 
FEATURES. The 

planet Earth is being stressed so that human resistance will be minimal, 
during the overt takeover & control of Mankind. 

"It started as a 'joint interaction program.' An Alien Species wanted to 
'share' parts of it's advanced technology with certain humans in KEY 


POSITIONS OF POWER within government, military, corporations, 'secret 
societies', etc... The population as a whole began to be manipulated into 
the 'Alien Agenda'... they wanted TOTAL CONTROL of us!" 

(Note: When this was written, the real name of the 'source' of information 
described in the following paragraph was with- held and known only as 
"T.C." or "Thomas C". We have now been authorized to reveal the full name 
of the former Dulce Base worker as being Thomas Edwin Castello, who 
possessed a LEVEL-7 "ULTRA" security clearance within the Dulce facility, 
and who was in fact a head of Security within the underground installation. 
There are unconfirmed reports that Thomas Castello, after years in hiding, 
has finally passed away in Costa Rica. Whether or not his alleged death had 
anything to do with his intimate knowledge of the underground bases, is not 
known - Branton) 

"...T.C (had) seen tall Reptilian Humanoids at the base. This is 
interesting to me because in 1979 I came face-to-face with the over 6 foot 
tall 'Other 1 Species (REPTOIDS) which materialized in our home! They took 
blood from my wife (who is an Rh-negative blood type); & her daughter, who 
was 1500 miles away. 

"...We all came to know that the 'Visitors' were here to stay. We also 

learned how the Reptilian Race was RETURNING to Earth & the 'Greys' - who 

are mercenaries - WERE BEING USED to interface (with) & manipulate 

hu-mans. Their DEMONIC AGENDA was to keep earth surface (mankind) CONFUSED 

& unaware of their true nature & potential... ALSO (to conceal) THE 

KNOWLEDGE OF VAST & VARIED CIVILIZATIONS LIVING WITHIN THE EARTH. 

"The Fantastic Truth was made to seem a fantasy, a legend, a myth, an 
illusion! The REPTOIDS are RETURNING to earth to use it as a staging area, 
in their ANCIENT CONFLICT with the Elohim (the Creator and the Angelic 
forces as described in Revelation chapter 12, who are not to be confused 
with the 'ELs' with whom the Reptilians are ALSO in conflict - Branton). 
The ADAMIC Race has underground bases within Mars... they are a 'Warrior 
Cult' culture. 

"...There is a vast network of Tube Shuttle connections under the U.S., 

which extends into a GLOBAL SYSTEM OF TUNNELS & SUB-CITIES... Note: They 

(reptilians) DO NOT consider themselves 'Aliens'... they claim Terra (3rd 

from the Sun) was their home before we (humans) arrived. (Note: The saurian 

grays may have originated on earth and 'developed' or 'mutated' from the 

early bi-pedal saurioid species, yet there is much evidence that their 

'claim' that this is 'their 1 planet is merely propaganda designed to 

convince the human race that they or we must surrender this world to their 

control - Branton). 


"...As a species," TAL continues, "the reptilian heritage beings (the 
Greys, Reptoids, Winged Draco with 2 horns - the classic stereotype of the 
'Devil')... are highly analytical & technologically oriented. They are 
seriously into the sciences of automation (computers) & bio-engineering 
(genetics)! However, their exploits in these areas has led to reckless 
experimentation, WITH TOTAL DISREGARD FOR ETHICS (moral standards) AND 
EMPATHY. This is also true of MANY OF THE HUMAN BEINGS WORKING WITH 
THEM!." 

TAL then describes something which might seem unbelievable if it weren't 
for the fact that dozens of other sources tend to confirm it. This 
discovery was allegedly one of the REAL reasons for the incitation of the 
'Dulce Wars': 

"...LEVEL #7 is the worst. Row after row of 1 ,000's of humans & 
human-mixture remains in cold storage. Here too are embryos of 
humanoids in various stages of development. Also, many human 
childrens' remains in storage vats. Who are (were) these people?" 

The sources for these incredibly disturbing allegations aside from Thomas 
Castello himself, according to TAL, included: 

"...people who worked in the labs, abductees taken to the base, 
people who assisted in the construction, intelligence personnel 
(NSA, CIA, etc.), and UFO-lnner Earth researchers." This 
information, TAL states, "is meant for those who are seriously 
interested in the Dulce base. For YOUR OWN PROTECTION, be advised 
to 'USE CAUTION' while investigating this complex" 

The 'Symbol' for the Dulce Base that is worn on many of the workers there, 
allegedly consists of an UPSIDE-DOWN triangle or pyramid with an 
upside-down T superimposed over it. William Hamilton added a few comments 
in his book 'COSMIC TOP SECRET, concerning studies of the carcasses of 
mutilated cattle found near Dulce, New Mexico. These include: 

"...Schoenfeld Clinical Laboratories in Albuquerque analyzed the 
samples (of the affected hides of cattle studied by Gomez and 
Burgess) and found significant deposits of potassium and 
magnesium. The potassium content was 70 times above normal. 

"...Level 1 (of the Dulce base) contains the garage for STREET 
MAINTENANCE. Level 2 contains the garage for TRAINS, SHUTTLES, 
TUNNEL-BORING MACHINES (or what former Dulce-base worker Thomas 
Castello refers to as the "terron drive" - Branton), AND DISC 
MAINTENANCE. 


"...The Greys and reptoid species... have had ancient CONFLICTS 
with the NORDIC humans from outer space societies, and may be 
staging here for a future conflict." 

Penny Harper, in the January 1990 issue of 'WHOLE LIFE TIMES', wrote an 
article in which she referred to the UFOIogistand prominent physicist Paul 
Bennewitz: 

"Paul Bennewitz-- whereabouts unknown (Note: A search of a major 
laser-disc U.S. telephone database in 1993 revealed only one listing for 
'Paul Bennewitz' -- at 120 E. Pebble Beach Dr., Tempe, AZ 85282 - 
telephone #602-966-5704. This may or may not be the 'Paul Bennewitz' in 
question - Branton). Paul was a scientist investigating an abduction case. 
A woman and her son drove down a road in the southwest, the woman witnessed 
aliens mutilating a calf. The aliens captured both mother and son, taking 
them into an underground installation." The woman saw many frightening 
things, apparently much of it similar to what abductees Christa Tilton, 
Judy Doraty and others had witnessed, yet they - mother and son - also 
saw, according to Penny Harper: "...human body parts floating in a vat of 
amber liquid. After a horrifying ordeal, the woman and her son were taken 
back to their car. Bennewitz was able to determine that there is a secret 
'alien' base beneath Dulce, New Mexico. He wrote The Dulce Report' and 
sent it to the civilian UFO group called APRO (i.e. Aerial Phenomena 
Research Organization). Bennewitz was then committed to the New Mexico 
State Hospital for the mentally ill where he was given electro-shock 
'therapy.' When he was discharged, he publicly stated that he would not 
have anything to do with UFOs. He is a recluse today, but still alive, last 
I heard." 

Again, we quote from Commander X, who has stated: 

"...From my own intelligence work within the military, I can say WITH ALL 

CERTAINTY that one of the main reasons the public has been kept in total 

darkness about the reality of UFOs and 'aliens', is that the truth of the 

matter actually exists TOO CLOSE TO HOME TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT. How could a 

spokesman for the Pentagon dare admit that five or ten thousand feet 

underground EXISTS AN ENTIRE WORLD THAT IS 'FOREIGN' TO A BELIEF 

STRUCTURE 

WE HAVE HAD FOR CENTURIES? How could, for example, our fastest bomber be 
any challenge to those aerial invaders when we can only guess about the 
routes they take to the surface; eluding radar as they fly so low, headed 
back to their underground lair? 

"...the 'Greys' or the 'EBEs' have established a fortress, spreading out to 
other parts of the U.S. via means of a vast underground tunnel system THAT 
HAS VIRTUALLY EXISTED BEFORE RECORDED HISTORY..." 


The following account, concerning an area in THE MOJAVE just east of BISHOP 
(OWENS VALLEY), CALIFORNIA, was related by Val Valerian in his 'LEADING 
EDGE' Newsletter, Dec. 1989 -Jan. 1990 issue. The article, titled: 'DEEP 
SPRING'S, CALIFORNIA', stated: 

"Deep Springs, California is an area that is becoming known as the site for 
very strange events. According to the information released both on the air 
on KVEG-AM and from other sources, the area is full of strange people 
wandering around in black suits. There have also been rumors that there is 
an underground facility in the area. Checking with gravity anomaly maps 
proved that there are large cavities under the ground in that area. The 
wildest claims relative to the area have stated that alien lifeforms are 
being released there... Deep Springs Lake has been probed and it appears 
bottomless. Divers have traveled along an underground river 27 miles toward 
the Las Vegas area before having to turn around." (This 'river 1 would 
probably have been a 'partially' water- filled passage with a large stream 
or river flowing through it, rather than an entirely underwater system, 
since 27 miles of travel through entirely underwater passage would most 
likely be entirely out of the question, with present diving technology - 
Branton). 

The following list of 'entity types' or 'aliens' comes from the anonymous 
Intelligence worker 'Commander X', as he received them from John Lear and 
other 'inside' sources: 

"THREE TYPES OF EBE'S (GRAYS): GRAY-1 - 3 1/2 feet tall. Large head. Large 
slanted eyes. Worship technology. Don't give a damn about mankind. GRAY-2 
- Same type, different finger arrangement, slightly different face. More 
sophisticated than Gray-1 ... May not need secretions (large- nosed or 
large-muzzled grays? - Branton). GRAYS: Same basic type. Lips thinner. More 
subservient to other two grays. 

"BLONDES, SWEDES, NORDICS: Known by any of these monikers. Similar to 
humans (although it is unknown as to whether they are related to any of the 
nationalities mentioned). Blond hair, blue eyes. Wll not break (so-called) 
'universal law 1 of 'non-interference' to help us... 

"INTER-DIMENSIONAL: Entity that can assume various shapes... (also include 
fallen angelics or poltergeists. These often apparently utilize androidal 
forms to operate in the 'physical' realm, temporary energy forms, forms 
constructed from restructured physical matter, or even physical biological 
'shells' constructed from 'mutilated organs' and other materials, etc. - 
Branton) 

"HAIRY DWARF'S: Four feet tall, 35 lbs. Extremely strong. Hairy (possibly a 


degenerate branch of the humanoid Sasquatch - Branton). 

"VERY TALL RACE: Look like humans but seven or eight feet tall. United with 
Blondes. 

"HUMANS APPEARING SIMILAR TO BLONDES SEEN WITH GRAYS: ...Child-like 
mentality. 

"MIB'S: (Men In Black). Wear all black. Sunglasses. Very pale skin. Do nor 
conform to normal accepted patterns; Extremely sensitive to light..." 

Researcher Val Valerian has quoted various 'inside' sources who claim that 
the Grays are able to use organs taken from mutilated victims to construct 
physical 'shells' for their invisible or non-physical 
(demoniacal-poltergeist?) masters, allowing them to operate in the 
physical. In apparent confirmation, 'Commander X' shows how the Saurians 
might be able to 'create' such biogenetic forms: 

"...What the government didn't realize was that they (the Grays) planned to 
abduct tens of thousands of individuals, plant monitoring devices in their 
brains, and program them with specific series' of responses to direct 
commands. 

"The EBEs - also behind our backs - began to mutilate cows and other 
animals because they wished to use their tissues TO CREATE A GENETICALLY 
ADVANCED RACE OF FLESH AND BLOOD ROBOTS. When the government realized 
what 

the EBEs had in mind, and wanted to back out of their agreement, THE 

ALIENS' TOOK OVER SEVERAL UNDERGROUND BASES WHERE THEY HAD 

ALREADY 

INSTALLED UNDERGROUND LABORATORIES." 

On p. 109 of John Keel's book 'THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES', we read the 
following concerning an even more alarming possibility in regards to the 
reptilian threat: 

"...I am an amateur herpetologi stand once keptthree-fanged 

cobras in my New York apartment... until my concerned neighbors 

squealed to the Board of Health. SOME OF THE DESCRIPTIONS OF THE 

(alien) ENTITIES IMPRESSED ME AS RESEMBLING SOME KIND OF REPTILE 

RATHER THAN HUMAN MAMMALS. I didn't mention the reptile notion to 

anyone. But on July 24, Lia (an alleged alien tied-in with the 

Men In Black - Branton) visited Jane (a contactee) and refused to 

talk about anything but eggs. She took some eggs from Jane's 

refrigerator and sucked out the contents like a reptile! Jane was 

perplexed by this exhibition and called me soon afterward." And 


on pp. 1 76-1 77 of Signet's 1 975 paperback edition of 'MOTH MAN 
PROPHECIES', in reference to this same 'contactee' Keel states: 

"...Meanwhile, Jane's phantom friends were visiting her daily and 
helpfully giving her surprising information about my own 'secret' 
investigations. My interview with the Christiansens of Cape May, 
and the details of their pill-popping visitor, Tiny, was then 
known only to a few trusted people like Ivan Sanderson. But on 
June 12, Mr. Apol and his friends (including the creature 
referred to above which called itself 'Lia' - Branton) visited 
Jane when she was alone in her house and asked for water so they 
could take some pills. Then they presented her with three of the 
same pills, told her to take one at that moment, and to take one 
other in two days. The third pill, they said, was for her to 
analyze to assure herself it was harmless. They undoubtedly knew 
she would turn it over to me. Two hours after she took the first 
pill she came down with a blinding HEAD ache, her eyes became 
bloodshot, and her vision in her right eye was affected. When her 
parents came home they expressed concern because her eyes were 
glassy and her right eye seemed to have a cast. The sample pill 
proved to be a SULFA DRUG normally prescribed for infections of 
the urinary tract..." The possible significance of the 'Sulfa' 
drugs will become apparent later on in this File. 

In early 1992 the UNIVERSAL Company's Debut Network aired a made-for-TV 
version of John Carpenter's movie 'THEY LIVE', which was based on the 
premise of an alien race of bulge- eyed (one might imagine 
saurian-reptilian?) creatures that had infiltrated human society, disguised 
as humans, and which were in the process of subtly taking control of 
powerful social, media, economic and political positions. They were 
assisted by a small group of 'human power elite' who through subliminal 
'mind control', hidden frequency transmitters, television propaganda, etc., 
helped to keep the masses in a constant state of semi- consciousness. Those 
who had not caught-onto the alien conspiracy went about their business in 
a slightly catatonic state sufficient to keep them 'blind' or 'asleep' to 
the point that the aliens and their subversive activities remained just 
outside of their conscious perception. It is interesting that John 
Carpenter (not to be confused with the well known MUFON investigator) 
depicted the attempts of the aliens to "annihilate" human consciousness as 
a means to minimizing human resistance, by destroying individual creativity 
and programming all human "cattle" to conform to the dictates of the alien 
intruders. All of this without humanity even being aware that they were the 
mind- slaves of an alien force which they were "programmed" to believe did 
not exist. 

Also in the movie, secret subliminal messages were broadcast throughout all 


levels of society via all branches of the media, keeping the sleeping 
masses in a constant state of tranquil i zed apathy and subservience. A 
HORRIFYING prospect to say the lest. Also in the movie, the aliens utilized 
'joint' underground bases beneath major cities which were more-or-less the 
back-stage of the alien control scenario. 

Incidentally, Disneyworld in Florida contains an underground tunnel network 
with hidden entrances. The employees of the park use these as a 'back 
stage' - dressing rooms, employee indoctrination centers and other 
facilities necessary to keep up THE ILLUSION of 'Disneyworld'. This is of 
course all innocent enough, yet John Carpenter in his movie reveals the 
idea that the huge underground 'bases' beneath major cities are being used 
as 'back stages' in order to keep an infinitely more diabolical 'illusion' 
going, with the help of power-elite who are assisting in the covert 
subjugation of the masses for personal gain. The movie 'THEY LIVE' was 
based on the short story by Ray Nelson, 'Eight O'Clock in the Morning'. One 
might wonder where Nelson got the inspiration for his story, especially 
when we realize that the subject of the story and the movie itself is very 
similar to events which - according to numerous sources - are actually 
taking place, if we are to accept the MANY accounts which appear in this 
and other Files. 

Also, in the movie it is the Judeo-Christian element which first 'wakes up' 
to what is going on, and who begin the revolutionary 'resistance' movement 
in order to destroy the stranglehold of the aliens upon human society... 
Could this scenario be somewhat prophetical as the book of Matthew 
(13:24-28) seems to suggest? 

'Commander X' released details of an incident which may well 
have come right out of a John Carpenter movie, if not for the fact 
that the Commander himself - from his own high-security position 
within the Intelligence Community - is convinced of its potential 
reality: 

"...Another story comes from a private stationed on the 
surface at Dulce. He soon realized something mighty 'odd' was 
going on around there, but it took a while to put his finger on it. 

'"One morning last September, I was working on a routine 
job when another of the young enlistees, a mechanic, came in 
with a small rush job he wanted welded at once. He had the print 
and proceeded to show me exactly what he wanted. We are 
both bending over the bench in front of the welder when I happened 
to look directly into his face. It seemed to suddenly become 
covered with a semi-transparent film or cloud. His features faded 
and in their place appeared a 'thing' with bulging eyes, no hair 
and SCALES for skin. I stood and looked at it for about 20 


seconds. WHATEVER IT WAS stood and looked at me without 
moving. Then the strange face seemed to fade away, and at 
the same time recede into the ordinary face of the young man 
underneath. The dissipation of the imposed face lasted or took 
about five seconds before it was completely gone and I was 
standing there weak, my mouth open and staring at the young 
man who had come in with the rush order. The young 'man' 
did not seem to be conscious of the elapsed time when I had 
observed all this but went right on talking about the job as if 
nothing had happened. 

"This is hard to take but I assure you it was still harder 
for me. No one can realize a jolt you could get from seeing 
anything like this until they have experienced it for themselves. 
It was several days before I had myself convinced that maybe 
after all what I had seen was real and that I was not suffering 
from illusions and the beginning of insanity. Days passed 
before I saw this particular phenomena again. The next time 
was later at night at the guard house near the front gate, on 
the way to work. I had purchased some small items and on 
arriving I went around to the guard house with my slip to retrieve 
my package. There was only one guard on duty. I handed 
him the check and he began to look at the package, taking 
his time. I waited a minute, then happened to look directly 
at him again. His face began to change. Again a face of a 
strange creature was imposed. You could see through the 
imposed face for a few seconds and then it became the only 
one visible (solidified is the word) and again about 20 seconds 
duration. Again five seconds for dissipation and the guard 
started to move normally again, found my package and gravely 
handed it to me and I walked out without a word being said.'" 

Since I came across this report from the 'Commander' I 
have as a result of intense research discovered others that 
would seem to confirm it. Some of the reports speak of the 
"Men In Black" who have terrorized UFO witnesses as being 
in essence reptilian humanoids with a full-scale - although 
at times not-too-convincing - 'plastic surgery' job apparently 
intended to allow them to operate in human society undetected. 
Some of the early 'infiltrators' betrayed themselves with their 
plastic-artificial appearance, whereas in more recent years 
the 'disquise' has become far more sophisticated and therefore 
harder to detect, especially with the alleged use of laser 
holograms to project a human-like facade around their bodies, 
assisted by techno -hyp no sis and even a bit of molecular 
"shape-shifting" according to other sources. However there 
ARE ways to see through the "facade" of these "chameleons"... 


Researcher George Andrews, in his book EXTRATERRESTRIAL 
FRIENDS AND FOES (ILLUMINET PRESS., P.O. Box2808., 
Lilburn, GA 30226) quotes a statement made by Valdamar 
Valerian, director of LEADING EDGE RESEARCH (P.O. Box 
7530 - STE 58., Yelm, WA 98597-7530): 

"...A friend of mine and four of his friends experimented 
with crystalline structures a year or two ago (mid-1 980's - Branton), 
and they figured out how to cut them along certain planes so 
they could actually see the aura or energy field around people. 
That's when they discovered that all people aren't people, or 
the people they thought they were. It appears that some E.T. 
humanoids have a dark blue ovoid aura. It so happens that all 
the people they checked that met this criteria also wore dark 
glasses and made every attempt to act like they really wanted 
nothing to do with people in general. 

"They followed one of these people out into the desert where 
he evidently had a trailer. After waiting until dusk, they made 
a pretense of needing help and knocked on the door. After a 
short while, the light went on and the man came to the door. He 
looked normal, EXCEPT THAT HIS PUPILS WERE VERTICAL 
SLITS INSTEAD OF CIRCLES. It works. The only trouble is 
that it costs $2,000 to put a pair of those glasses together..." 

Several areas across the Western U.S. where surface and/or 
underground military installations exist have reportedly produced 
similar "Chameleon" sightings. There seems to be a trend which 
involves the infiltration of the C A and the subsequent 'replacement' 
of CIA personnel, and in turn Military personnel, by alien life forms 
not loyal to planet earth nor to the human race in general. Aside 
from Dulce, NM and the Nevada Test Site, other areas where these 
sightings have taken place include Deep Springs, CA where 'Men 
In Black" have been sighted, and Dougway, Utah where one woman 
by the name of Barbara who worked as a hair stylist claimed she 
one of the HIGH RANKING OFFICIALS transform temporarily into 
an entity with 'reptilian' features. Another source at Dougway who 
worked in an auto shop claimed that he saw a similar phenomena 
while changing the tires on the car of one Dougway military official. 
It is interesting that there are claims that the 'Dreamland' activity 
of Nevada has been extended to the underground facilities below 
Dougway. 

(Note: There have been similar reports as the above emerging from the 
Dougway Test Site on the Salt Flats of western Utah, just across the border 
from the Nevada Military complex. In fact there are allegations that much 
of the joi nt Alien-lllumi nati activity whi ch origi nated withi n the Nevada 


Military Complex has now moved into the underground facilities which have 
and are being constructed beneath Utah and Idaho, now that the Nevada 
activity has been the subject of wide exposure by the media. There is one 
reported case where a worker at the Dougway Test Site claimed to have seen 
a man temporarily transform into a reptilian while he was changing a tire, 
but the most interesting case was that of a woman, "Barbara", who worked in 
the small town of Dougway as a hair dresser. She worked on many of the base 
personnel there. On one occasion a customer who was a high- ranking 
military officer at the base came in. While she was working on his 'hair', 
she noticed a brief transformation during which she saw the officer turn 
into a "reptilian" creature. K.S., a Salt Lake City based UFOIogist, claims 
that during an "Open Mind" UFO gathering in the early 1 990's, "Barbara" 
alleged that while working at Dougway she heard "rumors" that "reptilian 
humanoids" were operating "all over" the base. Another former Dougway 
worker, Ray White, who was a top secret courier, stated that during his 
work at the base [1960's-1970's?] he witnessed an experiment where an 
object was "teleported" from one room to another. He also noticed that 
high-ranking Russian officers sometimes visited the base. He also claimed 
that some of the "people" that he met there were NOT human. When asked what 
he thought they were, he did not know, but he did mention that top secret 
research into advanced robotics was being carried out at the base - 
Branton) 

Researcher Val Valerian has, incidentally, described a very similar event. 
Valerian has researched alien phenomena and interaction with human beings 
since 1969. He spent 18 months in Southeast Asia from 1970-71 as a combat 
photographer, where he saw much UFO activity. After spending four years in 
England from 1980 to 1984 he gathered all the top research at his disposal 
and released what became known as The Krill Papers,' forerunner of the 
381 -page book, The Matrix 1 , published in 1987. He began networking with 
researchers worldwide and started an organization known as Nevada Aerial 
Research Group. 

Between 1988 and 1989 he functioned as Nevada State Section Director for 
MUFON. In 1990 he was appointed interim Associate Director for UFO Contact 
Center International and was a member of the Aerial Phenomenon Research 
Organization. In 1988 NAR began issuing a small newsletter detailing 
research findings. By 1990, this newsletter became known as The Leading 
Edge' and has grown to a monthly 100-page publication. The massive 581 page 
work entitled MATRIX II was released in 1 990. In April of 1 991 , NAR moved 
to Washington State and was renamed as 'Leading Edge Research Group'. 
Valerian has a degree both in Civil Engineering and Psychology and had 
significant input into Nippon Television investigations on alien 
activities, the research that stimulated the production of the 1 989 KLAS 
award-winning program entitled 'UFO'S: THE BEST EVIDENCE'. 


In June of 1 992 Valerian released the following article, titled 
"ALIEN INFILTRATION OF THE MILITARY MEDICAL SYSTEM: 
MA DIG AN HOSPITAL IN WASHINGTON", in his LEADING EDGE 
newsletter: 

"About a year ago, we ran into SEVERAL PEOPLE who 
stated that they 'had heard' that 'REPTILIAN HUMANOIDS WERE 
WORKING ATA U.S. ARMY HOSPITAL' NEAR FORT LEWIS, 
WASHINGTON. At that point, these statements were simply 
filed away in 'rumor 1 status, pending the arrival of something more 
substantial. Descriptions of the nature of and appearance of alien 
humanoid forms that could be termed 'REPTILIAN' vary widely. 
REPTILIAN HUMANOIDS HAVE BEEN DESCRIBED IN ITALY 
AS LOOKING VERY LIZARD-LIKE, EVEN WITH TAILS. Pictures 
showing some of these entities were published in an ITALIAN 
magazine and eventually ended up in the United States in The 
Leading Edge. Logic would seem to tell us that if alien humanoids 
were in fact in collusion with military medical personnel at a hospital, 
they would not in fact have the appearance of anything other than 
humans, or be close enough to humans to blend in. About a month 
ago, the nature of synchronicity brought me to an espresso bar, 
where I chanced to engage a lady in her early 50's in some small 
conversation about an entirely unrelated matter. She had been a 
nurse for some twenty years, and sixteen of those twenty years 
had been spent working for the U.S. Army. She retired from the 
service and was now job hunting in the local area. She was very 
professional, and seemed to know a lot about the nursing field. 

"Gradually, her conversation got around to a 'very unusual place', 
Madigan Military Hospital, which is located on Route 5 south of 
Seattle. She had applied for work at the hospital and noticed 
that it was indeed a hospital unlike any she had ever seen before. 
Madigan is a brand new $150 million dollar facility, built about a 
year or so ago. From her description, there are small R2D2-type 
robots that shuttle prescriptions between floors, all the equipment 
is prototype 'one-of-a-kind', like laser x-rays and a lot of equipment 
that was extremely high tech. It was not this alone which peaked 
my interest, but a comment she made later. She made the statement 
that when she entered a specific lab in the hospital, she noticed that 
all the personnel were extremely absorbed in their work - nothing 
too uncommon about that. But then she stated that she had the 
thought that some of the equipment looked quite 'alien', AND TWO 
MEN WHO LOOKED EXACTLYALIKE TURNED AND LOOKED 
AT HER IN RESPONSE TO HER THOUGHT. She said that THE 
EYES OF THESE TWO MEN WERE QUITE PENETRATING AND 
THATTHEYBOTH MOVED IN UNISON. That got my interest. She 
then stated that during the tour of the facility, the individual who was 
escorting her said that the top floor of the hospital AND TWO OF 


THE SUB-BASEMENT FLOORS were Top Secret R&D areas and 
were off limits to BOTH military and civilian personnel. That really 
got my attention. 

"Subsequently, I ran into a cable repairman who was installing 
cable TV in a nearby town, and decided on a hunch to mention to 
him about the strange nature of Madigan. The hunch paid off. He 
said he had been involved in the installation of fiber optic networks 
between the floors of the hospital when it was in its construction 
stage, and that there was a three foot space in between the floors 
where the optics ran. 

"Since these observations were the result of her (the nurse's) 
preliminary interview, I talked to her about the idea of getting more 
information, since she would be going back at least one more time. 
She agreed to make some tapes of her observations. The transcript 
of these tapes is as follows: 

"VISIT TO MADIGAN HOSPITAL - The entrance to Madigan 
hospital is off of Interstate 5 past Olympia, Washington. The exit is 
marked as Madigan Hospital, Camp Murray Exit. As you enter the 
area the hospital sits to the right - a massive white structure. As 
you enter the parking lot, there is a pond and sunken area that runs 
through a bridge which connects the 'medical mall' area to a three 
story building that serves as the main core of the hospital, where 
the services like x-ray, nuclear medicine and other services are 
performed. 

"The three story complex is connected to an eight-story tower 
dubbed 'the nursing tower.' The tower has a floor that is closed off, 
and I could find no access to it. 

'"I entered the front of the hospital, and the lobby was very 
typical, but not typical of a hospital of this size. I then went to the 
information desk and was greeted by an 'oriental' Specialist 4th 
Class, who was seated. He seemed very low key and laid back. 
I was directed to Human Resources. 

'"As I walked through the corridors, I noticed how beautiful and 
calm I was beginning to feel. The colors are very soft and conducive 
to feeling mellow (a 'tranquil-ized' atmosphere designed to negate 
any apprehensions? - Branton). 

"The military personnel WERE VERY SLOW-MOVING (which 
has not been my experience in the past, having served five years 
as an Army nurse) and LOW KEY. I went to the Human Resources 
and asked about an application, and was directed to a Master 
Sergeant - director of personnel. 

"'Having been a medical technologist for the better part 
of 25 years, the equipment I saw at the hospital was far beyond 
anything I have ever seen. I was shown an area where there was 
a long room with computer banks on both sides where both civilian 
and military personnel were working. Before entering the room, I 


was asked to stand in front of the door, where I was scanned by 
some beam-like light. I was told that my thermal pattern was 
being recorded in order to permit my entry to the room. 

'"Off this room was another room where procedures were 
conducted on patients, and I noticed that a patient walked over 
and climbed on an exam table. The procedure they were doing 
always requires that the patient must be sedated, HOWEVER I 
NOTICED THATTHE PHYSICIAN LEANED OVER THE PATIENT 
AND TOUCHED THE PATIENT IN THE CENTER OF THE FORE- 
HEAD WITH HIS INDEX AND MIDDLE FINGER OF ONE HAND. 
IMMEDIATELY, THE PATIENT FELL INTO A STATE OF SEDATION 
AND THE PROCEDURE WAS STARTED. What kind of doctor 
can touch a patient in that way and sedate him? 

'"I looked around at the other personnel in the room at this time. 
There were two, a Private First Class and a Specialist 4th Class 
at opposite ends of the room from where I was standing. BOTH 
OF THESE MEN WERE THE SAME SIZE, HAD THE SAME SKIN 
COLOR, AND MOVED IN A VERY DELIBERATE MANNER. I 
was talking with the Sergeant and happened to say something 
to myself very softly while having the thought how strange these 
people seemed. BOTH OTHER MEN TURNED AND LOOKED AT 
ME ALMOST AS IF TO STARE AT ME. I GOT THIS STRANGE 
FEELING. I had heard before from a friend whose brother had made 
the uncharacteristic comment that ALIENS WORKED AT MADIGAN'. 
ALL THE PEOPLE IN THE ROOM AND THE MILITARY PERSONNEL 
IN GENERAL THAT I HAD SEEN IN THE HOSPITAL SEEMED TO 
MOVE VERY VERY SLOWLY, ALMOST IN SLOW MOTION. I 
left the area and went back to the Sergeant's office. 

'"A month later, I returned to Madigan with a friend to see, without 
telling her anything of my experience, if she saw and felt the same 
things I did. She is very sensitive to variations in electromagnetic 
fields, and eventually had a headache and became nauseated. 
There are many other things about this place. Between the floors 
there are spaces where small robots move to deliver supplies to all 
the wards and other areas in the hospital, according to the Sergeant. 
I was told that there is no reason for personnel to go into these areas 
- that the robots do all that. I did see one of the robot devices. It 
looked like the R2D2 character on 'star wars'. 

""My friend and I entered through what is known as the clinic mall. 
This area houses the outpatient clinic. THERE WERE VERY FEW 
PEOPLE THERE FOR SUCH A LARGE CLINIC. We were told that 
THERE ARE THREE FLOORS BENEATH THE HOSPITAL and one 
floor above that are off limits to ALL PERSONNEL, MILITARY AND 
CIVILIAN, and that these areas were classified Top Secret and 
were research and development [R&D] areas. THERE ARE VERY 
UNUSUAL ANTENNAS ON TOP OF THE HOSPITAL. The three-story 


main service area has a complex on top of it THAT APPEARS TO 
HAVE NO ENTRANCE AND NO WINDOWS. Judging from the way 
the hospital is built, there are a lot of 'DEAD AREAS' that comprise 
spaces THAT CANNOT BE ACCESSED FROM THE MAIN SERVICE 
AREA. 

"The personal feeling we both got being in the hospital WAS 
THAT WE STARTED TO FEEL VERY DRAINED, AND WE BOTH 
EXPERIENCED GETTING A DULL HEADACHE. It wasn't until we 
had driven SEVERAL MILES from the facility that we started to feel 
better.'" 

I came across yet another report, however the exact source of the 
story was not confirmed and therefore should be taken as it. The 
report stated that sometime during the 1 980's a Secretary working 
in the Pentagon noticed a high-ranking Pentagon 'official' who had 
apparently lost a contact lense. The eye from where the lense fell 
out was NOT human, but instead contained a vertically-slit pupil. 
No one working at the Pentagon seemed to know where the official 
worked although they had apparently assumed that he was supposed 
to be there in some capacity or another. The Secretary however 
informed her superiors of the strange incident, and immediately 
Security Personnel approached the 'officer 1 who apparently was 
not aware of his missing contact lens. The 'man' did not make any 
attempts to resist. When the 'officials' apartment was searched, 
copies of several sensitive documents on the "Star Wars" or 
"Strategic Defense Initiative" program were discovered. Apparently 
the entity had been stealing the documents and transmitting their 
contents to some point beyond the planet. Rumor had it that 
the entity was physically examed and it was discovered that its 
internal organs were NOT human... 

F. W. Holiday, in his book 'THE DRAGON AND THE DISK' (W.W. Norton & Co., 
Inc. New York, N.Y 1973) relates some unusual facts concerning the 
relationship between serpent or 'dragon' legends and the modern 'UFO' 
phenomena: 

"...Satanism - that is to say the religion of the dragon... seems to have 
been contemporaneous in BABYLON and Bronze Age Britain. In both countries 
it was probably practiced by minority groups and became official only in 
times of decadence. 

"When Cryus occupied Ur...a form of dragon-worship seems to have been in 
vogue. The priests of this cult escaped the Persians by fleeing north with 
their PONTIFF (or 'PONTIFEX MAXIMUS', a position which has allegedly been 
secretly held in an unbroken chain from Babylon up to modern times - 
Branton) into the mountains of Asia Minor. They finally came to rest at a 


place called Pergamos in Lydia (western Turkey) and there set up a 
religious centre which became known as 'Satan's seat'. St. John said: 'And 
to the angel of the church of Pergamos, write: These things saith He [God] 
which hath the sharp sword with two edges [judgment and mercy]: I know they 
works, and where thou dwellest, EVEN where Satan's seat is...' 

"The ROMANS also knew about Satan's seat AND ANNEXED IT INTO THEIR EMPIRE 

IN 133 B.C., after the death of Attalus III, the last of the Pergamite 

kings. About this period A PLAGUE BROKE OUT IN ROME and prayers were 

offered to the Roman 'gods' in vain. It was decided, therefore, to appeal 

to Satan at Pergamos. 

"The symbol of the cult was A SERPENT and a special ship was sent to Lydia 
TO TRANSPORT THE GOD TO ROME. (Most likely a depiction or "idol" 
representation of the "god", in that idols among early pagans were 
indistinguishable from the so-called "gods" themselves - Branton) There it 
was installed as a deity with great pomp. The disease had probably run its 
course and the resulting improvement in public health was attributed to 
Satan. The new religion was so popular that snakes of inoffensive species 
were allowed to glide around at parties - at least so Seneca says. In 
HISTORIA AUGUSTA they are called DRACUNCULI or little dragons. 

"The Aesculapian Serpent - as the 'god' was called - is shown on a 
carving at Pompeii and is unlike anything known to herpetologists. It had 
vertical humps and snail-like horns, exactly like the monsters (sea 
serpents - Branton) of Scotland and Ireland. A bronze Urarian cauldron in 
Rome carries the erect head and neck of the creature modeled in the round. 
It is hideous. It has a shovel-like mouth, bulging eyes and tentacles or 
sensory-organs hanging on each side of the face. 

"No-one, of course, thought that snakes were dragons. The malignant Great 
Serpent of Babylonia was TYPHON or Teitan, Satan, the author of 
wickedness... 

"Politicians, however, never look a gift-horse in the mouth as long as it 

produces results. After giving the Roman people carnage in the guise of 

circus entertainment, there was no reason for the EMPERORS to shrink from a 

little devil-worship. Even the national flag was given the treatment. 

Ammianus Marcellinus describes the standard 'PURPUREUM SIGNUM DRACONIS'. 

And when Julius Caesar appeared in full regalia as the PONTIFEX MAXIMUS he 

was dressed in reddish-purple robes the same as the Pergamite 

dragon-priests. The reader can trace the rest of the story in Gibbon's 

'RISE AND FALL OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE'. 

"DRAGON-WORSHIP PERSISTED LONG AFTER CHRISTIANITY (and also 
'Catholicism?' 


- Branton) HAD BEEN PROCLAIMED. Tertullian complained: These heretics 
magnify the serpent to such a degree as to prefer him even to Christ 
himself; for he, they say, gave us the first knowledge of good and evil.' 

"...there is a case to be argued that monsters and U.F.O.s are in some way 
linked. Abnormal chains of causation tending to frustrate inquiry into the 
nature of the phenomena have been reported in both cases. John A. Keel, an 
American journalist who has been delving into the mystery for over thirty 
years, talks about a 'conspiracy'. He warned me: 'Proceed with great 
caution in your Loch Ness work. We are caught up in a series of games which 
must be played by "their" rules. Anyone who tries to invent his own rules, 
or breaks the basic pattern, soon loses his mind or even his life.' (This 
might apply in many cases, except of course in the case of those who are 
working for and 'on the side' of a power much 'greater 1 than the draconian 
forces that are apparently working behind much of the 'UFO' and creature' 
events. When Jesus sojourned in this world, for instance, he condemned the 
serpent race as being in league with the fallen archangel Lucifer-Satan, 
and promised his followers that they would have supernatural power and 
authority over these 'serpents' if only they would put their trust in Him. 

- Branton). Those who think that this is dramatic and absurd may care to 
remember the words of St. John: 

'"And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire to come down 
from heaven on the earth in the sight of men and deceiveth them 
that dwell on the earth by THE MEANS of those miracles which he 
had power to do in the sight of the BEAST' 

"The beast' that performed these miracles was what the Jews 
called 'The Shining One', 'The Great Serpent' and 'Satan'. If 
this is the underlying truth of the phenomena then Keel's warning 
is by no means too strong." 

In relation to the above, during the Dark Ages of Roman Rule, early 
'Draco log ists' documented many accounts of battles between knights and 
dragons or winged and limbed serpents. This "infestation" as it was called 
by the early chroniclers, was allegedly halted with the advent of the 
spread of Christianity, and the "worms" as they were often referred to were 
forced to retreat back into the underworld - from which they had emerged 

- by the valiant Christian Knights such as St. George and Lancelot, who 
vanquished the beasts at every turn. 

In 'POPULAR SCIENCE', March 1990 issue, p. 24, we read of an apparently 
quite intelligent, predatory lizard which constantly walked upright on two 
legs in a remarkable human-like manner, counter balanced by a tail. This 
lizard, in fact, may have been the original ancestor of all the reptilian 
species throughout this world (and beyond?). If left to it's 'natural' 


course (of not so much 'evolution', but rather 'mutation') over the years, 
according to some paleontologists, a race of creatures such as described 
below might have - through natural selection and environmental adaptation 
- become more intelligent and 'hominoid' in nature. As its brain and 
physical form 'developed', and it's limbs became stronger through 'survival 
of the fittest', the 'tails' of such a predatory race may have become 
atrophied [as the 'limbs' became atrophied in snakes, a reptilian branch 
that apparently 'mutated' in the opposite direction]. The article states: 

"The oldest known dinosaur, HERRERASAURUS... (was) a flyweight 
when compared with some of its ponderous descendants. 
HERRERASAURUS weighed perhaps 300 pounds and stretched a mere six 
to eight feet long. It had enormous claws and small forelimbs, 
showing that it spent much time ambling on two legs. It also had 
a peculiar, double-hinged jaw... that allowed it to clamp down on 
wriggling prey. And its teeth were finely serrated. These 
characteristics... clearly mark HERRERASAURUS as an active flesh 
eater. 

"The site of the fossil find (of the remains of this saurian - 
Branton), the Ischigualasto Formation in northwestern Argentina, 
is the only area in the world where there are no gaps in the 
fossil record across the time zone being investigated." 

In reference to the discoveries made by researcher Paul Serano - a 
paleontologist at the University of Chicago, who with colleague Alfredo 
Monetta discovered some remains of the bi- pedal saurioid lizard near San 
Juan, Argentina - the article states: 

"Serano says that the very first dinosaur should have lived at 
the time of the rock layer containing HERRERASAURUS, but that 
climate and geological factors combined to keep any fossils from 
being preserved there. 

'"We'll have to concentrate above and below that zone,' says 
Serano, 'Fortunately, those layers are very good. It's likely 
we'll be able to find more interesting fossils there.' 

"The paleontologist won the $500,000 Packard Foundation Award 
last October, which he says will enable him to continue on the 
track of dinosaurs." 

The following is apparently a description of the nefarious activities of 
the saurian 'Grey' entities, which was submitted to us along with a 
miscellaneous collection of UFO data by a Mr. Ray White. We do not know 
it's original source, other than the apparent fact that the information 


seems to be based on the revelations of a certain 'abductee', and begins by 
making reference to the greys as being: 

"...eaters of souls - harvest(ers) of souls - placed in huge 
globular depositories - something extracted, as hemoglobin is 
extracted from blood - some residue buried in a graveyard not on 
this planet... couldn't move or speak - couldn't move head - 
tunnel vision - everything blurred except straight ahead - they 
have rank - like an army but not the same - you know by the way 
they 'talk' to each other - thumb, 3 fingers, perhaps 1 very 
small -- suction pads on tips of fingers - our eyes do not pick 
up the real color of their skin, only a color-blind person would 
see their skin as it really is - she saw them as grayish green 

- their skin is not their true skin - it is like a shield they 

use, a protective covering (Note: In a similar manner Kenneth 

Ring, PH,D. in his book 'THE OMEGA PROJECT - William Morrow & 

Co., N.Y. 1972., states that, based on abductee reports, the 

'opaque black' eyes of most of the 'Grays' may also be artificial 

'coverings' - Branton) - their perception of pain is different 

from ours - one had compassion (Note: In most cases the only 

'greys' described as having 'compassion' are the so-called 

'hybrids', most of which are actually HUMANS conceived from human 

semen and ova taken from abductees, yet which have been 

'genetically altered' through bio-technology and/or artificial 

post- natal gene-spicing with the 'aliens' or other life-forms. 

Just as the 'greys' are allegedly part of a lower saurioid 

hierarchy, the 'hybrids' or'hubrids' are reportedly the 

slave-workers who work under them - Branton), others did not - 

ship blended into rock --total camouflage -- HAVE INSTRUMENTS 

THAT CAN CAMOUFLAGE SHIPS AS [like?] ARMY VEHICLES - when she 

entered the ship, at first she thought that she was going into a 

cave in the rocks - they take off your clothes right away, 

without your realizing they have done it - they have a section 

strictly for men, another strictly for women - they did not 

understand her menstruating - she had to explain menstrual 

periods to female alien - cure of cancer in spices and roots - 

deformed babies in some sort of liquid - some E.T., some human, 

some E.T./human, some deformed baby animals - failed experiments 

- they HAVE NOT yet had luck in interbreeding with us - 
offspring survive a certain amount of time, but then die - their 
metal different from ours, soft but not soft (?) - they don't 
understand how we bruise so easily, the softness of our skin - 
they were interested in soft spot at top of skull - they told 

her about her family history, going way back, ALWAYS the terrible 
things, traumatic childhood memories, few seconds each, the 
things she had blocked out, NEVER the happy memories - they 


can't understand why we aren't more advanced than they are - we 
limit ourselves - block knowledge out - ringing in ears both on 
and off ship - calf alive but frozen - different types of 
samples of animal life - they give birth through naval, not 
vagina - UBAN - Starmaster 12' tall - Night of Lights when 
everyone will see it - the whole world." 

On Oct. 16th, 1992, FOX Network's 'SIGHTINGS' document- ary described 
several abduction experiences involving 'grays' and larger 'Reptilian' 
entities. One woman alleged that during one encounter with the reptilian 
'greys' she saw a 'preying mantis' type of creature working WITH the 
saurian greys and which seemed to be the leader. It had HUGE black eyes and 
even through the woman despised the greys she felt an even stronger disgust 
and hatred for that particular creature. This is not the only case where 
reptil-saurian 'predators' and Insectoid 'parasites' (as some have referred 
to them) have been seen working together. 

Just what are these 'Mantis' like creatures that have been seen WORKING 
WITH the greys-reptilians? Some have suggested that they are an extreme 
mutation of the reptilian race, while others suggest they are 
interdimensional entities of insectoid configuration. John Lear has alleged 
that one of the first crash-retrievals of an unidentified aerial disk 
involved these 'mantis-like' creatures which were found on board. However 
he also states that within a short period following the incident ALL of the 
high government officials who investigated that particular case died under 
mysterious circumstances. Such a 'coincidence' may seem sinister if not 
demoniacal in nature. Like the reptilians themselves, these 'Mantis' like 
creatures have usually been described as being deadly and very deceptive 
and abusive. It seems as if they operate on an equal basis, and in some 
cases a superior basis to the so-called 'Reptilian' AND saurioid 'Gray' 
alien groups and possibly the pterodactoids or so-called 'Mothmen' as well. 

One source, although unconfirmed, 'claimed' to have seen huge 'Mantis-like' 
creatures in a cavern deep below a drill-shaft south of the Kokoweef 
mountain area near the Mojave Desert. The account, rather obscure in some 
details, was related by way of a Mr. 'Stolz' who knew some individuals who 
were involved in modern attempts to break into Earl Dorr's legendary 
'underground grand canyon' or river of gold beneath Kokoweef peak. It is 
uncertain whether the man in question was lowered down the hole or whether 
he allegedly saw the creatures via camera equipment that was lowered down 
the drill-shaft. 

In his book THE SERPENT AND THE SATELLITE' (Philosophical Library, New 
York), author F. Alfred Morin reveals on page 343: 

"...In the Jewish legends the serpent is sometimes described as a 


modified reptilian human-like creature indicating that this 
description was also gradually evolving into the symbolism of 
wickedness or Satan into the image and likeness of a man." 

The LEADING EDGE RESEARCH GROUP, P.O. Box481-MU58., Yelm, Washington 

98587., published the following 'advertisements' or introductions for two 

of their publications. Although these publications contain some 

'occult-channeled' metaphysical information of a rather unsubstantiated or 

subjective nature, other informations arrive from more down-to-earth (and 

thus more substantiating or objective) sources. The first add is as 

follows: 

Valerian, Valdamar. MATRIX II: THE ABDUCTION AND MANIPULATION OF HUMANS 

USING ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY. 3rd Edition. Updated with New Material. LEADING 

EDGE RESEARCH GROUP, 1991, 8 1/2 x 1 1 , Velo-Binding, 660 pages, 1400 

line-item index. Its first two editions sold out planetwide as of June 

1990. It is rumored that some alien species have secured a copy, and the US 

Government has also apparently acquired it. The original MATRIX, issued in 

1988, set the stage for this incredible piece of work... The book, now in 

its 3rd edition, updated in July 1991, encompasses an incredible range of 

data which includes precedental research on human abduction by both 

government and off-planet forces ~ material that other authors will not 

speak of and what publishers will not allow themselves to print. 

After the book was released, other researchers began to catch on to what 
has been occurring. Val Valerian weaves a wide range of interrelated 
material into a literary experience that will rock you to the core of your 
being - Included within the book is... data and updates on underground 
bases at Dulce and the Nevada Test Site, a large number of illustrations, 
maps and charts detailing activity sites, underground installations and 
tunnel networks, commentary by John Lear, Robert Lazar and a host of other 
top-notch researchers. Valerian takes us through the whole gambit of how, 
why, and by whom humans are manipulated, information about government 
connections to the abduction process, post-abduction problems, and things 
that the abductee can do. 

The book is the first to adequately relate research on memory functions 
relative to the abduction process, virtual reality machines and Reichian 
programming, and mind control by human and alien manipulators. It also 
discusses the abduction of human children and how to handle adjustment of 
the child to the experience, multi- generational scenarios and cases, human 
multi-dimensional anatomy and how it can be manipulated by technology, and 
elements of advanced technology possessed by the government. There is more 
information about the various species known as the Greys in MATRIX II than 
there has been (or probably ever will be) published anywhere... There is 
additional data on the Reptilian species who are dominant over the Greys, 


and what they may have planned for humans in the coming years. There are 
overviews of the processes and rationale for implanting humans, as well as 
cross-sections and technical data gleaned from extracted alien implants 
during 1991. Electronic space societies (which the Earth will become in the 
near future) are discussed. 

The book has an incredible spectrum of information about alien influence on 
human society, historical facts that are hard to come by, and much much 
more. There is just so much data in this book that it would take pages and 
pages to describe it... The book is the death- knell for the planetary 
domination-based control systems ~ the whole domination/control game and 
its accompanying social manifestations (and what is ultimately behind them) 
are exposed for all to see. MATRIX II and the research of Valerian and 
others he includes in his book also spells the end for "classical Ufology" 
with its attendant "Ufologists", "experts", and most of the "UFO 
organizations" that are here today. It also exposes techniques that 
intelligence and security forces use to have influence over people and 
teaches you why they are doing it. Through the book, we can see how alien 
interaction has affected wave after wave of civilization on this planet, 
injecting elements of adverse technology and mind control, and how the 
suppression of human awareness is being performed and supported. MATRIX II 
is an absolute MUST to have in your library -- you might throw all your 
other books on the subject away. LEADING EDGE RESEARCH also offers on a 
regular basis, the 100-page newsletter, THE LEADING EDGE. MATRIX II is 
$52,50, postpaid. 

And then the following 'add', which may seem rather confusing at first, 
however when compared with the rest of this File as a whole, one will begin 
to see how the following information corroborates with that which other 
sources have related: 

ORION BASED TECHNOLOGY, MIND CONTROL AND OTHER SECRET PROJECTS - 
A SERIES 

OF CONDUCTED INTERVIEWS, 53 pg, $8.00: 

This 53-page report was constructed from over 9 hours of video interviews, 
personal interviews and individual commentary. It is structured in an open 
question-answer format in such a way that the identities of the different 
parties are protected. This was requested by several of the parties in 
order to permit this piece of work to be done and disseminated. It took 
approxi- mately 20 hours of work to create the report, which contains 
information about some of the following topics: The Philadelphia 
Experiment, or Project Rainbow, Phoenix Projects 1-3, origins of the 
Radiosonde and connections with the work of Wilhelm Reich, government 
weather control programs and hidden agenda, the Montauk Mind Control 
projects, the deliberate murder of thousands of American children in mind 


control research and time tunnel experiments, government time-tunnel 
projects and operational procedures, how Nickola Tesla and Von Neumann 
contributed to these projects, the "martyrdom clause", mind control by 
individual signature, technical ways to produce planetary holograms and 
Maitreiya effects... government rationale and plans for the confinement 
camps and slave labor, Project Dreamscan, Project Moonscan, the Airborne 
Instrument Labs, Project Mind wrecker, the alien group known as the 
Kondrashkin and their interaction with US Government mind control programs, 
the Kamogol II and Giza Groups, the negative Sirians, Soviet scalar 
weaponry, Orion Group manipulations... telepathy producing drugs and their 
use and suppression, the FAA and zero-time generators, technical spin-offs 
from the Philadelphia project, the International Aerospace Alliance, 
cross-section of implant device, Wilhelm Reich and mind control, Reichian 
Orgastic-type programming and its use by the US Government and Sirians, the 
Psi-Corps, Alien soul-trading, Montauk and the aliens from the Antares 
system, the Leverons... the US Government and the Greys, electronic life 
support systems of the Reptilian Humanoids, new life form masses over the 
poles and their relation to yearly outbreaks of flu-like disease, AIDS and 
Fort Detrick (NSA), Mag lev trains and the US underground tunnel network, 
the missing human genes, buried spacecraft and alien technical archives 
under the Giza pyramid, the coming new money, the "Black Nobility", Nordic 
and human copper based blood systems and physiology, the technology of 
cloning and development of synthetic humans and political replacement 
programs, the Middle East situation, Congressional awareness of drug and 
alien agenda, the MB, the US Army and the black helicopter forces, 
government mobile mind disruption technology, nature and purpose of the 
Orion Group, fourth density transmutation of the human race, 
geologicalchanges, Sirian Mind Control technology, and more, along with 
illustrations gleaned from witnesses with photographic memory and a lot of 
courage. 

Again, in reference to the 'serpent races', John A. Keel, in his book 'OUR 
HAUNTED PLANET (1968. Fawcett Publications., Greenwich, Conn.) has stated: 

"...The parahuman Serpent People of the past are still among us. 
They were probably worshipped by the builders of Stonehenge and 
the forgotten ridge-making cultures of South America. 

"...In some parts of the world the Serpent People successfully 
posed as gods and imitated the techniques of the super- 
intelligence. This led to the formation of pagan religions 
centered around human sacrifices. The conflict, so far as man 
himself was concerned, became one of religions and races. Whole 
civilizations based upon the worship of these false gods rose and 
fell in Asia, Africa, and South America. The battleground had 
been chosen, and the mode of conflict had been decided upon. 


"The human race would supply the pawns. The mode of control was 
complicated as usual. Human beings were largely free of direct 
control. Each individual HAD TO CONSCIOUSLY COMMIT HIMSELF TO ONE 
OF THE OPPOSING FORCES... 

"The main battle was for what was to become known as the human 
soul. 

"Once an individual had committed himself, he opened a door so 
that an indefinable something could actually enter his body and 
exercise some control over his subconscious mind. (According to 
Judeo-Christian teaching, THIS would either be the incorruptable 
Spirit of the Messiah or the soul-destroying spirit of 
anti-Christ, the serpent, Satan, etc. Just as nature hates a 
vacuum, so does the human soul and spirit. In other words, what 
Keel is saying is that the human spirit cannot work entirely of 
it's own volition, but must serve as a channel or a vessel of a 
'higher power 1 , whether that power is good or evil. The act of 
'free will' which is given to man is a 'choice' over which of 
these powers to submit to or serve, and to accept personal 
responsibility for that choice. It is the greatest presumption to 
believe that finite beings like ourselves can choose to be 
neutral in this ancient battle between the Angelic forces of 
Light and Life, and the fallen demoniacal powers of Darkness and 
Death. Neither side will allow for 'neutral territory', inthis 
case human souls, because the stakes in this Cosmic Conflict are 
too high - Branton). 

"...the Serpent People or OMEGA Group, attacked man in various 
ways, trying to rid the planet of him. But the super- 
intelligence was still able to look over man... God worked out 
new ways of communication and control, always in conflict with 
the Serpent People." 

The mysterious "government insider" whose books have been published by Tim 
Beckley's Abelard Press of New York, "Commander X," related a very 
interesting incident which involved the subterranean mega-complex beneath 
Dulce, New Mexico. The story he tells might turn out to be an important 
part of the overall puzzle in connection with that which has previously 
been related. One of the many accounts concerning this particular alien 
'stronghold' - an underground empire which is apparently attempting to 
spread it's borders to the Mojave, where 'they' have met resistance from 
relatively more benevolent human forces - was related by this anonymous 
Intelligence Worker, who states: 


"...In another case an old illustrator, John D., does very painstaking 
work, but during his being on active duty at Dulce he began to act very 
queerly. He would write letters to the President informing him of a plot 
underway to undermine the government, and to sabotage the base. He began to 
draw pictures of American flags, beautifully executed. He drew strange 
designs of mechanical devices, began to visit the library and bring back 
books on physics and advanced electronics. He hardly knew how to spell the 
words. 

"He would patiently explain something of a very technical nature which he 
shouldn't have understood. When asked what he was raving about and why he 
was causing trouble by writing the President, John D. would say that he had 
been 'sensitized.' 

'"Last year when I was sick (John D. explained), the doctor on the base 
gave me sulfanilamide. There is a fifth column in this country that is tied 
up with aliens. Selenium is being slipped into SULFA DRUGS, and this 
selenium lodges in the bones and makes the body receptive to extremely 
short waves, those in the wave band of the brain. Similar to the waves that 
can be detected by the encephalograph. About 300,000 people in this country 
have been sensitized, and at least seven secret radio stations have been 
set up in this country, and they are broadcasting to these sensitized 
persons, instructing them in the best way to perform acts of sabotage 
against our planet.'" 

These claims as given by the Dulce worker, John D., are incredible indeed, 
and could easily be dismissed as the ravings of a madman, IF NOT FOR THE 
FACT THAT many others are saying basically the same thing, that there is a 
movement underway to bring the minds of the masses under the subjection of 
some alien force, whether through implantation or other means, and that 
these alien powers from all indications intend on bringing humanity under 
their control through such manipulations. 

Why would the "controllers" use the United States as the major target of 
their activity? We believe that this is due to the fact that the United 
States is a place that was originally intended by it's 'founding fathers' 
to be a refuge for peoples from all nations to come and work out their 
collective destinies free from the restrictions of prejudice and 
dictatorial or tyrannical rule - a land where all people could express 
their creativity and individual destinies without interferance. This was 
their "intention", however it is obvious that the "dream" has not been 
fully realized because of collective and governmental compromize of the 
principle that "all men are created equal". The United States, 
nevertheless, is unlike any other single nation. It is a "melting pot" and 
a place where not only international human societies on the surface 
CONVERGE and intermingle in a dramatic way, but apparently where human 


societies beneath or beyond the earth converge as well. For instance, 
according to various accounts, most non- surface human societies who are 
aware of earth have their representatives walking among us in our society 
(and to a lesser extent, other nations throughout the world). 

There is even the possibility presented by some accounts, however strange 
as this may seem, that the sauroids or reptilians themselves have their own 
chameleon-like (human-'appearing') "representatives" walking among us, 
infiltrating our society, for the most part unknown for their true nature. 
We have mentioned a few cases previously, however there is another account 
of a 'chameleon' entity which may have attempted to infiltrate the Pentagon 
itself, in an effort to seize information about U.S. plans for 'Star Wars' 
or SD I technology. The unconfirmed account alleged that such a creature was 
in fact apprehended after a 'contact lense' it was wearing, while posing as 
a high military officer, fell out, revealing a strange eye-arrangement and 
a verticaly-slit pupil. The creature was apprehended and studied, and found 
to possess a reptilian internal makeup! The apartment where the creature 
was staying was searched and numerous copies of sensitive documents 
relating to SDI were discovered within, information which 'it' was 
apparently sending on to it's superiors. 

The U.S., then, seems to be in essence a 'World Scenario', if not a 
'universal' scenario in miniature and therefore the 'Conspiracy' sees it as 
a most valuable 'prize'. Therefore it would probably not be too 'far out' 
to suggest that the war between the human and serpent races from all three 
'realms' CONVERGE in the United States and, to be more exact, within the 
vicinities of Mt. Archuleta near Dulce, New Mexico (a MAJOR earth-base of 
the Reptilian Empire); the Panamint Mountains of California (a MAJOR 
earth-base of the Nordic Federation); and the real 'hotbed' of 
INNER-Planetary and CYBER (electronic) warfare, the Nevada Test Site. 

Linda Dudar of Washington, New Jersey [whose letter appeared in a UFO 
research journal, and was later reprinted in Val Valerian's 'LEADING EDGE' 
magazine] made the following unusual allegation: 

"...I liked the story of the silver bebe (TSB, Feb. 1990 issue). 
I also had one. I was about 9 years old when it started to bother 
me. I don't know when I got it, but it was under my skin on my 
midriff section, just below my right ribs. I went to the doctor 
and he sent me to the hospital to remove it. I saw when he put it 
in the tray - a little silver ball about 1/4" around, maybe 
smaller. I also still have the scar. 

"Dr. Mundy, a therapist who speaks about contactees (and 
abductees - Branton), told us at a workshop one night about these 
silver bebes. Apparently they are/were a communication/ tracking 


device. The ball was not given to me. The hospital kept it. Dr. 
Mundy told us that during this time period, the 1950's, the 
government informed all doctors and hospitals to be on the alert 
for these bebes." 

During the 'contactee' era of the late 1950's and early '60's a man by the 
name of Mel Noel made the rounds of the UFO circuit describing his 
experiences as an Air Force line pilot' whose top secret mission involved 
the photographing of UFO's (both visible and 'cloaked' craft - radar 
directing and infrared film being used for the latter). These encounters 
usually took place over the Rocky mountains of Utah and Idaho, according to 
Noel, and throughout the years 1953-54. One of Noel's lectures was 
delivered during that period to a huge crowd at the Giant Rock UFO 
Convention held in the Mojave desert near Twenty Nine Palms, California. 

For several years 'Mel Noel' was out of the news, until in the early 1990's 
that is, when he reappeared stating that 'Noel' was merely a pseudonym, and 
implying that because of greater present-day awareness of the UFO phenomena 
he could more easily use his real name of 'Guy Kirkwood'. Kirkwood later 
appeared on the premier 'UFO CONTACT episode of the Fox Networks 
'SIGHTINGS' series, in the early 1990's. Kirkwood described an almost 
identical account as was given by 'Noel'. 

Kirkwood's (or 'Noel's') commanding officer during the operation had 
allegedly established radio contact with the human occupants of alien 
craft, who were rather attractive in appearance and could even pass 
themselves off as Americans if they were to walk the streets of any large 
city. His Commanding Officer later claimed that he had physical contacts 
with these craft. These human-like aliens claimed during a 'radio 
conversation' (between themselves and the Commanding Officer - a 
conversation which Noel and his three co-pilots were allowed to listen in 
on) that 'they' were from underground cities beneath other planetary bodies 
in the Sol System, AS WELL AS from underground cities within the earth 
itself. They claimed that these colonies or societies were affiliated 
together through a Central 'Tribunal' on or below the moons of Saturn. 

In Kirkwood's own words, in reference to this communication: 

"...they referred to, they made the statement that our scientists 

had made statements based upon theories that LIFE CANNOT AND 

THEREFORE DOES NOT EXIST ON THE OTHER PLANETS IN THIS SYSTEM, AND 

THEY SAID THATTHEYWERE CONFIRMING THOSE STATEMENTS. HE SAID, 

'LIFE DOES NOT AND CANNOT EXIST ON THESE OTHER PLANETS; ITS ALL 

INSIDE THE PLANETS, IT'S ALL IN THE INTERIOR, JUST AS THE HOUSE 

OF THE LORD. THIS IS THE HOUSE OF THE LORD WE LIVE IN, THE 

INTERIOR OF THE PLANET..." 


Kirkwood also stated: "...They went into a number of other things 
that may or may not be important; by discussion with legal 
advice, much of this, I CAN ONLY DISCUSS ABOUT 10 PER CENT OF 
WHAT TOOK PLACE." 

This last statement probably had something to do with his security 
clearance. However, one of the most interesting things about the case was 
that almost a month after Kirkwood's Commanding Officer informed him and 
his friends that 'he' was being allowed to join the aliens' society, his 
plane disappeared off the eastern coast without a trace. Kirkwood/Noel is 
convinced that 'they' took him. At one point during the 'Contactee' period 
'Noel' even claimed that he could arrange 'for rides' on UFO's, suggestive 
that he might have had later physical encounters with these space beings. 
Researcher John Keel once had dinner with 'Noel' in a restaurant in New 
York City, and Keel noticed that 'Noel' did hang around people and 
especially women who were very 'exotic' looking, and Keel was convinced 
that their conversation was being monitored, possibly by CIA types. 

In the mid-1 980's a Canadian woman by the name of Joan Howard wrote a 
privately published book, titled "THE SPACE - OR SOMETHING - CONNECTION". 
We refer to it here because it dealt with some experiences which she, or 
rather her husband, had shortly after she came to America from Britain. In 
fact Joan devoted an entire chapter to her husbands account, which involved 
some incidents that took place while he was doing some field work for a 
certain company, which required a great deal of activity in the 
out-of-doors. During his employment with this company, 'they' (he and his 
co-workers) had to travel through some relatively unpopulated terrain in 
West Virginia, particularly in the regions between Newville in Braxton 
county, and Helvetia in Randolph county, or rather the general region in 
and around the northern part of Webster county. 

During their travels through the forests and wilderness, and the rolling 
hills-mountains of West Virginia, he had encountered some very strange 
things, and heard accounts of strange cavern- related experiences from the 
locals. At one point, he claimed, their group ran across what appeared to 
be a pipe sticking up from the ground far from the nearest town. There was 
no other sign of civilization or anything manmade for miles in either 
direction, yet here was this large pipe or tube sticking straight up from 
the ground. But the most remarkable thing was that a flame was shooting out 
of the pipe as if it were burning some type of gas. They never found out 
just what it was. Also, in this same general area, they explored caverns 
which contained some very strange things. One of the caverns had strange 
hieroglyphic-like writing on it's walls, and others claimed that they heard 
what sounded like faint voices, and also machine-like sounds moving 
underground, as if they were emanating from beyond the walls of the 


caverns, or from their unexplored depths. Two men, he claimed, bedded down 
one night in front of a certain cave which contained a very deep, 
unexplored chasm some ways inside. The next morning one of the men woke up 
and found that his partner had disappeared, and no trace was ever found of 
him. This particular cave by the way had been known as a place of unusual 
happenings, and a place to stay away from. Some even went so far as to call 
it 'Satan's Lair'. Whatever the case may be, it may provide an answer to 
the man's disappearance. One of the most remarkable accounts that Joan's 
husband heard involved a man who claimed that, while exploring the 
labyrinthine depths of a particular cavern in the area, he had suddenly 
come face to face with a woman. She was attractive yet completely devoid of 
hair (such as someone who might have been subjected to radiation 
poisoning?). The woman, who spoke a language completely foreign to the man, 
tried for some time to communicate. After they found that they were not 
getting anywhere, they departed and went their separate ways. 

Joan Howard also claims to have had contacts with dwarfish beings since she 
was a small child, although her experiences make it unclear whether these 
'occupants' were human or not. She does state however that 'poltergeist' 
type manifestations often accompanied her UFO experiences, suggesting that 
the occupants - whether humanoid or saurioid, were involved with the 
darker side. She did warn potential researchers to be suspicious of ANY 
alien group which might attempt to contact them; encouraged them to PROVE 
if their claims are true; and always to keep "...a cold, keen, analytical 
mind." 

Stan Deyo was one of many Air Force cadets during the 1 960's who dreamed of 
serving his country as an Air Force pilot. That was until Deyo learned that 
something strange was going on in the Air Force Academy where he was 
stationed. The anonymous Intelligence Community insider, 'Commander X', 
relates: 

"...Because of what he discovered while an unwilling 'guinea pig' 
in certain experiments that were secretly being conducted by a 
covert organization working within the military, Stan Deyo had to 
flee the United States for a new home halfway around the world. 
Running as far as he could, the bearded scientist ended up in 
Perth, Australia, where he surfaced to tell his incredible saga 
of a conspiracy so sinister that it doesn't seem possible that 
something like this could actually transpire in the birthplace of 
George Washington, Abe Lincoln or John F. Kennedy. 

"Deyo had enlisted into the United States Air Force and was sent 
for special training to the highly prestigious Air Force Academy 
located in Colorado Springs, Colorado. 


'"...We were the elite from all over America, especially selected 
for a secret purpose we knew nothing about,' he told PEOPLE 
MAGAZINE, an Australia weekly news magazine not to be confused 
with the celebrity profile magazine of the same name published in 
the U.S. 

"They got control of our minds when we were asleep and fed us 
the most advanced physics for months on end. Then some of us 
began to realize something was happening to our minds and we 
rebelled. 

'"After two years, they failed the entire class - 1 80 of us. We 
knew too much. I'm speaking out now because I believe the world 
should know what they are up to, as well as for my own 
protection.' 

"As Deyo explains it, the Sixties were a turbulent period even as 
far as the U.S. government was concerned. For some unexplainable 
reason, Stan Deyo found himself along with his classmates in the 
middle of an 'intelligence war 1 between the FBI and the CIA, with 
the CIA bound and determined to keep the lid on a brand new form 
of technology directly related to UFOs. 

"The CIA in conjunction with military-industrial 'big business' 
has for a period of several years been in collusion, Deyo 
alleges, on findings that center around the development of a type 
of disk or saucer-shaped, antigravity machine that originated out 
of 'alien' technology. According to Deyo's scenario, the U.S. is 
worried that sooner or later they will run out of conventional 
fuel sources and that the 'elite' and powerful will need a 
revolutionary technology in order to survive (and no doubt 
maintain their control over the populations of the earth). So 
they contacted General Electric, Sperry Rand and Bell Aircraft to 
spearhead a drive to develop this new technology, which can whirl 
a disc-like craft through inter-planetary space at thousands of 
miles a second using the minds of the craft's crew members to 
navigate the Earth-made UFOs. This is where Deyo's training was 
supposedly to come in handy. Because of his intelligence level, 
he was to be made one of the ship's pilots as soon as his mental 
capabilities had been 'stretched' through hypnosis and an 
advanced form of electronic 'mind control'. 

'Commander X' continues: 

"...One of the most astounding things Deyo said - and this was 
almost ten years ago (i .e. around the late 1 970's and early '80's 


- Branton) -- was that he felt one of the staunchest supporters 
of this radically new a nti -gravity technology was none other than 
the late William P. Lear - John Lear's father! 

"At the time, Lear Sr. was quoted by the Associated Press as 

having said: 'I can't help but feel flying saucers are real, 

because of numerous manifestations over long periods of time with 

many simultaneous observations by reliable observers.' - And 

this is the clincher: 'THERE ARE NOW SERIOUS EFFORTS IN PROGRESS 

TO PROVE THE EXISTENCE OF ANTI-GRAVITATIONAL FORCES AND TO 

CONVERT ATOMIC ENERGY DIRECTLYTO ELECTRICITY...' 

Commander X continues: "For those who hold suspicions that John 
Lear might - at least sometimes - be responsible for dealing 
from the 'bottom of the deck' - providing as much in the way of 
'disinformation' as valid 'information' - we can't help but 
theorize about the significance of the above quote attributed to 
his father, and the possibility that some of what John Lear is 
telling us is meant to steer our attention toward 'aliens', 
rather than look right under our very noses at an Earthly 
technology that may be advanced beyond what we are currently 
taught is achievable through modern day science. 

"We wonder if perhaps there isn't to be found substantiation 
behind the rumor that Lear Aircraft Company (a firm that John's 
dad founded) is directly involved in some sort of research and 
development project(s) involving anti-gravity and the 
manufacturing of UFOs made right here on Earth. 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #8 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by 'The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 7 

"One possible scenario is that John Lear found out about this Top 
Secret project - perhaps while eavesdropping - and this is his 
way of 'spilling the beans' without implicating his father or 


anyone else as the source." 

In 1990, researcher Val Valerian released a peculiar document which was 
sent to him by another researcher. The document is actually a list of 
several military personnel. However, the strange thing about this document 
was the title-heading. 

Some researchers believe that within the deepest levels of the government 
is an on-going 'covert space program' utilizing some very remarkable 
aerospace and propulsion technologies. However, the very nature of this 
program, the clandestine (and possibly illegal) means by which it is 
funded, as well as the possible means by which they came across this 
'technology', has apparently led the 'Secret' Government into keeping these 
activities one of the world's top secrets, and apparently they have 
enforced this cover-up, as John Lear says, with 'deadly force'. Perhaps one 
of the most important reasons for the secrecy, according to some, is that 
SOME groups within the secret government have allegedly - in the face of 
'superior alien technology' - 'surrendered' to a malevolent alien race and 
have become their 'agents' on earth. 

Is it also possible - as many researchers and prominent military, 
government and industrial personnel are actually confirming -- that the 
'secret government' is utilizing this advanced super-technology (which they 
have hidden from the public) to carry out a clandestine space program 
involving not only manned FLIGHTS to the moon, but also manned BASES on the 
moon and, some claim, even Mars as well? There appears to be enough 
mounting evidence to cause the public to at least consider the possibility 
of these claims. Actually, if one carefully examines all of the various 
claims and how they merge together in synchro ni city, and if one studies the 
various theories and arguments concerning Einstein's 'unified field' theory 
and the apparent underlying connection between electromagnetism, gravity 
waves, and other 'unified field' forces, such a scenario involving a fleet 
of top secret government antigravity craft would not be outside the realm 
of possibility. 

The document referred to above contains in the title heading both the terms 
'Starfleet International' and 'United Federated Planets'. Why would such a 
statement appear on a MILITARY document? Could it be that, although perhaps 
somewhat presumptuously, a secret group of 'astronauts' constantly travel 
back and forth from ultra-secret bases on or below the earth, the moon, and 
mars; and have in anticipation of an ever-growing interplanetary network 
named this organization 'Starfleet International' and/or the 'United 
Federated Planets'? 

Val Valerian gives the following 'introduction' and story behind the 
document: 


"...Researcher George Andrews forwarded this puzzle to us. From the 

introduction, it might seem that this thing was complete bunk. There it 

might have stayed, except that WE TRACED 11 PEOPLE ON THE LIST TO ACTUALLY 

BEING IN THE MILITARY. What does it mean?" 

The following introduction is given by George Andrews: 

"A friend who wishes to remain anonymous, who lives in a large 
city, recently woke about 3 A.M. with a strong but apparently 
irrational impulse to get dressed and to go to an all- night 
photostat place. As she was entering, she noticed a man dressed 
in a Navy officers uniform who was just leaving, who threw some 
papers into the trash barrel near the door. She made her copies 
and was about to leave and had another impulse to retrieve what 
the Navy officer had thrown away. She came up with these pages. 
Under normal circumstances, the news that the United States Navy 
has a flying disk named the U.S.S. Excalibur (and U.S.S. Concord? 
- Branton), operated by a crew of four, would be cause for 
celebration... however (unless) this achievement is the result of 
the collaboration of the 'Greys'..." 

Andrews goes on to suggest that they might, because of their collaboration 
with the 'Greys', be forced to take part in offensive attacks against the 
'Blonds', who have allegedly had ancient conflicts with the Greys. 

The introduction goes on to state that those names which appear with an 
(x), are people who have actually been traced to the military. Take special 
note of names like Ferguson, Caskey, Taylor, Burrall, Stevens, and Miller 
- which are repeated more than once throughout the list. Possible signs of 
Nepotism? 

George Andrews suspects that 'Starfleet International' consists of 
human-military personnel only, while the 'United Federated Planets' may 
somehow tie-in with the non-human entities' such as the 'Serpent Race' or 
the 'Greys'. However, Andrews' theory that THIS particular Governmental 
establishment has collaborated with the Grays is yet to be confirmed. 

There is a possibility that the UFP involves interaction with the 
'Federated' human cultures in this small corner of the galaxy. Let us hope 
that this is the case, IF the following information is true. There is 
evidence in fact that certain 'Constituted Government' officials (who are 
loyal to the American- Constitutional 'Republic') - as confirmed by Guy 
Kirkwood and others - have secret 'alliances' with the 'Nordics'; wheres 
the 'Secret Government' collaborators (who are loyal to the Bavarian- Roman 
'Empire') tend to collaborate with the saurian Grays, etc. Below is a 


reproduction of the document: 


UNITED FEDERATED PLANETS 
STARFLEET INTERNATIONAL 
U.S.S. CONCORD NCC-1989 
CREW ROSTER 


CREW MEMBER SF EXPIRATION SERV. NUMBER 


COL. MIKE FERGUSON (SFC ST./MC) 
LT. LAURA FERGUSON (SFC) 
LCDR. HARLAN STEVENS (SFC) 
ENS. REBECCA BURAND (SFC) 
MAJ. MIKE WEST (SFC STAFF/MC) 
LT. KATRINA CASKEY(SFC) 
2LT. BOB BURRALL (SFMC) 
CMDR. BOB TOMPKINS (SFC) 
SGM. RAYCHAMBERS (SFMC) 
ENS. RON CASKEY(SFC) 
LT. DEBRA MCCLARY(SFC) 
MSG. IVAN GOODMAN (SFMC) 
CS. CRYSTAL FERGUSON (SFC) 


JUNE 1990*@ SCMC-8901-0002 
SCM-8901-0007 
SCSS-8906.23 
SCS-8902-0004 
SCMC-8901-0004 
SCE-8906-0005 
SCMC-8906-0003 


JUNE 1990 
SEP. 1989 
SEP. 1989 
UFP ONLY 
NOV. 1989@ 
NOV. 1989@ 
DEC. 1989@ 


SCE-8906-0002 
DEC. 1989@ SCMC-8903-0008 (x) 
JAN. 1990@ SCSY-0906-0005 
JAN. 1 990@ SCSS-8906-0004 (x) 
JAN. 1990@ SCMC-8904-0001 
JAN. 1990@ SCM-8906-0011 (x) 


MDSM. PHILIPPE BEAUDETTE (SFC) JAN. 1990@ SCM-8906-0009 


A-ENS. EVERETT NEW (SFC) 
MSG. JOHN HIGGINS (SFMC) 
W03. DOUG TAYLOR (SFMC) 
CS. ROSE TAYLOR (SFC) 
SP1 . AMANDA TAYLOR (SFC) 
A-ENS. KELLYMADDOX (SFC) 
RADM. ANNE MILLER (SFC STAFF) 
LTJG. SHAREN BURRALL (SFC) 
W04. CHUCK GRAHAM (SFMC) 
P01. DEAN KING (SFC) 
PO. CHUCK STEVENS (SFC) 
SP1 WILLIE STEVENS (SFC) 
LTJG. JASON MARRS (SFC) 
LTJG. CHARLES FINCH III (SFC) 
LTJG. JAMES CABANISS (SFC) 
WO. TERRYMILLER (SFC) 
WO. DEANNA WINSLETT (SFC) 
SFC. RICHARD PARKER (SFMC) 
WO. STEVE WILKES (SFC) 
LT. RUSSELL NATES (SFC) 
WO. SHELLEY SAVAGE 
CPL. CHUCK FAIR 
CPL. JON PLANT 


FEB. 1990@ SCE-8906-0007 
FEB. 1990@ SCMC-8906-0010 (x) 
MAR. 1990@ SCMC-8906-0001 (x) 
MAR. 1990@ SCS-8906-0012 

MAR. 1990@ SCMC-8906-0001 (x) 
MAR. 1990@ SCSS-8906-0008 

MAY1990*@ SMC-8901-0006 (x) 
MAY1990@ SCSS-8906-0014 
MAY1990® SCMC-8906-0001 (x) 
MAY1990@ SCO-0906-0015 (x) 
MAY 1 990@ SCE-0906-001 5 
MAY 1 990@ SCE-8906-001 7 
JUN 1990@ SCO-8906-0018 
UFP ONLY 
UFP ONLY SCS-8908-0004 
UFP ONLY SCS-8908-0004 (x) 
UFP ONLY SCM-8907-0005 
UFP ONLY SCMC-8907-0004 (x) 
UFP ONLY 

UFP ONLY SCSS-8908-0006 
UFP ONLY SCM-8907-0006 
UFP ONLY SCMC-8908-0005 
UFP ONLY SCMC-8908-0007 


WO. KARREN SULLIVAN 
WO. KELLYSPANGLER 


OCT 1 990@ SCC-1 4522-1 2 
OCT 1990 SCC-14508-12 


PAGE TWO U.S. S. CONCORD 

@ 

LTJG. JANET KELLEY 
CPL. MARCUS MALONE 
WO. ALEN SHERWOOD 
CS. KAHUNA KITE 
SPEC. VINCENT LIN 
WO. GLEN LOWE 
W03. MIKE WIER 


NCC-1 989 CREW ROSTER 
SCC- 

UFP ONLY SCMC- 
UFP ONLY SCO-8908.02 
UFP ONLY SCE-8908-0003 
UFP ONLY SCE-8906.23 
UFP ONLY SCM-8907-0002 
UFP ONLY SCMC- 


* DENOTES VICE FLEET ADMIRAL FOR UFP 

@ DENOTES DUAL MEMBERSHIP IN UFP AND STARFLEET 

* DENOTES VICE FLEET ADMIRAL FOR UFP 

@ DENOTES DUAL MEMBERSHIP IN UFP AND STARFLEET 

(Note: In the original document, 4 of the above names were indicated as 
being members of the crew of the 'U.S.S. EXCALIBUR') 

PEA Research (105 Serra Way., Ste. 176., Milpitas, CA. 95035) made the 
following comments in one of their 'Files' (which consist of collections of 
large amounts of documents and research related to UFO's): 


"...Ramifications of MJ-12. 


"If the U.S.A. F. test-flew a disk and was successful, what's to prevent 
them from using the same saucer to transport men and materials to the moon 
and mars? They would also be in a position to exploit the archeological 
artifacts of the pyramids and sphinx in the valley of lllysium on Mars. 
Also they could recover artifacts of previous races on the surface of the 
moon. Wth the aid of NASA satellites they could map and mine the rare 
earth (Moon, Mars) minerals at the expense of the tax payers while at the 
same time claim that we have nothing better in our technology than space 
shuttles (rocket power). 

"If the Canadian Geomagnetic project was successful with their free-energy 
geomagnetic motor, then why haven't we seen free-energy engines for the 
home and auto instead of hearing about oil shortages? 

"If the President of the USA is allowed only certain appointed staff by the 
Constitution and Congress - are the members of MJ-12 outside of the limits 
of the Constitution or did Congress give the President the power to set up 
a Secret Government (non-elected) without the public right to vote on this 


choice of the governing of the various military and non-military branches 
of the united states? 

"When the MJ-12 use non-appropriated funds for their Secret operations are 
they using money from the Black Budget? If so, when did we cast a vote 
stating that ANY branch of the Government can use the taxpayers money 
without giving an account or being held accountable for it? 

"When MJ-12 refuse to grant FOIA requests because of National Security 
reasons, is it because the USA won't be secure against foreign earthly 
powers, alien powers or against the wrath of a misled and deceived United 
States public (the Voters)? 

"Can laws be passed to Guarantee that various branches of the Government 
will be held accountable for (the) shredding of classified documents? How 
about passing laws to guarantee stiff jail sentences for underlings 
(secretaries, lower rank personnel) that carry out the command to shred 
confidential files? 

"tf the top of the mountain is corrupt, what about the foundation that was 
later raised under it. If a Secret Government is illegal, what about all of 
the secret projects it started and maintains control of? It's one thing to 
classify advances in technology as SECRET, but it's quite different to 
classify non-elected government as SECRET. When that non-accountable 
Government (non- accountable by reason of being SECRET) passes military 
laws that affect all branches of Government (military and non-military) are 
the laws legal or non Constitutional? 

"If the JMP (Justice for Military Personnel) letter is true, are the 
actions of the CIA legal as used AGAINST citizens of the USA? Isn't the 
purpose of the CIA to protect citizens AGAINST foreign threats? 

"If the MIBS exist according to the documents, what has happened to the 
Conscience of the Military Personnel that carry out false ID missions 
against private citizens? Why are Military Personnel carrying out higher up 
orders to impersonate branches of Government they neither represent or have 
Rank in? Is this patriotism or blindness?" 

In the April, 1963 issue of SEARCH Magazine, Wll Carson and Jeannie Joy, 
in their regular column 'PRYING INTO THE UNKNOWN', related the following 
incredible story, which involved an apparent encounter with an unknown race 
below the MOJAVE Desert region: 

"It has always been a mystery to us in the first place how Mr. and Mrs. 
P.E. can find and afford the time to do the sort of things most of us only 
dream of doing. After knowing them for more than fifteen years, it is 


inconceivable to suspect their integrity or sanity -and yet they impose 
the following excise upon our credulity... 

"While exploring for petroglyphs in the Casa Diablo vicinity of BISHOP, 
CALIFORNIA, Mr. & Mrs. P.E. came upon a circular hole in the ground, about 
nine feet in diameter, which exuded a sulfurous steam and seemed recently 
to have been filled with hot water. A few feet from the surface the shaft 
took a tangent course which looked easily accessible and, upon an impulse 
with which we cannot sympathize, the dauntless E.'s, armed only with a 
flashlight, forthwith crawled down into that hole. 

"At a depth we've failed to record the oblique tunnel opened into a 
horizontal corridor whose dripping walls, now encrusted with minerals, 
(and) could only have been carved by human hands, countless ages ago - of 
this the E.'s felt certain. The end of the short passage was blocked by 
what seemed to be a huge doorway of solid rock which, however, wouldn't 
yield. The light of their flash was turned to a corner where water dripped 
from a protuberance - which proved to be a delicately carved face, 
distorted now by the crystallized minerals, and from whose gaping mouth 
water issued. 

"As Mr. and Mrs. E. stood there in silent awe - wondering what lay behind 
that immovable door - the strangest thing of all happened. ..but our 
chronology will not be incorrect if we wait till they return to the surface 
before revealing this, for now the water began gushing from the carved 
mouth and from other unseen ducts elsewhere in that cave and rising at an 
alarming rate! 

"They hurried to the surface, and in less than half an hour there was only 
a quite ordinary appearing pool of warm mineral water on the desert floor. 

'"Do you know,' Mrs. E. said to her husband, 'while I stood down there I 
heard music - the strangest, most weird music I'd ever heard. But it seemed 
to come from everywhere at once, or inside my own head. I guess it was just 
my imagination.' 

"Mr. E. turned pale. 'My God,' he said; 'I thought it was MY imagination, 
but I heard it, too - like music from some other world!' 

"Why do they call that rock formation near where the E's had their strange 
experience Casa Diablo - the Devil's house? And why did the Indians name 
that area Inyo - dwelling place of the great spirit?" 

The following is a quote from Matt Spetalnick's article "IS ANYBODYOUT 
THERE? NASA LOOKS FOR REAL ET'S", in REUTERS Magazine, Oct. 5, 1992: 


"At least 70 times scientists have picked up radio waves that bore the 
marks of communication by beings from other worlds, but they were never 
verified, [Frank] Drake said." 

Through proposed projects such as SETI [Search For Extraterrestrial 

Intelligence], which involves large arrays of Radio Dish receiving 

mechanisms to 'tune in' to cosmic radio waves, Drake and others hoped to 

contact outside intelligences. However, if the incidents related by Forest 

Crawford earlier in this File are correct, this has already occurred. If 

our tax dollars are going toward other SETI type 'experiments', chances are 

that the public will NOT and NEVER be officially told of the outcome, if 

they [once again] receive signals from other nearby stars. Such a 

disclosure might threaten the psychological "control" which the (secret) 

government has imposed on the nations. THE SECRET GOVERNMENT DOES NOT 

WISH 

TO ALLOW PLANET EARTH TO BECOME A MEMBER OF A BENEVOLENT 
FEDERATION OF 

HUMAN WORLDS, as the Federation policies would certainly condemn the 
horrendous power-games which the llluminati has used for centuries to keep 
mankind in its stranglehold of slavery. The llluminati will only ally 
themselves with aliens (such as the REPTILIAN/GRAYS and some branches of 
the ASHTAR/ASTARTE network which has collaborated with the ILLUMINATI, 
NAZIS and GRAYS in the past) that share their desire to wield absolute god- 
like empirical control of the planet. It is very likely that Frank Drake 
was somehow sold-out to the Bavarian-Roman-Gray (llluminati "Serpent Cult") 
Combine, when we consider his complicity with the Inter-national UFO 
coverup. 

Incidentally, another possible use of radar-dish antennas has been 
suggested by K.S. of Salt Lake City, Utah, who allegedly talked to a man 
who was involved in setting up top secret underwater radio dishes for 
secret government projects. He claimed that many of these dishes were used 
to communicate with "our" bases on the moon and mars. If this is the case 
could the SETI program be, to some extent, an extension of this? 

Death Valley, California and the Mojave Desert region, as we have indicated 
earlier, has been the sight of numerous UFO sightings in the past. Some 
regard it as no less that a doorway into another world. 

The Paihute Indians as we have also related, tell of a race of Grecian or 
Egyptian-like people with white robes, sandals, and long dark hair held 
back with a band, who thousands of years ago arrived in North America in 
large rowing-sailing vessels. The Paiutes say that when Death Valley was 
still part of an inland sea connected to the Pacific ocean through the Gulf 
of California, these "Havmu-suvs" discovered an underground cavern system 
within the Panamint mountains adjacent to the west edge of Death Valley, 


and within these vast caverns they built their civilization. To briefly 
review the Paihute account: 

The legend says that these ancient people landed their ships near or just 
below large 'quays' or 'doors' high up the eastern slope of the Panamints. 
However after centuries the lake eventually dried up and disappeared, and 
as a result of this they developed new methods of reaching the world 
beyond. This, the Paiutes say, was when they began to experiment with the 
construction of silvery 'flying canoes'. Whether there is any connection 
with the following account is uncertain, but in 1905 an 'airship flap' was 
observed throughout southern California. On August 2, 1905, J. A. Jackson, 
"a well-known resident of Silshee," was out at 1 :30 in the morning when a 
bright light appeared in the sky and headed for him. According to an 
account published in the Brawley, California, NEWS on Aug. 4, 1905: 

"He watched it closely until behind the light there appeared the 
form of an airship, apparently about 70 feet in length, with a 
searchlight in front and several other lights aboard. The 
mysterious machine appeared to be propelled by wings alone and 
rose and fell as the wings flapped like a gigantic bird. 
Apparently there was no balloon attachment as is usually the case 
with airships. 

"Mr. Jackson, being close to the home of W.E. Wilsie, woke him up 
in time to see the lights of the machine before it 
disappeared.... The same night, H. E. Allatt, postmaster at 
Imperial, was awakened from sleep by a bright light shining into 
his room. There was no moon, the light was thought to be fire, 
and Mr. Allatt rose to investigate, but no fire was found. 
Looking at his watch, the time was discovered to be 1 :30 o'clock 
(a.m.), and it is believed that the brilliant light was caused by 
the searchlight from this mysterious airship." 

A craft of almost identical description was reported only 4 years later in 
the Dec. 15, 1909 issue of the Arkansas GAZETTE: 

"A. W. Norris of Mabelvale, road overseer of District No. 8, is 
of the opinion that an airship passed over his residence at about 
10 o'clock Monday night (December 12). Mr. Norris states that he 
was standing in his doorway when a strange light appeared, 
apparently about 300 feet above him, traveling south at a rapid 
rate of speed and disappeared a moment or two later in the 
darkness. He said that the light had the appearance of a 
searchlight similar to those used on automobiles, and IT ROSE AND 
FELL like a bird inflight. The night was cloudy, which precludes 
the possibility of the light having been a star or any 


atmospheric phenomena." 

Airships of this description were apparently common following the turn of 
the century, but few if any of this particular type of craft have been 
reported after the period just described (1900-1910, etc.). Just because an 
'airship' appears over California or Arkansas does not necessarily indicate 
that the airship was native to either one of those areas. However, there 
are nonetheless many evidences, as indicated elsewhere in this File, that 
the Mojave Desert-Panamint Mountains - Death Valley areas were apparently 
(in ancient times) a 'cradle', possibly one of many, for an early 
civilization which later developed an advanced form of technology; and 
having done so in relative secrecy, they were unhindered by the 
'uncivilized' tribes outside of their domain who continued in their 
relatively ignorant lifestyles. 

Perhaps the most remarkable confirmation of this appears in Bourke Lee's 
biography 'DEATH VALLEY MEN' [MacMillan Co., New York. 1932], which also 
dealt with alleged caverns WITHIN the Panamint Mts. region. If indeed the 
Panamint mountains are an ancient 'doorway' to an advanced and hidden HUMAN 
civilization, then one must recognize that it— as well as any of it's 

'NATIONAL TREASURES'-should be (as should be ANY NATIONAL BORDER ON THE 

FACE OF THE EARTH) considered the legal territory of those who have 

possessed it since ancient times. "Borders" need not be entirely 

horizontal, but they can be vertical as well. Un- welcome intrusions into 

such an 'undiscovered country' might be dealt with as in ANY OTHER nation 

on earth, and one should approach such territories with caution. UNLIKE 

other areas where subterraneous and malevolent anti-human or 'reptilian' 

activity is alleged to exist, the independence and national sovereignty of 

those subsurface regions where hidden HUMAN colonies reside should be 

honored as one would honor ANY national border on the face of the earth. 

Even if an archeological discovery is found which belonged to the ancestors 
of an ancient culture which STILL EXISTS, that discovery should be the 
property of that culture alone. One of the arguments FOR making public 
sensitive information on various exterran and subterran cultures would be 
to protect those HUMAN cultures from the secret governments machinations, 
by bringing international public support in favor of that hidden culture 
and its right to maintaintheir sovereignty and independence (if the secret 
government knowingly violates another "countries" rights, every other 
independent country in the world would feel threatened as well). And in the 
case of the various hidden underground centers utilized by the reptilian 
grays, the public knowledge of this would be necessary to maintain the 
"national security" of each independent nation which might otherwise be 
"infiltrated" via implantation, or other forms of mind control (which 
inevitably leads to other forms of control - political, spiritual, 
educational, economical, etc.). Even IF various subsurface human cultures 


were driven out of their underground homes by non-human malevolents, AND if 
those territories are somehow regained in a possible future 
counter-invasion against the reptilian incursions, then those territories 
should STILL rightfully and legally belong to or returned to the human 
cultures who formerly possessed them. 

Supposing there IS a counter-invasion in the future, there would no doubt 
still be much territory left over once the reptilians are driven out and/or 
destroyed, territory which might NOT be 'claimed' by a cave-dwelling tribe, 
colony or culture. Such underground systems could then be claimed by an 
outside government if they felt the need to expand their own 'territory'. 
According to some accounts, the U.S. government does know about many such 
underground systems and having found many of them unoccupied in past 
explorations, have claimed them for their own. 

Unfortunately, even in the case of smaller underground repositories of 
ancient artifacts, there are indications that many ancient treasures have 
been 'melted down' by prospectors, tomb robbers, etc., in order to gain the 
metal value of the gold, silver and other precious metals, out of which the 
ancient artifacts were formed, in order to PREVENT the state from taking 
'their find' away. In doing so, such plunderers have destroyed the immense 
historical and archaeological value of such treasures in exchange for the 
'relatively' pitiful metallic value. Many of the ancient Egyptian treasures 
fell prey to such vandals and 'grave robbers' in ancient times. Even if one 
does not agree with the religious symbolism's behind such artifacts, their 
historical and archeo- logical value makes them nevertheless worthy of 
preservation. The only reason that 'King Tut's' treasures have made such an 
impact (even though he was a minor 'king'), is that these treasures were 
among the VERY FEW which were not discovered by grave robbers and melted 
down for their metal content. 

There is no telling how much HISTORICAL INFORMATION about ancient cultures 
has been forever lost by such careless actions. Hopefully humankind has 
reached the point of maturity where the discovery of such treasures in the 
future will result in a cooperative scientific study of the ancient 
artifacts for the benefit of all, rather than the violence, death and 
betrayal which has often resulted in the past through the mistakes of 
selfish treasure hunters fighting each other for the 'booty'. According to 
some accounts many of these ancient sites still await discovery, finds 
which may make King Tut's Tomb look insignificant by comparison. 

As we have implied, just as one should honor the ancient archaeological 
SITES of existing cultures, in the same way one should honor the national 
sovereignty of another human CULTURE itself. To fail to do so would be in 
essence to THROW AWAY any 'legal' argument a nation might have FOR the 
protection of their own national sovereignty (CASE IN POINT: the reptilian 


or 'Draconian' Empire with it's major earth-center in the "Bhoga-vita" 
complex below India, and the human 'llluminati' empires on and beyond earth 
- which apparently have a secret alliance with each other - have so 
interfered in the sovereignty of nearly EVERY nation on earth, and have 
done so to the point that they can no longer legally claim any rational 
defense against ANY nation which would decide to abuse THEIR 'sovereignty'. 
The Reptilian empire is of course a problem in itself, having been at war 
(via overt attacks or covert manipulation - against the majority of 
humanity in, on, and above earth) since ancient times and apparently, from 
the accounts given throughout this and other files, does not even 
acknowledge humankind's right to this planet, nor even their 'right' to 
exist). 

Paihute Indian legends say that the 'People of the Panamints' long ago left 
their ancient city within the mountains of California and moved most of 
their civilization into still deeper cavern levels, AND (according to still 
other accounts) to colonies beyond the confines of planet earth itself. 
Although these 'Havmusuvs' may be 'benevolent' in comparison to some 
cultures inhabiting the surface of the planet, they nevertheless -- 
according to the documentation in this and other databases - have the 
ability and technology to defend their 'borders' and their loved ones from 
any potential enemy.. 

In his chapter 'OLD GOLD' the author of 'DEATH VALLEY MEN', Bourke Lee, 
relates the allegedly-true account of two prospectors who claimed to have 
discovered this ancient, abandoned 'city' within huge caverns inside the 
heart of the Panamint mountains. Take special note of the INCREDIBLE 
similarity between this account and the one given to the Navajo Oga-Make by 
an old Paihute sage, as recorded in the article 'TRIBAL MEMORIES OF THE 
FLYING SAUCERS'. We will take up the story where two Death Valley residents 
by the name of Bill and Jack are having a conversation with two 
prospectors, 'Thomason' and 'White', from whom the author 'apparently' 
learned the details of the following discussion, if not present at the 
discussion himself: 

...Thomason looked from Jack to Bill and asked, 'How long have you men been 
in this country?' 

Jack spoke before Bill had a chance. 'Not very long,' said Jack quietly. 
Bill glanced curiously at Jack but said nothing. If Jack thought that 30 
years was not very long, that was all right with Bill. 

Thomason said, 'I've been in and out of the Death Valley country for 20 
years. So has my partner. We know where there is lost treasure. We've known 
about it for several years, and we're the only men in the world [?] who do 
know about it. We're going to let you two fellows in on it. You've been 


good to us. You're both fine fellows. You haven't asked us any questions 
about ourselves, and we like you. We think you can keep a secret, so well 
tell you ours." 

Jack blew smoke and asked, "A lost mine?" 

"No, not a mine," said Thomason. "A lost treasure house. A lost city of 
gold. It's bigger than any mine that ever was found, or ever will be." 

"It's bigger than the United States Mint," said White, with his voice and 
body shaking with excitement. "It's a city thousands of years old and worth 
billions of dollars! Billions of Dollars! Billions! Not Millions. 
Billions!" 

Thomason and White spoke rapidly and tensely, interrupting each other in 
eager speech. 

Thomason said, "We've been trying to get the treasure out of this golden 
city for years. We had to have help, and we haven't been able to get it." 

"Everybody tries to rob us," put in White. "They all want too big a share. 
I offered the whole city to the Smithsonian Institution for five million 
dollars - only a small part of what it's worth. They tried to rob us, too! 
They said they'd give me a million and a half for a discovery that's worth 
a billion dollars!" he sneered. "I had nothing more to do with them." 

Jack got up and found his plug of tobacco. He threw away his cigarette and 
savagely bit off an enormous chew. He sat down and crossed his legs and 
glowered at White as he worked his chew into his jaw. 

Bill's voice was meek as he asked, "And this place is in Death Valley?" 

"Right in the Panamint Mountains!" said Thomason. "My partner found it by 
accident. He was prospecting down on the lower edge of the range near 
Wingate Pass. He was working in the bottom of an old abandoned shaft when 
the bottom fell out and landed him in a tunnel. We've explored the tunnel 
since. It's a natural tunnel like a big cave. It's over 20 miles long. It 
leads all through a great underground city; through the treasure vaults, 
the royal palace and the council chambers; and it connects to a series of 
beautiful galleries with stone arches in the east slope of the Panamint 
Mountains. Those arches are like great big windows in the side of the 
mountain and they look down on Death Valley. They're high above the valley 
now, but we believe that those entrances in the mountain side were used by 
the ancient people that built the city. They used to land their boats 
there." 


"Boats!" demanded the astonished Bill, "boats in Death Valley?" 

Jack choked and said, "Sure, boats. There used to be a lake in Death 
Valley. I hear the fishing was fine." 

"You know about the lake," Thomason pointed his blue chin at Jack. "Your 
geology would tell you about the lake. It was a long time ago... The 
ancient people who built the city in the caverns under the mountain lived 
on in their treasure houses long after the lake in the valley dried up. How 
long, we don't know. But the people we found in the caverns have been dead 
for thousands of years. Why! Those mummies alone are worth a million 
dollars!" 

White, his eyes blazing, his body trembling, filled the little house with a 
vibrant voice on the edge of hysteria. "Gold!" he cried. "Gold spears! Gold 
shields! Gold statues! Jewelry! Thick gold bands on their arms! I found 
them! I fell into the underground city. There was an enormous room; big as 
this canyon. A hundred men were in it. Some were sitting around a polished 
table that was inlaid with gold and precious stones. Men stood around the 
walls of the room carrying shields and spears of solid gold. All the men - 
more than a hundred - had on leather aprons, the finest kind of leather, 
soft and full of gold ornaments and jewels. They sat there and stood there 
with all that wealth around them. They are still there. They are all dead! 
And the gold, all that gold, and all those gems and jewels are all around 
them. All that gold and jewelry! Billions!" White's voice was ascending to 
a shriek when Thomason put a hand on his arm and White fell silent, his 
eyes darting about to the faces of those who sat around the table. 

Thomason explained quietly, "These ancient people must have been having a 
meeting of their rulers in the council chamber when they were killed very 
suddenly. We haven't examined them closely because it was the treasure that 
interested us, but the people all seem to be perfect mummies." 

Bill squinted at White and asked, "Ain't it dark in this tunnel?" 

"Black dark," said White, who had his voice under control again. His 
outburst had quieted him. "When I first went into that council room I had 
just some candles. I fumbled around. I didn't discover everything all at 
once like I'm telling you. I fell around over these men, and I was pretty 
near almost scared out of my head. But I got over that and everything was 
all right and I could see everything after I hit the lights." 

"Lights? There were lights?" It was Bill asking. 

"Oh, yes," said White. "These old people had a natural gas they used for 
lighting and cooking. I found it by accident. I was bumping around in the 


dark. Everything was hard and cold and I kept thinking I was seeing people 
and I was pretty scared. I stumbled over something on the floor and fell 
down. Before I could get up there was a little explosion and gas flames all 
around the room lighted up. What I fell over was a rock lever that turned 
on the gas, and my candle set the gas off. That was when I saw all the men, 
and the polished table, and the big statue. I thought I was dreaming. The 
statue was solid gold. It's face looked like the man sitting at the head of 
the table, only, of course, the statue's face was much bigger than the 
man's, because the statue was all in perfect size, only bigger. The statue 
was solid gold, and it is 89 feet, six inches tall!" 

"Did you measure it," asked Jack, silkily, "or just guess at it?" 

"I measured it. Now you'll get an idea of how big that one room - the 
council room -- is. That statue only takes up a small part of it!" 

Steady and evenly, Jack asked, "Did you weigh the statue?" 

"No," said White. "You couldn't weigh it." 

Bill was puzzled. "Would you mind telling me how you measured it?" asked 
Bill. 

"With a sextant," said White. "I always carry a sextant when I'm on the 
desert. Then if I get lost, I can use my sextant on the sun or moon or 
stars to find myself on the map. I took a sextant angle of the height of 
the statue and figured it out later." 

"A sextant," said Bill, frowning heavily. 

Jack said, "It's a part of the church, Bill. Nevermind that.... Tell us 
some more about this place. It's very interesting." 

Fred Thomason said, "Tell them about the treasure rooms." 

"I found them later." White polished his shining pate with a grimy 
handkerchief. "After I got the lights going I could see all the walls of 
this big room and I saw some doors cut in the solid rock of the walls. The 
doors are big as slabs of rock hung on hinges you can't see. A big rock bar 
lets down across them. I tried to lift up the bars and couldn't move them. 
I fooled around trying to get the doors open. I must have been an hour 
before I took ahold of a little latch like on the short end of the bar and 
the great bar swung up. Those people know about counter-weights and all 
those great big doors with their barlocks - they must weigh hundreds of 
tons - are all balanced so that you can move them with your little finger, 
if you fi nd the right place." 


Thomason again said, "Tell them about the treasure." 


"It's gold bars and precious stones. The treasure rooms are inside these 
big rock doors. The gold is stacked in small bars piled against the walls 
like bricks. The jewels are in bins cut out of rock. There's so much gold 
and jewelry in that place that the people there had stone wheelbarrows to 
move the treasure around." 

Jack sat up in sudden interest. "Wheelbarrows?" he asked... 

"We don't know how old they are," said Thomason, "but the stone 
wheelbarrows are there." 

"Stone wheelbarrows," marveled Jack. "Those dead men must have been very 
powerful men. Only very strong men could push around a stone wheelbarrow 
loaded with gold bars. The wheelbarrows must have weighed a tone without a 
load in them." 

"Yes," said Thomason, slowly, "the wheelbarrows are stone and of course 
they are very heavy-" 

"But they're very easy to push around even with a load in them," White 
explained. "They're scientific wheelbarrows." 

"No," objected Jack in a low tone of anguish. 

"Yes," insisted White, pleasantly sure of himself. A small boy could fill 
one of those stone wheelbarrows full of gold bars and wheel it around. The 
wheelbarrows are balanced just like the doors. Instead of having the wheel 
out in front so that a man has to pick up all the weight with his back, 
these wise people put the wheel almost in the middle and arranged the 
leverage of the shafts so that a child could put in a balanced load and 
wheel the barrow around." 

Jack's heart was breaking. He left the table and threw his chew out the 
door. He went over to the stove with his cup. "Anybody want more coffee?" 
he asked. No one did. 

Bill studied Thomason and White for several minutes. Then he asked, "How 
many times have you been in this tunnel?" 

"I've been there three times," said White. "That's counting the first time 
I fell in. Fred's been in twice; and my wife went partway in the last time 
we was in." 


Mrs. White stroked her blond hair and said, "I thought my husband was 
romancing when he came home and told me what he found in the mountains. He 
always was a romancer. I was sure he was just romancing about this city he 
said he found. I didn't believe it until they took me into it. It is a 
little hard to believe, don't you think?" 

Bill said, "It sure is." Jack stirred sugar into his coffee and sat down at 
the table again. Bill asked, "Did you ever bring anything out of the cave?" 

"Twice," said Fred Thomason. "Both times we went in we filled out pockets 
with gems, and carried out a gold bar apiece. The first time we left the 
stuff with a friend of ours and we went to try and interest someone in what 
we'd found. We thought the scientists would be interested or the 
government. One government man said he'd like to see the stuff and we went 
back to our friend to get the gold and jewels and he told us he'd never 
seen them; and dared us to try to get them back. You see, he double crossed 
us. We were in a little trouble at the time and the loss of that stuff just 
put us in deeper. We couldn't get a stake because we were having hard work 
making anyone believe us. So we made another trip out here for more proof. 
That time we brought out more treasure and buried it close to the shaft 
entrance to the underground city before we went back to the Coast. I 
persuaded some university officials and some experts from the Southwest 
Museum to come out here with me. We got up on the Panamints and I could not 
find the shaft. A cloud-burst had changed all the country around the shaft. 
We were out of luck. The scientists became unreasonably angry with us. 
They've done everything they can to discredit us ever since." 

Jack watched Thomason and White across the rim of his coffee cup. Bill 
said, "And now you can't get into your treasure tunnel. It's lost again. 
That's sure too bad." 

Thomason and White smiled. "We can get in all right," said Thomason in a 
genial voice his cold eyes did not support. Mrs. White smiled confidently 
and her husband bobbed his head. Thomason went on: "You've forgotten about 
the old boat landings on the Death Valley side of the Panamint Mountains. 
All we have to do is climb the mountain to the openings where the galleries 
come out of the city on the old lake shore. Do you know the mountains along 
the west side of Death Valley?" 

"I've been down there," said Bill. 

Thomason turned to White: "How high do you think those galleries are above 
the bottom of Death Valley?" 

White said, "Somewhere around forty-five hundred or five thousand feet. You 
looked out of them; what do you think?" 


"That's about right," agreed Thomason. "The openings are right across from 
Furnace Creek Ranch. We could see the green of the ranch right below us and 
Furnace Creek Wash across the valley. We'll find those windows in the 
mountains, all right." 

"You goin down there now?" asked Bill. 

"That's it," said White. "We're through with the scientists. We tried to 
make a present of our discovery to science because we thought they would be 
interested. But they tried to rob us, and then they laughed at us and 
abused us..." 

Saying thanks and farewell the treasure hunters left, promising to return, 
and drove in their car down to Emigrant Canyon towards Death Valley. Later 
that same afternoon Bourke Lee, the author of DEATH VALLEY MEN, allegedly 
met the three of them on the floor of the valley. Their car was parked 
beside the road between Furnace Creek Ranch and the Salt Beds. The men were 
patching a tube. They did not need any help, so he wished them well and 
said goodbye and went on towards the southern part of the barren valley. He 
never saw Fred Thomason, Mr. White nor his wife again, and ten days later 
when he again visited Bill Cocoran and Jack Stewart they told him that they 
hadn't seen them since either. When another week went by and the 
proprietors of the 'lost city' did not appear, the author and Bill made a 
trip down into Death Valley in their car and took along a pair of field 
glasses, hoping to see some sign of the explorers or of the 'windows' or 
'quays' allegedly hid among the shadows of the eastern slope of the sun- 
blistered Panamints. They failed to find any sign of either. 

As we have indicated, there are many who suggest that Nevada rather than 
New Mexico may be the 'center 1 of subsurface 'alien' activity in America. 
This may be true in the sense that the major 'conflict' or 'interaction' 
zone between Evadamic (Govt.- Nordic) and Draconian (Gray-Reptilian) forces 
seems to exist below the Great Western Deserts of southern California, 
Nevada and western Utah. The military installations in this region are 
also, according to many sources, heavily involved in the alien scenario, 
for either good or evil. 

Whereas the 'front lines' so-to-speak may exist below the 'test' ranges of 
Nevada and adjacent states, the 'center 1 of reptilian activity itself seems 
to be Mt. Archuleta, N.M. and the 'Four Corners' region. 

The American Center of the various subsurface human cultures seems to be 
the Cascade-Sierra Nevada ranges (especially between Mt. Shasta and the 
Panamints) even though some suggest that, at least in the past - as in the 
case of the U.S. Govt, itself - 'some' of the human groups below the 


California region made the tragic mistake of opting for a policy of 
'appeasement' rather than 'retribution' in dealing with the serpent race. 
This does not necessarily mean that this policy continues widespread today, 
although the Mt. Lassen region is reportedly a strong center of current 
'collaboration' between exterran/subterran reptilian grays AND above 
ground/subterranean branches of the human llluminati. 

The following account which appeared in the Winter '92 issue of 'FAR OUT 
Magazine, in an article by H. Leo O'Neal titled 'THE LEGEND OF THE DEATH 
VALLEY MUMMIES', was apparently an attempt to classify the following tale 
as 'fantasy' even though the author of the article does admit that SEVERAL 
people (witnesses) have reportedly been in these ancient chambers below the 
Mojave, mentioned in the story. 

These (more) recent events surrounding the Death Valley catacombs, 
mentioned in the article, are as follows. We ask the readers simply to make 
their own determination as to the authenticity of the account based on 
other similar reports which we have related earlier. 

In 1946, Dr. F. Bruce Russell, a retired Beverly Hills physician, struck of 
a conversation with a Mr. Howard E. Hill in the city of Los Angeles. 
Russell informed Hill that in 1931 , while sinking a shaft in a claimsite of 
his in Death Valley, he broke through to an underground cavern. After 
finding some lights he entered and found himself in a cavern with two 
passages, one heading 'left' and the other 'right'. Exploring the left-hand 
passage he came to a cave-in, some 25 yards from the entrance shaft. The 
right-hand path however continued at a steep angle downward for about a 
quarter of a mile. Although some of the passages seemed natural, others 
appeared to have been expanded by artificial means, but all of these went 
off in several directions. One tunnel eventually led to a large room, and 
this room also had branch tunnels leading off in all directions. Laid out 
in this chamber were 3 'mummies' and several strange artifacts, some of 
which appeared 'Egyptian' while others were more 'American Indian' like in 
construction. The strange and shocking thing about the mummies however, 
according to Russell, was that many of them were nearly 8 foot long or 
tall! He described the underground system as a kind of 'underground city'. 

The inhabitants must have been very advanced, Russell concluded from what 
he observed, and he was certain that the find was much more important than 
the famous King Tut's Tomb itself. Following the passages he eventually 
discovered other openings to the surface, but most of these were in obscure 
places, yet all that he explored were within 7 miles of the 'shaft' through 
which he had first entered the underground complex. 

Eventually, Russell discovered 32 caves in all throughout the area. 
Although he could not prove it, since many of them had collapsed, he 


supposed that many of them might have at one time connected with the 
underground system. These 32 caves were all within 180 SQUARE miles of each 
other, and were located in Death Valley and the extreme southwest region of 
Nevada. 

He also stumbled across a large chamber which he referred to as the 'ritual 
half, and which contained strange markings and symbols. Another tunnel, 
according to Russell, went from this room to another underground hall where 
well-preserved bones of dinosaurs, sabre-toothed tigers, mastodons and 
other extinct animals were displayed in hollowed areas along the walls. 

In 1946, after years of private investigation and secrecy, Russell decided 
to exploit the find. After gathering a group of potential investors he held 
a meeting in which he displayed some of the artifacts which he had taken 
out of the underground system. Mr. Hill was invited to the meeting provided 
that he could help out as an investor. He accepted the invitation and 
attended the meeting. The company was called 'Amazing Explorations', and 
the 'Investors' meeting took place at a suite in Beverly Hills, although 
all of the investors were sworn to absolute secrecy. Hill and the rest of 
the investors were taken, after this meeting concluded, to the underground 
complex itself, to where Russell returned the artifacts which he had 
displayed to the investors as he was convinced that the protected 
atmosphere of the caves would preserve them. The group was taken into the 
cavern in which the 'bones' and the 'temple' were located. According to 
witnesses, it was "chock full of bizarre artifacts of all kinds." Russell 
told them that they could look but not touch, as he realized the necessity 
of preserving such a find in its original condition, both for 
archaeological as well as monetary reasons. 

On August 4, 1947, Howard Hill, acting as spokesman for Amazing 
Explorations', issued a brief statement to the press announcing the 
discovery. The story received minimal coverage, to his surprise, and only 
appeared in a few newspapers in which the story was 'balanced' with very 
derogatory and skeptical statements from the 'scientific' community. 

After this, a live press conference was planned, in which Russell planned 
to display a skeleton and/or several artifacts which would "convince even 
the most skeptical reporter." And from that they could discover for 
themselves the reliability of the find. For this, Russell had to return 
once again to the caves to retrieve the necessary artifacts. He also 
planned before leaving or shortly after his return to open a bank account 
at Barstow bank to deposit investment capital. Russell left for Death 
Valley but was never seen again. His CAR was later discovered with a busted 
radiator in a seldom travelled part of Death Valley. Although some suspect 
that he left with the money of the investors, this is unlikely since the 
investors' money which he possessed at the time was not nearly enough to 


warrant his disappearance, or the discontinuance of plans to commercialize 
the site as one of the wonders of the world, and the potential wealth that 
this might bring. 

The investors attempted to re-locate the underground chambers that Russell 
had shown them, but claimed that they could not remember the exact route 
since they did not pay much attention to landmarks on the first trip, and 
besides this, the shifting sunlight and shadows and the uniformity of the 
vast landscape made that difficult. So ended the brief but interesting 
events surrounding what might have turned out to be one of the most popular 
wonders of the world, a 'potential' Federally-protected museum invaluable 
to archeologist, anthropologist and historian alike, as well as millions of 
potential tourists. In spite of the corroborating "circumstantial" evidence 
for the existence of these ancient ruins, this "world" (or perhaps its 
present for former inhabitants?) seems to continually resist all efforts of 
us "outsiders" to probe its secrets in any dramatic way, at least (perhaps) 
until its "protectors" feel that we are ready to discover these historical 
treasures. Perhaps the "greed" that such treasures often arouse in human 
hearts is in itself the very force that prevents their acquisition. Perhaps 
when we set our hearts to search for Truth - not for our own personal 
greed or profit, but for the benefit of all humanity - perhaps only then 
will the TRUTH make itself available to those who are "ready" to recieve 
it. 

The following letter was sent to researcher Tim Beckley, and confirms much 
of the information which has been 'surfacing' in recent years: 

"...I enjoy your magazine very much. Thank you for such a fine 
publication. I have seen UFOs, and it seems after you have seen 
one you're never the same. I separated from the U.S. Air Force in 
December of 1 987. In the Air Force I was a 'Security Specialist' 
It was my duty to safeguard Top Secret aircraft, weapons and 
equipment. I also guarded nuclear warheads. I was stationed at 
David-Monthan A.F.B. in Tucson, Arizona. In January of 1 987 I was 
training in the desert for a Desert Survival Course. This area is 
between Indian Springs, Nevada and Las Vegas, Nevada. It is known 
as Silver Flag Alpha. There is a huge mountain range and on the 
other side of this range lies the 'Area 52', also known as 
'Dreamland.' 

"I asked an instructor what would happen if somebody went over 
the ridge, he said, 'No one can make it over that ridge,' and 
then gave me a foxish grin. One night about 0300 hours I was 
sitting in my foxhole gazing at the stars when a white light rose 
over the ridge. It performed two vertical loops then shot up into 
the sky at a speed you would not believe. Also it didn't make any 


noise. 


"After separating from the Air Force I stayed in Tucson for 1 9 
months. During this time my best Air Force buddy received orders 
for 'Area 52.' I told him to stay in touch. He called one day and 
told me he DIDN'T LIKE the assignment. I asked him about 'Area 
52' and he said he wasn't at liberty to discuss it. He did say he 
was stationed at Nellis A.F.B. Nevada and forced to live off 
base. He said an Air Force vehicle would pick him up and transfer 
him to 'Area 52' where he would spend 48 hours in an underground 
complex. After 48 hours he was then returned to his apartment for 
48 hours off time. I asked him what kind of things he had seen. 
He only said don't be surprised if one day we are living in 
space. After this we talked about normal guy stuff. I never have 
heard from him since, which is PECULIAR. I wonder if the Air 
Force had his apartment phone tapped? - Steve Blankenship - 
Somerset, TX." 

The January, 1957 issue of FATE magazine, p. 10, carried an account of the 
following strange discovery: 

"Dear Douglas, Ga., in Coffee County, workmen of the Head Well 
and Pump Company were drilling a 145-foot deep hole on the 
property of Mr. and Mrs. Earl Meeks, seven miles from Douglas. 
They stopped drilling when an unusual noise began to come out of 
the hole. 

"It was a roaring sound, SOMETHING LIKE AN UNDER- GROUND RAILWAY. 
As soon as they heard it, the drillers stopped. Driller Scott 
Dinking said he never heard anything like it before - not in 27 
years in the business. 

"Joe Sports of the Associated Press went out to look at the hole. 
He found it was making so much noise that the Meeks had covered 
it partially by a plank because it kept them awake as night. 

"Sports noticed that AIR WAS BEING PULLED INTO THE HOLE BY A KIND 
OF SUCTION. He lighted a match atop the hole - the smoke was 
drown downward. Sports borrowed a mirror and reflected light so 
he could see the bottom. He saw water down there. It all looked' 
quite and peaceful." 

The following passages are quoted from the Greek philosopher Seneca's 

classic ten-volume NATURALES QUAESTIONES (QUESTIONS OF NATURE), Vol. II, 

pp. 99-105, 151-157 (English translation by Thomas H. Cocoran, PH.D., 

Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass., & Wlliam Heinmann Ltd., 


London. 1972). Seneca begins by postulating that: 

"...rivers are no less existent under the earth merely because 
they are not seen. You must understand that down there rivers as 
large as our own glide along, some flowing gently, others 
resounding in their tumbling over the broken ground. What then? 
Will you not equally allow that there are some lakes underground 
and some waters stagnating there without exit? 

"...Throughout the entire earth, one of them says, runs many 
different kinds of water. In some places there are perpetual 
rivers large enough to be navigable, even without the help of 
rains. 

"...Moving air in the lower region inside the earth bursts the 
atmosphere, which is thick and complete with clouds, with the 
same force that clouds in our part of the world are usually 
broken open. 

"...Now permit me to tell you a story. Asclepiodotus is my 
authority that many men were sent down by Philip (i.e. Philip II 
of Macedon, 382-336 B.C., the father of Alexander the Great who 
according to Diodorus opened several new mines - ed) into an old 
mine, long since abandoned, to find out what riches it might 
have, what its condition was, whether ancient avarice had left 
anything for future generations. They descended with a large 
supply of torches, enough to last many days. After a while, when 
they were exhausted by the long journey, they (after breaking 
into vast cavities - ed) saw a sight that made them shudder: huge 
rivers and vast reservoirs of motionless water, equal to ours 
above ground and yet not pressed down by the earth stretching 
above, but with a vast free space overhead. 

"I read this story with great enjoyment. For I realized that our 
age suffers not from new vices but from vices that have been 
handed down all the way from antiquity, and it is not our age 
that avarice first pried into the veins of earth and rock 
searching for treasure poorly hidden in the darkness. 

"...Even before King Philip of Macedon there were men who 
followed after money down into the deepest hiding-places and, of 
upright and freeborn spirit as they were, let themselves down 
into those caverns where no difference between night and day 
reaches. 

"...What powerful necessity bent men down, man ordinarily erect 


to the stars, and buried him to the bottom of the innermost earth 
so that he might dig out gold, no less dangerous to search for 
than it is to possess? On account of this he dug shafts and 
crawled around the mud-smeared, uncertain booty, forgetful of 
day, forgetful of the better nature of things from which he had 
turned himself away. 

"...They dared to descend to a place where they found a strange 
order of things, layers of earth hanging overhead, dead winds in 
the darkness, dreadful springs of water flowing for no man, and a 
night other than our own, and perpetual. Then, after doing these 
things, they fear the Underworld!" 

The following appears on p. 169 of Daniel Cohen's book THE ANCIENT 
VISITORS' (Doubleday& Co., N.Y. 1976): 

"...For centuries hell was a very real and tangible place found 
somewhere underground. The 'entrance to hell' has been located 
countless times. Usually it was found in the country of one's 
enemy. 

"There were serious and scholarly speculations about huge 
underground caves. One seventeenth-century scholar said that 
dragons lived in underground caves, and that is why we saw so few 
of them. Si beri an tri besmen who found the frozen remai ns of 
woolly mammoths, assumed that they were the remains of creatures 
that lived in a subterranean world. The Siberians could not 
conceive of extinct animals that had lived thousands of years 
ago, but vast underground worlds came quite naturally to them. 
According to legend, dwarfs lived in underground caves, and most 
accounts placed the realm of fairies under the earth as well." 

In reference to the 'caverns of hell' or 'hades', this belief pre- dates 

Christianity itself and can be traced back to ancient Greece. The Greeks 

spoke of 'Hades' as a vast series of deep caverns, some containing frozen 

conditions while others filled with smoking flames. The real tormentors of 

hades however were the fallen angels of ancient tradition, who are said to 

torment all souls that enter here. Also traditionally, over the entrance to 

Hades can be read the words "ABANDON ALL HOPE, ALL YE WHO ENTER HERE". 

Hades is said to be the center of the Satanic Kingdom established by the 

fallen archangel Lucifer after his failed coup de'etat against the throne 

of the Creator. It is said to contain vast fortresses created by his 

infernal followers over the eons, possibly created of insubstantial or 

etheric 'matter'. 

As one descends through the caverns of Hades, according to Greek tradition, 


things only become worse, until at last one reaches the realm of Tartarus' 
itself. Tartarus, according to the Greeks, is "as far below Hades as Hades 
is beneath the earth". It is a great "chasm" in the extreme depths that is 
diffused throughout the entire earth. The Christian Bible refers to 
Tartarus as the 'Bottomless Pit'. 'Bottomless' might indicate an absence of 
gravity and a sense of eternal 'falling' for those unfortunate enough to 
enter therein. Apparently physical life could not possibly exist there 
because of the suffocating heat and darkness, and the lack of oxygen which 
must instantly be consumed by the volcanic flames of terrifying realm. The 
Bible also adds that there is a third level to 'Heir called Gehenna, or a 
'lake' of boiling magma or fire... a place almost too horrifying to 
imagine. 

This certainly does not conflict with present geological theory concerning 
the interior of the earth, which is said to increase in temperature as one 
passes the crust, the moho, the upper and lower mantle and finally the 
outer and inner molten core. However there is another 'theory' as to the 
configuration of the center of the earth, one which is steadily growing in 
popularity. This theory states that the earth is more like a gigantic 
"geode" with a hollow interior. In this case the "hollow" would not 
coincide with the "bottomless" pit simply because the "inner surface" 
pushes out- ward as opposed to the inward gravitational push of the outer 
surface. However, if one were standing on the inner surface they would not 
drift off to the center of the planet because they are attached or drawn to 
the inner surface, not gravitationally but through centrifugal force (the 
same force that one can see at work in a washing machine as the "spin" 
cycle pushes everything against the inner surface, leaving a "hollow" 
center). Several people in the past have proposed this theory, among them 
Edmund Halley after whom "Halley's" comet is named; Cap! John Cleves 
Symmes whose writings actually inspired a government expedition to the 
North Pole - as the theory states that the entrances to the inner hollow 
exist somewhere near the north and south poles; and Cotton Mathers who was 
a central figure in the "Salem Witch Trials". Also, countless science and 
fantasy fiction writers have used this theme in their writings, some of the 
more well-known authors being Edgar Rice Burroughs and Edgar Allen Poe. 

If such a concavity exists, then how would the traditions of Hades, 
Tartarus and Gehenna fit in to this new cosmography of a "Geoditic" planet? 
One possibility is given by Dr. Hank Krastman, who claims that he was shown 
an underground city below the Grand Canyon area by a blond-haired, 
blue-eyed "Hopi" Indian. This city was connected to its counterpart on the 
inner surface of the earth's (alleged) concavity, a city of Grecian-like 
architecture called PALATKWAPI. In 1994 researcher B. Alan Walton sent 
Krastman a letter in which he posed the following questions: 

"...Have your Hopi sources mentioned anything about the nature of the earth 


BETWEEN the outer and inner (hollow) crusts? I am particularly interested 
in learning of conditions within the terminal zone where gravitational 
"pull" and centrifugal "push" cancel each other out. My "theory" is that 
there would be no gravity, and thus vast cavernous spaces. I would guess 
that this would also include a chaotic environment similar to the Greek 
tradition of Tartarus or the "Bottomless" (non-gravitational) Pit where 
earth-material, magma, various chemicals and gases are being slammed 
together in weightlessness by the rotational movement of the earth itself, 
causing an inferno-like region where physical life could not exist, as it 
(apparently) does on the inner and outer crusts of this giant "geode" known 
as earth." 

Hank Krastman's response, dated 1 1 -27-94, was as follows: 

"...The nature of the Earth between the outer and inner Earth is molten 
Lava type rock... When I walked on the inside of the Earth it was the same 
gravity pull, no difference, however the Air machines powered by the 
eternal Sun, the sky is blue without any clouds 24 hours a day (Note: the 
logistics of an internal "sun" at the center point, as suggested by several 
earlier theorists, would seem to violate the laws of physics when com- 
pared to the mass necessary for a "sun" or "star" to gain nuclear fusion 
ability - or whatever process is at work. Perhaps the "sun" that is 
described is actually a "focal point" of the electro- magnetic currents 
passing through the earth, similar to the pinpoint of light that can 
sometimes be seen in the center of a spherical crystal. - Branton). 

"The INFERNO region does exist in cavities between the two worlds. If you 
saw the Movie STARGATE it is similar going through the gate to the inner 
world." 

Elsewhere Krastman stated that when he was transported to the interior 
surface from the underground city below Arizona it was at the "speed of 
light", suggesting that instantaneous travel was and is accomplished 
between the two worlds via time-space windows, or teleportation rather then 
via tunnels that pass through the "infernal" zones. Depending on the 
source, the distance between the outer and inner surfaces may be anywhere 
from 500 to 1500 miles! 

In the Book of Revelation as well as other sections of Judeo- Christian 
scripture there is a prophetic event described which some refer to as the 
'rapture' (the word doesn't exist in the Bible although the 'concept' 
does). This event is said to coincide with the disappearance of deceased 
Christian believers from their graves. Since certain (non-human) alien 
species have been known to 'counterfeit' divine or 'Biblical' events 
through the application of high occult-technology, is it possible that this 
prophetical event of the 'rapture' may also be 'counterfeited' for some 


psychological or manipulative purpose? 


The following incident was reported in the Oct. 1964 issue of SEARCH 
magazine, by Will Carson in his column 'PRYING INTO THE UNKNOWN': 

"A GRAVE MATTER - J.E. was born in Spain, to which country her late 
parents originally had immigrated from what was then called Bohemia. Their 
native village has long since been submerged by the waters of a 
hydro-electric project - all of which pretty well obliterates our chances 
of pinpointing the exact time and date. But as J.E. recalls her parents 
relating many times, one day all the graves in the cemetery behind the now 
vanished village were found to be empty, but there were no mounds of dirt 
beside each grave. Upon further investigation the excavations proved to be 
apparently bottomless! 

"Authorities were never able to solve the mystery, and finally (since it 

was impossible to refill the graves) they were boarded over and sealed with 

mortar and a high stone fence built around the area." 

The following is from an add describing a book written by 'Michael X' (no 
relation to 'Commander X'), titled 'WE WANT YOU -- HITLER ALIVE', published 
by UFO Review., Box 753., New Brunswick, NJ 08903: 

"DID HITLER CAPTURE ALIEN CREW& BUILD HIS OWN FLYING SAUCER? 
Here is proof Hitler escaped death, and tried to reorganize his 
mighty forces at the South Pole in underground bases... 

"Here also are clear-close up-photos of Hitler's own secret 
flying disks which he hoped would someday enable him to rule the 
world. 

"Discussed for the first time is the mysterious 'Mr. Michalek' 
who had toured Europe telling of his contacts with aliens and the 
establishment of the majestic government of the 'World Republic 
of Earth,' and how both Moscow and Washington would be 'wiped 
out' if they did not 'give in' to otherworldly advice. Was he 
speaking on behalf of the Fuhrer?" 

In reference to any possible International counter-offensive against the 
'Grays', some have suggested that the 'threat' will be used by the 
llluminati as an excuse to unite the world together in a one-world 
government. If in fact the Korean and Vietnam wars were 'orchestrated' by 
the Serpent Cults as some have suggested, is it not likely that a United 
Nations-backed counteroffensive against the grays will result in the same 
type of no-win war with an eventual loss on our side? Especially if the 
'One Worlders' are collaborating with the Grays and Reptons? 


Perhaps it would be best for each individual nation to deal with the 

reptilian infestation or undermining of their own countries in their own 

way, without the help of a 'World Militia', or keep the battle at a 'grass 

roots' level? Global COOPERATION on an ECONOMIC level might be tolerated by 

freedom loving peoples, but Global CONTROL on a POLITICAL level definitely 

will not be! A world 'Federation' may be maintained without surrendering 

all national sovereignties to a one-world political force (namely, the NEW 

WORLD ORDER). Those extraterrestrials who profess the need for a One World 

Government on earth as a prerequisite to join their Alliances or 

Federations should realize that the cultural diversity on Earth is unique 

in the universe, and therefore a 'unique' answer to the problem should be 

suggested, namely that they attempt to align themselves with the 

governments of individual sovereign nations, and offer them memberships 

within their Confederations, rather than wait for the world to turn into a 

global police state. 

The one-world Republic that 'they' so desperately seek could just as easily 
become a one-world dictatorship that would be controlled by despotes, 
allied to the Grays for instance, who might bear animosity to the 
Federation(s). On the other hand if an individual nation were to become a 
member of such a Fed- eration, they could enjoy the benefits of such 
cooperation. Such a plan must include the promise of the Federation(s) to 
come to the aid of that nation in a DEFENSIVE manner if it is being 
threatened by another nation, especially one backed by an opposing 
interstellar group. But such an agreement must absolutely prohibit any type 
of OFFENSIVE attack on the part of the host nation across its borders and a 
strict compliance with an inter- national non-interference policy. It goes 
without saying that, for instance, such a nation would have the right to 
root-out any subsurface "base" utilized by parasitical groups such as the 
grays that are being used as centers of abduction, mutilation, implant- 
ation and other such activities AGAINST the inhabitants of that nation. The 
Federation is fully justified in admitting individual nations into its 
fold, and this should not be misconstrued as a violation of their "Prime 
Directive", ESPECIALLY since the reptilian grays have already established 
their own destructive alliances with various national governments 
throughout the world. In light of this such a plan is the ONLY way that the 
Federations, Alliances, etc., can salvage their own interests for the 
future of planet earth. 

Now to continue with the subject of how individual nations are responding 
to the reality of alien contact, the Oct-Nov. issue of NEXUS Magazine 
related the following information in an article titled 'UK RADIO PROGRAMME 
ON UFOCOVERUP': 

"...The following is an example of what one can pick up off the computer 


networks. The network in this case is called EarthNet, run by Pegasus 
Networks based in Byron Bay (P.O. Box 201., Byron Bay NSW 2481). 

** Topic: Aliens from outer space... ** 

** Written 12:14 am, Aug. 5, 1991 by huwin peg :sci. astro ** 

'"I recently heard a Radio One program in the UK that contained an 
interview with a leading proponent of the popular 'US Government has aliens 
locked up and is experimenting with their space planes' conspiracy theory. 
However this particular individual sounded very reasonable, did not make 
any outrageous claims, and further had some interesting facts to disclose. 
In particular he mentioned several verifiable facts which I would like some 
follow up on: 

'"Rockwell International and NASA were planning a *massive* joint 

exhibition of space exploration this year (1 991 ) but it was delayed 

inexplicably until 1992. In the *official* prospectus for this exhibition, 

one of the exhibits was clearly stated to be 'an extraterrestrial 

spacecraft'. When asked about this by various individuals, all enquiries 

were referred by NASA to the US DoD. An unnamed Pentagon spokesman speaking 

off the record is meant to have indicated that they 'had a number of such 

space vehicles to choose from...' 

"The Pentagon also held a press conference to deal with press inquiries on 
this matter - and refused to answer any questions. In fact reporters later 
said that the Pentagon had asked most of the questions, and they all 
pertained to 'what would be the public reaction if...'. 

"The guy on the radio program referred extensively to two NASA consultant 
engineers who claimed to have worked on alien spacecraft studying 
propulsion systems for NASA - both had high level security clearances in 
the States...'" 

Tim Beckley's UFO REVIEW [issue #37] carried the following article by the 
editor titled 'ET SAUCERS VS. EARTH MADE UFOS'. We quote excerpts here 
beginning with a reference to researcher W Hi am Cooper: 

"...(William Cooper) will, he says, 'prove once and for all that the Secret 
Societies, NOT our [Constitutional] government, murdered President Kennedy 
as a sacrifice to the ancient god Baal in an outdoor temple.' Cooper will 
also [in future lectures] 'explain the true meaning of the movie 2001 as a 
message of the secret societies to their followers, and will show a 
first-generation color copy of the Zapruderfilm with all the previously 
missing frames...' 


"THE 'ANTI-GRAVITY WORLD OF VLADIMIR TERZISKI: 

"...According to Terziski, the Nazi's were building flying saucers that 
took them to other planets even before the start of World War II. Being a 
Slav, Vladimir says he cannot but have the 'utmost revulsion towards 
everything Hitler's racial and political philosophies stood for,' and it is 
because of his revulsion he decided to look into various 'black 
technologies' developed by THE NAZIS, whom he now believes were secretly 
backed by the sinister llluminati operating way behind the scenes (Note: As 
can be seen elsewhere in this File the 'link' between the llluminati and 
the Nazi's seems to have been the gnostic Jesuit and Thule Societies - 
Branton). 

"In his vast collection of photos and other documents, Terziski has many 
pictures and drawings of the various disk-shaped craft constructed by the 
Nazi scientists that were powered by Schauberger turbines and Kohler 
TACHYON magneto-gravitic drives (all based upon free energy or anti -gravity 
principles). Actually, Vladimir says that we've known all about 
anti-gravity for a long time and that THE BRITISH (Marconi Group) MAY 
ACTUALLY HAVE LANDED ON THE MOON A CENTURY AGO, AND EVEN THE 
VATICAN HAS A 

GROUP OF SCIENTISTS WHO ROCKET OFF INTO SPACE FROM SOUTH AMERICAN 
BASES 

FROM TIME TO TIME. 

"Meanwhile, deep underground at Area 51 's 'Dream Lab' in the Nevada desert, 
a renegade branch of the CIA - protected by a private security SS-like 
police force that the llluminati supplies - is constructing their own 
fleet of 'flying saucers' utilizing Hitler's forbidden technology..." 

Elsewhere in this File we have written of the alleged 'Federation' which 
loosely ties together such human colonies as those inTAU CETI, EPSILON 
ERIDANI, the TAYGETA and other systems of the PLEIADES, VEGA in LYRA, 
various colonies in the HYADES, the alleged SOLARIAN Tribunal on the moons 
of SATURN, ALPHA CENTAURI, various cultures from the ANDROMEDA 
constellation, the KOLDASIAN and other systems from the DAL or antimatter 
universe, and the 'UMMITES' in WOLF 424 [all of which have been repeatedly 
described by numerous and apparently separate 'contactees]'. One additional 
allegation is that the 'UMMITES', a 'Scandinavian' appearing race who live 
on a planet with a magnetic field much more intense than that of earth, 
have apparently made contact with scientists associated with the French and 
Spanish governments. It is interesting that M.K. Jessup's annotated version 
of the 'CASE FOR THE UFO' contains comments by alleged members of an 
ancient terran race who have access to inter- planetary craft technology. 

These have stated that France, for instance, has been the subject of much 


interest among certain ex-terran cultures because of it's unique social 
atmosphere. The UMMITES allegedly come from the star system we know of as 
Wolf 424, a star which they themselves refer to as IUMMA. Their 'insignia' 
resembles an 'H' with an extra vertical 'bar 1 in the middle and the four 
corners of the 'H' tapered into an outward curve. This symbol has been 
PHOTOGRAPHED on the underside of some UFO's which have been encountered in 
the 20th century. Also the UMMITES speak of themselves as belonging to a 
large 'Federation' of planets, possibly consisting more or less of the 
interstellar regions described above. They seem to have a particularly 
strong alliance with the Oriental-like Vegans, who are a remnant of the 
ancient Lyran civilization that gave rise to the present human cultures in 
the Pleiades. 

The following are several abbreviated excerpts taken from 'THE OMEGA 
PROJECT, by Kenneth Ring, PH.D. (William Morrow & Co., N.Y. 1972). The 
following points were brought out in the book: 

— Most abductions (possibly between 60%-80%? - Branton) are conducted by 
the 'greys' of traditional description. 

— Many state that their experiences are often 'dreamlike' yet with 
evidence suggesting real events. 

— The 'greys' (and in some cases black creatures in 'capes' that act as 
'guards' during the painful and terrifying 'medical operations') have a way 
of 'blurring' their faces in the minds of the abductees, so that the 
abductee cannot later recall what the aliens' 'face' looked like. 

— Many abductees experience sleeping problems (not to mention severe 
social-relational-sexual problems) after being abducted by the saurian or 
reptilian grays, and these problems often last for years afterwards. 

— Some abductees who resist are 'shocked' repeatedly with an 'electric 
gadget' which may induce paralysis and/or unconsciousness. 

— A majority of the 'greys' seem to be of the grey-white variety, some 
with opaque 'black' eyes and some with vertically slit (snake or 
lizard-like) pupils. 

— Some of the greys are described as 'sinister', and one abductee stated 
that when she was taken "one alien was by my head and attempted to frighten 
me with his large eyes," as three other creatures mechanically performed 
painful operations, unheeding of her terrified cries to make them stop. She 
(Clair Chambers) stated that "In my many encounters where I have always 
been kidnapped from my home, the aliens have shown no compassion. I have 
several times felt them exhibit FEAR when I have hit them as they do feel 


FEAR... their reaction behavior patterns do NOT indicate an intelligence as 
high as I would expect from their technology (Due to their "collective- 
consciousness" nature? - Branton)... these experiences have been dreadful, 
terrifying, and I would like them to stop!" (Note: Four separate doctors 
have confirmed various wounds and injuries in Clair Chambers which she 
insists resulted from the abductions). 

— Some 'greyish' aliens, with 3-digit fingers, have been described as 
being 7 ft. tall (Reptons? - Branton). One woman who was abducted by them 
felt as if the creatures wanted her to have the IMPRESSION that they were 
'friendly', but after being returned to her car from which she was abducted 

"I then broke to pieces as my whole body shook uncontrollably. I cried 'OH 
GOD, WHY ME?' I couldn't calm myself as I cried like a baby..." 

— A woman with an M.S.W. [degree?] (who was at the time of this 
revelation 51 years old), stated: 

"...The first experience was when I was a child of about 5. For 

years I had a RECURRING 'dream' of standing beside a field WHEN A 

HOLE OPENS UP IN THE GROUND in front of me. The dream ends with 

me looking into the hole. I was just standing there looking at 

the hole. Under hypnosis I [recall that I] stepped into the hole 

and walked down a short tunnel. The tunnel widened into a small 

waiting area where there was a bench just at the right height for 

a 5 year old. I sat down and waited. A tall black 'featureless' 

being came through a doorway, walked to me and held out his hand. 

I took his hand and went back through the doorway with him. He 

placed me on a table that appeared to be about 3 to 4 feet high. 

He laid me on my back and took one big hand and held my upper 

body flat on the table. The other beings were behind him looking 

at instruments on the wall. I was held this way for several 

minutes. When the being turned to look at the other two, it was 

as if he lost CONTROL over me and I jerked out from under his 

hand, fell off the end of the table and ran for the door. When I 

got to the door, I knew I wasn't 'supposed' to go any further. I 

stopped and turned around. The being who had been holding me came 

to me, took hold of my left arm and looked into my eyes. I was 

looking at where the eyes should be on a HUMAN, BUT I don't 

REMEMBER actually SEEING eyes. I feel something was communicated, 

but I don't know what." 

— The author states that some of the large opaque-black 'eyes' seen by 
many abductees, after being taken by the greys, seemed to have been 
'coverings' for real 'eyes' which they felt might have been hidden behind 
or inside of what might have been artificial opaque-black visual coverings. 
At least this was the 'impression' that some abductees had. 


The following article, THE INCREDIBLE REVELATIONS OF DR. KUEPPERS', by 
Helga Morrow, also appeared in UFO REVIEW - issue #37, with the following 
heading: "He Escaped From Nazi Germany At The Height Of World War II And 
Came To America To Work For The U.S. Military On Top Secret Projects 
Involving Invisibility, Time [Manipulation], Anti-Gravity Research And 
Teleportation: 

"Editors Note: The following is a highly-abbreviated account of 
Helga Morrow's recollections of her late father, Dr. Fred A. 
Kueppers, a German-born engineer who defected to the U.S. during 
World War II... 

"[Helga's Story] 'I have learned from various sources that my 
father was one of the scientists who worked on the Philadelphia 
Experiment; had invented the timing device for the A-bomb; had 
been chosen by the bomb scientists to represent them to Harry 
Truman, asking him NOT to drop the bomb; had invented the 
mathematical formula that brought the astronauts back; had 
designed the miniaturized electrical system of Sputnik, the first 
space launching; had worked on Project Blue Book/Black Book, 
UFOs; had initiated the use of aluminum wiring to replace the 
heavier wiring in World War II planes; had worked with mind 
warfare, using psychics to communicate with astronauts in case 
communication systems failed; and had trained extraterrestrials 
to fit into human society. 

'"My head spun; in it wheels were turning, and a thousand things 
began to make sense. Suddenly the things my father had told me in 
my childhood and youth snapped into place. It was as if nineteen 
years after I attended my father's funeral, I began to know him 
for the first time as only a few others knew him - a man who, 
for obvious reasons, could never be mentioned in public records, 
but who had clearly deserved such recognition for the valuable 
service he had given the nation. My mind began to go back to my 
earliest remembrances... 

'"When I was in the second or third grade, I watched him hang up 
an award from RCA in his room. I asked, 'Why did you get this 
award?' He told me it was too lengthy to go into. I said, 'Try 
me!' and he did. He said it was an award for an experiment in 
time, and then proceeded to put two ashtrays on his bed, and 
through simple gestures and explanations, show how two objects 
could transpose in time and return the same way. Then he took me 
into the cellar, where he put some steel shavings in a cigar box 
with a large U-shaped magnet taped underneath. He gently tapped 


the steel shavings, and to my amazement, two distinct series of 
concentric circles gradually appeared! He then simplified this by 
saying that if one could transpose these circles, one could 
transpose time [or 'bend' time such as to speed it up or slow it 
down, or even stop it altogether? - Branton]. He said that alien 
spacecraft were partly moved by 'reverse magnetism.' He showed me 
how to get this effect by holding two opposite magnets. 

'"I never forgot this lesson. And this was BEFORE anyone really 
talked about flying saucers. I was Daddy's confidant. I never 
discussed this information with anyone; he had sworn me to 
secrecy. 

'"My father was not home much - only several times a year. He 
was completely focused on his work, so normal family life was 
difficult for him... 

'"Daddy was a popular innovator in many fields of science and 
technology. All his patents became the property of either the 
company that employed him or the U.S. Government [Such patents, 
which have been established by various scientists working in 
anti -gravity research, allegedly exist in the patent offices for 
all to see, IF they only knew how and where to find them - 
Branton]. 

. "The third winter of 1961 before he died (February 12, 1962, 
Lincoln's birthday), my father confided many things to me. He 
told me that what he was about to tell me was bizarre, 
unbelievable and might sound absolutely crazy. I was 27 at the 
time, and thought he had gone off the deep-end (my mother had 
always thought so). Daddy assured me that by the time I reached 
55 or so, all these bizarre statements that he was about to make, 
as well as everything he had ever explained to me when I was a 
child, would come back to me and make sense. 

'"He told me that he had three months to live. 'They' had given 
him three months to conclude his personal affairs, he said. I 
asked, 'Who are they?' He said I wouldn't understand. So I 
realized that I was taking my last walk with him through 
Guilford. He turned around to see if he was being followed, as 
always, aware of intrusion. He confided that he had not only been 
on the moon but INSIDE it, and that he had both spoken to and 
trained extraterrestrials who looked like us to blend into human 
society. He had been in spaceships and had traveled in space. 

'"He told me of the riots where we would kill or be killed in a 


period of racial intolerance that would occur around 1966 - 
which is now history. He told me that red-baiting propaganda was 
a lie to keep humanity occupied with worry over 'fighting 
communism.' And that in reality the two nations were great 
friends; Russian scientists got along well with their American 
counterparts and worked amiably together. The Russian 'threat' 
was nothing but B.S. and a distraction for the public. 

'"In the meantime, there were alien bases all over the world and 
on the moon. He said that whoever controls the moon can target 
anyplace on Earth; no place would be safe. Therefore, Russians 
and Americans must remain friends or eliminate each other. He 
told me he had worked with Tesla, Einstein, Von Broun, Von 
Neumann and many others. 

'"My father broke down and cried when I visited him that 
Christmas. He said, 'If you only knew the real truth!' But as 
long as I didn't I was safe, he said. He seemed a frightened man 
alone with his thoughts, afraid to speak out, trusting no one. He 
rarely spoke on the phone (our phone had always been tapped) and 
always thought he was being followed. 

'"My father died in the hospital in the arms of a nun, we were 
told. When my mother wanted to send flowers and candy to this 
unknown nun, she was told that there had been no nun in his room 
(though we had seen her) at the time of his fatal 'heart attack'. 
She couldn't be traced. At his funeral, I saw two Secret Service 
men at his coffin (wearing the obvious trench coats)... 

"There was something strange about the body in the coffin. I 
always remember my father's hairy arms and hands. But there was 
NO HAIR ON THOSE HANDS! His face felt like cold stone, and it had 
so much makeup that it looked like wax. Was it really my father 
in the coffin? If so, why had his grave 'disappeared' when I 
looked for it in the family plot in 1985 - a plot that dated 
back hundreds of years? There was no trace that it had ever 
existed; there were no grave records! 

'"And then on May 30, 1962, several months later, he materialized 
before me and told me he was not dead but only in 'another 
dimension IN TIME!' I felt his suit, smelled his Molle shaving 
cream - and his weight pushed down the mattress on my daybed. He 
was wearing his usual conservative grey suit; I even felt the 
material as I touched his knee. He told me to continue his work, 
but not call on him unless absolutely necessary, as appearing to 
me was painful. He said that he would make himself known to me 


'at the crossroads of my life' to help me (and he has kept his 
promise). '" 

Based on other accounts, "another dimension in time" would probably 
indicate that the dimension into which he had been "phased" was and is a 
dimensional 'branch' off from the main- stream multi-dimensional reality 
that is visible to us. Since time, space and matter are all integral parts 
of the unified field, it has been theorized that another dimension "in 
time" - for instance a dimension in which the time-flow is accelerated 
(one of 'their 1 days may equal one of 'our' hours, for instance) - would 
also include a spacial and molecular shift as well. This could be perceived 
either as 'entering' another dimension or simply as a 'phasing' of an 
individual to the point that he or she begins to 'perceive' and become part 
of a dimension that was always there yet one which they could not 
comprehend or interact with until they were 'tuned in' to it on the 
molecular level. This dimension would be invisible to most of those within 
the 'mainstream' of reality, and we would be invisible to them to some 
extent (possibly an extent which is determined by the depth of the 
molecular-time-space phasing). 

Returning to the subject of alien activity, in particular the 'Grays', 
there are those who believe that such activity has some apocalyptic and 
theological significance. Could such activity have been prophesied in 
ancient spiritual texts? 

Leviticus 26:22 (in the TORAH or OLD TESTEMENT) relates a strange warning, 
possibly directed against those nations who tend to ignore the command of 
the Almighty or the Creator to live together in brotherly love... Could 
this be a prophecy of a coming invasion of alien 'beasts' such as the 
Grays? The Torah describes the serpent race as 'beasts' in Genesis chapter 
3, although it also makes it clear that these reptilians were by far the 
most superior, "subtil" and intelligent members of the entire 'animal' 
kingdoms. We quote this passage as follows (see also: Amos 9:2-3): 

"I WILL ALSO SEND WILD BEASTS AMONG YOU, WHICH SHALL ROB YOU OF 
YOUR CHILDREN, AND DESTROYYOUR CATTLE, AND MAKE YOU FEW IN 
NUMBER, AND YOUR [HIGH] WAYS SHALL BE DESOLATE." 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #9 


[7th edition] 


Compiled by The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 8 

George Adamski, the 1950's "contactee" and alleged Rosicrucian, was one of 
several who claimed to have had contacted Aryan-like saucer pilots during 
that time period. One little known fact about his contact in the Mojave 
desert was that one of the 'footprints' left by the 'man' he encountered in 
his initial experience revealed some strange symbols which had apparently 
been impressed into the ground from the sole of the aliens' shoe. One 
footprint showed two depiction's of a 'swastika'. One inter- pretation is 
that the saucer pilots encountered by George Adamski and other contactees 
such as George King, George Van Tassel, George Hunt Williamson (apparently 
these "E.T.s" have an affinity for those bearing the name "George" - 
Branton), Howard Menger, Mel Noel, and others are not Germans in the true 
sense of the word. It is believed by some however that the Germans have for 
centuries been doing business with a race of ancient ARYANS - possibly 
tied-in with the ancient Aryans who occupied India several thousand years 
ago - or"Arriani", who are part of a high-tech society based in 
underground cities near the North and South poles. German occultists in 
fact have been known to sabotage polar expeditions of other nations long 
before the beginning of World War I. These "Aryans" may have assisted the 
Germans with their technology during World War II, although it is uncertain 
whether or not they actually agreed with or support- ed Adolph Hitler's 
racist genocidal policies. These "Arriani" seem to have some connection 
with the so-called "Tribunal" on Saturn, which may explain why plans 
discovered for Nazi flying disks revealed one design that was an EXACT 
DUPLICATE of the so- called "Venusian" design described and photographed by 
Adamski. 

In his book 'MESSENGERS OF DECEPTION' (Bantom Books, 1980), Jacques Vallee 

relates some disturbing connections between fascist politics and some of 

the early 'contactees' of California. According to Vallee, Adamski had 

pre-war ties with American fascist leader William Dudley Pelley, who was 

interned during the war. Contactee George Hunt Wlliamson (whose real name 

was Michael d'Obrenovic) was associated with Pelly's organization, 

'Soulcraft', inthe early fifties. Other associates of Williamson during 

the great era of the 'flying saucers' were such contactees as John McCoy 

and the two Stanford brothers, Ray and Rex. Pelley, who died in 1965, was 

the leader of the 'Silver Shirts', an American Nazi group which began it's 

activities about 1932. It's membership overlapped strongly with Guy 

Ballard's 'I AM' movement based at Mt. Shasta. It was about 1 950 that G.H. 

Wlliamson began working for Pelley at the offices of his 'Soulcraft' 

Publications, in Noblesville, Indiana, before moving to California, where 


he allegedly witnessed Adamski's desert contact in 1 952, with a Venusian 
with long blond hair' 

Former 'Dulce' worker Thomas Castello, who was previously alleged to have 
worked as a top secret photo analyst for the Air Force, reported seeing a 
photo of a 'disk' with a swastika on it's side! 

In all fairness, as we have suggested, it is possible that those who 
contacted Adamski were not 'Nazis' as we know them. Perhaps Adolph Hitler 
took an ancient and already existing symbol as some suggest and corrupted 
it with his own malevolent occultic philosophies. Then again, many of the 
claims made to Adamski do not ring true with many scientific UFOIogists, 
such as the allegation that the surface of Venus is just as temperate and 
mild as the earth itself, and so on. Could those who contacted Adamski have 
been using Venus as a 'cover" to hide their true place of origin (perhaps 
Antarctica) as other researchers have suggested? 

As for the swastika itself, the Hopi Indians of northwest Arizona and the 
ancient Hindus, for instance, were apparently using it thousands of years 
before the Nazis began to... and some suggest that German occultists may 
have borrowed the symbol from them. 

The following report appeared in the Sept. 1 966 issue of FATE, pages 25 and 
28: 

"FROM 'DOWN UNDER' - We suspect this story may be a hoax but we can't 
resist reporting it. We have TWO DIFFERENT clippings from Darwin, 
Australia, concerning the discovery of animal flesh, hairs and hide during 
a well-drilling operation at a depth of 102 feet. 

"An experienced well driller, Norman Jenson, was boring for water 15 miles 
from Ki Harney homestead, about 350 miles south of Darwin. He had 
penetrated seven layers of limestone, clay, red soil and sandstone when, at 
102 feet, the bit of the drill struck something soft and quickly dropped to 
1 1 1 feet. 

Jensen thought the drill had penetrated an underground watercourse and 
lowered a pump to make tests. His pump brought to the surface a bucketful 
of what he believed to be flesh, bone, hide and hairs. Jensen told 
Constable Roy Harvey he never had seen anything like this before. Some of 
the material was given to chickens at Killarney station. They ate it, 
apparently without ill effect. Several days later the rest of the matter 
HAD NOT putrefied, although it had been left EXPOSED in the open air. 

"Dr. W. A. Langsford, Northern Territory Director of Health in Darwin, 
stated that microscopic examination revealed the material to be hair and 


tissue. Samples were to be forwarded to forensic laboratories in Adelaide 
for further tests. There is even a possibility, he said, that the matter is 
HUMAN. 

"Possibly romancing, Australians report that for many years overland 

drovers have DISLIKED TAKING CATTLE ALONG THAT PART OF THE ROUTE because 

of 

FREQUENT STAMPEDES." 

One might wonder if the 'material' allegedly recovered from the well might 
have been from a 'Sasquatch' like creature or an animal unknown to us. It 
would seem logical for living matter, once dead, to remain 'relatively' 
free from putrifecation for long periods of time within the cool and 
unchanging environment of an underground cavern system as opposed to the 
often hot, degenerating and debilitating environment on the surface. Could 
a type of natural 'mummification' have also taken place underground, 
possibly explaining why the hair and flesh had not putrefied after several 
days? 

According to William Hamilton, John Lear revealed an incident concerning an 
older gentleman who is known only as Mr. 'K', whose son was being held 
captive in an underground base in Utah. This son formerly worked in the 
Dulce base in New Mexico and possibly was transferred to the base in Utah 
via an underground route. When contacted about the incident, Mr. Lear had 
this to say: 

"...The son, whose father I met and who passed away several years 
ago is apparently being held in a base near or around Sleeping 
Ute Mountain [Utah]. I don't remember how I came by that 
information but it had to do with some research I was conducting 
in a search for the Project Blue Light base near Delores (which I 
never found)." 

Native 'Indians' of Alaska refer to a benevolent tribe who long ago 
disappeared underground into vast underground chambers below the mountains 
north of the town of Tanana. Occasionally, tradition holds, a young member 
of one of the villages on the surface would become overly discouraged by 
their life in the world above, and would make a journey in search of these 
caverns and their peaceful inhabitants, and disappear into the underground 
land where they would enjoy a more fulfilling life. 

It would be very encouraging if most of the accounts of subsurface colonies 
were of this genre. A few centuries ago this might have been the case, but 
the infestation and under-mining of the continents by so-called "draconian" 
forces and the mercenary "gray" species that work for them, has reportedly 
increased dramatically - especially during the last few centuries - to 


the point that their influence may be dominant in the subterranean world. 
However it is encouraging that in the latter part of the 20th century the 
reptilian advances seem to have halted in several areas of the world as 
indicated by the numerous 'standoffs', and in some cases reptilian forces 
have apparently been driven back and defeated as more and more humans 
refuse to give up their ground, having become aware of their malicious 
intent as well as the propaganda and deceptions which the aliens have in 
the past used as effective tools of conquest on their part. 

Some researchers have stated that there are some governments which are 
considering possible overt military action against the serpent races (or 
'Grays', 'EBE's', 'ALF's' etc., as they are also known) if such becomes 
necessary. Covert military action has allegedly been initiated in the past, 
with mixed results. 

The alleged interception of a reptilian-controlled aerial craft in South 
Africa could be considered a victory, whereas the 66 C lA-trained Delta 
Force and Blue Beret special forces, casualties in the "Dulce Wars" (and 
God only knows how many 'casualties' in the way of the human abductions and 
mutilations, the knowledge of which allegedly attributed in part to the 
'Wars') beneath the Archuleta mesa in New Mexico, could be considered a 
defeat. 

If or when such action is taken it would be very wise to consider the need 
for what we may call an "occupational force". To illustrate, let's use the 
Middle East crisis of the early 1990's as an example, without going into 
whether the economic motives for the counter-offensive were commendable or 
not. 

In that case we had a small relatively undefended country by the name of 
Kuwait. Having become apathetic to the Iraqui- Babylonian threat, this 
small nation in essence let their guard down, "fell asleep" under the 
influence of their wealthy, materialistic and extravagant lifestyle, and in 
such a 'drunken' state lost their vigilance against any possible enemy who 
might try to overtake them. 

Taking advantage of the relatively undefended borders, Iraqui troops 
swiftly moved in and took control of the nation, looting and pillaging, and 
in some cases gang-raping woman and little girls in front of their 
families, following which the entire family was often murdered. 

Unable to defend themselves, they petitioned a much more powerful force, 
the United States and the Allied Coalition to help them fight the battle. 
The rest is history. 

After the Allies drove modern 'Babylon' from Kuwait (Saddam Hussain made no 


secret of the fact that he identified himself with the first Babylonian 
king Nebuchadnezzar, and was in the process of rebuilding the ancient city 
of Babylon), an "occupational force" was left by some of the Allies, as 
well as the now much-more-vigilant Kuwaites. 

After this enemy (not necessarily the Iraqui soldiers themselves, but the 
mad dictator who drove them to their deaths by the thousands and whom many 
of them secretly resented) was cast out, this "occupational force" was 
necessary to defend the region from a possible re-invasion. If such an 
occupational defense force once again became non-vigilant and let down it's 
guard, then there is a chance that the former invaders would regroup their 
forces and re-invade the land, possibly with even greater fury, not willing 
to make the same mistake as before. 

In the same manner, if an overt attack against the reptilian invaders is 
undertaken, it would serve little purpose in the long run to destroy 
multitudes of them physically and IGNORE the NEED for their human victims 
(victims of subtle alien occult- technological mind manipulation) to be 
delivered from their "Post-Traumatic Stress" and other psychological, 
emotional and physical problems that were the direct result of alien 
interference in their lives. The need for psychological and spiritual 'de- 
programming' (as well as the safe removal of implants and sub- conscious 
"programs" injected through hypnotic indoctrination) would be paramount! 

Since the serpent races rely on demoniacal energy and assistance to empower 
their activities, they seek to destroy man's connection or relationship 
with Almighty God, the ONLY one powerful enough to protect and defend man 
from this reptilian influence - a force which would otherwise seek to 
conquer and control all of creation using all of the deception, confusion, 
subtlety and cunning at it's disposal. 

God is not going to FORCE man to trust in Him, since we all have the free 
choice to determine our own destinies (and in fact if God only created a 
race who had no free will, but followed His every dictate robotically, then 
the human 'soul' or 'personality' as we know it would not exist). 

On the other hand, we MUST realize that man is like a living 'temple' 
created to magnify his Creator. If there is no 'light' in the temple, then 
darkness must reign within it, but where the light exists, darkness 
vanishes. 

There is no 'middle' ground. One cannot expect to defeat these 'dragons' of 
deception nor the poltergeists or infernal supernatural entities that 
motivate them, while at the same time refusing to abide in the LIFE or 
LIGHT of God. If we were to destroy most of the reptilian influences and 
temporarily cast them out of their trenches (so to speak) and at the same 


time refuse to establish an "occupying force" in the form of divine 
dominion in our own personal lives as a nation, then the reptilians may 
regather their infernal forces and return in even greater force the next 
time, intent on learning from the 'mistakes' of their last defeat. 

Several 'abductees' have allegedly be taken during the night by GOVERNMENT 
officials by way of anything from flying disks, pickups, or even jet 
aircraft. One couple, referred to in a book titled 'INTO THE FRINGE', by 
Karla Turner, Ph.D., (Berkley Books, N.Y. 1992) described such an abduction 
which they shared one night. They were 'drugged' and put into a type of 
dream-like trance and then taken via pickup to a remote swamp-like area. 
The next thing they remembered was descending through some type of tube 
only to find themselves walking through a musty underground cavern filled 
with various machines similar to those one might find in a factory. They 
were escorted into a room which resembled a 'saloon'. The husband later 
felt as if this atmosphere may have been specifically designed to reinforce 
the 'dreamy' quality of the experience. However, the husband began to come 
out of the 'trance', at which point a man (like an Army Sergeant) noticed 
him and became very upset and emotional. He began asking the husband 
questions about his abductions by the Grays (the couple did recall such 
abductions, which were shared with other people, some of whom they claimed 
were in the underground military installation that same night). The 
Military officer wanted to know what the Grays had told them, what their 
plans were, and so on. When the husband refused to answer him the Officer 
lost control and became very emotional, DEMANDING to be told what the grays 
were doing, treating him more-or-less like a collaborator with an enemy 
power rather than as a victim of an abduction. 

If the (Constitutional) Government is going to such lengths to find out 
what is going on, then they must not have all of the answers. Unfortunately 
many abductees are seen as possible 'collaborators' by various segments of 
the U.S. Military, and the fault for this probably lies with them as well 
as with the abductees, being that the Constitutionals through their own 
apathy had in the past allowed the secret government, particularly the CIA, 
to drag them into the 'game'. The Air Force for instance must have been 
deceived by the CIA as to the true nature of the Grays, and it has only 
been in recent decades that they have come to realize the full truth, and 
therefore explaining the present 'Intelligence War 1 between the two 
Intelligence agencies - Naval Intelligence's "COM-12" which supports a 
counter-offensive against the Gray Empire and the pro-Gray CIA-NSA 
"AQUARIUS" agency - both of which are fighting for control of the Nevada 
Military Complex, the underground bases, the Wackenhut tech- nologies, the 
Intelligence Network (especially MJ-12), and the U.S. Government itself. 

Hopefully in the future the 'elected' government and the abduction VICTIMS 
will be able to put aside their paranoia of each other (no doubt fueled by 


alien propaganda), and work together for each other's mutual benefit AS THEY 
DID DURING THE GENESIS OF THE AMERICAN REPUBLIC. At this point it is 
obvious that if they don't learn to work together and RESPECT each other 
(the Government respecting the public's right to Constitutional Freedom and 
the Public respecting the Constitutional government's duly elected 
authority), little will be accomplished in the way of defending ourselves 
from the alien vermin who infest and undermine the nations of our world. 

First we must make a distinction between the Constitutionally ELECTED open 

government and the National Socialist IMPOSED secret government. To put it 

simply, the UNITED NATIONS who betrayed America during the Korean and 

Vietnam wars is the ENEMY WITHIN that must be thrown out of America. If 

they desire a world dictatorship (for that is exactly what they are 

promoting, in spite of the 'benevolent world government' tripe that they 

have been spouting for years), then they can go do it some- where else. As 

for the United States of America, we have our own historical document upon 

which this great nation was founded - The "DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE"! 

The following account was revealed by writer and UFO investigator Preston 
Dennet, in an article titled: 'EXPOSED: PROJECT REDLIGHT. In his article, 
which originally reached several thousand readers, he reveals the following 
information which supports the allegations of William Cooper, John Lear, 
Michael Lindemann and several others: 

"...Tom's story began in high school. He was very bright and had received 
an exceptionally high score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. In fact, his 
scores were so high, it caused some attention to be paid to him. It seemed 
that the United States Government was very interested in Tom and wanted him 
to work for them. He had no idea then what his high scores were going to 
cost him. 

"Government officials first approached Tom's parents, and asked them if 
they would allow their son to work for the government. When Tom's parents 
gave their consent, Tom was approached and given an offer he couldn't 
refuse. In exchange for his services, he would receive a Top Secret 
security clearance to match a ridiculously large salary. His job was to 
conduct research in a Top Secret underground base in Alaska. 

"Tom accepted the offer and went directly out of high school and into 
government service. He told everyone that he was stationed at a base in 
Nevada - but this was only a cover story. In reality Tom spent only the 
weekends in Nevada. On weekdays he flew by private military jet to a Top 
Secret Government base in Alaska. 

"The base was an eight story building located almost totally underground. 
The base financed itself by setting up the world's leading drug smugglers. 


Officials would arrest the drug smugglers, confiscate all the money and 
drugs, and then turn around and sell the drugs to another smuggler - whom 
they would then proceed to arrest and confiscate. It sounds like a strange 
way to finance a scientific-military research base, but it is obviously 
very profitable. Although not strictly legal, such practices could be 
justified in the name of National Security (at least in some minds). 

"Tom reported that the base was mainly a research station that nabbed up 
some of the best scientific minds in the country, and had the latest 
technology for advanced research. There were three major areas of research 
of which he was aware. 

"Firstly, the base researched and developed biological weapons, which, as 
Tom said, made all other weapons seem like childsplay. 

"Secondly, the base researched and developed electronic sensory and 
detection devices that allowed telescopic sight through solid objects, such 
as walls. 

"Thirdly - and most importantly - the base researched and developed 
electromagnetic propulsion devices - flying crafts which needed no fuel 
other than the Earth's magnetic field on which to operate. According to 
Tom, the ships look like UFOs, and are able to hover silently, and move at 
astonishing speeds. As Tom says in his own words, 'Some of the UFOs seen 
over Alaska are probably ours.' 

"Tom didn't say exactly what his job at the base entailed, but he did say 
that the security was extremely high. Every week he was subjected to a 
horrible ritual. Due to the nature of his job, everything about him had to 
be known. He would be taken to a special room where he was dosed with 
Sodium Pentothal and put into a hypnotic trance. For a period of a couple 
hours, he would be interrogated into every aspect of his life for the past 
week. Every detail would be laid bare to make sure that there were no 
security leaks. This agonizing ritual was repeated every week as long as he 
was at the base. There were no exceptions. 

"Tom evidently got out of the business after several years as the lifestyle 
was too harsh. Since he left the base he has been, and still is, under 
close monitoring by the government. After his release from the base, he was 
offered several extremely high-paying jobs by some of the country's leading 
corporations. Tom declined these offers and pursued a more modest job and 
lifestyle. 

"So closes Tom's story, which alone could be easily dismissed. But in 
league with those collected by other researchers, it seems evident that the 
government is in possession of UFOs, and are in fact, flying them around!" 


The following article comes from the TC TECHNICAL CONSULTANT, Nov.-Dec, 
1991 issue: 

"The death of a journalist in West Virginia, plus the jailing of an alleged 

CIA computer consultant in Washington State may be elements of a much wider 

scandal that could have serious implications for the Bush White House in 

1992. 

"What started out as an investigation of an apparent case of pirated 
software has grown to be a project involving hundreds of journalists all 
over the world. 

"The dead journalist, Joseph Daniel 'Danny' Casolaro was found dead August 
10th in a motel room in West Virginia. His wrists were slashed seven times 
on each wrist and a suicide note was found nearby. The only manuscript of 
his book, with accompanying notes, WAS MISSING. 

"The book, provisionally titled 'The Octopus', was meant to be an explosive 
expose of misdeeds by the Justice Department under the Reagan 
administration. Time Magazine also reported that Casolaro's research 
centered on gambling and attempted arms deals at the Cabazon reservation 
near Indio (California - Branton). 

"Indeed, the scope of Casolaro's investigation was so large that any one of 
a large number of areas of research could have been the trigger for a 
possible hit. 

"While authorities declared his death a suicide, his relatives definitely 
stated that Casolaro's mental state was sound, indeed upbeat, after the 
completion of his book. 

"Casolaro started his work nearly two years before, investigating the 
bankrupting of a small computer software company called Inslaw, allegedly 
by the U.S. Justice Department. INSLAW, a company headed by Bill and Nancy 
Hamilton of Washington D.C., had developed a package known as PROMIS -- 
short for Prosecutor's Management Information System - to act as a case 
management tool for the Justice Department's unwieldy work load. 

"Inslaw President Bill Hamilton (NOT to be mistaken for the well-known UFO 
researcher - Branton) has claimed that Ed Meese associate EARL BRIAN was 
given control of pirated versions of the PROMIS software by Meese to sell 
back to different U.S. government agencies for great profit. Two courts 
have so far agreed with Hamilton, awarding an 8 million dollar judgment, 
but a higher court of appeal has quashed the award and the verdict, 
declaring that it was not the jurisdiction of the lower courts. As of 


October 9, the case has moved into the realm of the Supreme Court. 

"EARL BRIAN OWNS UNITED PRESS INTERNATIONAL (UPI) and FINANCIAL NEWS 
NETWORK (FNN). 

"According to a Washington man, who claims to have modified the 
cobol-based software for the CIA and other intelligence agencies, 
the software was a reward for Earl Brian's role in arranging the 
so-called 'October Surprise' gambit, the alleged conspiracy to 
withhold the American hostages in Iran until after the 1980 
election which saw Carter removed from power. The 'October 
Surprise' scandal has taken some time to emerge. 

"In a Paris meeting, President Bush (at the time Ronald Reagan's 
Vice Presidential running mate - Branton) is alleged to have met 
with Ali Akabar Hashemi Rafsanjani, the speaker of the Iranian 
Parliament, Mohammed Ali Rajai, the future President of Iran and 
Manucher Ghorbanifar, an Iranian arms dealer with connections to 
Mossad, according to Navy Captain Gunther Russbacher who claims 
to have flown Bush, William Casey - the CIA chief - and Donald 
Gregg, a CIA operative to that location. Russbacher, who made 
these allegations in May is now in jail on Terminal Island, 
convicted on the charge of impersonating a U.S. Attorney. 

"The Washington man is MICHAEL RICONOSCIUTO who is now waiting 
for a trial in a Washington jail on conspiracy to sell drugs 
charges, charges which Riconosciuto claims are manufactured. 
Indeed, the charge made against Riconosciuto were made one week 
after Riconosciuto authored and signed an affidavit describing 
his role in modifying the pirated software. 

"The affidavit also claimed that he had been contacted by phone 
and threatened by PETER VIDENIEKS, a Justice Department employee 
and Customs official, who Riconosciuto alleged had intelligence 
ties, as to the possible consequences of his going public with 
certain information. 

"According to Riconosciuto, Videnieks was a frequent visitor to 
the Cabazon Indian reservation near Palm Springs and visited with 
tribal manager, John P. Nichols. Nichols was in essence 
Riconosciuto's boss in a number of enterprises conducted on 
reservation land and the PROMIS modification was just one of 
these projects. According to Riconosciuto, in an interview with 
T.C. conducted from jail, the PROMIS software was modified to 
install a backdoor access for use by American intelligence 
services. The software was then sold to 88 different countries as 


a sort of 'trojan horse' package enabling us to access their 
intelligence systems. According to Riconosciuto these countries 
included Iraq and Libya. 

"Correspondence between Nichols and other companies, if 
authentic, indicates that Riconosciuto's claims of his expertise 
in the area of electronics and armaments appear to be true. 
Marshall Riconosciuto, Michael's father, is a reputed former 
business partner of Richard Nixon. 

"According to Riconosciuto, the fuzzy status of reservation land 
as 'sovereign' allowed elements of the CIA and organized crime to 
conduct business uniquely. 

"Among the projects worked on during this time were joint 

projects with WACKENHUT, a company loaded with former CIA and NSA 

personnel and business ventures with the Saudi Arabian royal 

family and other unusual projects. 

"A joint venture with Southern California Edison will soon be 
generating power for bio-mass drawn from local waste outlets. 
Biological warfare projects were investigated with Stormont 
laboratories looking into the creation of 'pathogenic viruses' 
and enhanced fuel-air explosive weapons (which) were created and 
tested in league with Meridian Arms at the NEVADA TESTING RANGE 
which matched the explosive power of nuclear devices. 

"These enhanced weapons gained their power from polarizing the 
molecules in the gas cloud by modification of the electric field, 
a technology developed from exploring Thomas Townsend Brown's 
suppressed work, a knowledge which Riconosciuto claims he gained 
from working at LEAR in Reno, Nevada. 

"Riconosciuto is said to have worked on the enhanced fuel- air 
explosive weapons with Gerald Bull of Space Research Corporation. 
Bull, now deceased, later became an arms advisor to Saddam 
Hussein. It is said that HUSSEIN POSSESSES THE FAE TECHNOLOGY. 

"In July, Anson Ng, a reporter for the Financial Times of London 
was shot and killed in Guatemala. He had reportedly been trying 
to interview an American there named Jimmy Hughes, a one-time 
director of security for the Cabazon Indian Reservation secret 
projects. 

"In April, a Philadelphia attorney named Dennis Eisman was found 
dead, killed by a single bullet in his chest. According to a 


former federal official who worked with Eisman, the attorney was 
found dead in the parking lot where he had been due to meet with 
a woman who had crucial evidence to share substantiating 
Riconosciuto's claims. 

"Both Eisman's and Ng's deaths were declared suicides by 
authorities. 

Tred Alvarez, a Cabazon tribal leader who was in vocal 
opposition to the developments on the reservation, was found shot 
to death with two friends in 1981. Their murder remains unsolved. 

"The leader of the House, Thomas Foley, announced last month that 
a formal inquiry will be initiated into the Inslawcase. Foley 
appointed Senator Terry Sanford as co-chairman of the joint 
congressional panel. Prior to his election, Senator Sanford was 
the attorney representing Earl Brian in his 1985 takeover bid for 
United Press International and was instrumental in appointing 
Earl Brian, a medical doctor, to the board of Duke Medical 
School, of which Sanford is President. 

"However, despite repeated requests from journalists to produce 
photographs showing Riconosciuto together with Brian, and 
requests to produce his passport showing his alleged trip to 
Iran, he has not yet done so. Also Riconosciuto failed to be able 
to describe Peter Videnieks to CNN's Moneyline program, claiming 
a medical condition prevented him from remembering clearly. 

"This led one former intelligence operative to speculate that we 
may be witnessing a very sophisticated intelligence operation 
being played out in public. 

"Former F.B.I. Special Agent, Ted Gunderson, speaks for 
Riconosciuto's credibility. Gunderson, who lives in Manhattan 
Beach, has worked with Riconosciuto for many years in his 
capacity as private investigator. 

"Together, according to Gunderson, they were responsible for 
thwarting a terrorist operation during the Los Angeles Olympics. 
According to Gunderson, Riconosciuto was well known in certain 
circles as a genius in almost all sciences. 

"The so-called drug operation broken up in Washington State was 
an electrohydrodynamic mining operation claimed Gunderson, using 
Townsend Brown technology. A videotape viewed by this journalist 
revealed metallic powders and apparent processes unrelated to 


drug manufacture. Indeed, a government analysis of soil samples 
revealed the absence of drug contamination, but a high 
concentration of barium. Barium is often found in high voltage 
related work. 

"Unsubstantiated information from an intelligence source claims 
that the current situation is the visible effect OF A WAR 

CURRENTLY GOING ON IN THE INTELLIGENCE COMMUNITY between a group 

centered in the CIA called Aquarius (around a powerful center 

known as MJ-12) and a group known as COM-12 centered around Naval 

Intelligence. COM-12 is reputedly trying to sustain a rearguard 

action to sustain and preserve constitutional government and is 

deliberately LEAKING INFORMATION damaging to the former group." 

(Take note of William 'Bill' Cooper's pro-constitutional, 

anti-MJ/12 writings and his past association with high levels of 

Naval Intelligence - Branton) 

In the same publication, same issue, there appeared a small article just 
following the one quoted above. Written by Thomas Zed, the article, titled 
"WACKENHUTS CONNECTION WITH THE BLACK PROJECT WORLD", stated: 

"The Wackenhut company has a very close connection to the world 
of BLACK BUDGET PROJECTS. Besides being connected with the 
Cabazon venture mentioned in this issue it is also responsible, 
according to jailed computer consultant Michael Riconosciuto, FOR 
THE SECRET PROJECTS BEING UNDERTAKEN IN DULCE, NEW MEXICO where 
the JICARILLA IND AN RESERVATION IS BEING SIMILARLY USED. (Note: 
The Underground Labs near Dulce are alleged to be tied-in with 
the Department of Energy, Rand Corp, DARPA, Los Alamos Labs, 
MJ-12, the CIA and other 'secret government' controlled military- 
industrial-intelligence organizations. It is believed to be the 
largest underground 'joint-interaction' llluminati/Alien 
laboratory of it's kind in the United States, and possibly the 
world - Branton) 

"After sending two of my colleagues there recently AND RECEIVING 
CONFIRMATION THAT THERE WAS A TOP SECRET MILITARYTYPE 
INSTALLATION I decided to call the newspaper office and make an 
educated bluff. 

"I identified myself as a freelance reporter from Los Angeles - 
and told the newspaper that I was doing a story on the Cabazon 
reservation biological warfare projects that had been undertaken 
there on behalf of the CIA. I told her that I had heard that 
there were similar things being done in Dulce and would like to 
know what was going on. 


"The official I spoke to BECAME FRIGHTENED and said, 1 can't 
talk to you about that! It would be very unprofessional of me to 
talk to you about that. You'll have to speak to the President of 
the tribe.' She then hung up. 

"I have yet to call back and ask the President of the tribe, but 
will report on that in the next issue. 

"Wackenhut is also responsible for security of a lot of 
UNDERGROUND FACILITIES in California and Nevada, including the 
notorious S-4 or Area 51 in Nevada where Townsend Brown flying 
disk technology (written about in a T.C. recent issue) has been 
flying and developing for decades. 

"A recent helicopter crash at the area, where two pilots and 
three security guards from Wackenhut flying in a Messerschmit 
BO-105 helicopter were killed was not at all accidental claimed 
Riconosciuto, who said that the individuals aboard the helicopter 
were traveling with sensitive documents. 

"Groups are now investigating Riconosciuto's claims." 

'Commander X', the 'anonymous' Intelligence-Military insider who has 
apparently fulfilled his Constitutional oath by providing so much 'inside' 
information on aerial and subsurface 'alien' activity - information which 
in fact coincides with other accounts given by numerous other researchers 
- made the following comments (Note: The 'Commander 1 admits to being a 
member of a high-level Intelligence network - intent on exposing the 
llluminati 'cancer 1 in the Intelligence Community- called 'THE COMMITTEE 
OF 12 TO SAVE THE EARTH'. It is not certain however whether or not this has 
any connection to the notorious 'COM-12'): 

"...Robert Dickhoff, in his book 'AGHARTA', mentions that the secret 
chambers of the Pyramid of Gizeh were connected by tunnels to the 
Subterranean World. An Egyptian informant says that at the base of this 
pyramid are three tunnels that radiate in different directions. Two lead to 
dead ends, but the third seems to go on and on and may have once connected 
Atlantis with it's colony in Egypt by passing under the Mediterranean and 
Atlantic. (There are those who have suggested that some of the ancient 
structures near Cairo, Egypt are in fact of antediluvian origin - Branton) 

"...Two Swedes tried to traverse this long tunnel till it's end and never 
returned. While believed to have died, rescue parties could not find them. 
This caused the government to FORBID anyone from entering this third long 
tunnel, though they were permitted to enter the other two. There are 


strange reports of ANCIENT EGYPTIANS (or rather, people appearing or 

looking like ancient Egyptians - Branton) having been seen inside the long 

tunnel, coming from the Subterranean World. Many believe that the Swedes 

who disappeared joined these people. A popular book was selling in Egypt 

some time ago entitled THE MYSTERIOUS PATH TO THE UNKNOWN WORLD', dealing 

with the apparently endless third tunnel below the pyramid of Gizeh and the 

world to which it leads... 

"A report has been circulating that some scientists entered a tunnel in 
West Africa that ran under the ocean bed in the direction of the vanished 
Atlantis, which was finally reached and many mechanical contrivances were 
seen (through some type of 'window 1 looking out into the depths? - Branton) 
on the ocean bed, including motor vehicles. How true this reporter is, the 
writer cannot say." 

The following information was sent to researcher B. Alan Walton from 
Juliette Sweet, a personal friend of Sharula Dux (also known as Bonnie 
Condey), the self-professed resident of Telos, the city below Mt. Shasta, 
and was dated 2/7/93: 

"...last month I had your disk transcribed and read your 
materials in their entirety. Very interesting, and full of well 
cited facts. I appreciate your sense of groundedness when 
presenting your ideas... lam not familiar with the saurian race, 
nor have I heard mention of them from Sharula or Adama (an 
alleged spiritual leader in Telos - Branton)... The Greys do come 
up from time to time, and what has been communicated by the 
Hierarchy is that they are indeed being asked, forcibly if 
necessary, to leave. The ousting process has been active for the 
last year or so, and Adama has indicated that Los Alamos will be 
one of the last areas to clear out... there has been some 'star 
wars' type of conflict of late, but (they) tell us not to worry 
about it [and] that they have things well in hand... Sharula's 
age is actually 267 years. Although for surface ID purposes, she 
says she was born in 1 951 . It helps where social security and 
passport purposes are concerned. You might want to update your 
materials to reflect her actual age..." (Note: of course the 
"ousting process" would necessitate a cessation of ILLUMINATI 
interaction with the Grays, as the 'Baverians' have in the past 
allowed the Grays' access to this planet and even harbored them 
and protected them and their bases from public or foreign 
intrusion - Branton) 

One report that came out of the Nevada Military Complex has not been 
confirmed and it's exact source is uncertain. The report was based on 
information provided by a man who was involved in high-security work in the 


underground bases below the Nevada Military Complex. This man stated that 
while working at the facilities there he learned of a race of 'aliens' 
which were also resident in parts of the underground bases, a group known 
as the 'Orange'. The 'Orange' are apparently a hybrid-type of alien of 
humanoid form and possess some 'reptilian' genetic character- istics yet 
with human-like reproductive organs and capable of breeding with human 
beings. It is also interesting that other sources apply to them a partial 
cybernetic quality, suggesting that they are in fact a branch of humans who 
have been genetic- ally infused with reptilian DNA and also electronically 
or bionically altered with cybernetics. Whether or not some or all of the 
"ORANGE" possess a human "soul-matrix" is something which has not yet been 
established, at least by 'the Group'. 

Since, as we've indicated earlier, evidence suggests that no TRUE 'hybrid' 
can exist between the sauroid and human races, because humans have an 
energy-soul matrix whereas true serpent race or reptilian entities do not 
(among many other dissimilar characteristics), we must assume that the 
entities encountered by the Nevada base worker were what one 'might' refer 
to as "Drac-Orange" (no soul-energy matrix) or "Eva-Orange" (soul-energy 
matrix). Please bear with us in our attempts to 'create' titles wherein none 
is perceived by us to exist, to describe the various new concepts which 
often turn up in this type of "fringe" research. Here we are simply 
applying the traditional names of the first recorded reptilian male (Draco) 
which 'tradition- ally' was the father of the serpent races; and the first 
recorded human female (Eva) who was 'traditionally' the mother of all the 
human races, as recorded in Genesis chapter 3, which also records the 
hatred and enmity that would exist between the two 'races' down through the 
ages. As for the "Orange", just which of the two categories these entities 
fall under (Dracorange or Evaorange or both), as we have indicated 
previously, remains uncertain at the time of this writing. 

Another account, also unconfirmed, refers to an individual (possibly 

involved with military intelligence) who was reportedly invited to work 

with a group of 'Aryans' who were resident at a secret base in or near the 

Nevada Military complex, along with Secret Government Military personnel. 

This individual claimed that this group had access to UFO type craft and 

utilized the symbol of the Swastika, and were presently in conflict with 

the Greys, which they might have at one time in the past had associations 

with. As in the case of nearly every human organization that has 

established interactions with the sauroid Grey aliens, perhaps these 

particular 'Aryans' also learned of the true nature of the reptilian races 

after being 'betrayed' by them. There are some "Aryans" that may have 

bro ken-off from the Antarctican Empire, which we must assume (until 

evidence to the contrary presents itself) is still in collaboration with 

the Reptilian and Gray Empires, and still holds to Hitler's Nazi-nightmare 

of a fascist electronic NEW WORLD ORDER, complete - according to some - 


with human 'slaves' bearing mind-control implants inserted during 
abductions by joint Nazi-Reticulan saucer crews such at the one encountered 
by Betty and Barney Hill. It is interesting however that both the CIA as 
well as the 'Aryans' are said to be operating in and below the Nevada Test 
site, which might support allegations by some that the CIA struck a deal 
with the Nazi's sometime before or after World War II, and that both groups 
have had past and present ties with the International Baverian (German) 
llluminati. 

If such an off-shoot group of "Aryans" or ex-Nazis does exist it might be 
wise for them, considering the Nazi atrocities of the past, to RENOUNCE the 
swastika and all that it stands for if they intend to recieve any help or 
support whatsoever from true Americans in their conflict with the grays. We 
must be careful not to equate "Germans" with "Nazis" and thus fall into the 
same racist trap into which the Nazis themselves fell. Nazism is a 
PHILOSOPHICAL problem, not a RACIAL one, and in fact there have been many 
Germans who have contributed to the overall benefit of humanity, including 
Luther and Gutenberg and others who challenged the despotes of Rome (that 
is, until later generations of Germans sold themselves out once again to 
the so- called 'holy' Roman EMPIRE via the Jesuits who absolutely infested 
Hitler's S.S. according to Edmund Paris. This infiltration of Hitler's 
ranks by the Roman "militia" was accomplished in order to carry out the NEW 
INQUISITION against the Jews, the latest in a long history of ROMAN 
persecutions against the Israelite race). 

Even if present Aryan 'generations' were not PERSONALLY responsible for the 
war crimes of their fathers during WWII, they would still have to agree to 
conform to Constitutional principles of HUMAN EQUALITY regardless of race, 
religion or culture if they are to have any future peaceful coexistence 
with the most power- ful nation on the 'face' of the earth, the United 
States of America. Otherwise they might find themselves in the very 
uncomfortable position of being wedged between two enemy fronts: the 
saurian greys on one side AND indignant anti-Nazi American patriots, many 
of whom lost family members to the Nazi's during the Second World War, on 
the other. If an 'inner-planetary' or inter- planetary war does erupt 
between human and saurian species, as some have suggest might overtly take 
place in the future, then the neo-Nazi saucer groups (supposing they exist) 
MUST decide to join up with the human race and cast off their former 
FASCIST ideologies OR ELSE try and appease the alien Grays - most likely 
to their own ultimate destruction - or become caught up in the 
'cross-fire' between the human and serpent races in whatever future 
conflicts might be waged between the two. 

There are possible indications that 'at least' THREE groups of entirely 
human 'aliens' have some connection with the Nevada Military Complex, 
possibly involving humanoid aliens retrieved alive from crashed 


saucer-disks, or human-aliens who are willingly assisting certain 
governmental compartments in the technology department. For instance the 
above account suggests that some so-called ARYANS with past or present 
affiliation with the Antarctican Empire have some possible connection 
there; as well as the Pleiadean NORDICS as suggested by Robert Lazar's 
claim that a Pleiadean 'beamship' was seen by him on certain occasions in 
the hangers; and then there are the tall Telosian BLONDS who have also been 
known to have some connection with the underground networks of Nevada and 
the South-West. In fact, there may be several different 'scenarios' taking 
place at once within the Test Site, as if no individual 'compartment' has 
full control of what is taking place there (this has been suggested by 
different sources). 

In one sense the 'Test Site' is the center of a WORLD WAR III type of 
scenario, the only difference is that it is a covert or 'underground' war 
since neither the Reptilians nor the llluminati want this conflict to be 
made public, although some of the 'Constitutionals' have apparently 
'leaked' information thro ugh the COM-12 and similar intelligence 
organizations. The allegations, as given by intelligence sources like 
'Yellow Fruit', indicate that some of the 'benevolents' are operating in 
and below Nevada - 'aliens' who honor a Constitutional form of Government 
in the U.S. This would also indicate that there is more than one group of 
human-like 'aliens' active there, and that there are in fact THREE general 
groups fighting for control, the Nordic-human FEDERATION, the 'Joint' 
llluminati/Gray COMBINE, and the Reptilian EMPIRE itself. Some however 
would suggest that the 'Joint' activity groups are not a third power group 
at all but rather a 'midpoint' organization of power-hungry humans and 
grays that are working together on a competitive basis in an interactive 
and sometimes all-too-real and deadly bid for world domination. Both the 
llluminati and the Grays want the planet to come under central control and 
both sides need each other's assistance to bring it to pass, but they 
disagree just who will be the ultimate masters, the Humans or the Grays. 
Basically it is a rather sickening love- hate relationship, or a guarded 
"marriage of convenience". 

Ancient Hebrew history speaks of a race of human beings known as the 
'Anakim' in whose sight the ancient Israelites saw themselves as 
'grasshoppers'. These giants were apparently very human yet of enormous 
stature. According to some accounts they were anywhere from 9 to 12 feet 
tall, and remained until the Israelites eventually drove them out of 
Palestine. As to their final destination or what became of them, the Hebrew 
records are strangely silent. 

There are some who believe that men of such stature may have existed 
previous to the deluge and the cataclysms which accompanied it, however the 
Hebrew records make it clear that a human race of such great stature 


existed in post-deluvian times as well. 

Researcher Warren Smith paraphrased, in 1976, two accounts related by 
Leland Lovelace describing incredible finds. The following discoveries are 
very similar to an account which appeared in an early issue ofTAL LeVesque 
and Mary Martin's 'HOLLOW HASSLE' newsletter, one which described a similar 
cave found in the Silver Peak range of southwestern Nevada, not far from 
the Mojave Desert (and in which the bones of human giants, along with 
gigantic stone furniture and golden artifacts, etc., was reportedly 
discovered). The woman who submitted the account claimed to have personally 
known an explorer who had been in the tunnels. The cave was supposedly 
discovered with the help of a 'MU-rian' treasure map which was said to have 
originated from an Native American tribe in the area. Warren Smith 
describes two similar incidents, one of which 'may' be a confirmation of 
the cavern discovered in the Silver Peak Range, in the following words: 

"...Author Leland Lovelace told about such a discovery in 'LOST 

MINES AND BURIED TREASURES' (NaylorCo., 1965; also Ace Books, 

New York). Lovelace said two prospectors were searching for a 

gold strike in the desolate mountains of south- western Nevada. 

The two men were digging in the arid soil when a cave-in led them 

into a vast underground tunnel. Following the passageway, they 

went deep into the mountain and entered a large subterranean 

room. 

"The two astonished prospectors held their torches high and saw 
that the cave was furnished with chairs and tables. The furniture 
was very large, as if manufactured for a race of giants. Dishes 
cast from gold and silver were also found on the tables. Other 
artifacts made from precious metals were discovered in the 
cavern. 

"Lovelace did not inform his readers as to what the prospectors 
did with their discovery. We can assume they carried as much of 
the precious metal as possible from the scene, then melted down 
the objects for their gold and silver. This often occurs when a 
gold-seeker finds a rare archeological discovery. Rather than 
risk the treasure being taken over by the state or federal 
govern- ment, these men play a game of 'finder's keepers.' 

"In 1904, a prospector named J.C. Brown claimed to have made an 
intriguing discovery in the Cascade mountain range of California. 
Brown had been hired by the Lord Cowdray Mining Company of 
England to prospect for gold inthese isolated areas. During his 
second trip into the Cascades, Brown found a manmade tunnel 
carved into a solid rock wall. According to old reports, a 


landslide had destroyed a rock wall that hid the tunnel entrance. 

"Brown followed the enormous tunnel through the mountain and came 
to a large, manmade cavern. The room was lined with sheets of 
tempered copper. Strange circular shields hammered from gold were 
hung on the walls. Unusual artifacts and statues were located in 
niches in the cavern walls. Unusual drawings, strange art, 
indecipherable hieroglyphics AND THE SKELETONS OF WHAT WAS 
APPARENTLYA GIANT RACE WERE FOUND IN ROOMS LEADING OFF FROM 
THE 

LARGE CAVERN. 

"Unwilling to share his discovery with his English employers, 
Brown did not report the treasure cavern. Instead, he continued 
to work for various mining companies for the next thirty years 
until his retirement. Then, in 1934, he popped up in Stockton, 
California, with a map and an intriguing tale. Wthin a few days, 
eighty people were willing to assist the now-aging prospector in 
getting the precious artifacts out of the cave. 

"On June 1 9, 1 934, Brown and his followers traveled into the 
Cascade mountains. They camped by a small stream, waiting until 
morning when Brown was to show the group an entrance into the 
cavern. However, during the night, the old prospector vanished. 
He has not been seen since that night. 

"Fearing that Brown had somehow duped the eighty people, 
detectives on the Stockton police department investigated. 'Brown 
didn't take a cent from anyone,' the detectives said after the 
check-out. 

"The police chief asked, 'What was his game?' 

"The detectives shrugged. 

'"Was he murdered out there?' asked the chief. 

'"He was probably an old liar who knew his time was up,' replied 
one of the detectives. 

'"Brown was a kindly old gentleman of advanced years when he 
arrived in Stockton,' a doctor wrote several years ago. 'I was a 
curious young man at the time, always interested in occult lore. 
Anything thatsmelled of adventure grabbed my interest. Brown's 
stories were fascinating. They may have been tall stories about 
mythical things by an old man looking for companionship. Somehow, 


over the years, I've gained new respect for the old man. I 
believe he was telling the truth. I don't know his reasons, but I 
think he changed his mind at the last minute and decided not to 
reveal the location of the lost treasure vault of the 'Lemurian' 
giants."' 

In his book, THERE ARE GIANTS IN THE EARTH' (Doubleday & Co., Inc., Garden 
City, N.Y. 1974. pp. 135-136), Michael Grumley relates an ancient Hebrew 
tradition which suggests that remnants of a race of 'giants', possibly 
'hairy' giants, survived the ancient deluge along with Noah and a menagerie 
of other animals: 

"...in the Genesis story, there is an incident absent in the King James 
version but present in various scattered references in the Hebrew Midrash 
which concerns a giant named 'Og' who is said to have ridden on the ark 
during the forty days and forty nights of the downpour that caused Noah's 
flood. In order to be included in the ships company, so the story goes, it 
was agreed that he would, once the ark reached dry land and the waters 
receded, became a servant of Noah and ALL OF his descendants. He (and 
presumably a female of his kind were) the only one[s] of what was a 
widespread race of giants who perished, along with all men (except) Noah 
and his three sons Shem, Ham and Japeth (this also, Hebrew tradition holds, 
included the four women who were the wives of Noah and his three sons, 
making eight in all. Or, if the "OG" account is accurate, was it TEN 
"people" - eight humans and two half-humans? - Branton)." 

As for the Sasquatch itself (or Ye ti, Bigfoot or Abominable Snowman, etc.), 
in most cases they are described as being peaceable except when provoked, 
although such cases of retributional violence against humans are rare. 

It is usually said that the Sasquatch resemble not so much a "missing link" 
between humans and apes, but more of a "hybrid" between the two, such as "a 
human head on an apes body" in the words of one witness. This might suggest 
that humans and apes are two distinct species, and that in some ancient 
time the genetic similarity might have resulted in hybrid offspring between 
the two groups, consigning the Sasquatch offspring themselves to a horrible 
and lonely existence, being outcast by men and beasts alike, being that 
they were neither fully human nor fully animal. If such was the case in the 
past, the genetic divergence's between the two groups may have long ago 
strayed to the point that such a 'natural hybrid' would be impossible 
today, except in the case of the DESCENDANTS of the Sasquatch race itself. 

In the book "CHARLES BERLITZ WORLD OF THE ODD & AWESOME", we read of the 
strange being that was discovered in the Congo several years ago. "He" was 
given the nickname Oliver, however it was uncertain whether or not he was a 
mutant, a hybrid, or part of a new species of chimp. He looked like a bald 


chimpanzee, but his nose protruded much like that of a humans and UNLIKE 
APES, who prefer to walk on their knuckles, Oliver seemed to naturally walk 
upright. Was "Oliver" a Sasquatch, or of a race akin to the legendary hairy 
humanoid? 

Studied by Ralph Heifer of Burbank, California, it was dis- covered that 

Oliver had FORTY-SEVEN CHROMOSOMES, FALLING BETWEEN AN APES 

FORTY-EIGHT AND 

A HUMANS FORTY-SIX, suggesting a CROSSBREED. Oliver was extremely 
intelligent for an "ape", and enjoyed watching television Westerns and 
action programs for hours, unlike chimps, which became bored after a few 
minutes. 

Aside from the hairy humanoids, there have also allegedly been sightings of 
satyrus-like creatures in connection with the underground or aerial 
phenomena, although these sightings are relatively rare. They are described 
as being small, goat-footed humanoids with horns. Because of the 
paraphysical phenomena surrounding such sightings however, some have 
suggested that they might be part of a quasi -physical pre-Adamic race which 
were part of the original 'fair described in Judeo-Christian theology, a 
race that possessed humanoid, bestial AND angelic features and therefore 
immortal. Whether their humanoid/animalistic attributes allowed them to 
procreate is uncertain, however there are a few bizarre accounts which 
surface from time to time of female witches or satan-worshippers having 
been impregnated by satyrus-like incubi, following which they give birth to 
a horrifying hybrid - a frightening and often vicious humanoid child with 
horns and tail, who traditionally live only a few days or weeks before 
dying. This may be just a myth that has been created by occultists over the 
years, as no actual cadavers of these supposed hybrids has ever turned up 
in public. 

Several years ago Brad Steiger reported an incredible incident involving a 
demolition crew in San Francisco, who were in the process of tearing down 
some old buildings when they broke into an underground cavity adjacent to 
the basement level of one of the old structures. They gather together some 
equipment and entered the opening, and were surprised to find themselves in 
a tunnel which branched out in different directions underground. The 
construction workers commenced to explore the passages for some distance 
before they encountered something which left them shocked and trembling. 
Right in front of them stood a group of the strangest creatures they had 
ever seen. They were neither 'entirely' human nor entirely like any animal 
they had seen before. They were humanoid, covered from head to foot with 
hair, were around 5 feet tall, with eyes which reflected reddish in the 
light of their flashbeams. 

The demolitionists decided that they weren't going to stay there much 


longer, and beat a hasty retreat back to the surface. The opening might 
have been subsequently covered-up by debris and further demolition work, 
although this is uncertain. Whatever may have become of the tunnel entrance 
is anyone's guess. 

Charles Berlitz, in his 'ATLANTIS - THE EIGHTH CONTINENT (G. P. Putnams 
Sons., New York., 1984., pp. 196-198), makes the following comments 
concerning the ancient fallen society which was apparently one of the first 
'civilizations' following the deluge to release the scourge of high-tech 
thermonuclear warfare on the earth. He states: 

"...These periodic destruction's have occurred because Earth's 
inhabitants failed to carry out the plan of the Creator... 
According to the retelling of the Hopi legends by Frank Waters, 
in collaboration with White Bear (BOOK OF THE HOPI: 1 968), when 
(the ancient peoples) had acquired what they wanted 'they wanted 
more still and wars began again.' The peoples of the Earth 
created 'big cities, nations, civilizations,' and invented 
aircraft - PATUWVOTAS - which they used to attack and destroy 
one another's cities. The warfare in this previous world ceased 
only when continents sank and the land and sea changed places, 
leaving the 'third world' (the one before the present) lying on 
the sea bottom, 'with all the proud cities, the flying 
PATUWVOTAS, and the worldly treasures corrupted with evil.' 
(Although the 'sinking of continents' seems to be a phenomena 
intimately connected with the deluge, this does not mean that 
other island continents might not have sunk within the centuries 
or millenia FOLLOWING deluge as well - Branton). 

"...It is in the books of ancient India, however, that we find 

allusions to prehistoric warfare that eerily parallel those of 

today as well as those of the foreseeable future (vide C. 

Berlitz: MYSTERIES FROM FORGOTTEN WORLDS). There are two possible 

explanations for them: either some scientifically minded Indians 

of six [or so] thousand years ago let their fancies roam at will 

and imagined bombs of sufficient force to destroy most of the 

world, or perhaps the whole concept was inherited from.. .a stage 

of development propitious to experimenting with or using the 

destructive power of the atom. 

"In any case, passages from traditional Indian literature, such 

as the VEDAS, the PURANAS, the RAMAYANA, the MAHAVIRA, and 

especially the MAHABHARATA, contain repeated references expressed 

in the poetic language of their era to aircraft -- VIMANAS - 

rockets, and space travel, but also specific allusions to what is 

easily recognizable as combat aircraft, air bombing, radar and 


otherforms of aircraft detection, artillery, rocket launching, 
explosive bullets, detonation of mines, and bombs of cosmic 
destruction comparable in effect to the atom bomb of the present 
world. In other sections of Indian scientific and philosophical 
literature there are mentions attesting to the awareness of 
molecules and atoms of different elements, a concept that might 
eventually lead to the use of the power of the atom in warfare, 
just as it has in our day within a relatively short period of 
time. From the time that the atomic theory was generally accepted 
by modern scientists to the construction of the atom bomb WAS 
ONLY 130 TO 135 YEARS, while a previous world civilization, whose 
time span is unknown, would presumably have had as much or more 
time for such development. 

"...When the MAHABHARATA was to be translated in the last half of 
the 19th century into modern languages (into English by Protap 
Chandra Roy and into German by Max Muller), the fanciful 
descriptions of ancient warfare were generally ignored, except in 
the case of artillery - familiar to everyone - and aircraft, then 
considered to be lighter than air. V. R. Ramachandra Dikshitarin 
his book on early Indian warfare (WAR IN ANCIENT INDIA: 1944), 
comments on the DECLINE of artillery in medieval times, inferring 
that it was more destructive in the distant past. He also defends 
the detailed references to heavier-than-air aircraft in ancient 
land and naval warfare, referring to 'the vast literature of the 
PURANAS showing how well and wonderfully the ancient Indians 
conquered the air.' Since Dikshitar was writing during the period 
of World War I he, like a number of Indian officers and British 
officers in the Indian service, was aware than many of the 
'imaginary' weapons of Indian antiquity had made an appearance 
(or reappearance) in both world wars. Dikshitar wrote, during 
World War I, that the MOHANASTRA or 'arrow of unconsciousness' 
was generally considered 'a creature of legend until we heard the 
other day of the bombs discharging poisonous gases.'" 

In reference to an ancient weapon known as 'the iron thunderbolt', Berlitz 
states: "According to the description in the MAHABHARATA its burst was as 
bright as the flare often thousand suns. The cloud of smoke rising after 
its first explosion formed into expanding round circles like the opening of 
giant parasols. 

"...A strangely modern injunction in the ATHARUA VEDA cautioned opposing 
forces that the use of such a weapon was permissible only when the enemy 
'used it first,'... There is even a mention in the MAUSALA PARVA implying 
that on one occasion this weapon 'capable of reducing the Earth to ashes' 
had been destroyed and the resultant powder had been 'cast into the sea,' 


another timely suggestion from the distant past of Earth. 

"Whether this legendary weapon was ever used, or was destroyed, or 
forgotten except in Indian literature, there exists certain burned sections 
of our planet that may be the result of meteor strikes or even the scars of 
thermonuclear warfare, one of these was found in Iraq in 1947 in the course 
of an archaeological probe dug vertically while penetrating a number of 
cultural levels containing recognizable artifacts of BABYLON and SUMERIA 
and eventually passed through a fourteen-foot level of clay, indicating 
deposits following a severe and prolonged flood. Past the flood level a 
stratum was eventually reached that proved to be fused glass -- almost 
exactly similar to the desert floor at Alamogordo, New Mexico, scarred and 
fused after the 'first' A-bomb test." (Gen. 4:22 states that only 7 
generations after Adam, 'Tubal-cain' introduced complex metalwork, and no 
doubt weaponry, to the antediluvians) 

Some researchers and 'contactees' have referred to a 'human' group of 
'aliens' from a nearby star system who are known as the 'Coldasians'. These 
may very well be the same group who others refer to as the 'Koldasians'. 
UFO PHOTO ARCHIVES (P. 0. Box 17206., Tucson, AZ 85710) has released a 
volume detailing an alleged contact with a person from the planet 'Koldas'. 
It is uncertain as of this writing whether or not the 'Koldasians' (or 
Coldasians) are part of the alleged, although loosely-tied, 
Vega-Ummo-Pleiades-Andromeda-Cetus-Eridanus-Centaurus 'federation', all 
allegedly inhabited by 'human' space-faring cultures. The Koldasians do 
however claim to have ties with the Solar "Confederation" reportedly based 
on the moons of Saturn. 

The volume, titled "UFO: CONTACT FROM THE PLANET KOLDAS -- A COSMIC 
DIALOGUE", is described as follows in an advertisement released by UFO 
PHOTO ARCHIVES: 

"...This 300-page report unfolds the story behind a powerful and special 
friendship still continuing between two men -- one from beyond Earth. 

"Valdar is the extraterrestrial human being who came to Earth in 
preparation for his commissioning as the commander of an interplanetary 
spacecraft. He lived near an electronics plant and worked closely with a 
South African national for two years, before departing for his home planet 
Koldas in another solar system. 

"Valdar's two years of integrated living on a more primitively inhabited 
planet was one last prerequisite to his new role as spaceship commander ~ 
and he chose Earth, the unique planet a friend and mentor had also visited 
during his own final indoctrination. 


"Before his final selection of our planet, Valdar had been told by his 
friend of Earth's rare beauty, its great variety of living species, vast 
oceans, high plains, abundant vegetation - and the unusual savageness of 
its society. 

"After some familiarization here, Valdar met and befriended F. Edwin W, a 
South African working in Durban. The Report tells the story of this 
friendship, a close relationship that has continued, up to and beyond 
Valdar's departure for Koldas right before the eyes of his Earth-based 
friend. The relationship continues today. 

"More than 1,000 communications have been received (via electromagnetic 
energy beams) from the extraterrestrial since Valdar's departure from 
Earth. 

"Many other witnesses and extensive documentation adequately support this 

case. Important material collected by long-time UFO researcher Carl van 

Vlierden includes color photographs and [an] ACTUAL PHONOGRAPH RECORDING of 

the Koldasian commander delivering a heartfelt message to the people of 

Earth. 

"This comprehensive report is published through the generosity and special 
interest of the Weaver family." 

The UNCUS Group [Dept. 210., 1142 Manhattan Ave. #43., Manhattan, CA 
90266], an organization allegedly devoted to 'Earthbound 
Extraterrestrials', related much information in 1993 concerning the 
research and work of a Mr. Robert M. Stanley. 

Stanley has reportedly discovered a 'lost city' which he says was once 
inhabited by ancients, whom he postulates may have been tied-in with 
ancient 'Lemurians' (or rather the MU-rians of ancient California, a 
civilization which is not to be confused with the 'theoretical' lost empire 
of 'Lemuria' in the Indian Ocian - Branton). Some of the inhabitants of 
this ancient city were 8 ft. tall and had access to interplanetary travel, 
utilizing an ancient UFO 'base'. 

Although Stanley has been to dozens of countries doing archaeological 
research, he states that the lost city - which he says largely resides in 
a massive underground maze of tunnels and caves below a 'Mystic Mountain' 
in southern California (Mojave region?) - is the most incredible site by 
far that he had ever encountered, and contains walls, statues and many 
other ancient relics from the ancient culture which built the 'city'. He 
has allegedly taken many scientists, engineers, archaeologists and 
anthropologists to the ancient site and through the underground complex and 
states that they agree with him on the incredible importance of the site, 


but wonder why it never came to light before this time. 

Although Stanley is reticent of revealing the exact site of the 'Mystic 
Mountain' (on which he also claims, along with others, to have had 
experiences with UFOs beaming lights' down upon the group), he states that 
it is in SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA and one might assume from previous 
informations revealed that wherever this 'lost city' is located, it may 
very well have been connected in some fashion to the lost city of the 
Panamint Mountains. 

Mr. Stanley can be reached through 'MYSTIC MOUNTAIN ADVENTURES'., Dept. 
200., 1 142 Manhattan Ave #43., M.B., CA 90266. However be warned that 
Stanley is adamant in his conviction that he does not wish the site to be 
turned into a 'tourist attraction' or amusement park with hot dog stands 
and all the rest, but desires to keep the site in pristine condition for 
the sake of future generations of researchers. However, if he sees that one 
has true unselfish academic motivations rather than a 'treasure hunter 1 
mindset, one might be able to arrange a 'tour 1 of the site with him as have 
others in the past. 

William Halliday, in his book 'ADVENTURE IS UNDER- GROUND', records an 
affidavit submitted by a Mr. Earl P. Dorr, describing vast caverns he and 
an associate allegedly discovered and explored in Southern California. 
Portions of the sworn testimonial are quoted below: 

"...These caverns are about 250 miles from Los Angeles, 
California. Traveling overstate highways by automobile, the 
caverns can be reached in a few hours. 

"Accompanied by a mining engineer, I visited the caverns in the 
month of May, 1 927. We entered them and spent 4 days exploring 
them for a distance of between 8 and 9 miles. We carried with us 
altimeters and pedometers, to measure the distance we traveled, 
and had an instrument to take measure- ments of distance by 
triangulation, together with such instruments convenient and 
necessary to make observations and estimations. 

"Our examinations revealed the following facts, viz: 

"1. From the mouth of the cavern we descended about 2000 feet. 
There, we found a canyon which, on our altimeter, measured about 
3000 to 3500 feet deep. We found the caverns to be divided into 
many chambers, filled and embellished with the usual stalactites 
and stalagmites, besides many grotesque and fantastic wonders 
that make the caverns one of the marvels of the world. 


"2. On the floor of the canyon there is a flowing river which by 
careful examination and measurement (by tri angulation) we 
estimated to be about 300 feet wide, and with considerable depth. 
The river rises and falls with the tides of the sea - at high 
tide, being approximately 300 feet wide, and at low tide, 
approximately 10 feet wide and 4 feet deep. (Obviously this can 
only mean that, if this account is true, the "source" of the 
river is an underground reservoir large enough to be moved by the 
tides, "overflowing" into the river during the high tides and 
"receding" at low tide - Branton) 

"3. When the tide is out there is exposed on both sides of the 
river from 1 00 to 150 feet of black beach sand which is very rich 
in gold values. The sands are from 4 to 1 1 feet deep. This means 
there are about 300 to 350 feet of rich bearing placer sand which 
averages 8 feet in depth. We explored the canyon sands a distance 
of 8 miles, finding little variation in the depth and width of 
the sands. 

"4. 1 am a practical miner of many years' experience and I own 
valuable mining properties nearby which lam willing to pledge 
and put up as security to guarantee that the statements herein 
are true. 

"5. My purpose of exploring the caverns was to study the 
mineralogy in order to ascertain the mineral possibilities and 
actualities of the caves, making such examination in person with 
my engineer necessary to determine by expert examination the 
character and quantity of mineral values of the caverns, rocks 
and sands. 

"6. 1 carried out about 10 lbs. of the black sand and 'panned' 
it, receiving more than $7 in gold. I sold it to a gold buyer who 
offered me at the rate of $18 per ounce. 2 1/2 lbs. of this black 
sand I sent to John Herman, assayer, whose assay certificate 
shows a value of $21 45.47 per [cubic] yard, with gold at $20.67 
per ounce. 

"7. From engineering measurements and observations we made, I 
estimated that it would require a tunnel about 350 feet long to 
penetrate to the caverns, one thousand feet or more below the 
present entrance, which are some 3 miles distant from my 
property. 

"8. 1 make no estimate of even the approximate tonnage of the 
black sand, but some estimate of the cubical contents may be made 


for more than 8 miles and the minimum depth is never less than 3 
feet. They are of varying depth - what their maximum depth may 
be we do not know. - Sworn by E. P. Dorr, 309 Adena St., 
Pasadena, Calif., November 16, 1934." 

It is interesting that the "source" of this river would be some- where 
within or beneath the great western desert of Utah-Nevada- California where 
little surface water escapes byway of streams and rivers. Halliday in his 
book also refers to a water-filled cave annexed to Death Valley, known as 
"Devil's Hole", which according to some sources rises and falls slightly 
with the tides! This may indicate that certain underground water-courses 
below the Mojave Desert might ultimately connect with extensive underground 
lakes or small underground fresh-water seas. Whether this theory proves 
accurate or not remains to be seen... afterfuture adventurous 
'Speleonauts' make their way once again into Dorr's secret caverns and 
toward the SOURCE of the 'alleged' underground river. 

"Devil's Hole" itself contains a rare species of cave-fish found no-where 
else in the world (at least nowhere that marine biologists are aware of). 
It is reported that at least two divers disappeared in this apparently 
'bottomless' aqua-cave some years ago, leading officials to put the cave 
under government protection by making it an extension of Death Valley 
National Monument - much of which lies well BELOW sea level. The existence 
of, or the possibility of the existence of, such underground 'seas' beneath 
the California- Nevada regions seems to be supported by other accounts. 
During the 'Shaver Mystery' years Ray Palmer received a letter from a 
reader describing Earl Dorr's cave. This letter stated that three Paiute 
Indian boys had, with the help of a 'treasure map', extracted $50,000 worth 
of gold from these caverns, which they kept in the bank at Needle's, 
California. Their project was halted when one of the boys slipped from one 
of the lowest 'rock tiers' and died. 

We will now quote from William R. Halliday's professional observations of 
the claims made in Dorr's affidavit, as they appear in his book 'ADVENTURE 
IS UNDERGROUND': 

"...What is the gimmick? 

"This was probably the question in the mind of every reader of the 
CALIFORNIA MINING JOURNAL when this affidavit appeared in it's November, 
1940, issue. The question still arises whenever a caver first hears the 
remarkable story of this still more remarkable cave. Furthermore, the 
answers to the other obvious questions are not those which might be 
anticipated. 

'"Is this just an imaginary cave?' No, the cave certainly exists. I have 


been in it. 


'"Did Dorr keep it's location secret?' No. Dozens, perhaps hundreds, of 
people know it's exact location, high on the side of Kokoweef Peak in the 
Mojave Desert. 

'"Has anyone tried to find this river of gold?' Yes, indeed. The prosperous 
Crystal Cave Mining Corporation owns the property. "Then what is the 
gimmick?' That's quite a tale. 

"The beginnings of the story of the cave of gold are shrouded in the mists 
of the minds of old-timers. For a long time, prowling prospectors have 
known of the existence of the wide mouth of a deep cavern on the limestone 
flank of a peak which forms part of the east face of IVANPAH VALLEY - 
Kokoweef Peak. Even though only four miles by dirt road from the highway 
between LOS ANGELES and LAS VEGAS, the area was so desolate that, in the 
1 920's, weeks might elapse without the passing of more than an occasional 
prospector and his burro. The opening of the cavern was several feet in 
diameter and the cave was obviously much larger farther down. There were 
local stories that it was bottomless, although it took 'only a few seconds' 
for a rock to strike 'bottom'. 

"Then someone found a narrow crack leading to ANOTHER cave, high on the 
east face of the peak. Maybe it was Dorr. The stories vary. One version 
repeats the common story of two Indians with a treasure map, which in this 
case was supposed to have showed the entrance to the cave. Dorr was well 
known in the area, having a claim across the valley, several miles 
southwest of Kokoweef Peak. Like any experienced prospector, he certainly 
prowled every ledge of the area. In any event, the new cave seemed even 
deeper than Kokoweef Cave. Like at least seven other caves in California, 
it eventually became known as Crystal Cave. 

"Later, in 1934, another old prospector, Pete Ressler, was resting near the 
bottom of the southwest slope of the barren peak. He idly tossed a rock 
into a crack. To his surprise it rattled back and forth for a long time 
until the sound died away into the depths. He strapped his load on his 
burro and headed for Mountain Pass Station for dynamite. 

'"What do you think it is, Pete?' the men at the station asked him. 
'"Quien sabe?' he shrugged. 

"Pete's Spanish, however, was horrible. It sounded like 'Kin Savvy' or 'Kin 
Sabe,' and this name stuck to the cave he dynamited open. It wasn't much of 
a cave. It slanted downward, but was filled with rubble (rubble from the 
dynamite blasts? - Branton) to a level not far below the entrance. Old Pete 


dropped out of the story. Dorr is the main character. 

"Dorr must have been a strange person. No one else was particularly 
interested in the caves, but soon he was telling of an enormous cavern into 
which he was gradually making his way, trip after trip. The main part of 
the cave was a series of vertical drops from one small chamber to another. 
In several areas there were small, dry pools which contained sharp little 
crystals. From one of the small rooms a tight tunnel led a relatively short 
distance to a huge cavern containing a chasm 3,000 feet deep. He told of a 
stalactite 1 ,500 feet long (Note: Both Kokoweef and Door peaks are near the 
SW flank of the Ivanpah Mts., just south of Highway 91. Dorr alleged that 
he and his engineer, following the upper rock 'tiers', discovered a huge 
cataract or waterfall cascading down the side of the 'canyon' below what 
they judged to be Dorr Peak. They allegedly followed the upper 'shelves' 
for 8 miles. According to a map of the caves drawn by Herman Wallace Jr., 
under the personal instruction and supervision of Earl Dorr, the length of 
the 'stalactite' was given at only 500 feet long - although this would 
still make it the largest "known" stalactite in the world at this writing 
- and was located adjacent to the underground waterfall which flowed into 
the underground river at the bottom of the canyon as one of its many 
tributaries. - Branton). 

"The cavern went on for miles. He had walked to the brink of the chasm, but 
had not found a way to it's bottom. There were places where air came into 
the cavern, so other caves on the peak must open into it. And there ought 
to be an entrance somewhere on his claim, too. That was the direction the 
cave headed. 

"Before long Dorr was claiming to have found a way down the wall of the 
subterranean canyon. Down below the wonders were even greater. He had found 
great deposits of placer gold. By this time he had the other old-timers 
half convinced. Still, THEY weren't going into that awful-looking hole for 
all the gold in the U.S. Mint. 

"One day in 1928 Dorr again told his friends that he was going into the 
cave for another trip. Two days passed, three, four. His friends became 
worried. Gold would not tempt them to go into the cave, but they were his 
friends and the code of the desert is stern. Dorr might be trapped there, 
hurt, dying. A rescue party climbed to the mouth of the cave, where Dorr's 
ropes were still fixed. 

"Hardly had they all entered the cave when they met a raging Dorr they 
hardly know. Although disheveled and wild-eyed, he was obviously in no need 
of rescuing. Nervously they shrank away from his needless fury. Had he gone 
mad from his long stay underground? (More likely it was the dreaded 'gold 
fever 1 which has affected the minds of men throughout the centuries and has 


often motivated them to acts of irrational cruelty - Branton) They were 
trying to help him, yet he was accusing them of trying to steal his gold. 

"Before they quite understood, they felt the dull impact of a HEAVY charge 
of dynamite. Then Dorr calmed down. 'You'll never get it now,' he smirked. 

"That blast finished the tunnel to the river of gold.' (Interesting Note: 
Halliday himself claims to have seen within this cave, along with several 
National Speleological Society or NSS members, the name of DORR written in 
black miner's lamp soot near what appeared to be a black line left by a 
dynamite fuse, below which was a plugged area of shattered rock - Branton) 

"We do not know whether Dorr was ever convinced that his friends were only 
trying to rescue him. For several years he was a familiar figure in the 
Mojave Desert. Continually he attempted to persuade people to run a tunnel 
into the cave of gold from the lower slopes of Kokoweef Peak. He would go 
shares with them. If they were willing to pay for the tunnel, they could 
have part of the profits. 

"On this basis few investors were willing to consider the project. Finally, 
however, a small group headed by a Los Angeles capitalist was willing to 
speculate on Dorr's proposition. First, they tried the easy expedients. Kin 
Sabe Cave was the most accessible. Dorr thought it connected with the great 
chasm. 

"They installed an inclined railway track and began to remove the rubble 
which filled it. Before long they had quite a respectable cave, 125 feet 
deep, but the air in it was completely stagnant. Over Dorr's protests, they 
abandoned the attempt. If there was an entrance to the great cavern from 
Kin Sabe, it was too deep to bother with, at least until all easier 
possibilities had been investigated. 

"Next they turned their attention to Kokoweef Cave, the first cavern 
discovered on the peak. A road was built to a nearby ledge and a short 
tunnel was drilled, connecting the bottom of the cavern to the surface of 
the peak. Again, much rubble was removed without encountering the true 
bottom. Operations were in full swing when someone discovered a mineral 
vein in the wall of the peak a few dozen yards from the tunnel. It was 
zinc, and high- grade ore. Because of the war zinc was at a premium. The 
Crystal Cave Mining Company promptly went into the zinc business. Dorr was 
disgusted. He abandoned the project. Occasionally someone would hear of 
him, still telling his story of prowling the hills near his old claim, 
still seeking another entrance to the cave of gold..." 

According to 'Sasquatch Researcher 1 Virginia Louis Swanson, 'Devil's Hole,' 
in Death Valley National Monument, NE of Death Valley Junction, CA., has 


been the scene of at least one disappearance. According to Swanson, two 
boys entered the cave several years ago and were never seen again. Navy 
scuba diver's were lowered on cables and reported seeing a large river 
which roared up from below, flowing across a wide expanse. They could not 
estimate it's depth because of a myriad of colonnades of black rock through 
which the river flowed before plunging once again down an abyss. The cave 
is somewhere NEAR 'Devil's Hole' (which is still open to public view, 
although 'fenced in'), and was allegedly sealed shortly after the 
disappearance. 

It is interesting that Vincent Bugliosi, in his book HELTER SKELTER (pp. 
232-233, 246) refers to Charles Manson, who believed that his 'mission' was 
to start a race war called 'Helter Skelter 1 , then hide with his so-called 
'family' in an underground area near the Mojave Desert called the 
'Bottomless Pit', and then emerge after the 'war" was over and rule the 
world. Once version states that the Manson "family" had met with "strange 
people" out in the Mojave desert. Was he "programmed"? Manson was also 
convinced that he was Adolph Hitler's illegitimate son. 

One interesting bit of information was related by Robert K. Newkirk, in a 
letter in AMAZING STORIES Magazine, April, 1949 issue, p. 140, stating that 
northern California's "...Clear Lake has many underground caverns that we 
know have no endings and others that run to S.F. bay." 

Another anomalous account was related by Jack Peterson in a letter in 
SHAVERTRON, issue No. 14, describing the writer's own experience near June 
Lake, CA, where he allegedly observed a small humanoid being (a gray?) 
coming out of a strange cone- shaped machine which emerged from the depths 
of the earth. The alien then re-entered the craft, following which its 
machine disappeared back the way it had come. 

Turning for a moment from the subject of subterranean activity, we once 
again turn our sights toward the stars. Those who have been involved with 
research into UFOs, Underground Bases, and Secret Governments for any 
length of time will realize just how interconnected Aerial, Subsurface and 
Social phenomena actually is behind the scenes. For instance Forest 
Crawford's account of the recovery of a craft from Tau Ceti also involved 
underground bases and transportation systems, as well as top secret 
government activity. 

In addition to Crawford's account, we have a corroborating report which 
appeared in 'THE UFO ENCYCLOPEDIA', by John Spencer (Avon Books., 1993). 
Under the heading 'DR. OTTO STROVE', we read how this astrophysicist 
assisted Frank Drake in establishing Project OZMA, and it's very mysterious 
conclusion: 


"...the project began its search by focusing on the star TAU 
CETI. According to claims made at the time, AS SOON AS the 
project got underway STRONG INTELLIGENT SIGNALS were picked up, 
leaving all the scientists stunned. 

"Abruptly, Dr. Strove then declared Project OZMA had been shut 
down, and commented that there was no sensible purpose for 
listening to messages from another world." 

(Note: Or, was this merely an 'excuse' used by the secret 
government to keep the Project and it's findings SECRET? It would 
seem that Frank Drake - and Dr. Strove for that matter - has or 
had some connection with the llluminati, as the llluminati 
usually does not allow someone of Drake's influence for instance 
to operate with impunity. Usually people of such influence in 
economics, media, science, education, religion and politics are 
either 'bought off or blacklisted. Frank Drake, with his 
influence within the underground bases and disk recovery 
operations, is very obviously not on the llluminati's "black 
list" - Branton) 

Back to the underground bases, UFOs, etc., - Jimmy Ward, in a letter 
submitted to GRAY BARKER'S NEWSLETTER (Aug. 1982, No. 16 issue), referred 
to an announcement made by the Canadian Research Council in 1 942 of plans 
for constructing a vast underground complex to be built by AVRO Corp., 
which was to cover an area of about 75 square miles in the region between 
British Columbia and Alberta, bordering on the State of Washington on the 
south, and the Peace River district on the north. No further word of the 
project has been released. 

Leslie Watkins, in his book 'ALTERNATIVE 003' (First published in London, 
reprinted by Avon Books, N.Y., 1978. 239 pp.) quotes from an 'interview' 
with a government official who told of the Government's knowledge of entire 
ancient cities, linked by an elaborate complex of tunnels, far below the 
surface of the earth, which were lighted by a strange greenish 
luminescence, and the remains of which have been found under many parts of 
the world. 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #1 0 


[7th edition] 


Compiled by The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 9 

There have been SEVERAL documented cases of mysterious disappearances of 
persons in connection with subsurface and/or aerial phenomena. One such 
account involves the ancient Greek "Temple of Apollo", in Hierapolis (now 
Pamukkale), Turkey. This city was once part of the ancient Grecian empire, 
which covered an extensive area in and around the Mediterranean sea. One 
article which appeared in the January, 1 989 issue of OMNI Magazine, 
referred to strange disappearances which had taken place in a cavern 
adjacent these ancient temple ruins. The article quoted from the writings 
of the ancient Greek philosopher 'Strabe' (who lived between 63 B.C. and 24 
A.D.), to the effect that animals would often enter the cave and never 
return. 

Also MANY PEOPLE throughout history who went past the mouth of the cave 
never returned. The article also quoted one Sheldon Aaronson, a professor 
of microbiology at Queens College, N.Y., who told OMNI that several 
Australian students had entered the cave and disappeared just a few days 
before his visit in 1 987. Sheldon stated: "The Turkish government put iron 
bars over the opening to prevent other people from ever going in. As far as 
we knew, the Australians were never seen again." According to the article, 
the Greeks believed that the cavern was an opening into the "land of the 
dead ruled by the gods of the underworld." 

As for the possibility of an underground subterranean 'world', scientists 
tell us that the lowest depths of the earth (upper and lower mantles) 
contain temperature and pressure extremes so great that physical life could 
not possibly exist there. Some however believe that there is evidence for 
the existence of a vast global network of CRUSTAL geothermal and 
hydrothermal cavities, some of these having been connected to the ancient 
deluge wherein the "...fountains of the great deep were broken up". This 
allegedly occurred as magma-heated stratas of subterranean water-filled 
caverns (brought to enormous pressures by an expanding and over-heated 
mantle) suddenly burst through the crust (Gen. 7: 11), like a pressure 
boiler of enormous proportions suddenly splitting it seams. 

Looking at a map of the ocean floors, one can see what seems to be a 
"seam", similar to the seams of a baseball, which in ancient times 
apparently split or ripped its way around the entire planet. These "seams" 
are known as "rifts" in the ocean floor. Some have claim that the 
underlying basaltic rock layers within these ancient and gigantic global 
aqua-systems were dissolved into these global sub- terranean reservoirs as 


their temperatures and pressures increased. Eventually the pressure became 
so great that at the weakest point this global layer of mineralized water 
broke through, and the tear made its way around the world at an incredible 
rate. It is not difficult to imagine that such a cataclysm may have caused 
the sinking of ancient land masses as the underlying mega-aquifers emptied 
out and the overlying layers lost their support. Vast amounts of this 
overheated water - which had previously been dissolving the basaltic rock 
layers surrounding it - exploded to the surface, thus explaining why the 
oceans now contain a large percentage of 'salt' content. These underlying 
chambers, many of which collapsed yet many of which apparently remained 
intact, are believed to exist throughout the moho and crustal regions of 
the planet, just above the upper mantle. This 'Mohorovicic Discontinuity', 
or boundary point between the upper crust and lower mantle, is 'on the 
average' a dozen or so miles below the surface - or from a few miles below 
the ocean trenches to a few dozen miles below large mountain ranges. So it 
is possible that caverns of immense extent, containing life-supporting 
conditions, may conceivably exist to depths of 40-50 miles, especially 
under the larger mountain ranges. Below that (beyond the Moho) the pressure 
and temperature extremes would make physical life unbearable, if not 
impossible. 

Other higher-level cavities created through geo-seismic activity may also 
exist, cavities which may dwarf the Flint Ridge- Mammoth Caves of Kentucky 
or New Mexico's Carlsbad- Lechuguilla cavern systems. It is suggested that 
THESE may contain conditions sufficient to support physical life (i.e. air, 
water, subterranean flora and fauna, and perhaps even electro- 
magnetically-induced illumination diffused throughout the underground 
"atmosphere" through a phenomena somewhat similar to the effect produced by 
the Aurora Borealis or "Northern Lights". In this case it has been 
suggested that powerful electro- magnetic currents moving through the earth 
and interacting with the underground atmosphere may account for the 
diffused twilight illumination permeating the underground atmosphere, as 
has been described in various accounts of those who claim to have managed 
to find their way into the more extensive and deeper cavern systems). 

There have been several accounts concerning individuals who have 
encountered human beings - some who spoke the native language and others 
who spoke a language entirely foreign - within deep underground tunnels 
and caverns. There are many such cases, but we will concern ourselves with 
only one of these at this point (and will reserve the others for later in 
the text)... an incident which may be one the most well-known and most 
well- documented accounts of this type: 

Sometime during the 12 century, a monastic chronicler in England by the 

name of "Gervase of Tilbury" recorded a strange account of two "children" 

who suddenly appeared near a small town near Bury St. Edmunds, England. The 


account was also recorded in the writings of several other chroniclers who 

lived at the time or sometime afterwards. These include: William of Newbury 

- HISTORY RERUM ANGLICARUM, written in Yorkshire, England (1 1 36-1198?); 

Abbot Ralph of Coggeshall - CHRONICON ANGLICARUM; and also the chroniclers 

Giraldus Cambrensis and Walsingham. The account was more recently related 

in FLYING SAUCERS UNCENSORED, by Harold T. Wilkins (Citadel Press., New 

York, N.Y 1955., pp. 97-98). From their combined accounts we can piece 

together the following bizarre story which the chroniclers swore to be 

true: 

One warm, sunny day in the 1 2th century some farmers and other residents of 
the small town of Wolfpittes, England (some seven miles distant from the 
larger village of Burry St. Edmunds) were startled to see two young 
children wandering around, as if disoriented, in some ancient 'pits' or 
'trenches' known to the locals as the 'Wolf-Pitts' - after which the small 
village had taken it's name. These excavations were ancient, but no one 
seemed to know when or by whom they were dug, but the consensus was that 
they were at least partly artificial, and very ancient. The most shocking 
thing about the children, which the residents of Wolfpittes encountered, 
was that they had skin which was olive-green in colour, yet the rest of 
their features were as human as the average Englishman. 

The villagers attempted to communicate with the children but were 
unsuccessful, as they soon discovered that the young boy and girl spoke a 
language which was completely unfamiliar to the villagers. The townspeople 
had compassion on the children and took them to the village and offered 
them various different kinds of food, all of which they seemed unfamiliar 
with and which they refused. However, when they were shown some beanstalks, 
they took them greedily, but instead of opening the bean-pods, the children 
attempted to open the stalks themselves, as if they had been accustomed to 
opening stalks in this way (apparently a practice they had learned in the 
land from which they emerged). Upon finding nothing in the stalks, the 
children began to weep. Unfortunately, the shock of entering our world was 
too much for the young boy, and even though he became partly acclimated to 
other forms of food, he nevertheless became weaker and weaker and finally 
died as few years afterwards. The young girl, however, adjusted quite well 
to her new surroundings. In fact she eventually grew into a mature, 
beautiful woman, and later married a gentleman from the nearby town of 
Kings Lynn. As time passed, her husband patiently instructed her in the 
complexities of the English language, and soon she was able to communicate 
fairly well, and the story she told of where she had come from and how she 
had arrived in our 'world' with her brother was even more incredible. 

She told her husband that her people all had skin similar to hers, or 
rather similar to what her skin had once been like, as over a period of 
years and exposure to the outer elements the greenish tinge had left her. 


She described her world as a cavernous, subterranean country of enormous 
size, a country which went by the name of "St. Martin's Land." The land in 
which she lived was described as 'twilight' in nature, yet there was a 
large underground river, on the other side of which there was another land 
more brightly lit. One day, she and her brother were herding some type of 
underground animal when they heard something like the sound of 'bells' 
emerging from one of the cave passages or tunnels which lined the perimeter 
of this underground land. Out of extreme curiosity, they entered this 
tunnel and followed the passage upwards for what could have been a few 
days, although in their underground land it is probable that they did not 
have any concept of what 'day' or 'night' was. After their long and weary 
journey up the steep incline they suddenly emerged into the brilliant 
sunlight of the British countryside. The change from their twilight world 
was dramatic, and the children walked around in the pits or trenches 
starved, half-blinded and disoriented. They shortly afterwards attempted to 
re-locate the small opening through which they had emerged, but were unable 
to do so, because of the blinding light. At about this point the farmers 
found the children and took them to the village. 

A somewhat similar incident 'may' have been repeated in the small hamlet of 
Banjos (or Banos) Spain in August of 1887, several hundred years after the 
incident at Wolfpittes and several hundred miles distant. We state that it 
MAY have been repeated to some degree simply because there appears to be 
some confusion surrounding the Banjos account, apparently due to the 
possibility that some well-meaning researcher may have confused the two 
incidents, in essence attributing some of the events that in fact took 
place near Wolfpittes with the Banjos account. Basically, the Banjos 
incident reportedly involved two children with greenish skin who emerged 
from a CAVERN near the town (not 'pits' or 'excavations'), spoke an unknown 
language, and so on, although the details are sketchy. Some of the accounts 
of the Banjos incident repeat the Wolfpittes story almost verbatim, as if, 
as we said, someone somewhere mistakenly confused the two events, perhaps 
due to a lack of detail in the Banjos, Spain account. 

Whatever the case, it seems that SOMETHING of this general nature also 
occurred in this Spanish hamlet, even though the exact sources of that 
particular story are more difficult to trace than are the sources for the 
Wolfpittes account. Paris Flammonde refers to this account in his book: THE 
AGE OF FLYING SAUCERS (Hawthorn Books, N.Y, p. 197), having learned it 
from an article in the September, 1967 issue of ORBIT Magazine, which in 
turn gave credit to an article in the Vol. XII, August 1 967 issue of Dan 
Fry's UNDERSTANDING Magazine. Fry claimed that he got the story from an 
article by John Macklin which appeared in the December, 1966 issue of GRIT 
Magazine. The account also appears in John Macklin's book STRANGE DESTINIES 
(Ace Books., N.Y); Jacques Bergier's LES EXTRA- TERRESTRES; and the July 
22, 1970 issue of the British periodical 'WEEKEND'. 


There are those who believe that similar cavern systems exist below the 
Southwest United States, and that the Dulce base in New Mexico was 
originally an entrance to one of these ancient underground kingdoms. 
Sources say that the humans, possibly the ancestors of the Pueblos, once 
ruled this under- ground kingdom. One abductee reported an "abduction" 
wherein he saw himself traveling in a craft through an immense cavern below 
the Grand Canyon. In one end of the cavern were the "ruins" of an ancient 
city, and in one of the walls he could see what appeared to be an elevator 
type of device that ascended the wall and disappeared through the roof. 

In 1 994 a file appeared over the Internet which originated from a person 
who claimed to be involved in a secret group of Hopi Indian youth, boys and 
girls, who were being trained by Hopi elders and a race of human-like 
aliens code-named the "BLUES". The Blues were "star warriors" who were in 
conflict with the Grays, which they referred to as the "Children of the 
Serpent", a race of psychic vampires which feed off the passions, and in 
some cases the blood, of human beings. The Blues (the "Children of the 
Feather") were one of several human-like races that had warned our 
government from having anything to do with the Grays in the first place. 
The reptilians have established themselves in the underground systems below 
the 4-corners area, in the VERY SYSTEMS from which the Hopis themselves 
were driven by the reptilian sorcerers in ancient times. The Hopis emerged 
through a cave in the Grand Canyon and, according to Hank Krastman who 
claims to have visited the underground city of Palatkwapi below Arizona, 
the Hopis today (both surface and subsurface dwelling) still consider the 
Grays of the 4-corners systems and elsewhere to be their enemies. Krastman 
says that the residents of Palatkwapi maintain some interaction with the 
neo-Mayan races of Mt. Shasta who maintain a large underground city near 
Prescott/Groom Creek, Arizona. They have also interbred with members of the 
Nordic or 'Pleiadean' Federation. 

In relation to Dulce, researcher Paris Flammonde once gave what appears to 
be a description of the joint llluminati -Gray 'Dulce' underground 
base-network below the 4-corners area, as described by researcher James 
Moseley: 

"...The intimations of strange pressure groups, purportedly 
intent upon obscuring the true meaning of Flying Saucers, began 
arising in the early 1950's, the most famous of these being the 
'three men in black' and the 'silence conspiracy,' which Major 
Keyhoe and others regard as an ominous element functioning within 
the Air Force. During the summer of 1956, SAUCER NEWS editor 
James Moseley postulated an addition to this enigmatic company in 
the June, 1956, issue of his magazine. Theorizing that Flying 
Saucers were originally being researched by the United States in 


1946, were capable of speeds exceeding four thousand miles an 
hour, and were operating from a super- secret subterranean base 
below a southwestern state, he continued: 

"The whole project is so highly classified that ordinary 

military pilots and even the Air Force's saucer investigators on 

Project Blue Book could not possibly know about it. In fact, this 

type of saucer IS NOT built by the American Government AS WE 

ORDINARILY UNDERSTAND THE WORD 'GOVERNMENT.' As fantastic as this 

might sound... these saucers are actually built, operated, and 

maintained by an organization which is ENTIRELY SEPARATE from the 

military and political branches of the Government that we know 

about. Although a handful of people at the very top of the 

Government know about the existence of this project, they have no 

direct contact with it... I shall call this secret project, The 

Organization.'" 

James Moseley, according to Flammonde, "considerably elaborated on the 
activities of this shadowy cabal with some very extravagant revelations." 

In his book "ON THE SHORES OF ENDLESS WORLDS", Andrew Tomas relates the 
following account: 

"The Jesuit Agnelio Oliva (1572-1542) recorded the words of an 
old Inca quipu reader to the effect that the real Tiahuanaco was 
a subterranean city exceeding the one above ground in vastness. 
It was believed that the entrance to the underground apartments 
could be gained through four tunnels. Last century one passage 
was evidently found as treasure hunters managed to get in, to 
look for gold, but only one came out. He brought out with him two 
gold bars but left behind his sanity. After this incident the 
Peruvian government decided to wall up the cave entrance..." This 
tunnel, according to other sources, was actually hidden among the 
ruins of Fort Sacsahuaman outside of and above the city of Cuzco, 
Peru. The explorers allegedly found their way into ancient 
treasure caves beneath the Temple of the Sun in Cuzco, and most 
of them subsequently became lost in the dark labyrinthine maze, 
except for the man who returned with two gold bars. There are 
however 'rumors' that the tunnels beneath Cuzco eventually 
connect with others below Lima, Peru ~ as well as different 
parts of the Peruvian Andes including the Lake Titicaca region. 

Dr. Clifford Wlson, in his 'UFOS AND THEIR MISSION IMPOSSIBLE' (1974., 
Signet Books, N.Y) relates the following account, submitted by Police 
Officer and 'abductee' Harold Schirmer (spelled 'Shermer' by others), who 
was the subject of experimentation by the alien group known as the 'greys': 


"He... claimed that he was told where UFO bases were. Although he could not 
understand it, he stated there were UFO bases both underground and 
underwater. He wondered if perhaps these beings were careful to guard their 
own interests, for they gave no information that would actually endanger 
themselves. However, they did say that one base was out in the ocean away 
from Florida, out toward Bermuda. This is in the area of the infamous 
'Bermuda Triangle' where so many ships and even aircraft have mysteriously 
disappeared during this century. 

"Schirmer was further told that this particular vehicle was an observation 
craft, and that the occupants had been sent to collect samples of animals 
and vegetation. He remembered also that he was told that SOME HUMANS HAD 
BEEN USED in breeding experiments. He was convinced that something was done 
to the BRAIN PATTERNS of those who were captured, and was definite that he 
himself had been changed - as was evidenced by his earlier withholding of 
details of the sighting. By his obedience he had become almost robotlike, 
ready to do whatever they told him to do." 

On July 14th, 1974 an article by Stoney Brakefield appeared in the 
Pennsylvania newspaper, NEWS EXTRA, reporting an incident which allegedly 
took place in 1 944 near this small coal mining town, yet because of it's 
nature it had been covered-up for nearly 40 years until the son of the 
mining inspector who investigated the incident revealed it as his father 
(then deceased) had related it to him. 

This mining inspector and a fellow investigator had been called-in to look 
into a "cave-in" in one of the Dixonville mines. About 15 men had either 
been killed or turned up missing altogether in the strange disaster. Once 
inside the mine the inspectors eventually came across the first victim. 
Although lying under a broken timber surrounded by some fallen rocks and 
rubble, they concluded that the cave-in certainly could not have been large 
enough to kill the man. The inspectors were shocked to find that the body 
of the miner was lacerated with claw-like markings from some unknown 
creature. They continued and found a few other bodies, all dead and some of 
which had similar claw-like marks covering them. Several other miners had 
vanished, and were nowhere to be seen in spite of subsequent diggings. This 
tragedy apparently took place after the miners had broken into an ancient 
tunnel of unknown origin deep in the mine. This tunnel (at the time the 
inspectors didn't fully recognize it as the recently discovered passage or 
drift) was then followed by the inspectors at approximately a 45 degree 
angle downwards for about half a mile until they arrived at a 'room' which 
'seemed' to be the end of the passage. At this point the passage behind 
them just 'happened' to collapse (many accounts indicate that these 
underground creatures can manipulate the earth and rock and create 
"cave-ins" at will, as was the case in the Maltese incident mentioned 


earlier in the text). 

A follow-up team was sent in to intersect the inspectors while this was 
taking place. This other crew followed the tracks of the inspectors into 
the mysterious tunnel and eventually found the "cave-in" and began digging 
through in hopes of finding the now missing investigators. In the meanwhile 
one inspector (the father of the man who released the story to the press) 
suddenly felt something like "hot breath" on the back of his neck. He 
closed his eyes, too terrified to see what the 'thing' was. As the other 
workers were breaking through, the 'creature' left by some unseen route, 
perhaps frightened away. The other inspector who was with him however 
observed the whole thing and in wild-eyed horror he exclaimed, "That thing 
was not of this world!" 

One account concerning 'the underground' appeared in an early issue of 

CAVEAT EMPTOR magazine (P.O. Box 4553., Metuchen, NJ 08820-4533), and spoke 

of a physical encounter with a subterranean race HUMANS. The account was 

related by an individual whose girlfriend, 'Laressa', had phoned him one 

night. She was quite shaken up and in tears, and told him that a friend of 

hers at school had invited her to go for a ride with her out into the 

countryside. This girl friend was somewhat strange, and a loner and would 

often disappear and be away from school for days or even weeks at a time. 

As they were driving through the countryside, according to 'Laressa', this 

girl drove her car right towards a hill and before she knew what was 

happening the hill opened up into an underground 'road' and they eventually 

found themselves right in the middle of an underground city. She went on to 

say that the city was inhabited by the 'D-Forces', a human group who used 

the symbol of a 'wolf (on jewelry, etc.), and who were in conflict with 

another human group called the 'T-Forces'. Both, she learned, possessed 

'UFO' type craft, and the T-Forces were less powerful but were growing 

stronger day by day. 

Could this somehow tie-in with Richard Shaver's scenario of an under- 
ground battle with 'Deros' and 'Teros'? The only difference would be that 
Shaver's 'Teros' were basically friendly people and his 'Deros' seemed to 
be a conglomeration of degenerate human techno-sorcerers whose minds and 
bodies have been affected by long-tern exposure to radiation, who seemed to 
be in league with a 'race' power-hungry Atlantean androids that had gone 
out-of-control thousands of years ago AND what Shaver refers to as the 
"vermin from space", a race of reptilian hominoids that are returning to 
planet earth to reclaim what they allege to be their native planet. 

Theodore lllion, in his book 'DARKNESS OVER TIBET, told of the inhabitants 
of an underground city beneath Tibet, a city which the author himself 
claimed to have stumbled on during his extensive travels through the Far 
East. This underground community was allegedly ruled over by a powerful 


sorcerer who was part of an international secret society. This overlord 
kept the inhabitants of the underground city, many of whom were people who 
had 'disappeared' from the world above, under complete mind control to the 
point that they lacked any personality - their eyes were reported by 
lllion as being vacant and empty, and their lives emotionless and 
drone-like, much like an ant colony. Or in other words, they acted much 
like certain of the 'MIB'-like beings who have been encountered by UFO 
witnesses. This sorcerer was allegedly in contact with an infernal 
(reptilian?) race via a 'bottomless shaft' which descended through the city 
itself. When Ted lllion asked the sorcerer-overlord where the shaft led, he 
was told that if he found out he would die: "...there are such secrets." 
lllion claimed that he barely escaped the hypnotic hold of the sorcerer and 
fled the city, and after surviving a series of terrifying poltergeist and 
psychic attacks directed at him by the sorcerer, he finally found his way 
back to civilization and safe? 

At this point we will quote from one of the many sources describing 
encounters with what may very well be a remnant of an antediluvian 'tunnel' 
network that the Atlanteans or their contemporaries had constructed before 
the deluge. The following account was given in a letter which was submitted 
to AMAZING STORIES (which described itself as a science fiction/science 
fact magazine), Dec. 1946 issue, p. 162. The letter was from a George A. 
Lehew of (at the time) 1918 W. Newport Ave., Chicago, ILL. Lehew wrote: 

"Sirs... I have been a reader of AMAZING STORIES for a very long 
time... I too, know of one of these entrances into the world 
below. It is about fifty miles south of Pittsburgh, Pa., in the 
first range of the Allegheny Mountains. My experiment with the 
caves have been only partial explorations, consisting of 
traveling about a mile and a quarter down into the cave itself, 
and returning. The cave IS VENTILATED from below, and stays at a 
constant 50 degrees no matter what the outside temperature may 
be. It is a series of rooms or galleries with narrow passages 
from one to another. In about the sixth room down, there is a 
large tree trunk which could not have come from the surface as 
the stratosphere (sic: 'strata-sphere'? - Branton) is almost 
completely free from local fault; and it could never have come 
DOWN through the openings in the cave itself as they were small 
at the top, and kept getting progressively larger as they got 
deeper. 

"I traveled down as long as I could find comparatively easy 
travel - about 45 degree descent all the way - and finally came 
to what I thought must be the end of the cave, for I could see no 
more openings into rooms, but on closer examination found instead 
a bore, about six feet across, straight down into solid rock. I 


turned my flash downward and could see that it must have gone 
straight down for at least a hundred feet, the sides were 
perfectly smooth, and the shaft, or bore, in a perfect round - 
no apparent irregularities anywhere - I had no way of descending 
any further, so I retraced my steps back up through the different 
rooms to the top of the mountain where the cave opens into this 
world. I made discreet inquiries of several old timers in that 
region, and found that in 1 91 5, or about that year, six surveyors 
took gear and equipment, and spent a month in exploration of the 
cave, going 18 miles from the entrance, and down almost five 
miles below sea level. I have never gone back, but I hope to some 
day in the future, with escort, equipment, and supplies. I'd 
certainly love to see the machine that made that bore! If you 
have any information on other caves in that area, let me know - 
they too may tie in with this one, though if they do, their 
connections are very deep. Also, if you can, please describe the 
equipment that made that vertical shaft. Oh, yes, one more 
interesting item - the surveyors in their exploration of the 
cave, distinctly heard the rumble of MACHINERY - but their 
calculations proved they were nowhere near a large city 
(surface), and they were too deep for surface noises otherwise. 
What is the answer?" 

Another account also dealing with subsurface phenomena and 'creatures' 
appeared inthe June, 1945 issue of AMAZING STORIES, ina letter submitted 
to that magazine by Jerry La Pri ore (at the time) of 2024 Pleasant St., Fall 
River, Mass. The letter stated: 

"You asked for stories that might relate to... the caves. My 
mother was told this story by an old man who said it was true as 
truth itself: This man and a friend were hunting, agreeing this 
time to go to a portion of the wood's to which they did not 
normally go. They saw a deer and gave chase. It jumped through a 
clump of bushes and they followed - to find themselves 
unaccountably in the strangest surroundings. They were in a huge 
cavern that had numerous passageways leading from it. Before them 
was a monster-like man they thought was the Devil himself. The 
monster stared, and the two men stared back. One of them fainted 
from fear, and the man who told my mother the story dragged the 
other away in panic, and as he did so, found himself just as 
mysteriously in the forest again. The old man's friend died a 
week later as a result of the shock he had suffered. The old man 
tried later to find the cave again, but failed. I know this story 
is true because my mother does not tell fairy tales and because 
she believes it." 


In April, 1972 a reader submitted a letter to FATE magazine describing 
what, if true, may be one of the more remarkable 'encounters' with a 
subterranean civilization. The letter, which appeared below the heading 
'SPIRITS OR SUBTERRANEAN BEINGS', stated: 

"Two years ago my small son Danny and I were playing in his 
bedroom when we heard a sharp metallic sound as if a large steel 
hammer had struck the concrete BASEMENT floor three times. It 
took us so by surprise that Danny began to cry. I was merely 
curious because I had heard a noise like that several months 
earlier in or beneath the living room. 

"I decided to lie down on the bedroom floor with my ear to it. I 
clearly heard the roar of MACHINERY or I should say a 'hum.' As I 
listened I heard something or somebody moving around and 
fidgeting with what sounded like machinery. 

"I quickly got up and fetched a small hammer from my husband's 
took chest and began to tap the floor, 1 -2-3, 1 -2-3, etc. I had 
continued for about five minutes when to my surprise the 'being' 
beneath the floor began to tap back, 1 -2-3, 1 -2-3. As I listened 
I heard a series of noises and knocks and then a MAN'S voice 
began to speak, not to me but to someone else. His words were too 
muffled to understand. 

"I called the local police and asked if there were any 
underground installations in our town and they said there were 
not. 

"Frequently after that I would place my ear to the floor and 
always I could hear the hum of machinery but never again the 
man's voice. 

"It is my opinion that races of people live far beneath the earth 
in vast networks of caverns and they have access to miracle 
machinery that can project sound and even images to the earth's 
surface. I wonder if we are confusing these subterranean beings 
with spirits? - WANDA LOCKWOOD, BAKERSFIELD, CALIF." 

One researcher by the name of Frank D. Adams has written about the results 
of his own personal scientific experiments which may prove that giant 
cavities exist in granite at depths of more than 1 1 miles, conclusions 
which have also been supported by Louis V. King, a mathematician who 
calculated that, at normal temperatures, a cavity would exist at a depth of 
between 17.2 and 20.9 miles. The authors' findings are also supported by 
the recently discovered "16 Rouse Belts" which give planes of fracture 


penetrating the globe. 

Dr. Ron Anjard, in an article in the Summer, 1978 issue of PURSUIT 
Magazine, claimed personal knowledge of 44 underground cities beneath the 
surface of North America, six of which are alleged to be on the West Coast. 
His information comes from anonymous American Indian sources. When we 
relate this to the large number of migration legends (to and from cavern 
realms) which exist among the native Amerindians, then we may conclude that 
certain tribes still retain intimate knowledge of underground civilizations 
who are related to them via distant ancestral links. In the case of the 
Hopi Indians, according to Dr. Hank Krastman, certain Hopi elders maintain 
contact with their subterranean cousin-tribes to this day. There are also 
indications that some entire tribes literally moved underground as a result 
of the encroaching Anglosaxon invasion of the America's. Similar 
allegations are made in relation to the Mayas, the Incas, and several other 
Central and South American tribes as well. 

Karl Brugger, in his book THE CHRONICLE OF AKAKOR' (Boohi Tree Books., 
Delacorte Press., N.Y., 230 pp), gives the history - as given to the 
author by one of their chiefs - of the Ugha Mongulala tribesman, whose 
ancestors were allegedly part of a vast empire which covered South America 
in ancient times. Some of these ancient people, the chief claimed, left the 
planet in aerial vessels to explore other parts of the solar system and 
beyond, leaving behind vast subterranean cities beneath the Andes mountains 
and western Brazil. In 1971 , due to the constant encroachment of white 
settlers or invaders into their territory, 30,000 survivors of the Ugha 
Mongulala allegedly escaped to this ancient system of underground cities, 
consisting of 1 3 separate subterranean complexes all connected by tunnels, 
one of which is said to extend to Lima, and others of which are located 
throughout the Andes Mountain range of Peru. 

Michael Burke, in his article 'GREEN THING SPARKS RUMORS' (THE VALLEY NEWS 

DISPATCH, New Kensington, Tarentum and Vandergrift, PA., Mar. 5, 1981 

issue) described a short 'lizard' like creature which has been seen walking 

on two legs like a man, was reportedly about 3-ft tall, and "half humanoid 

and half dinosaur". The creature was seen emerging from a sewer tunnel near 

New Kensington. A group of children chased the infant or young dinosauroid, 

one of the more courageous of them momentarily grabbing itfrom behind, at 

which point it let out a squealing or screeching sound, and then slipped 

from his hands and escaped back into the sewer tunnel. In later encounters 

children attempted to pour gasoline on the creature and light it on fire, 

although most of the fuel fell on the ground, and the reptilioid escaped 

unscathed. 

Dr. Earlyne Chaney, in an article titled 'ODYSSEY INTO EGYPT (which 
appeared in her occult-oriented magazine VOICE OF ASTARA - May, 1982), 


tells of a discovery she and researcher Bill Cox were shown during their 
tour of Egypt. Their tour guides confided to the two mystics their 
knowledge of two tunnels, neither of which had been fully explored. One was 
in the temple of Edfu between Luxor and Cairo in the ruins of El Tuna 
Gabel; and the other near Zozer's Step Pyramid at Cairo near 
Memphis-Saqqarah, within the tomb of the Bull, called 'Serapium'. The 
Egyptian government reportedly sealed both tunnels because of fears of 
certain archaeologists that the tunnels "lead too deeply down into the 
depths of the earth," and because they found the earth to be "honeycombed 
with passages leading off into other depths," and the possibility of 
explorers becoming lost. If such labyrinths do exist, then it may explain 
one story concerning strange men dressed like "ancient Egyptians" who have 
been seen, according to witnesses, deep within unexplored tunnels below the 
region of Cairo and the Great Pyramids. 

This may also be a possible confirmation of an account which appeared in 

NEVADA AERIAL RESEARCH'S "LEADING EDGE" Publication, to the effect that the 

U.S.(?) Government secretly maintains a HUGE base within a cavern of 

tremendous size (several miles in diameter) beneath the desert sands of 

Egypt. Could this tie-in with the vague references to the subterranean 

culture or cultures known as the 'Phoenix Empire' (according to "Commander 

X", who alleged that representatives of this empire have been seen in the 

deeper levels of the "Dulce" base); and the 'Gizeh' or'Giza' People (a 

subterranean cult of llluminati -like Imperialists who, so the "Pleiadeans" 

claim, are working with other power-groups in a covert attempt to take over 

the governments of planet earth)? 

Vaughn M. Greene, in a letter which appeared in issue No. 14 of Richard 
Toronto's SHAVERTRON letter-zine, spoke of a possible 'entrance' to cavern 
systems near the bottom of the elevator landing within the Hoover dam 
facility near Las Vegas (not far from the Mojave Desert), which holds back 
Lake Mead. Several people have reported unusual "alien" encounters near 
this reservoir. Early construction workers allegedly broke into (and 
probably re-sealed) large caverns while blasting out the cliffs near the 
base of the dam. In the lower elevator landing, according to Mr. Greene, 
there was a "wild tile inlay on the floor, with signs of the zodiac and all 
sorts of stuff suggesting an entrance." He suggests a possible connection 
between this and the caverns which the workers reportedly broke into. Could 
this tie-in with similar accounts given by others that an underground base 
exists beneath Page, Arizona? 

This underground facility is believed by several sources to connect the S-4 
underground base in Nevada to the Dulce underground base in New Mexico via 
tube-line? The Glen Canyon - Lake Powell Hydroelectric dam in Page 'might' 
provide a power source for such an underground installation, and is the 
most likely area in or around Page for an 'entrance' (a deep gorge several 


hundred feet deep leading into the Grand Canyon, a large government 
facility, a hydroelectric power source, etc.). This is however only 
supposition. It is said that Navaho dam, by the way, is a major 
power-source that supplies a considerable percentage of electricity for the 
upper human-occupied levels of the Dulce Base. This may suggest that other 
similar bases are at least partially powered by hydroelectric dams. 

Paxson C. Hayes, in writings of his which appeared in early issues of 
BSRF's (Borderland Sciences Research Foundation's) publication 'ROUND 
ROBIN,' referred to the discovery (one which he claimed to have made 
himself) of the mummified remains of a race of 7 -ft. tall humans who lived 
in huge caverns 9,000 feet below the surface of North America. 

Dana Howard, in her book, 'VESTA, THE EARTHBORN VENUSIAN' (Essene Press., 
Corpus Christi, TX. 1950), includes a chapter in her book which tells of a 
remnant of an ancient race or human civilization still in existence 
underground. These hidden people are said to reside within one of the 
mountain ranges adjacent to the Imperial Valley area on the outskirts of 
the Mojave Desert of California. 

John A. Keel, on p. 145 of his book 'THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES' (Signet 
Books., N.Y., 1975.), states: "An engineer, Rex Ball, swears he came upon a 
mysterious underground installation in Georgia in 1940, manned by small 
Oriental-looking men in coveralls and a few American military officers. 
When he was caught in the tunnels, one of the officers issued the curt 
command, 'Make him look like a nut!' He woke up in a field, uncertain 
whether his experience had been real or a dream. That seems to be the 
battle cry of the phenomena. 'Make him look like a nut!'" And on p. 192 of 
the same book: 

"...A man on Long Island (informed Keel that he) was frantically 
making preparations for the big evacuation. He even traveled to a 
secret underground flying saucer base, in a black Cadillac with a 
dashboard festooned with flashing colored lights, where he 
participated in a 'dry run.' Other normal human beings were 
present, he said, and manned various kinds of equipment to 
communicate with the rescue spaceships somewhere overhead. 'Funny 
thing, John,' he mused, 'all the equipment was manufactured by 
Western Electric, Hallicrafters, and other U.S. companies.'" 

Tal LeVesque, in an article titled 'UNDERGROUND UFO BASE SUSPECTED BY 
OFFICIALS IN WASHINGTON', which appeared in the Vol. 2., No. 2., issue of 
THE HOLLOW HASSLE, described a suspected UFO Base which is believed by some 
to lie under the Yakima Indian Reservation southeast of Tacoma, Washington. 

The book 'THE LIFE OF THE CAVE', by Mohr and Paulson (1966), gives evidence 


of extended animal migration underground beneath the central-eastern U.S., 
indicated by troglodytes (cave-dwelling animals) found in widely separated 
caves which are identical with each other, indicating past 
inter-connections which have become blocked. These caverns are found from 
time to time during deep drilling operations. 

A researcher by the name of Jon Singer, stated the following in an article 
of his which appeared in THE MISSING LINK' newsletter: "Our nation's 
capital has it's share of Fortean mysteries. There is supposed to be a 
tunnel complex under the Octagon House at 1741 New York Avenue, NW. Dr. 
John Thornton, the architect who designed the Capitol Building, built some 
(but not all) of the tunnels. The course of at least two of the tunnels is 
known. One is supposed to go to the White House and the other supposedly 
leads to the Potomac. The tunnels are supposedly blocked up. Jim Brandon, 
on p. 58 of (his book) 'WEIRD AMERICA' (1 978. E.P. Dutton & Co., N.Y.), 
added that the tunnels built by Dr. Thornton were only part of a much older 
and larger tunnel network constructed by colonists from Atlantis. 
Unfortunately his sources were two unidentified psychics, so this must be a 
fascinating rumor." (Note: This would depend upon whether these 
"revelations" were received by these psychics via entirely metaphysical or 
"occultic" means, in which case they should be viewed with great suspicion, 
or whether they based their claims on actual physical accounts). 

However, Richard Toronto, editor of SHAVERTRON, claimed that some years ago 
as a result of a printed request for information on subterranean anomalies, 
a scientist contacted him offering a 1 0-page report on a system of tunnels 
he had personally investigated beneath Washington D.C. He stated that the 
tunnels were built by a very ancient race, and that the walls consisted of 
a diamond-hard, glassy or glaze-like substance (similar to other deep 
tunnels that have been described as existing beneath the surface of 
northern Arkansas and elsewhere). As far as we know, Mr. Toronto never did 
actually get his hands on the report. 

Brad Steiger, in his book 'STRANGE DISAPPEARANCES' (Lancer Books., N.Y. 
1972) related the following (MIB-related?) incident: 

"...at sundown on February 12, 1953, witnesses told police that 
they had watched an automobile enter the throat of a storm drain 
near Willowbrook and Greenleaf Avenues in Los Angeles. Officers 
arrived on the scene within ten minutes, and according to the Los 
Angeles HERALD AND EXPRESS, they followed the fresh tire-tread 
marks into the tunnel for seven miles. Other policemen and flood 
control district workers continued the search for the automobile 
by dropping through manhole covers. 

"The trackdown continued until midnight when, seven miles up the 


storm drain, THE TRACKS VANISHED. 'HERALD AND EXPRESS' newsmen 
who had accompanied the police on the incredible search up the 
tube were witnesses to the fact that: 'In the muddy silt covering 
the floor of the drain, the tire-tread marks were sharp and 
fresh. Then no more tracks.'" 

Steven Brodie was a man of many talents and hobbies, among them painting 
and rock collecting. Several years back he decided to investigate a certain 
area in Arizona where, he had heard, quartz crystals could be found in 
abundance. Brodie convinced a friend of his, also an avid rock collector, 
to join him on a rock-hunting expedition to the site. After purchasing a 
ticket on a passenger train, they traveled to a certain small community in 
Arizona, which was near the area that they desired to explore. 

According to researcher John J. Robinson, who related the account as he 
heard it from Steve Brodie, the name of the Arizona town was not given. 
John J. Robinson, by the way, was a well-known UFOIogist in the 1 950's, and 
the account as it was related to him was discussed by Robinson during an 
interview which was heard by tens of thousands of listeners to the 'Long 
John Nebel' radio talk-show on station W.O.R. of New York, in March of 
1957. 

The two rock hounds had their eyes on one particular bluff, which they 
could see in the distance from the town they were in. Other town residents 
heard about their plans and warned them against going to that bluff, 
stating that SEVERAL people had in the past disappeared without a trace in 
that area. Brodie and his friend blew-off their warnings, considering them 
mere superstitions which they should not take seriously, and set out 
towards the forbidden bluff. They had no sooner approached the base of the 
bluff than out of the shadows emerged two beings who were each cowled in a 
dark cloak and hood, making it very difficult to discern their features or 
whether they were even human or not. After being confronted, Brodie's 
friend panicked and attempted to make a run for it. Steve swore that at 
this point one of the black cloaked figures raised some kind of weapon and 
a brilliant pencil beam of light shot from it and hit his friend, who cried 
out in agony and immediately fell down motionless. From what Brodie could 
gather his friend had been killed, although he never did see his body after 
that. 

Following this, one of the 'beings' came up to Brodie, who did not resist 
but stood where he was. While still in a state of shock, one of the 
creatures placed some type of device over his head, like a metal headset 
with two metallic 'discs' which fitted over his temples. At this point he 
started to lose consciousness. 

The next thing Steve remembered after gaining consciousness again was of 


being in some type of dungeon or cavern-like enclosure, within a 
prison-like cell. Other humans were there as well. Most of the people there 
seemed to be under some type of trance or mind control, and as far as he 
knew, he was one of them. He dimly recalls 'waking up' a few times, but 
usually when this happened one of the dark-robed creatures would come over 
to the cage or enclosure where he was and point a rod-shaped device at him, 
at which point he would black out again. During one of his brief conscious 
episodes, he had a chance to talk to another prisoner, a girl, who told him 
that their dark-robed captors were known as the 'dero'. 

That, basically, was all that he remembered. The incredible part of the 
story, however, was the fact that several months afterwards he suddenly 
'came to' and found himself conscious once again. He suddenly realized that 
he was walking down the streets of New York City! He had no idea how he got 
there, or where he had been the past six months. It was like 'waking up' 
out of a bad dream or nightmare, the majority of which he could not 
remember. In addition to this, he found that someone had given him a 
haircut (he didn't know whom). 

Whether or not this account has any connection to the many 'rumors' of 
strange and ancient caverns and tunnels below New York City is uncertain. 
Some cautiously speak of such tunnels as being used by a MIB-like secret 
society, some of these tunnels connecting with the lowest sub-basements of 
the Empire State building and other Manhattan structures. Some allege that 
such tunnels are the possible destination of many of those who mysteriously 
end up 'missing' in New York City every year. Whether these are mere 
unfounded 'rumors' is anyone's guess, at least until solid evidence 
'surfaces' to prove such accounts. 

John J. Robinson made several visits to Mr. Brodie, and from his 
perceptions of the men he felt that Brodie was sincere in what he was 
saying, but Steve was constantly paranoid and in fear that he was 'being 
followed' or that someone or something was constantly watching or stalking 
him. Also, Steve Brodie would often paint bizarre other-worldly landscapes, 
even though he wasn't used to painting in that style until after his 
'experience', which Robinson thought peculiar. Then one day Robinson 
stopped by Brodie's apartment to pay him a visit and he was no where to be 
found. No one seemed to know what happened to him, and that was the last 
time Mr. Robinson ever saw Steve again. 

The 'Steve Brodie' account, incidentally, was also related in an article in 
the Vol. 1, No. 3, 1971 issue of 'STRANGE' magazine, and also in early 
issues of 'SAUCER NEWS', of which John J. Robinson -who lived in Jersey 
City, New Jersey at the time - was assistant editor. 


In his book 'ON THE SHORES OF ENDLESS WORLDS' (Souvenir Press), Andrew 


Tomas, in his chapter "Labyrinths and Serpents", states: "...According to 
legend, King Minos of Crete ordered his architect Daedalus to construct the 
labyrinth, a maze of passages so ingeniously devised that even the builder 
himself could not find his way without a plan. In the centre lived the 
Minotaur, half bull, half human, to whom the Greeks sent seven youths and 
seven maidens as a tribute every nine years. The Minotaur was slain by 
Theseus who was able to find his way out of the labyrinth thanks to a ball 
of thread given to him by Ariadne. This myth has been interpreted as an 
historical record of the construction of the palace of Minos in Knossos 
which contains innumerable galleries and rooms. On the other hand, this 
myth may have an entirely different interpretation, similar to a 
cryptogram, which conceals the existence of a secret repository of 
underground chambers and passages..." 

Although this might seem to be just a legend', there are actual accounts 
of alleged encounters with paraphysical (part supernatural, part physical) 
'demoniacal' creatures such as the satyrs, centaurs, and Minotaurs, etc., 
which have been described in Greek mythology. Such encounters often involve 
paraphysical "poltergeist-like" phenomena and manipulation of mind and 
matter. According to some sources, a race of beings possessing a 
combination of humanoid, angelic and animal-like character- istics 
pre-dated Adamic civilization and were involved in the original rebellion 
and conspiracy against the Creator (other 'mythical' beings such as 
mer-people, unicorns, fairies and such were also traditionally involved in 
the fall. Like the angels them- selves, some of them were deceived by the 
followers of Lucifer whereas others escaped the fall and remained true to 
the Creator). The creatures mentioned in the 9th chapter of the book of 
Revelation 'may' be this type of demonic or fallen entity. These creatures 
were apparently distinct from the purely spiritual angelic and 
fallen-angelic beings. Whether the following account describes an encounter 
with such a fallen race(s) remains to be seen. The letter we quote here 
appeared inthe Winter, 1962 issue ofTHE HIDDEN WORLD, one of several 
publications which grew out of the "Shaver Mystery" controversy of the late 
1940's: 

"Mr. Richard Shaver: Hoping this letter finds you in the best of 
health. My name is Frank J. Mezta. I live in the County of 
Imperial Valley, City of Calexico, California. 

"Through accident I happened to stumble into your book HIDDEN 
WORLD issue No. A-1 and just recently A-2. I sometimes wonder if 
it was luck or deliberate action on the part of a tero. All my 
life, I have been looking and asking for certain, unsolved and 
unanswered questions regarding civilization, our ancestors and 
the beginning of time. I believe your book gave me the best 
answers. Let me tell you a few of my expeditions. 


"Two years ago, we went treasure hunting in the interior of 
Mexico, which turned out to be a flop. But in that excursion some 
strange things happened to us, which at the time we wrote off as 
superstition. We went to this place where we were supposed to 
enter; but suddenly a fright with chills came over me, something 
I had never felt before. Something like a sixth sense, like if I 
knew something was going to happen to me. I didn't go in and 
neither did anybody else. Next day we approached the cave again, 
only this time I wasn't afraid and I let the group inside. This 
cave was tremendous in size, and leading passages everywhere. 
Some of these passages or chambers, sometimes being 30 ft. high 
and 100 ft. long (contained) connecting tunnels. We finally gave 
up, but in retrieving we found two leading passages instead of 
the one we had entered. This startled us, and we set to 
investigate the second tunnel. It just kept winding and going 
down so we finally gave up and got out of there. 

"When we got back to the village we struck a conversation with 
two Mexican Indians, and they told us that whatever we did, not 
to go into the enchanted caves. We got curious and asked them 
where these so called enchanted caves were. They gave us 
directions and that was exactly where we had entered a few days 
ago. We asked them what happened in these caves. They told us 
that people that went in there, never came out, that while in 
there, the entrances and tunnels would change, which happened to 
us, and we didn't know about this till after we had been in 
there. Then they told us the strangest thing, which at the time 
we said these people are superstitious. They said that they went 
with an expedition with 20 or 30 men hired by an American man to 
look into this cave. This happened about 10 or 15 years ago they 
said. Four orfive of the men had revolvers, they were well 
equipped with lights and tools. While they were working there all 
of a sudden in the far end there appeared a half man and bull 
head like a bull upright. This description fits the one you have 
on your front cover on issue A-1 . And next to him was a naked 
midget or little boy. They pulled out their revolvers but they 
wouldn't fire, and their lights went out. There was confusion, 
and several men were killed in the scramble and nobody returned 
after that - Frank J. Mezta, 939 Genge, Calexico, Calif." 

David Perkins, in a letter of his which appeared in the Vol. 1 , No. 1 issue 
of 'THE HOLLOW HASSLE', told of a strange "breathing well" that drillers 
had broken into 17 miles east of Walsenberg, CO. Other strange occurrences 
had been found on the ranch or farm where the well was located, including 
unexplained cattle mutilations. Representatives from the Colorado School of 


Mines came out to investigate the well, which seemed to 'breath' in and out 
with the rising and falling of the tides, and they excitedly suggested that 
a tunnel lay below which may have connected with a similar tunnel which the 
Colorado School of Mines had tracked from the Gulf of Mexico and as far as 
Oklahoma. A 'possible' connection to this: one source alleged that an 
'alternative 002' type of underground 'city' maintained by a secret 
society, can be entered via a 'lodge' in the Uncompagre Mts., also in 
southwest Colorado. Also, a large "Masonic Park" exists in this same area 
(any connection?). 

Morris K. Jessup's "THE CASE FOR THE UFO - ANNOTATED EDITION" (a classic 

collectors item republished by Gray Barker in a limited edition) was FIRST 

'reprinted' by the VARO Corp. of Texas. This was an electronics firm which 

was commissioned to print the book specifically for the Navy. The original 

'CASE FOR THE UFO', written by UFOIogist Morris K. Jessup, was not too 

revealing in itself but was merely a collection of theories and documented 

sightings of UFOs just like other books which were making the rounds. The 

interesting thing however is that Jessup was approached by Naval Officials 

and shown an ANNOTATED copy of his own book which had been sent to them by 

persons unknown. Later a 'Carlos Allende', apparently one of three 

mysterious informants, contacted Jessup, insinuating that he and the three 

other annotators were representatives of an ancient hi-tech earth-based 

society of possible "gypsy" heritage. The notations and comments were 

apparently based on the secret knowledge of their race. 

They spoke of force fields, aerial ships, forces working in the Bermuda 
Triangle, ancient nuclear war on earth, diamond crystals, and many other 
subjects of a highly technical nature. What caught the Navy's interest 
however were references to the so-called 'Philadelphia Experiment', a Navy 
project which has been confirmed by others that involved an attempt to make 
a destroyer, the 'U.S.S. ELDRIDGE', invisible optically as well as to 
radar. An intense electromagnetic field was allegedly generated and the 
ship did go invisible to the point that it's water-line could be seen in 
the water - minus the ship itself. 

But then something happened, a brilliant blue flash was observed and the 
men on the ship were thrown into chaos. Apparently the experiment in it's 
attempt to make a ship invisible had broken through the electromagnetic 
barrier between two worlds and loosed a whole pandora's box of unknown 
forces. What happened from that point on has been debated. Some of these 
reported side effects included: 

*The appearance of Greenish fogs similar to those observed in 
the Bermuda Triangle; nicknamed the 'molasses' or the 'push'. 

* In some cases the death of servicemen who became caught up in 


possible underlying electrical currents which set their bodies on 
fire in a type of spontaneous human combustion. 

*The permanent disappearance of servicemen during and after the 
experiments into a parallel time-space reality. 

*The induced invisibility, time freezing, orteleporting of Navy 
workers and at least one ship at the Philadelphia Shipyard. 

* Workers in the 'Experiment' state that a horrifying side effect 
involved the tendency of workers to phase-out into another 
parallel time-space existence wherein they might be able to 
observe our 'world' yet would be invisible and intangible, 
"phantoms" who are neither alive or dead as we know it. Some 
reports included a jet pilot involved in the original experiment 
who just 'disappeared' from the cockpit his aircraft, causing the 
death of a passenger; A man who 'walked through a wall' in the 
sight of his family and was never seen again; A group of men 
involved in the experiment who 'disappeared' into and out of a 
greenish fog during a bar room brawl to the consternation of 

their opponents; And at least one man (who was presumed to have 
died or disappeared in one of the experiments) who would 'appear 
out of nowhere' at his mother's home, crying and asking for food, 
etc. 

* In at least one case there was the 'recovery' of crewmen who 
were caught in a TIME FREEZE for several decades, only to be 
pulled from an alternate 'timeflow 1 by none other than Dr. John 
Von Neumann and his associates. Actual non-paradoxical "time 
travel" (the only kind that reportedly exists or can exist) may 
have been involved in this recovery. 

The Experiments were reportedly assisted by Nikola Tesla, Dr. Von Neumann, 
T. Townsend Brown, Edward Cameron, John Hutchinson, Dr. Emil Kurtenauer and 
other top scientists, utilizing Einsteini an theory. However Tesla 
reportedly sabotaged one of the first experiments after being convinced it 
would be harmful to the humans involved. Rumor had it that Tesla was in 
contact with extraterrestrials (Pleiadeans operating from the Red Planet, 
Mars), and that UFO's were involved with the experiment in some way, 
attempting to guide the experiments in an advisory capacity via their 
contacts with Nikola Tesla. Tesla allegedly quit the project over the fact 
that too many servicemen were being 'sacrificed' by well-meaning 
Nazi-phobes who were insistent on developing the technology to aid the War 
Effort before the Germans could gain the upper hand in the War. The UFO 
occupants in contact with Tesla allegedly warned of the dangers, however 
many these warnings went unheeded by Navy Intelligence... 


(Note: 40 years later the project was reportedly taken over and continued 
by a cabal of CIA agents in league with the Bavarian llluminati of Germany, 
and it's fellow occult lodge, the Bavarian Thule Society which had created 
the Nazi Empire. These experiments were carried out in an underground base 
below Montauk Point, Long Island, and involved time-space window 
experiments and mass microwave mind-control. However, by that time the 
Pleiadeans were out of the picture all-together, since these fascists who 
had wrested control of the 'Philadelphia' technology from Navy Intelligence 
were at that time in full cooperation with the alien Grays in a joint 
effort to establish a one- world National Socialist Empire. This war 
between Navy and Nazi intelligence went "underground" after the Allied 
Invasion of Germany. There are allegations that Navy Admiral Richard E. 
Byrd and 4,000 elite Navy forces even made a secret attempt to destroy a 
super-secret underground Nazi stronghold in Antarctica code-named "New 
Berlin". This massive base was reportedly inhabited by over 2,000 Nazi-S.S. 
scientists, and nearly 1 ,000,000 lay Nazis [and slave-workers from the 
concentration camps], all of whom had mysteriously disappeared from Germany 
throughout the course of the war. This secret war is said to continue today 
within the Nevada Military complex between Navy Intelligence's "COM-12" who 
maintain contact with the Pleiadeans, and the CIA-Thule Society's 
"AQUARIUS" cult which has maintained ties with the reptilian Grays that may 
date back before the beginning of World War II - Branton) 

As for M.K. Jessup, who was the recipient of several of the "Allende" 
revelations, the Philadelphia Experiment was described in even more detail 
within the letters that he recieved from the mysterious Carl Allen, or 
"Carlos Allende" (could Allende's contemporaries have been tied-in with the 
UFO's that allegedly guided the experiments?). Jessup continued in his 
investigation of the Philadelphia Experiment or 'Project Rainbow 1 . Atone 
point he informed a research associate that he had some startling 
revelations, and that he would bring the information overto him 
personally. Jessup left to deliver the revelations, but he never arrived at 
his friends house. It is almost as if some dark organization was intent on 
preventing these revelations, whatever they were, from reaching the public. 

Jessup was found suffocated to death in his car, near a park, the result of 
carbon monoxide poisoning via a hose which was attached to his tailpipe and 
run into the car. It was said that when he was found, Jessup was still 
barely alive. However there were no reports of any attempts to save his 
life. In fact, the research documents containing the "revelations" never 
turned up, and Jessup took his secret with him to the grave. The 
"authorities" who "responded" to his death seem to be at least partially 
implicated. There is also the strong possibility that Jessup's death was 
"fixed" to look like a suicide. The mystery has not yet been solved. 


John Keel, in his book 'OUR HAUNTED PLANET (1968., Fawcett, Greenwich, 
Conn.) pp. 113-11 4, relates the following: 

"...Another group of CIA-baiting researchers is now over- lapping into 

ufology. They are the comparatively small teams of amateur sleuths 

dedicated to investigating the assassination of President Kennedy. Here the 

black Cadillacs and the slight, dark men in black suits are viewed as 

Cubans and CIA agents. Paranoia runs high because now over fifty witnesses 

- as of 1968 --, reporters, and assassination investigators have met with 

sudden death, under the most suspicious circumstances. The full story of 

Kennedy's murder in Dallas in 1963 is filled with incredible details, many 

of them similar to things found in the most mysterious of the UFO 

incidents. Photos and physical evidence have vanished or been tampered with 

just as in so many UFO cases. A wide assortment of mystery men have been 

involved, including DOPPELGANGERS of the late Lee Harvey Oswald - see 

Richard Popkin's THE SECOND OSWALD'. This other Oswald even turned up at a 

public rifle range before the assassination, making a nuisance of himself 

(so the witnesses would be sure to remember him?), he FIRED AN UNUSUAL GUN 

WHICH SPAT OUT BALLS OF FIRE AT THE TARGET. He also visited an automobile 

showroom and went for a demonstration ride in a new car. The real Oswald 

could not drive. His whereabouts at the time of these incidents are 

known... and he was nowhere near the rifle range and auto agency. The huge 

WARREN REPORT contains numerous pieces of sworn testimony describing 

MIB-type men in the vicinity of Dealey Plaza and the School Book Depository 

building immediately before and afterthe assassination. Long-haired men 

were seen. This may not sound extraordinary, but remember that long hair 

was most unusual in 1 963. The Beatles did not begin to make an impression 

until 1964, and the long-hair fad did not get underway until 1965-66..." 

Researcher Va I Valarian in the early 1990's investigated the experiences of 
a woman who claimed abductions on numerous occasions near Mt. Lassen, 
California (see: LEADING EDGE Magazine, June 1992 issue). Her 'abductors', 
she claimed, were humans of a generally unsympathetic and manipulating 
nature who were working with the reptilian 'grays'. During her encounter 
she saw the typical grays, a larger 'gray' with orange-red eyes and 
vertical-slit pupils, and of course the humans themselves. At one point a 
'woman' took off a helmet in front of her, which seemed to be used to cover 
her features. Immediately someone from another room began cursing and told 
her to put the helmet back on. 

This abductee also referred to a 'head-doctor 1 who implemented a type of 
'induced psychosis' (split personality?) on her through some type of 
techno-hypnotic manipulation. 

Mt. Lassen has been described by others as being a 'doorway to another 
world', and according to early contributors to Ray Palmer's AMAZING STORIES 


magazine during the 'Shaverian' era, strange voices have been heard there, 
and even rocks from the size of pebbles to basketball-size have 
mysteriously showered down on people who have approached certain areas of 
the mountain, and this without any outward sign of volcanic activity from 
the mountain itself. 

Some years ago a man by the name of Ralph B. Fields submitted an account to 
AMAZING STORIES Magazine (Dec. 1946 issue, pp. 155-157), with the assurance 
that it was true and actually happened. He and a friend of his who lived at 
the base of Mt. Lassen in California stated that they had read an article 
in a magazine telling of the unusual quality of bat guano as a fertilizer, 
and that it was a very valuable resource. Hoping to make a quick buck, they 
decided to climb the mountain in search of caverns which might contain the 
valuable fertilizer. 

On about the third day of their journey they discovered behind an 
outcropping of rock a small entrance to a cave, at about the 7000 ft. 
level. They immediately chose to explore, and soon found that the passage 
widened considerably. They noticed that the walls seemed to be smooth and 
glazed, as if the rock had been fused by intense heat in some ancient time. 

They continued deeper until to their horror they saw a light up ahead of 
them. Shortly after this they were confronted with five 'normal' looking 
men wearing the usual surface attire that was common at the time, flannel 
shirts, etc. These strangers asked the two young men what they were doing, 
and when they explained about the 'guano' they had the impression that the 
'men' did not believe them. One of them, appearing to be in his mid- 50's, 
said 'I think you had better come with us.' They were then taken to a large 
machine or contrivance nearby which appeared to be sled-like, with a 
copper-colored metal-like sheet covering its underside. It also seemed to 
hover perpetually a few inches above the ground. At that point they were 
taken onto the 'sled' (which they later learned was constructed, along with 
the tunnel itself, by an ancient and possibly antediluvian race, and was 
based on a 'carbon' and possibly electromagnetic propulsion system.) The 
'sled' could reach great speeds and seemed to follow a metal 'strip' that 
ran along the center of the underground 'road'. 

As if this were not enough, they were surprised once again when another 
'light' quickly approached from the distance, a similar vehicle. Eventually 
the other 'sled' as well as the one they were on slowed and came to a stop 
only a few yards from each other. Their captors fled in terror while the 
two explorers remained on the sled, confused at this strange drama being 
played out before them. They noticed a brilliant pencil-beam of light which 
shot forth from the 'other 1 sled and caught the fleeing men in their path. 

These new arrivals soon made it known to Ralph Fields and his friend that 


the men who had taken them captive were the 'horlocks'. They made it known 
that it was fortunate that 'they' had come this way, otherwise "you would 
have become horlocks yourselves, and we would have had to kill you also." 

Just what a 'horlock' was they did not specify, but in connection with 

other accounts, they may have been mind-altered human pawns of a malevolent 

race, possibly even the serpent race (or Grays) if we consider later 

reports of collaboration between humans and reptilians near Mt. Lassen. 

These 'men' did not explain much, other than the fact that there were many 
evil persons in the underground 'world' who have caused 'them' as well as 
those on the surface considerable harm. One of the men stated that such men 
were 'safe' because the outside world generally did not believe that they 
or their world existed. The dilemma of these new arrivals however, was that 
they felt compelled to keep the knowledge of certain of the 'ancient' 
technologies that had been discovered in the caverns (and much of the 
operation of which still remained unexplained even to these cavern 
dwellers) away from those on the surface, otherwise we might be inclined to 
destroy ourselves with these technological forces that we know very little 
about, based on our past experience of twisting scientific discoveries into 
weapons of destruction. 

Fields and his friend were allowed to return to the surface, but were 
warned never again to enter the caves. 

The above account seems to tie-in with yet another report which involved a 
group of speleonauts who entered one of several caverns west or northwest 
of Cushman, Arkansas. 

These explorers claimed to have descended 5 to 6 miles (over a period of 
several consecutive explorations) into deep and extensive cavern systems. 
At one point they claimed to have broken into a glazed 'tunnel' of apparent 
human construction which was lined with metal-hard yet transparent tunnel 
walls. Through these transparent tunnel walls they were able to 
occasionally observe a whole "hadean" like world of bizarre subterranean 
creatures, including hairy humanoids who appeared to be in conflict with a 
race of oversized serpents or snakes, and even giant insects, cavern moths, 
and so on. 

The most interesting part of their expedition, which was recorded in THE 
HOLLOW HASSLE Newsletter - formerly edited by TAL LeVesque and Mary Davis, 
was their alleged encounter with a race of humans approximately 8 ft. tall 
with pale blue skin. These people were similar in description to a certain 
group of 'aliens' referred to by John Lear and others which were reportedly 
encountered by certain astronauts on the moon - a 'top secret' which the 
government may never admit to. The cavers described them as about 7-8 ft. 


tall and possessing large 'wrap-around' eyes, but nevertheless 'human' in 
every other respect. 

The explorers insisted that they were 'led' to an underground city via a 

type of hidden elevator, and were even shown deeper caverns of immense size 

in which could be seen ancient repositories left there by a highly-advanced 

(scientifically) antediluvian race, some of the contents of which, they 

were told, remained sealed to that day! This may have been the same ancient 

culture which LEFT the machines that were described in the Ralph Fields 

account. 

The explorers were told, via a type of translating device, that the 
inhabitants of this particular cavern city were descended from a family 
that in our own traditions would correspond to the Biblical description of 
the family of 'Noah'; that they had a 'Book of Laws' somewhat similar to 
our Bible; and that they had come to the Western Hemisphere thousands of 
years previous and discovered this already-existing subterranean 'world'. 
They also stated that some of their ancestors had left the earth to explore 
the other planets and stars long ago. 

Whether the following item has any connection with the people allegedly 
encountered by these speleologists is uncertain. The following was related 
by John Keel in his book 'THE MOTHMAN PROPHECIES': 

"...The Cherokees have a tradition, according to Benjamin Smith 

Barton's 'NEW VIEWS OF THE ORIGINS OF THE TRIBES AND NATIONS OF 

AMERICA' (1 798), that when they migrated to Tennessee they found 

the region inhabited by a weird race of white people who lived in 

houses and were apparently quite civilized. They had one problem: 

their eyes were very large and sensitive to light. They could 

only see at night..." 

Is it possible that these people may have later taken up a cave-dwelling 
lifestyle, if they had not done so previously, to allow themselves more 
comfortable living conditions? 

The many caverns west of Cushman, Arkansas have given rise to many strange 

legends and stories. There are accounts of vast underground mazes, 

underground lakes, caves which lead to extremely deep pockets of stagnant 

air or poison gas, areas where electrical lights will not work, stories of 

people entering caves and never being seen again, and even accounts of 

hairy humanoids throwing boulders at intruders, intentionally missing them 

so as to scare them away. In essence it is a place which, if Jules Verne 

had known about it when writing his famous 'A JOURNEYTO THE CENTER OF THE 

EARTH', might have been the inspiration behind his novel of a daring 

descent into the underground world. 


Lt. Col. Wendelle C. Stevens, in his book, "UFO - CONTACT FROM THE 
PLE^\DES, A PRELIMINARY REPORT" (UFO Photo Archives., Tucson, AZ 1 982., p. 
79) reports on the alleged sixth face-to-face contact between Eduard 
'Billy' Meier and the 'Pleiadean' Semjase. He was told of strange people, 
unknown to us, who live in the interior of mountains and cave's beneath the 
earth's surface. They are of various types, some with bluish skin, and 
others who often come to the surface and blend with surface inhabitants, 
unknown as to their true origin. 

Ferdinand Ossendowski describes what may be one of the most widely accepted 
legends' in Asia, one which is in fact accepted by millions of people. 
This legend is described in his book 'BEASTS, MEN AND GODS' (1922. E.P. 
Dutton & Co., N.Y.). Quoting from the chapter 'THE SUBTERRANEAN KINGDOM' 
(pp. 300-311) we read: 

"...On my journey into Central Asia I came to know for the first 
time about the 'Mystery of Mysteries,' which I can call by no 
other name. At the outset I did not pay much attention to it and 
did not attach to it such importance as I afterwards realized 
belonged to it, when I had analyzed and connected many sporadic, 
hazy and often controversial bits of evidence. 

"The old people on the shore of the river Amyl related to me an 
ancient legend to the effect that a certain Mongolian tribe, in 
their escape from the demands of Genghis Khan, hid themselves in 
a subterranean country. Afterwards a Soyotfrom near the Lake of 
Nogan Kul showed me the smoking gate that serves as the entrance 
to the 'Kingdom of Agharti.' Through this gate a hunter formerly 
entered into the Kingdom and, after his return, began to relate 
what he had seen there. The Lamas cut out his tongue in order to 
prevent him from telling about the Mystery of Mysteries. When he 
arrived at old age, he came back to the entrance of this cave and 
disappeared into the subterranean kingdom, the memory of which 
had ornamented and lightened his nomad heart. 

"...The favorite Gelong Lama of Prince Chultun Beyli and the 
Prince himself gave me an account of the subterranean kingdom. 

'"Everything in the world,' said the Gelong, 'is constantly in a 
state of change and transition - peoples, science, religions, 
laws and customs. How many great empires and brilliant cultures 
have perished! And that alone which remains unchanged is Evil, 
the tool of Bad Spirits. More than 60,000 years ago a holyman 
disappeared with a whole tribe of people under the ground and 
never appeared again on the surface of the earth. Many people, 


however, have since visited this kingdom, Sakkia Mouni, Undur 
Gheghen, Paspa, Khan Baberand others. No one knows where this 
place is. One says Afghanistan, others India. All the people 
there are protected against Evil and crimes do not exist within 
its bourns. Science has there developed calmly and nothing is 
threatened with destruction. The subterranean people have reached 
the highest knowledge..." (Note: The 60,000 year period is 
probably greatly exaggerated. There have apparently been several 
migrations of surface tribes over the millennia and centuries 
into what might be referred to as this subterranean 'continent' 
of AGHARTA. According to an American 'monk' by the name of Ernest 
Dickhoff, as described in his book AGHARTA [Health Research, CA], 
some of the human inhabitants of this realm had established 
themselves as residents only within the last few centuries. This 
took place when an Asian Prince entered with an army of 400 
followers and fought with and drove out a race of 'Reptilians' or 
serpent-men who had taken possession of these caverns. This 
invasion was initiated after it was found that these serpent 
beings were using black witchcraft to manipulate the minds and 
spirits of humans on the surface in a very negative way. 
According to one source, over 20,000,000 persons of various 
different tribes and cultures now reside in Agharti, and many 
more millions on the surface in Asia accept the existence of such 
a mysterious realm, according to writers such as Ferdinand 
Ossendowski, Nicholas Roerich, and others. It is said that 
ancient library' temples exists between the surface of Asia AND 
Agharti, in underground vaults to which certain Asian 'initiates' 
have access. Below or beyond these vaults, through hidden 
passages, the kingdom itself is believed to exist. - Branton) 

"Prince Chultun Beyli added: 'This kingdom is Agharti. It extends 
throughout all the subterranean passages of the whole world. I 
heard a learned Lama of China relating to Bogdo Khan that all the 
subterranean caves of America are inhabited by the ancient people 
who have disappeared underground. Traces of them are still found 
on the surface of the land. These subterra- nean peoples and 
spaces are governed by rulers owing allegiance to the King of the 
World...'" 

(Note: If the subterranea of America was once MOSTLY inhabited by 
humans who migrated there from the surface or other parts of the 
inner world, then the fact of the MODERN DAY infiltration of the 
saurian or serpent races [of which the Grays apparently make up 
the majority] into the underground of America must suggest that 
the major infestation occurred sometime within the last few 
centuries. The so-named 'King of the World' is apparently a 


reference to the present of a long succession of leaders over the 
council of Agharti, which would probably make whoever held such a 
position one of the most influential men in the world, for good 
or evil. And in fact, according to former Dulce Base security 
worker Thomas Castello, certain of the U.S. Presidents in the 
past have not only held conferences with the ruling council in 
Telos', but also with these kings of 'Agharti'. Telos, the 
colony below Mt. Shasta, is reportedly a western branch of the 
Agharti Federation. A succession of many such 'kings' have 
allegedly reigned over this underground realm, most of them 
probably receiving more adoration than they deserve, having 
apparently been regarded as 'gods' by some of the residents of 
the subterranean world, if the "King of the World" appellation is 
any indication. This would not necessarily be the fault of these 
'kings' or leaders, many of whom according to sources HAVE 
acknowledged a higher potentate than themselves and prayed to 
Almighty 'God' on behalf of humanity. Just like the Popes of Rome 
or Rulers, Secretary Generals, Prime Ministers and Presidents of 
the surface nations, these Agharian 'kings' possessed their own 
personalities, some being perhaps more suited to reign than 
others. Nevertheless they should be respected as the elected or 
chosen representatives or spokes- persons for perhaps tens of 
millions of persons who dwell within the inner world. The name of 
one such king, according to one source, was 'Rigdon Jyepo'. At 
this writing the names of other Agharian rulers are unknown 
except, perhaps, to the inhabitants of Agharti or Agharta itself. 
- Branton) 

Prince Chultun, speaking to the author, continued: '"...In 
underground caves there exists a peculiar light which affords 
growth to the grains and vegetables and long life without disease 
to the people. There are many different peoples and many 
different tribes. An old Buddhist Brahman in Nepal was carrying 
out the will of the 'gods' in making a visit to the ancient 
kingdom of Genghis, - Siam, - where he met a fisherman who 
ordered him to take a place in his boat and sail with him upon 
the sea. On the third day they reached an island where he met a 
people having two tongues which could speak separately in 
different languages. They showed to him peculiar, unfamiliar 
animals, tortoises with sixteen feet and one eye, huge snakes 
with a very tasty flesh and birds with teeth which caught fish 
for their masters in the sea. These people told him that they had 
come up out of the subterranean kingdom and described to him 
certain parts of the underground country.' 

"The Lama Turgut traveling with me from Urga to Peking gave me 


further details. 


"The capital of Agharti is surrounded with towns of high priests 
and scientists. It reminds one of Lhasa where the palace of the 
Dalai Lama, the Potala, is the top of a mountain covered with 
monasteries and temples. 

'"...In cars strange and unknown to us they rush through the 
narrow cleavages inside our planet. Some Indian Brahmans and 
Tibetan Dalai Lamas during their laborious struggles to the peaks 
of mountains which no other human feet had trod have found there 
inscriptions on the rocks, footprints in the snow and tracks of 
wheels. The blissful Sakkia Mouni found on one mountain top 
tablets of stone carrying words which he only understood in his 
old age and afterwards penetrated into the Kingdom of Agharti, 
from which he brought back crumbs of the sacred learning 
preserved in his memory.'" 

Ferdinand Ossendowski remembered a particular conversation with 
one Lama: 

'"How many persons have ever been to Agharti?' I questioned him. 

'"Very many,' answered the Lama, 'but all these people have kept 
secret that which they saw there.'" 

In his book 'S HA MB HA LA' (1930. Frederick A. Stokes Co., N.Y.), writer and 
traveler Nicholas Roerich adds some additional insights into human 
habitation of underground regions of central Asia. In his chapter 
'SUBTERRANEAN DWELLERS' we read the following words: 

"...In the Altai Mountains, in the beautiful upland valley of 
Uimon, a hoary Old Believer (Starover) said to me: 'I shall prove 
to you that the tale about the Chud, the subterranean people, is 
not a fantasy! I shall lead you to the entrance of the 
subterranean kingdom.' 

"On the way through the valley surrounded by snowy mountains, my 
host told us many tales about the Chud. It is remarkable that 
'Chud' in Russian has the same origin as the word WONDER. So, 
perhaps, we may consider the Chud a wonderful tribe. My bearded 
guide told how 'once upon a time, in this fertile valley lived 
and flourished the powerful tribe of Chud. They knew how to 
prospect for minerals and how to reap the best harvest. Most 
peaceful and most industrious, was this tribe. But then came a 
White Tzar with innumerable hordes of cruel warriors. The 


peaceful, industrious Chud could not resist the assaults of the 
conquerors, and not wishing to lose their liberty, they remained 
as serfs to the White Tzar. Then, for the first time, a white 
birch began to grow in this region. And, according to old 
prophecies, the Chud knew that it was the time for their 
departure. And the Chud, unwilling to remain subject to the White 
Tzar, departed under the earth. Only sometimes can you hear the 
holy people singing; now their bells ring out in the subterranean 
temples. But there shall come the glorious time of human 
purification, and in those days, the great Chud shall again 
appear in full glory.' 

"Thus the Old Believer concluded. We approached some low stony 
hill. Proudly he showed me, 'Here we are. Here is the entrance to 
the great subterranean kingdom! When the Chud entered the 
subterranean passage they closed the entrance with stones. Now we 
stand just beside this holy entrance.' 

"We stood before a huge tomb encircled by great stones, so 
typical of the period of the great migrations. Such tombs, with 
the beautiful remains of Gothic relics, we saw in South Russian 
steppes, (and) in foothills of the Northern Caucasus. Studying 
this hill, I remembered how during our crossing of the Karakorum 
pass, my sais, the Ladaki, asked me, 'Do you know that in the 
subterranean caves here many treasures are hidden and that in 
them lives a wonderful tribe which abhors the sins of earth?' 

"And again when we approached Khotan the hoofs of our horses 
sounded hollow as though we rode above caves or hollows. Our 
caravan people called attention to this, saying, 'Do you hear 
what hollow subterranean passages we are crossing? Through these 
passages, people who are familiar with them can reach far- off 
countries.' When we saw entrances to caves, our caravaneers told 
us, 'Long ago people lived there; now they have gone inside; they 
have found a subterranean passage to the subterranean kingdom. 
Only rarely do some of them appear again on the earth. At our 
bazaar such people come with strange, very ancient money, but 
nobody could ever remember a time when such money was in usage 
here.' I asked them, if we could also see such people. And they 
answered, 'Yes, if your thoughts are similarly high and in 
contact with these holy people, because only sinners are upon the 
earth and the pure and courageous people pass on to something 
more beautiful.' (This is not to say that there are NOT 
subterranean areas where evil abounds, but that there are 
apparently protected areas where animosity between fellow human 
beings is greatly discouraged - Branton) 


"Great is the belief in the Kingdom of the subterranean people. 
Through all of Asia, through the spaces of all deserts, from the 
Pacific to the Urals, you can hear the same wondrous tale of the 
vanished holy people... 

(One such persistent tale is that of the "Lost Ten Tribes" of 
Israel. Residents of modern Israel claim descent from the tribes 
of Judahand Benjamin, and half of the tribe of Levi who remained 
behind following the great separation of Israel in the time of 
Solomon. The only "known" people who claim descent from other 
Israelite tribes are the so-called "Black Jews" of Ethiopia who 
insist that they are descended from the tribe of Dan. This leaves 
8 1/2 tribes unaccounted for - or rather as some believe 9 1/2 
tribes, because in the Book of Revelation the two Josephite lines 
of Ephraim and Mannassah are considered as distinct tribes. 
INTERESTINGLY, the tribe of DAN does not appear in the book of 
REVELATION among the 144,000 priests, 12,000 from each of the 12 
restored tribes [this restoration has yet to take place], 
possibly because DAN was the tribe most responsible for leading 
Israel into Old Testament apostasy and idolatry. The only record 
of the missing 9 1/2 tribes appears in the 13th chapter of the 
book of II ESDRAS, one of the "apocryphal" books containing 
Jewish legend and tradition which were written in the 400-year 
non-prophetical period between the end of the Torahic or Old 
Testament and the beginning of the NewTestement periods. This 
contains only a cryptic remark that the lost tribes entered an 
unknown land to the extreme north or northeast called ARZARETH, 
from where they will one day return in power - Branton) 

"Even far beyond the Ural Mountains, the echo of the same tale 
will reach you. Often you hear about subterranean tribes. 
Sometimes an invisible holy people is said to be living behind a 
mountain. Sometimes either poisonous or vitalizing gases are 
spread over the earth, to protect some one. Sometimes you hear 
how the sands of the great desert shift, and for a moment 
disclose treasures of the entrances of subterranean kingdoms. But 
none would dare to touch those treasures. You will hear how, in 
the rocks, in the most deserted mountain ranges, you can see 
openings which connect with these subterranean passes, and how 
beautiful princesses once upon a time occupied these natural 
castles. 

"From distances one might take these openings for eries, because 
all which belongs to the subterranean people is concealed. 
Sometimes the Holy City is submerged, as in the folk-lore of 


Netherlands and Switzerland. And there is folk-lore that 
coincides with actual discoveries in the lakes and along the sea 
coasts. In Siberia, in Russia, Lithuania and Poland, you find 
many legends and fairy tales about giants who lived at times in 
these countries but afterwards, disliking the new customs, 
disappeared. In these legends, one may recognize the specific 
foundations of the ancient clans. The giants are brothers. Very 
often the sisters of the giants live on the other shores of the 
lakes or the other side of the mountai ns. Very often they do not 
like to move from the site but some special event drives them 
from their patrimonial dwelling. Birds and animals are always 
near these giants; as witnesses they follow them and announce 
their departure. 

"...The endless Kurgans of the southern steppes retain around 
them numerous stories about the appearance of the unknown 
warrior, nobody knows from whence. The Carpathian Mountains in 
Hungary have many similar stories of unknown tribes, giant- 
warriors and mysterious cities. If, without prejudice, you 
patiently point out on your map all the legends and stories of 
this nature you will be astonished at the result. When you 
collect all the fairy-tales of lost and subterranean tribes, will 
you not have before you a full map of the migrations?" 

According to the self-professed Telosian', Sharula Dux, Agharta is the 
largest human subterran culture in the world. Also, according to American 
Buddhist Robert E. Dickhoff, in his book 'AGHARTA' (referred to above), 
some of the Aghartan cavern networks were formerly controlled by the 
"serpent" people. These may have been antediluvian systems that were later 
taken over by the Reptilian hominoids who left the surface of the earth to 
preserve their race from human animosity, an animosity that was fully 
justified. These caverns were located beneath the region of Tibet, which 
would place them between the Aghartan networks to the northeast that were 
occupied by humans, and the Patalan networks to the southwest that were 
traditionally occupied by the Reptilians. This is where a major 
"altercation" between surface humans and subterran reptilians took place in 
recent centuries, according to Robert Dickhoff. 

Some of the Reptilians escaped, according to other sources, back to the 
deeper cavern systems below the Himalayas and Hindustan, underneath which 
(according to Hindu legend) lies the dark and forbidden seven-leveled 
cavern world of the 'Nagas' or the serpent beings. Hindu legends say that 
the underworld 'capitol' of the Naga's empire (an empire which has been 
referred to in different writings as 'Nagaloka', 'Snakeworld', or'Patala') 
is a major center of Reptilian activity known as 'Bhoga-vita'. The NAGAS, a 
race of 7-8 ft. tall green-skinned hominoid lizards, are reportedly very 


cunning and intelligent and have bases all over the planet. A major base 

which 'they' still maintain below Tibet is reportedly located in the 

mountains surrounding Lake Manosarowar (see: ON THE SHORES OF ENDLESS 

WORLDS, by Andrew Tomas., Souvenir Press. Ltd., London, England., 1974). 

[Image] 

Continue Reading on Mojave Page 1 1 
Re-visit Mojave Page 9 

Return to Secrets of the Mojave Home Page 
Switch to UFO Coverup Home Page 


[Image] [Image] 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #1 1 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 10 

The Serpent Beings or the Nagas are said to possess many different kinds of 
machines including aerial craft. According to 'Sharula' (or Bonnie), the 
Aghartian Federation of humans utilizes their own space fleet (known as the 
'Silver Fleet'); they assisted in the construction of Telos itself - or 
rather the extension of the underground metropolis from the already 
existing natural caverns below Ml Shasta; and are allegedly allied to at 
least 100 human- occupied underground cities throughout the world, many of 
them in conflict with the reptilian 'Draco' species and their 'Gray' 
collaborators. 

Sherman A. Minton Jr., a respected Reptilian and Amphibian biologist, in 

his book 'VENOMOUS REPTILES' (Charles Ceaibrer Sons, N.Y. 1 969) quotes from 

some ancient Hindu legends describing the Nagas or the serpent race. These 

legends state that this demon-race has the ability to inflict almost 

instantaneous death upon a person through utilizing a cosmic 'fire' force 

(possibly electromagnetic energy). Minton also states the fact that the 


ancestors of modern-day 'snakes' once possessed limbs which became 
atrophied through non-use over the ages; that there are lizards with 
elongated snake-like bodies, a type of 'missing-link' between the 
saurians-lizards-and-snakes; and that nearly all reptiles with "well 
developed" limbs live underground! He also refers to legends which state 
that some Nagas were present at the birth of Guatama Siddharta (Buddha), 
and others which allege that a major book on YOGA was channeled at a 'weir 
which is believed to be an entrance to the underworld of the Naga's, 
located in Benares, India. 

NOT ALL subterran societies are of the insidious, reptilian or 
reptilian-controlled variety, as further evidence of this we add the 
following revelations from 'Commander X', the mysterious anonymous U.S. 
Intelligence official who has revealed much about 'inside' government 
knowledge of alien civilization both beyond and beneath the earth. He is 
the author of the book 'UNDERGROUND ALIEN BASES', published by Tim 
Beckley's UFO REVIEW/Abelard Press, N.Y. Mr. 'X' was apparently very 
familiar with the Subterranean-world controversies that surrounded early 
issues of AMAZING STORIES magazine (circa 1940-1945) and 'related' 
publications in the early years when the science of Ufology was first 
beginning to emerge. This may explain his present position in U.S. 
Intelligence, and the sensitive knowledge that he has access to. He reveals 
the following paraspeleological events which reportedly took place in South 
America: 

"..Of all the countries on the face of the Earth, none is more mysterious, 
or less explored, than is Brazil. Miles upon miles of this country have 
never been set foot upon by white man. In these areas live whole tribes of 
savage Indians whose civilizations are said to be akin to those existing at 
the time of the Stone Age. Many of those who have dared venturing into 
these pockets of unexplored jungle have never come out. Perhaps the case of 
Colonel Fawcett will be familiar to readers as an example of what I mean. 
He supposedly was captured by a tribe of wild Indians while in search of a 
'hidden city' said to be located in the confines of the dense jungle... 

"Before his death, Dr. (Raymond) Bernard had sent this writer many personal 
letters regarding his findings related to. ..under- ground civilization(s). 
We quote from these communications in the following: 

'"I arrived in Brazil in 1956 and have been carrying on my 
research since I met a Theosophical leader who told me about the 
subterranean cities. ..that exist in Brazil. He referred to 
Professor Henrique de Souza, president of the Brazilian 
Theosophical Society, at Sao Lourenco in the state of Minas 
Gerais, who erected a temple dedicated to Agharta, which is the 
Buddhist name of the subterranean World. Here in Brazil live 


Theosophists from all parts of the world, all of whom believe in 
the existence of the subterranean cities. 

'"Professor de Souza told me that the great English explorer 
Colonel Fawcett is still alive, living in a subterranean city in 
the Roncador Mountains of Matto Grosso, where he found the 
subterranean city of Atlanteans for which he searched, but is 
held prisoner lest he reveal the secret of his whereabouts (Note: 
Bernard refers to the inhabitants of this city as 'Atlanteans', 
when in fact other accounts suggest that - like the underground 
cities below the east coast of North America - many of these 
cavern cities were originally CONSTRUCTED by an ancient 
antediluvian race. This race might have been very similar or even 
akin to the lost race spoken of in the 'Atlantis' legendary, 
whose abandoned caverns were later re-inhabited after the flood. 
In 'this' sense the inhabitants might be referred to as 
'Atlanteans', although the present dwellers of such underground 
communities probably do not have any direct 'genetic' ties to the 
antediluvian 'Atlanteans'. - Branton). 

'"He (Col. Fawcett) was not killed by Indians as is commonly 
believed. Professor de Souza claimed he has visited subterranean 
cities, including Shamballah, the world capital of the 
subterranean empire of Agharta. I then went to Matto Grosso to 
find the subterranean city where Fawcett is claimed to be living 
with his son Jack, but failed to do so. I then returned to 
Joinville in the state of Santa Catarina, and there continued my 
research. 

"'Just recently two explorers returned from entering a tunnel 
near Ponte Grosse in the state of Parana. One of them had 
recently entered alone and spent five days in the underworld city 
there. It had about 50 inhabitants plus children. The fruit 
orchards were recently planted, and the inhabitants received 
fruit from another subterranean city. During the last visit, the 
two explorers were met at the entrance of the tunnel by a 
guardian and the chief of the city, who told them that they 
should return in two years when the fruit trees will start to 
bear, but cannot enter now. 

"The same two explorers entered a tunnel in Rincon, state of 
Parana, and finally came to a chimney-like structure with four 
chains hanging down. They descended on the chains but when they 
came near the bottom a gas with a chemical odor started to come 
up and forced them to ascend. Obviously the subterranean dwellers 
tried to keep them from reaching the city (This seems often to be 


the case - Commander X). 

'"Our explorer J. D. (name on file - Commander X), who is a 
mountain guide of the Mystery Mountain near Joinville (where 
there is supposed to be an entrance), said that several times he 
saw a luminous flying saucer ascend from the tunnel opening that 
leads to a subterranean city inside the mountain, in which he 
heard the beautiful choral singing of men and women, and also 
heard the 'canto galo' (rooster crowing), a universal symbol 
indicating the existence of subterranean cities in Brazil. He 
said that the saucer was so luminous that it lit up the night sky 
and converted it into daylight. On one occasion he met a group of 
subterranean men outside the tunnel. They were short, stocky, 
with reddish beards and long hair, and very muscular. When he 
tried to approach them, they vanished. Often he saw strange 
illuminations in this area at night which were probably produced 
by flying saucers (We use the name 'Mystery Mountain,' rather 
than reveal the true name of the mountain, so that unwanted 
outsiders will not come here to locate it). Throughout my many 
years of research I have accumulated a vast amount of data which 
would indicate that these entrances to subterranean cities abound 
throughout the region. 

'"An elderly man living in Joinville once told me that he had 
visited a tunnel near Concepiao in the state of Sao Paulo, and 
saw in the distance a marvelous subterranean city with vehicles 
darting back and forth, evidently traveling through tunnels from 
one subterranean city to another. 

'"Although the following report requires confirmation, it was 
told to me by an explorer named N.C. who said that he had visited 
a tunnel near Rio Casdor and had met a beautiful young woman 
appearing to be about 20 years of age. She spoke to him in 
Portuguese and SAID that she was 2,500 years old. He also met a 
bearded subterranean man. 

(Note: Often humans encountered in aerial disks or subterranean 
caverns declare that they possess remarkable longevity when 
compared with the longevity of surface humans. On the outset this 
might sound next to impossible, unless a revolutionary scientific 
breakthrough on the part of these human 'aliens' has allowed them 
to retard the aging process to an extreme degree. Or, could the 
possibly that they are separated from the degenerating 
radioactive contamination and solar rays prevalent on the surface 
explain their greater alleged longevity? Another possibility 
would be that through bionics or biological transplants and 


prosthetics, etc., the lifespan of human beings [possessing 
advanced biological and technological sciences] might 
theoretically be dramatically increased. Incidentally, the writer 
and traveler Robert Stacy-Judd described in some of his books an 
exploration he and others had made of the peripheral areas of the 
Loltun cave system of Yucatan. Legend says that at least one 
group of people, fleeing persecution, entered en masse into the 
massive Loltun caves and were never seen again. Stacy- Judd tells 
of his own encounter with a 'cave hermit' deep in the cavern 
chambers who claimed to be well over 1000 years old. This unusual 
man said that he was a guardian of the cave and of the ancient 
treasures - and city? - which lay deep below in the unknown 
depths, 'unknown' that is, except to the strange 'hermit'. This 
unusual man had emerged from the inner DEPTHS of the cave when 
they first encountered him. Aside from photographs of this 
'hermit' which appeared in some of his works, the author also 
revealed photographs of 'underground gardens' consisting of areas 
of the cave which contain small patches of 'jungle', small cave 
oasis' watered and lit through parts of the cavern ceilings which 
had collapsed in ages past, exposing them to the elements of the 
outer world above. Whether such claims of longevity are real or 
whether the "subterranean" people were just playing with the 
minds of such explorers who encountered them, is uncertain - 
Branton). 

'"Still another explorer named D.O. visited this SAME tunnel near 
Gaspar, Santa Catarina, and behind a wonderful fruit orchard saw 
a subterranean woman with a child in her arms reading to it aloud 
from a huge book written in an unknown language... After she read 
each sentence the child repeated the same and in this way was 
taught how to read. All of these subterranean cities are 
illuminated by strange light...'" 

Raymond Bernard (whose actual name was 'Walter Seigmeister 1 ), writing in 
the Oct. 1959 issue of SEARCH Magazine, p. 48, described yet another 
alleged encounter with a subterranean race. What are we to make of all 
these stories? Are we to assume that some of the individuals who told 
Bernard such accounts actually made them up, as some suggest, in order to 
receive the financial bonus or reward that Bernard was sometimes known to 
offer on documentable accounts of ancient tunnels? Or, are we to accept 
these accounts for just what their sources claimed them to be, reports of 
actual encounters with a subterranean world? Bernard stated the following: 

"...Last week my investigators returned and said they visited 
their city (i.e. the 'city' of a race of dwarf-humans whom 
Bernard referred to as the 'Niebelungs', who live in a 


subterranean region with it's own system of illumination - 
Branton) and are able to bring any of my America n friends to 
visit it, but I require one condition: absolute secrecy, as I 
don't want governments to send armies into the tunnel to disturb 
these peaceful people. 

"To reach them requires a 3-day journey of about 40 miles through 
a tunnel. This entire distance is through a tunnel carefully 
lined with cut stone blocks below, above and on the sides. That 
was quite an engineering feat. I think the tunnel was made long 
to keep out curiosity seekers, and only the most determined will 
travel that distance. 

"Here is the report of my investigations: (They are two ranchers, 
father and son, who discovered the tunnel accidentally): 

'"We left our house 5 A.M. for the tunnel on top of a mountain 
and reached it 3 P.M. We were tired and camped near the entrance 
of the tunnel. For three days we proceeded through the tunnel. We 
told time by our watches, as we could not tell when it was day or 
night. We went to sleep at 10 P.M. and awoke at 3 A.M. and 
continued walking. By the third day the tunnel started to go 
downward by steps (Note: If the entrance was on 'top' of a 
mountain, we must assume that it sloped downward until it became 
too steep to continue without a stairway - Branton). It was built 
of stone blocks on all sides. By the night of the third day the 
tunnel suddenly opened into a great space covered with what 
appeared as a sky with a yellow light that made everything 
luminous, like daylight. We saw a city with many houses and saw 
many people in the distance. They were dwarfs with long white 
beards and long hair and we saw women and children, and heard 
them crying. The third member of our party got frightened so we 
had to return.' 

"These men found three such tunnels. They entered another for 
three days, but after hearing voices further in, got scared and 
returned. Now they are entering the third..." 

Previously, we have referred to the alleged inhabitants of a subterranean 
colony below Mt. Shasta in northern California, which is believed to be one 
of the largest, if not THE largest, subterranean community in North 
America, and which allegedly has ties with the Asian empire of 'Agharti' 
and several South American subterranean colonies, and possibly also the 
'Havmu- suvs' of the Mojave and Death Valley region. The following are some 
excepts from an article written by William F. Hamilton (whose other 
publications can at this writing be obtained via 7327 Bothwell Rd., Reseda, 


CA 91335), who we have referred to in earlier writings. Bill Hamilton has 

been in Data Processing for 22 years and is now a Sr. Programmer-Analyst. 

He is a writer, investigator and researcher. He has been involved in UFO 

research and investigations since 1953. Bill is a past member of The 

Foundation for Research in Parapsychology, The Spacecraft Research 

Foundation, The World Federation of Science and Engineering, and MENSA, the 

high IQ society. He has been a member of Daniel Fry's Understanding, Inc., 

and served on it's Board. He founded NEXUS and NEXUS NEWS, an info center 

for alternative energy and alternative life-styles. He also founded UFORUM, 

a monthly forum on the UFO phenomena. He is a UFO investigator with MUFON, 

an Associate Director of UFOCCI, and founder of UFORCES. Bill is the author 

of the following books: SPACE, TIME AND GRAVITY; CENTER OF THE VORTEX; 

TELOS, THE COSMIC COMPUTER; GEOMETRY OF THE GRID; CLOSE ENCOUNTER 

REPORT; 

ALIEN MAGIC; and COSMIC TOP SECRET. He has written numerous articles for 
publications such as 'Search/ 'Energy Unlimited,' 'New Age Science,' 'The 
New Atlantean Journal,' 'California UFO,' and 'UFO Universe'. The following 
article originally appeared in the 'New Atlantean Journal': 

"...I run across some fascinating people in the course of my investigations 
who tell me many unusual stories. While on the trail of reports of UFO base 
locations, I met a young, very pretty blonde girl with almond-shaped eyes 
and small perfect teeth, whose name is Bonnie. Bonnie has told me an 
incredible story and has related a volume of interesting information... 
Bonnie is sincere, cheerful, and rational and says she (was born) in 1951 
in a city called TELOS that was built inside an artificial dome-shaped 
cavern in the Earth a mile or so beneath Mt. Shasta, California. 

"Bonnie, her mother (Rana Mu), her father Ra(Mu), her sister Judy, her 
cousins Lorae and Matox, live and move in our society, returning frequently 
to TELOS for rest and recuperation. Bonnie relates that her people use 
boring machines to bore tunnels in the Earth. These boring machines heat 
the rock to incandescence, then vitrify it, thus eliminating the need for 
beams and supports. A tube transit tunnel is used to connect the 
(underground) cities that exist in various subterranean regions in our 
hemisphere. The tube trains are propelled by electromagnetic impulses up to 
speeds of 2500 mph. One tube connects with one of their cities in the Matto 
Grosso jungle of Brazil. (They) have developed space travel and some flying 
saucers come from their subterranean bases... 

"They grow food hydroponically under full-spectrum lights with their 
gardens attended by automatons. The food and resources of Telos are 
distributed in plenty to the million-and-a-half population that thrives on 
a no-money economy. Bonnie talks about history, of the Uighers, Naga-Mayas, 
and Quetzals, of which she is a descendant (Note: Many people have 
mistakenly identified the inhabitants of 'Telos' as being directly 


descended from the 'Lemurians', however Bonnie here seems to refute this by 
indicating that her ancestrage was other than this, possibly Meso-American 
and/or East-Indian? As in the case of the ancient 'antediluvian' cities of 
the eastern seaboard which were re-established after being abandoned by the 
lost 'Atlanteans'; the 'Lemurians', if they existed thousands of years ago, 
also seem to have been devastated in a world-wide cataclysm - and their 
cities re- established by the Uighers, Naga-Mayas, and Quetzals as well as 
scattered members of other societies. The antediluvian Atlanteans 
apparently built underground systems below the eastern seaboard of North 
and South America, whereas the MU- rians apparently had control of the 
underground systems beneath the western seaboard. Although some 
island-continents may have sunk following the deluge, most accounts 
describe the 'Atlanteans', etc., as being antediluvians. Being that the 
name Telos' is a Grecian word meaning 'uttermost, purpose', there is a 
suggestion of a 'possible' connection with the Grecian-like Hav-musuvs of 
the Panamint mountains of California - Branton). 

"I met Bonnie's cousin, Matox, who, like her, is a strict vegetarian and 
holds the same attitudes concerning the motives of government. They 
constantly guard against discovery or intrusion. Their advanced awareness 
and technology helps them remain vigilant... 

"Science Fiction? Bonnie is a real person. Many have met her. Is she 
perpetrating a hoax? For what motive? She does not seek publicity and I 
have a devil of a time getting her to meetings to talk with others, but she 
has done so. There has been little variation in her story and her answers 
in the past three years. She has given me excellent technical insight on 
the construction of a crystal- powered generator that extracts ambient 
energy... Bonnie's father, the Ra-Mu, is 300 years old and a member of the 
ruling council of Telos. 

"Many tunnels are unsafe and closed off. All tube transit tunnels are 

protected and are designed to eject uninvited guests. Does Bonnie have the 

answers that we are looking for? I don't know... Bonnie says she would like 

to satisfy our need for proof and will work with me on a satisfactory 

answer to that problem, but she is unconcerned with whether people accept 

her or not. Bonnie is humorous and easy-going and well-poised, yet 

sometimes she becomes brooding and mysterious. She says her people are busy 

planning survival centers for refugees. One of these is to be near 

Prescott, Arizona..." (or, more exactly, below the Groom Creek area just 

south of Prescott, to be exact. Another 'survival center 1 for refugees of 

the world-wide cataclysms which the Telosians are convinced will devastate 

the surface of the earth in future years, is said to be below the general 

area of Jenny Lake, Wyoming, near the Tetons. The Tetons themselves have 

been the alleged home of a mysterious race, according to different sources, 

and extremely ancient stone 'buildings' or constructions have reportedly 


been seen high atop the treacherous spurs of the Teton mountain range - 
Branton). 

When Bill Hamilton asked 'Bonnie' to elaborate about the power-sources 
which her people utilize to propel the so-called "flying saucer" craft, she 
replied: 

"...A lot of it is crystals (i.e. crystal-induced 
electromagnetism? - Branton), particularly the atmospheric 
vehicles. The planet-to- planet vehicles are driven by an 
Ion-Mercury engine. Spaceships can reach speeds way beyond light. 
They can enter hyperspace - you generate into the fourth 
dimension - this is controlled by an on-board computer that 
takes you into and out of hyperspace. I know this is a 
simplification. When your on a ship going into hyperspace, you 
will hear this vibration, and a loud screaming sound when you 
enter, then you will hear nothing..." 

Bill concludes: "I have had many correlation's on this data and am 
researching it further toward a comprehensive theory of space travel..." 

Researcher Val Valerian refers to an incident which took place in 1 988. 

This incident indicated that at that time Project Bluebook was still as 

active as ever. Valerian refers to a Sgt. Robert Williams (pseudonym for 

his protection) who was stationed in Honolulu from 1971-1973. 'Williams' 

was a photographer who worked for the Aerospace Audio Visual Service (AAVS) 

which is headquartered at Norton AFB, CA. 

In 1 971 Williams was approached by PROJECT BLUEBOOK to work as a 
photographer, which he did until 1 973. On July 1 0, 1 973 Williams was given 
TDY orders and a Top Secret clearance, and was sent to Norton AFB and was 
briefed into a secret project involving the photographing of alien beings 
and craft. He was to work with a Ron Smith (also pseudonym). They were 
blindfolded and put into a limousine with blacked -out windows and were 
driven to their destination. Both felt the car descend and found themselves 
in an underground base. Williams noted the time on his watch, and that 45 
minutes had passed since the beginning of their journey. 

Both were briefed and led to a laboratory, where they found two 'aliens' in 
the process of being autopsied. Another alien was still alive, held 
elsewhere. The creatures were wearing blue uniforms, and they noticed six 
scientists and two MARINE guards. It was later determined that they had 
been taken to the 29 Palms Marine Base in S. California. 

They commenced to photograph the aliens. The bodies were black with green 
fluid/blood. During the time when Wlliams was photographing the live alien 


it terminated and at its death he felt 'something passing through him'. The 
scientists there, he noticed, had bland expressions on their faces 'like 
they weren't all there.' He was allowed to enter the disk which appeared 
outwardly to be a 35' diameter disk, although inside it was almost as large 
as a football field, indicating some type of space-warping technology. 
After this, they were driven back to Norton AFB and then returned to 
Honolulu. The men noticed that no one would speak to them, even their 
wives. 'Smith' later disappeared and was never heard from again by 
Williams, who (as of the early 1990's) now works in Nevada. 

Valerian stated that records show a disk did crash in NW Arizona and was 
recovered on July 1 0, 1 973, the same day that Williams' and Smiths' Top 
Secret orders came through. 

Aside from this, 'Williams' stated that since the age of 3 he had 
experienced 'abductions' by human-like beings, during which he was often 
taken to a place with large white building that were LARGER WITHIN THAN 
THEY WERE ON THE OUTSIDE, each containing 600 family units. During these 
episodes he was befriended by a human girl close to his age named Karin, 
and this friendship lasted to later years. Through hypnotic regression, 
Wlliams recalled that during the drive to 29 Palms they (car and all?) 
were transported onto a starship, where he met the ships captain - none 
other than Karin herself. They were later dropped off just outside of 29 
Palms and the memory of the episode was removed. 

Actually, several contactees say that it is not so much a removal of 
"memory" as it is a transition into an altered state of consciousness and 
an alternate personality which has been conditioned to relate to the 
aliens, whether humans or grays. Since an alternate personality [psychosis] 
is involved and not the 'conscious' mind, the conscious mind itself has no 
memory of the events. Wlliams also stated that Karin's people have 
developed time travel (Note: There are various accounts suggesting that it 
is possible to travel through time without violating the laws of paradox. 
In short, one cannot change the past, simply because the past has already 
been changed - or rather SET through the intervention of past, present and 
future influences. It is suggested that the earth is in a universal 
causality loop and that there was a point where "time" began on earth or in 
the universe and there is a point when time will end, is ending or has 
ended - depending on ones perspective. This is not to say that everything 
is SET, because it is not. We have the power to ESTABLISH our collective 
reality by choices we make in the NOW, whether that NOW exists in the past, 
the present or the future. In a way that is difficult for finite minds to 
understand, events of the past help to set the present and future, events 
of the present help to set the past and future, and events of the future 
help to set the past and the present. So in reality, one cannot 'change' 
the past, present or future, but they can take part in establishing it. 


According to individuals involved with the Philadelphia and Montauk 
projects, a human soul is attached to the universal causality sphere or the 
"time" sequence at the point of conception - not birth. They are attached 
to the time sequence by what Nikola Tesla called a "zero-time reference" 
that is integrated into the human soul itself. Upon the point of physical 
death, the soul leaves the timeline and enters what we faintly perceive as 
"eternity"). 

In relation to Williams' experiences, and his descriptions of advanced 
civilizations, UFO's and 29 Palms, Valerian states: 

"...Investigations of the 29 Palms underground base during April 
1989 tracked down some data about the geology of the spot. During 
the time when the area was under the sea, an earthquake caused a 
large hole in the ground, causing a lot of water to create a 
funnel-like structure in the ground. Evidently, disks go in and 
out of there all the time, and the Army has tried to send cameras 
down there, only to have the cables cut. One group that attempted 
to go down on ropes were exposed to a blue gas and had to be 
pulled out again..." 

We quote now from parts of an interview between John Lear and the National 
Fringe Sciences (Computer) Bulletin Board: 

"Question: You just mentioned that there were... other 'species' in contact 
with this world... are they aware of the EBE's? 

"Lear: Yes they are. The types I will mention are listed in a USAF Academy 
Physics book called 'INTRODUCTORYSPACE SCIENCE VOLUME 2,B.' I refer to 
chapter 13... which lists the ones that are most seen. They are the EBE's, 
the 'Blondes'... They look just like us but are invariably blond haired and 
blue eyed. Don't know where they come from but they do not interact with us 
except for a few abductions now and then. We also have a species that is 
similar to us in appearance but they are about seven feet tall and the main 
difference is that their eyes wrap around their head a little more than 
ours. Another type listed is a small species about four feet tall, very 
hairy and extremely strong for their size. We don't know where these guys 
come from either. All this was in the aforementioned text which was 
WITHDRAWN by the Air Force in the early 70's from the book. But there are 
several people who have the original book... 

"Question: I'm curious also as to the government's plans, if any, to deal 
with an uprising of EBE's should that eventually occur... or would the 
technological gap make an attempt untenable? 

"Lear: It is my understanding that we have already lost the battle. This is 


the reason why MJ-12 is in such a panic. They had a lot of well laid plans 
to INFORM us, and when the deception was confirmed about 1984 it was all 
out the window... 

"Question: Recently in the INF treaty negotiations, Gorbachev indicated 
that despite prior claims, they too were working on an SDI program... Is 
there any connection between our program and theirs and if the battle is 
lost, why are those attempts being made? 

"Lear: I wish I knew the answer to that. Several rumors have come out of 
the test site recently and one of them was that every test shot this year 
(1989? - Branton) has been to make a giant (underground - Branton) room. 
The shots are very clean and as soon as everything subsides they move in 
equipment to make walls, ceiling, floors and various levels." 

If in fact the SDI program(s) are being used to defend the earth from 
foreign or alien forces, then someone 'somewhere' might not appreciate such 
projects. Whether it is the serpent cults or the serpent race, someone or 
'something' seems to have been behind the mysterious deaths of several SDI 
scientists. 

British UFOIogist Timothy Good, in his book 'UFO REPORT (Avon Books., 
N.Y, 1989), describes the unfortunate fate of several experts who assisted 
in the development of the STAR WARS defense system. Apparently, they were 
either eliminated by those they worked for so that they would not reveal 
what they knew, or someone or something 'else' that was displeased with the 
ultimate product of their efforts was responsible for their tragic deaths. 
Certainly, all of these scientists dying at once cannot be explained in 
coincidental terms, whatever the case: 

"...Reports of suspicious deaths, darkly and deeply linked to 
UFO's, persist, however, and continue to cause speculation. Word 
comes from Gordon Creighton, editor of the informative FLYING 
SAUCER REVIEW, who notes a possible deathly tie-in with the U.S. 
'Star Wars' program. He wrote to me in Nov. 1988 as follows: 

'"...here in Britain 22 scientists have reportedly either taken 
their own lives or died in very strange or mysterious 
circumstances. And it seems that most... were engaged in British 
work on behalf of, or related to the U.S. 'Star Wars' program. 
The British government, it seems, was trying to hush it up. But 
press statements here say that the U.S. government had put our 
government on the spot and demanded a full inquiry. So, quite 
clearly, it is either the Russians or THEM...' 

"As many researchers have surmised, 'Star Wars', ostensibly 


conceived as a defensive system against Russian missile attack, 
may have had from it's beginning a 'defensive' UFO connection. 
Whatever the case, a 'mock test' in September, 1988, of an earth- 
shattering warhead - much like 'Star Wars' in reverse - was 
conducted at the Tonopah Test Range in Nevada. Announced as a 
proposed super-weapon designed to destroy Russian underground 
command centers dug in solid rock down to 1 ,000 (feet), some UFO 
analysts believe that the real target is not Russian but another 
adversary deep down in cavernous installations IN NEVADA AND NEW 
MEXICO. 

"According to the Pentagon, the proposed earth-penetrating 
warhead is 'urgently needed'. According to rumor-mills, an alien 
race - the 'grays' - in their fortified underground 
laboratories, are genetically experimenting with the human race. 
Even more ominous, rumors say that their intransigence today may 
lead to new perils tomorrow." 

The following confirming article appeared in Washington State's 'SEATTLE' 

newspaper, p. 1 , Oct. 8, 1988 issue. The article, which originated from the 

'Hearst News Service', was written by reporter Bernard D. Kaplan, and 

titled: 'BAFFLING CASE OF 10 DEAD SCIENTISTS - SOMETHING SINISTER?' Below 

the article is quoted in its entirety: 

"PARIS -- They're calling it the 'Star Wars Mystery' - the 
enigmatic deaths of 1 0 British scientists and technicians, all of 
whom worked on projects linked to President Reagan's space- based 
anti-missile program, the Strategic Defense Initiative. 

"All of the deaths have occurred within the past 24 months, since 
Britain began to contribute to 'Star Wars' research. 

"All took place in mysterious or violent circumstances. 

"Four of the deaths were recorded as suicides and two as a result 
of accidents. In four other cases, coroner's juries handed down 
an 'open' verdict, meaning they could not determine how the 
victims died. 

"The latest case came two weeks ago. Andrew Hall, a 33- year-old 
engineer with the British Aerospace company, was found suffocated 
in his car, a hosepipe connected to the exhaust. Verdict: 
suicide. 

"Only a month earlier, Alistair Beckham, a senior space engineer 
with another major defense contractor, PLESSEY, was discovered in 


his garden shed, bound up in electric wires running to his house. 
He had been electrocuted. 

"Although Beckham's death was ruled a suicide, his widow was 
convinced he was murdered. 

"'Alistairhad no personal or professional problems,' Mary 
Beckham said. 'He wasn't subject to depression. Murder is the 
sole explanation that is reasonable.' 

"Member of Parliament Douglas Hoyle, who issued a call for an 
official investigation into the strange string of deaths even 
before the Beckham case, agrees that 'something sinister 1 appears 
to be going on. 

"The number of these deaths is now becoming too odd to be a 
coincidence any more,' he insists. 

"The government has so far turned down Hoyle's demand, but last 
week ordered the police forces who investigated the nine deaths 
to 'exchange information.' 

"Sources said NATO intelligence authorities in Brussels recently 
asked their British counterparts for a report on the affair. 

'"Five of the men who died worked in sensitive posts for the same 
defense contractor, BRITISH MARCONI,' a NATO source said. 'Two 
were senior scientists at the Royal Military College of Science. 
We'd be remiss in our duty if we didn't take a very close look 
into this matter.' 

"Chief Superintendent Arthur Ford, the policeman put in charge of 
coordinating the investigations, insists nothing has been found 
to link the deaths. 

"Hoyle says that's 'nonsense.' He pointed out that two others, 
LIKE Hall, died from fumes in locked cars whose engines were 
running. 

"Police officials continue to theorize that the deaths were 
attributed to personal stress to which defense industry 
scientists are often subjected. Marconi personnel manager John 
Shipley dismisses that notion. 

'"We investigated each (of the five Marconi employee deaths),' he 
says. 'We didn't find a single instance of work stress or even 


suspicion of it; he said. 


"Besides Hall and Beckham, these people died: 

"-Marconi scientist Ashad Sharif was found in his car with a 
rope tied from his neck to a nearby tree on October 1 986. The car 
had lurched forward, choking Sharif to death. Open verdict. 

"-Ministry of Defense computer specialist Richard Pugh was found 
with a plastic bag over his head in January 1987. Ruled an 
accident. 

"-Royal Military College scientist John Brittan, found 
suffocated in his car in the same month. 'Accidental death.' 

"-Marconi design engineer Victor Moore, found in February 1987 
dead of an apparent drug overdose. Verdict: suicide. 

"-Royal Military College scientist Peter Peapell found run over 
by a car the same month. Open verdict. 

"-Marconi satellite project manager David Sands drove his car 
loaded with gasoline cans into a wall in April 1 987. Open 
verdict. 

"-Marconi weapons engineer Trevor Knight, found in a car with a 
hose connected to the exhaust this March. Apparent suicide. 

"-Marconi scientist John Ferry, found electrocuted, in July 
1988. Open verdict..." 

Many UFO encounters, especially with human-like personages, have been 

relatively friendly and benevolent in nature. Yet there is, nevertheless, a 

far more malevolent group which has reportedly caused physical harm or even 

death to unfortunate witnesses who became a target in a cosmic war being 

waged against mankind by beings which apparently have little or no regard 

for human life. In his article, INCREDIBLE UFO INCINERATION'S: CLOSE 

ENCOUNTERS OF THE COMBUSTIBLE KIND', researcher Larry E. Arnold describes 

the following terrifying encounter, only one of several cases of 

UFO-related 'human combustion' mentioned in his article: 

"...Of the many episodes involving UFOs and the spontaneous combustion of 
humans, quite probably the most disastrous event - if true - in MODERN 
times occurred to the African village of Kirimukuya on Mt. Kenya. 

"For several nights in June 1954, young Laili Thindu and his shepherd 


companions listened to the pounding of their neighbors' drums announcing a 
wedding about to take place on the mountainside. They also watched STRANGE 
LIGHTS soar around this 'sacred' peak in central Kenya. They naturally were 
startled when bright beams flashed from these soaring lights, then 
concerned that the drums were now silent. 

"The next morning Laili learned that 'all the dancers, all the children, 
all the livestock, - the entire population of the village - had been 
seared to death by terrible streams of light from glowing objects,' report 
Brad Steigerand Joan Whritenour in their book , FLYING SAUCERS ARE 
HOSTILE. 'It was not until Laili Thindu ventured into Nairobi that he was 
able to tell his story to someone who recognized the tale for what it 
really was: the annihilation of an African village by a UFO..." 

The Kenyans are not the only ones to have suffered from "alien" attacks 
upon its inhabitants. The U.S. Military is well aware of this threat of 
unknown invaders of U.S. Airspace, as is evident in the following quote: 

"We have stacks of report about flying saucers. WE TAKE THEM 
SERIOUSLY when you consider WE HAVE LOST MANY MEN AND PLANES 
TRYING TO INTERCEPT THEM." 

- February, 1953. Statement by U.S. General CHID LAW in charge of 
the United States Continental Air Defense. 

There are many indications suggesting that certain humans have, in one way 
or another, been brought under the mental, technical or occult control of 
the 'reptilians' over the years - whether they are fully aware of this 
manipulation or not. Could the 'being' referred to in the following 
account, which appeared on pp. 1136-1137 of Raymond A. Palmer's 'HIDDEN 
WORLD' publication for Summer, 1962, be the type of subterranean- dwelling 
creature which at least one account has referred to as a a 'dragon-worm'? 
Could this creature (supposing it does in fact exist and is not the result 
of one man's deluded and misguided fantasy experience) be one of the MANY 
and VARIED branches or mutations of the 'serpent' races, which many 
accounts tend to confirm as existing within subterranean areas? It would 
seem that accounts such as this one might raise more questions than 
answers. Remember that this letter appeared years before the advent of the 
famous 'Star Wars' trilogy which depicted a creature very similar to that 
described in the following letter. Again, one may wonder if George Lucas 
himself might not have been inspired subconsciously by certain evident 
realities, and portrayed some of these - although in a rather 
sensationalized manner - in his movies. The following account was 
submitted by a reader who chose to remain anonymous. He states: 

"Dear Ray: ...This happened about 12 or 13 years ago. I was in my 


late teens, I think, but perhaps the time is not as important as 
the incident. 

"In the late night hours I awoke, got out of bed, walked out of 
the house and was met by a group of men (?) who drove me out into 
the country to an old farmhouse. I don't know the location any 
more than the people involved; maybe I was drugged, I don't know. 
At the farmhouse we went immediately to the potato cellar and 
through a trapdoor in the floor down a long inclining tunnel. We 
arrived into a room, fantastically decorated, bizarre, like Hades 
- how can I describe it? It was of good size; and others were 
present. Some one asked: 'Is he ready?' and the answer: 'Yes, he 
is.' Two 'others' - one on each side of me escorted me into a 
room? Tunnel? (again beyond my description) the worm, or whoever 
or whatever he or it was, was huge, long, round, knobby. An 
immense head and mouth (which swayed back and forth) spoke to me. 
I don't remember what it said or my answer, but one of them put a 
syringe into it, and then into me! I swear the language spoken by 
them AND MYSELF was not English, but somehow I seemed to know, 
yet but not know. After some kind of warning and benediction from 
this being I was escorted out. Once again the car, the return 
trip, and home in bed. Since that time I have once in awhile 
visited the caves quite unhindered... in dreams and the like 
(since 'suppressed' memories of experiences with UFO's, etc. 
often surface in 'dreams' or impressions, could these be actual 
memories of other visits to the nether regions which were 
suppressed from his memory? There is also the small chance that 
ray-induced visions or even 'astral' interaction might be 
involved as well, that is, the "abduction" of the spirit body 
from the soul and physical bodies. The physical-soul body 
presumably remains attached to the disembodied spirit-essence via 
a silvery cord or beam of energy which maintains a kind of 
hyperspace link between them - Branton). 

"I can only comment that the knowledge of, and use of the mechs, 
the architecture, the philosophies in the pictures (or whatever 
they are), would enable man to live like gods in comparison to 
how they now live. However the areas of horror beyond 
comprehension would have to be removed before this can be done 
(Note: The writer may be referring to the so-called super- human 
abilities brought about through the use or manipulation of 
powerful electromagnetic occult technologies. We must remind the 
reader that 'power 1 has NOTHING to do with benevolence or 
"righf'-eousness, or as the old saying goes: 'Might does not make 
right!' Such abilities to manipulate the forces of nature via 
occult technologies -- such as those which were developed and 


utilized by the antediluvians, which by the way may have played a 
role in their destruction, and which is now being used by many of 
the inhabitants of the nether 'cavern' regions - could be 
extremely destructive if placed in the wrong hands - Branton). 

"An interesting sequel to this (dream or reality?) is that I have 
prayed, hard, that this wouldn't affect my life. I believe in 
some ways it hasn't, but my wife feels that something, as I also 
have felt, is not allowing me to live as I want to. Of course I 
want to know, was it dream or reality? (Name deleted by 
request)." 

The following letter appeared in the July, 1964 issue of 'SEARCH' Magazine, 
and was written by a Mr. ErvinM. Scott of (at that time) 536 12th St., 
Denver, Colorado. Mr. Scott's references to the origin of "dreams" is 
interesting. There are theories that the brain acts like a biological 
electrochemical "radio" transceiver at some levels. It is a proven fact 
that the brain sends very subtle neuro-electrical transmissions into the 
atmos- phere, and that these "brainwaves" can be recorded by electro- 
encephelograph machines. An even more daring theory is that neurons can 
interact and affect other particles-waves in the Unified Field and that the 
brain has the ability to "focus" these waves as a transmitter or a 
receiver. Of course the success of long-range communication between minds 
is minimal when compared with radio waves, because of the thick morass of 
'psychic static' that must be penetrated and the minimal energy output. 
Others claim that certain "alien" cultures have machines that are capable 
of electronically magnifying and focusing thought waves for transmitting or 
receiving. As for "dreams", some believe that they take place when the mind 
tunes-in to a "deeper" mental states wherein the mind is able to tap into 
the thought- forms of a "collective unconscious", explaining the "universal 
dream symbolism" which has been reported by psychologists. One symbolic 
explanation that has been used to explain this process is that of islands 
that appear to be separate and distinct when seen above water - symbolic 
of individual conscious minds, yet the "deeper" one goes below the 
"surface" the more they connect with other islands at the underlying levels 
- symbolic of the increasing levels of the collective unconscious mind(s). 
Mr. Scott describes his unusual experiences as follows: 

"Dear Ray: ...Congratulations on another excellent issue of 
'SEARCH' Magazine. 

"I was especially interested in your article, 'Faces in Your 
Dreams.' 

"Having had many strange, puzzling dreams over the last few 
years, I have become quite interested in any clues that might 


point towards origin and cause of dreams. I recognize a good many 
as probably having the subconscious as the source. However, there 
is an occasional dream, that is so vivid and unusual that it 
causes one to wonder. 

"I have no connection one way or the other, on the Shaver 
Mystery, but, I will briefly describe... dreams that are 
interesting in relation to that subject. 

"On Nov. 30, 1963 while in a light sleep I heard a woman's voice 
coming as if from a distance and she spoke urgently as follows: 
This is from a stolen farm beneath the Salt Lake flats in Utah. 
(I was living in Wichita, Kansas at the time.) There was a woman 
abducted almost three weeks ago in Boston, Mass. and taken 
underground. Reports indicate that an abbey in North section of 
the city is being used and that cellars underneath the abbey 
connect with tunnels leading up from caverns below. This is a 
continuation of the Evil one's War against Mankind.' 

"Another voice broke in, 'Don't believe her. Don't you see this 
is a lie - a trick? (Then, warningly) Keep quiet about this.' 

"I have never been in Utah nor have had no thoughts about or 
desire to visit, so if this was caused by subconscious, it is 
certainly puzzling, as is the reference to 'a stolen farm'..." 

This letter suggests that a conflict of sorts has been and is taking place 
in cavernous levels below Utah, as in other states. 

Earlier in this file we revealed an incident which was originally described 
by 'Commander X', from a source in Dulce, N.M., stating that a certain 
chemical was secretly (via certain 'doctors' tied in with the aliens) being 
injected into individuals via sulfa drugs which in turn lodged in the 
bone-structure of the victim. This chemical allegedly makes their bodies 
extremely sensitive to ELF (Extremely Low Frequency) radio waves, which can 
be 'tuned in' to the deep encephalographic wave bands of the human brain, 
and these transmissions could apparently be used to subliminally control or 
at least influence human minds from a distance. 

Perhaps some individuals, such as the writer of the letter just quoted, are 
naturally sensitive to these extremely low frequency waves, in that their 
brains to some extent act as an electro- chemical biological ELF radio 
receiver. Certain accounts suggest that various subterranean groups utilize 
ELF radio transceivers capable of penetrating many miles of solid rock. 

The letter just quoted might "suggest" that another group, more malevolent, 


utilize a similar form (of ELF radio wave transceivers?) such as the one 
through which the woman apparently sent out the 'distress' or warning call. 

Could this 'other 1 voice be tied-in with a subterranean group similar to 
the 'Horlocks' mentioned earlier in this File? Or could it have originated 
from the Reptilians? The 'Horlocks' are, as we've suggested earlier, a 
group of human 'mind-slaves' who are possibly manipulated and kept under 
reptilian mind-control via implantation, technosis, and so on. 

Various sources have described many strange subsurface phenomena associated 
with the Salt Lake or Great Basin subnet. Some of these include: 

1) A reference to a system of tunnels and catacombs allegedly existing 
below the Salt Lake Valley, which were said to exist long before the first 
settlers moved in. Unusual stories have made the rounds to the effect that 
early construction workers in downtown SLC broke through into these 
underground tunnels. Some of these passages were later expanded by early 
polygamists who entered them to take refuge from government prosecutors. 
Others who entered certain of these tunnels never returned. Additional 
"rumors" say that "Lizard People" have been encountered in some of the 
deeper tunnels, as well as unusual footprints of creatures with three toes. 
There are also reports of seemingly "bottomless shafts". Also huge passages 
"large enough to drive a truck through" are said to lead southwest from 
downtown Salt Lake City to other chambers below the western Rockies, 
especially below the Cottonwood Canyons. 

It is interesting that the Mayan- Telosians claim to have a large base 
under Big Cottonwood Canyon, The Mormon Church has a huge underground 
storage shelter below Little Cottonwood Canyon, and the tunnels in down- 
town SLC are also said to connect with the basement of the Masonic Temple 
there. ALL THREE groups possess an initiatory order of "Melchizedek" within 
their structures... interesting! Also, there have been reports of 
encounters with NORDICS as well as abductions by REPTILIANS near these 
canyons. One witness swore that at night she was taken out of her house in 
Salt Lake City by a blond man in a black "astronaut" uniform, who showed 
her a "Star Wars" scenario taking place above the Cottonwood Canyons. She 
saw [cloaked?] disks emerging from Twin Peaks only to fire beams of energy 
at incoming UFOs. The beams hit what appeared to be the force shields of 
the incoming craft and in "Star Trek" like fashion the energy crackled 
around the UFOs, many of which seemed to lose motive power and drift away. 
Could this area be one of the "Stand-off' zones between the Benevolent Ones 
and the Reptilian Grays that John Lear, Agent YF and other sources have 
referred to? 

Aside from these mountain bases, other underground systems are said to run 
southwest under Trolley Square [where workers also reportedly "broke in" to 


underground catacombs in years past] and also the old Sugerhouse Mall 
district. At least two individuals have reported "abductions" from this 
area. One man stated that he was taken underground just north of 
Sugerhouse, and was "operated on", his right leg removed and reattached. 
Although the experience seemed "dreamlike", when he found himself at home 
once again he stood up and his right leg gave out under him. Another 
person, a woman, reported being abducted and taken into huge underground 
chambers by way of a maze, just west of Sugarhouse Mall. She was placed in 
an altered state - it also seemed to be "dreamlike", but she did 
experience "missing time". She reportedly encountered a tall, dark haired 
man who was in the company of a "Gray" alien, and he gave her and several 
other people in the chambers different instructions - which she cannot 
consciously remember. One other incident was reported by a woman who was 
part of a night cleaning crew in the multi-levelled Crossroads Mall. She 
claimed that one night a creature came around a corner, wobbled up to her, 
and snarled viciously as it went past. She could only describe it as a 
"demon", however the apparent physical tangibility of the creature may 
suggest that it was one of the so-called "lizard people" or reptilians that 
are rumored to stalk the lower tunnels below the Mall. One worker who had 
gone into the tunnels reportedly placed his hand against one tunnel wall at 
which point his arm went THROUGH the wall - an extremely unnerving 
experience. The next time he was there he attempted the same thing, but the 
wall was "solid". Could the "aliens" temporarily "phase shift" the 
molecules within an underground passage in order to pass through to hidden 
chambers beyond? Others have reported passing rooms from which an unusual 
greenish luminescence emanated. Others speak of tunnels that have been 
sealed or locked by wooden doors that seemed to be ancient, or by metal 
doors or gates. There are also reports of people entering the sewer or 
drainage tunnels under downtown SLC, peeking into huge chambers, and seeing 
"men in suits" carrying uzi machine guns. Could these be Mormon Church 
security officers protecting the basement levels of "Temple Square" from 
unwanted alien intruders from BELOW? 

2) Certain geologists state that the Great Salt Lake has an underground 
counterpart deep below it, and that a certain type of earthquake could 
'conceivably' empty the entire contents of the lake into it's subterranean 
counterpart. There are vague rumors of underground streams or rivers which 
allegedly flow from HUGE caverns in the heart of the Wasatch Mts. /Western 
Rockies (caverns which can supposedly be entered by following the right 
path through the underground maze), and westward below the valley floor, 
possibly to the underground 'counterpart' of the Great Salt Lake. 

3) A former worker in Utah's 'Dougway Proving Ground' (where former Dulce 
Base worker Thomas Castello alleges there is an 'entrance' to the 
underground systems) reported that he witnessed 'people' working at the 
base-facility who were NOT human. He could not explain, but he did state 


that he learned of top secret robotics and even 'Philadelphia-Experiment' 
like teleportation research that was being conducted at the base. Also, 
there have been reports (similar to those at Dulce, NM; the Nevada] Test 
Site; the Madigan Medical facility in Washington State, and at Deep 
Springs, CA), particularly from a former hairdresser at the Dougway base 
whose name was Barbara, that there were several reptilian beings working at 
the base who were masquerading as humans. She stated that even one of the 
base commanders was NOT human - she saw him momentarily transform before 
her eyes! 

4) There are many accounts of various alien 'bases' throughout Utah 
occupied by the Nordics, the Grays, secret societies, the large 'EL' 
humans, possibly the 'Orange', and of course the 'hubrids' -- and possibly 
even natural-born humans who are being held prisoner in 'reptilian' 
strongholds. 

This latter possibility was confirmed byVal Valerian in 'THE LEADING EDGE' 
Newsletter, in which he stated his belief that, based on the numerous 
accounts that he had gathered: 

"...Scores of underground installations hold citizens of 
virtually every country on the planet in captivity." 

Valerian is of course referring to the Dulce facility, as well as other 
such facilities throughout the world where permanent abductees' reportedly 
end up. This may also include other people who have disappeared in other 
ways. 

One possible subterranean 'abduction' was described by researcher John 
Grant. In his book 'GREAT MYSTERIES' (Chartwell Books., Secaucus, NJ, 
1988), Grant records the following frightening incident: "...In 1975 Mr. 
and Mrs. Jackson Wright were driving to New York through blinding snow; in 
the Lincoln Tunnel they agreed to pause and wipe snow from the front and 
rear windows. Jackson Wright never saw his wife, Martha, again." 

People just don't 'disappear 1 without a trace, never to be heard from 
again, especially in a place like this unless SOMETHING intentionally 
causes such a disappearance to take place. There have, incidentally, been 
reports of 'UFO' like objects and/or alien creatures being seen in 
connection with 'abductions' which took place in underground tunnels, some 
'deserted' by our standards and others not. One case involved some teenaged 
boys in Europe who swore that their abductors (grays) took them to a base 
underground via a long-abandoned World War II railway tunnel. 

It is uncertain just how many human casualties the human race may have 
suffered as a result of the Da'ath or Dah'ath wars over the centuries 


(Da'ath is the Hebrew name of the 'tree' where, tradition holds, the human 
and serpent races first came into conflict), yet based on the various 
accounts which we have covered in this FN, we can assume that the victims 
have been in the tens of thousands AT THE VERY LEAST. 

In the meantime, the abductions of humans, an integral part of the 'evil 
ones' warfare against God and men's souls, are still taking place. Whether 
the victims are taken to underground or off-planet areas is difficult to 
tell in any given case, although there is reason to believe that both 
possibilities are a reality. 

There have, believe it or not, been abductions which have occurred in 
connection with 'UFO' activity that have involved not a few, not dozens, 
nor hundreds but THOUSANDS of people who have disappeared without a trace, 
or been abducted, en masse. Such is the case with the following well-known 
and documented incident that has baffled the many researchers who have 
mentioned it in their writings: 

"In the Winter of 1930 a profoundly disturbing incident took place in 
Canada. Trapper Arnaud Lauret and his son observed a strange light crossing 
the northern sky. It appeared to be headed for the Lake Anjikuni area. The 
two trappers described it as being alternatingly bullet-shaped and 
cylinder-shaped... 

"Another trapper named Joe LaBelle had snowshoed into the village of the 
Lake Anjikuni people, and been chilled to discover that the normally 
bustling community was silent, and not a soul was moving in the streets. 
Even the sled dogs, which would normally have bayed welcome, were silent. 
The shanties were choked with snow, and not a chimney showed smoke. 

"The trapper found the village kayaks tied up on the shore of the lake. 
Inside the shanties the trapper found a further surprise: there were meals 
left hanging overfires, long grown old and moldy, apparently abandoned as 
they were being cooked. The men's rifles were still standing by the doors. 
This really frightened the trapper, because he knew that these people would 
NEVER leave their precious weapons behind. 

"He reported his discovery to the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, who 
investigated further. They discovered that the town's dogs died of hunger, 
chained beneath a tree and covered by a snowdrift. More disturbingly, the 
town graveyard had been emptied. The graves were now yawning pits. Despite 
the frozen ground, the graves had been opened and the dead removed..." 

Whitley Strieber, who claimed to have had several abduction- type 
experiences since a young age involving different types of beings -- both 
apparently physical and paraphysial - does not hold to the idea that these 


creatures are originally from deep space. He believes that some of them MAY 
come from the nether regions of the earth, and may have been here for 
millennia, being part of an ancient conspiracy to occultically control or 
manipulate the human race. He is not certain exactly what the creatures 
behind his abductions were, but he did suggest that the ancient (fallen?) 
'elementals' might be involved. Strieber had some comments of his own 
concerning the strange mass abduction near the Lake Anjikuni area. In his 
book 'MAJESTIC, he stated: 

"The RCMP continues the case opened to this day. A check with the records 

department indicated that the matter remains unsolved, and despite a search 

of the whole of Canada and inquiries throughout the world, not a single 

trace of the MISSING TWELVE HUNDRED MEN, WOMEN AND CHILDREN were ever 

found." Strieber related still another incident in this same book, of a 

mysterious abduction (apparently) to underground regions: 

"...The first seemingly related case of disappearance in the U.S. history 
(that is, 'related' to cases given by Strieber earlier in his book, 
concerning people who were allegedly pursued by unknown objects and 
experienced NEAR abductions yet managed to escape - and others who were 
captured in the full sight of witnesses and never seen again - Branton)... 
took place on 23 September 1 880 near the town of Gallatin, Tennessee. At 
approximately three-thirty on that sunny afternoon, Mr. David Lang, a 
farmer, dematerialized in front of five witnesses, including his wife, his 
two children, his father-in-law and a local judge. 

"The father-in-law and the judge had just pulled up in a carriage. Mr. Lang 
moved toward them across a field followed by his family. Without warning, 
he simply ceased to exist. There was no cry, no sign of distress. Mrs. 
Lang, distraught, rushed up and pounded the ground where he had been 
walking. All that afternoon, and into the night the field was searched. 
Subsequently the county surveyor determined that there were no hidden caves 
or sinkholes in the area of the disappearance. 

"The subsequent April, seven months later," Stre i be r writes, "the children 
heard their father crying distantly UNDERNEATH the field. He seemed 
desperate and tortured, and was begging for help. His voice gradually died 
away and was not heard again. Where he was last seen, there was a circle of 
WITHERED yellow grass twenty feet in diameter. 

"The family moved away from the farm. 

"It can be surmised that Mr. Lang was not removed above ground, but rather 
was taken INTO THE EARTH and kept alive there for some months," Strieber 
continues, "judging from the cries that were heard the next April. What the 
poor man suffered during that time, and what finally put him out of his 


misery, can scarcely be imagined... 

"He was apparently left to languish in some subterranean prison, presumably 
dying when his food and water ran out." 

Evidence is beginning to mount that many of the human and animal organs 
from mutilation victims are being used by an entirely different 'alien' 
group than the reptilians-saurians, although the sauroids are apparently 
working in full cooperation with this "other" group by assisting in the 
construction of physical-biological 'forms' which can be 'possessed' and 
animated by an insidious group of SUPERNATURAL non-physical entities, the 
'infernals' or 'polter- giests'. Whitley Streiber stated that he 
encountered some of these entities during an abduction, and noticed an area 
on their craft where these malevolent, fearful creatures stored these 
'bodies' when they were not in use. These energy beings, he came to 
realize, used such physical shells to operate in the physical dimension, 
much like a human being enters a diving suit in order to operate under 
water. 

The LEADING EDGE Magazine for March, 1990, quoted one 'inside' source as 
saying that: "These beings... have a PHYSICAL presence generate biological 
structures that function as CONTAINERS for them... the aliens manufacture 
containers for themselves... fabricate their own bodies -- using 
biologicals gained from humans and cattle..." 

A publication titled 'AMERICA'S MISSING & EXPLOITED CHILDREN' (published by 
the U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency 
Prevention, Washington D.C.) made the following statement: "Even the most 
conservative estimates suggest that SEVERAL HUNDRED THOUSAND children are 
missing within the course of the year." (in the United States alone). Also: 
"...In 1983, the U.S. Dept of Health and Human Services put the number at 
1.5 million a year - a figure that has been widely circulated by private 
organizations. But experts say roughly 95 percent of these are runaways - 
many of whom return home within days and are counted repeatedly if they run 
away more than once a year." This would apparently put the number of those 
who are 'abducted' in one way or another to AT LEAST 75,000 per year... 
STILL A CONSIDERABLY LARGE NUMBER. 

'Commander X', from his apparent though guarded vantage- point within the 
Intelligence Community, claims to be privy to much 'deep-level' inside 
information, as we have seen in earlier writings. One of the reports that 
crossed his desk involved the experience of a woman who was 'abducted' and 
taken over 1000 miles to the underground facility below Dulce, New Mexico: 

"...One woman I have spoken with was abducted from the roof of a 
New York City apartment building and apparently held underground 


at the Dulce facility. She was taken to a cabin in the desert 
which was being used as a camouflaged entrance to the 'alien' 
base. She was eventually escorted to the laboratories to be used 
as a test subject, but at the last minute managed to escape 
thanks to the aid of one of the Nordic-type, tall aliens, who 
befriended her and showed her a secret way out, down an unguarded 
shaft. 

"Back in the desert, she was rescued by members of the Blue 
Berets, and eventually flown back to Manhattan. During a de- 
briefing session with the military, she was warned to remain 
silent about her experiences. Anyone hearing such a bizarre tale 
would certainly think she had gone insane. It was inferred she 
could be committed to a mental institution at any time should she 
refuse to go along with the cover-up conspiracy, which she was 
told was being conducted 'for the sake of the country, and the 
sake of the world!'" (if you believe that excuse, then I have 
some beachfront property on Mercury that you might be interested 
in! - Branton) 

William Cooper stated at the MUFON symposium in Las Vegas in 1989 that over 
3,000 children disappear yearly in one section of Manhattan alone. Could 
there be some connection!? 

The accounts of disappearances around underground tunnels and caverns are 
seemingly endless, as we see in the following incident recorded in Harold 
T. Wilkins' book 'FLYING SAUCERS UNCENSORED', p. 47: 

"June 7, 1954: Three German tourists who entered the vast 
Lamprecht Cave, near Lofer, in the Salzburg mountain region of 
Austria have never been found. Their automobile was left locked 
outside the cave. 

"...The above may very well be merely a case of amateur 
speleologists getting lost in labyrinthine caves, although it is 
unusual for THREE men to vanish in this fashion. But I must risk 
the charge of being accused of fancy and moonshine, when I say 
that both in England and the United States, there are regions of 
limestone caverns and mountains from which... queer phenomena 
associated with white lights descending to ground level from 
great altitudes have been reported!" 

Similar disappearances were recorded by John Keel in his book 'OUR HAUNTED 
PLANET, pp. 202-208: 

"...There are periodic waves of disappearances which create brief 


sensations in the newspapers and are quickly forgotten. No one 
ever manages to find out where these people have gone. In 1912 
five men, all unrelated, disappeared unaccountably in a single 
week in Buffalo, New York. Montreal, Canada, had a wave of 
missing persons in July, 1883, and again in July, 1892. 

"Children vanish MORE FREQUENTLY than any other group. We're not 
talking about ordinary runaways. In August, 1869, thirteen 
children vanished in Cork, Ireland. No sign of kidnapping or foul 
play. The same month there was a wave of disappearing children in 
Brussels, Belgium. Another group of youngsters melted away in 
Belfast in August, 1895. And again in August, 1920, eight girls 
(all under twelve years of age) disappeared forever in Belfast... 

"Actually, children have been disappearing in large numbers for 
centuries all over the world, and most of these cases have 
remained unsolved. In the Middle Ages it was popularly believed 
that fairies and leprechauns frequently stole children away. The 
Indians of North and South America also have many myths and 
stories about children being kidnapped by little people. The 
notion that parahumans kidnap children is deeply entrenched in 
every culture... 

"The celebrated Pied Piper of Hameln, Germany, is more than just 
a charming children's story. A stranger actually did appear in 
Hameln in the Middle Ages, and he lured away 1 50 children never 
to be seen again. The event is still commemorated with an annual 
festival in Hameln (one of the old versions of the story says 
that the children were taken to a subterranean cavern - Branton). 

"In A.D. 1212 a teenaged boy in France, Stephen of Cloyes, BEGAN 
TO HEAR VOICES which inspired him to collect together fifty 
thousand children for the pathetic Children's Crusade. They 
marched off to do battle with the infidels and disappeared EN 
MASSE. The popular explanation is that they were all seized by 
slavers. 

"...Ufologist Jerome Clark uncovered an extraordinary item from 
an old 1 939 newspaper. 'On a day in the late summer, 1 939, a 
military transport left the Marine Naval Air Station in San 
Diego, California, for a routine flight to Honolulu,' Clark wrote 
in FLYING SAUCER REVIEW. 'About three hours afterwards several 
urgent distress signals sounded from the plane and then silence. 
Later the craft came limping back to execute an emergency 
landing. When Air Station personnel entered the plane, they found 
every man of the crew, including the copilot who had lived long 


enough to pilot the craft back to its base, dead of unknown 
causes. 


"Each of the bodies carried large, gaping wounds, and the outside 
of the ship was similarly marked. Air Station men who touched 
parts of the craft came down with a mysterious skin infection. 

"One of the most puzzling aspects of the whole affair was that 

the .45 automatics carried by the pilot and copilot as service 

pieces HAD BEEN EMPTIED, AND THE SHELLS LAY ON THE FLOOR. A smell 

of rotten eggs pervaded the atmosphere inside the plane... 

Mysterious skin infections and rotten egg odors (hydrogen 

sulfide) are phenomena familiar to all UFO researchers. It would 

seem that the transport was attacked - apparently without 

provocation - by some sort of strange aerial intruder." 

The following account, taken from the May, 1946 issue of AMAZING STORIES 
magazine (pp. 171-173) seems to contain information which would explain 
many of the 'missing pieces' of the overall 'Men In Black' phenomena. At 
least some of the 'MIB' have been variously described as oriental or 
'androidal' like beings, although as John Keel has stated, others seem to 
portray reptilian characteristics. Abductee Christa Tilton allegedly 
encountered some 'MIBs' in a black automobile within Boynton Canyon, near 
Sedona, Arizona (a reported base site). She described them as follows: "The 
men did not look right. Their faces had no expression on them whatsoever. 
They looked like they were wearing chalky tan makeup. Their movements were 
robot-like and unearthly." The AMAZING STORIES letter, which was quite 
lengthy and excerpts of which we quote below, was submitted by a Mr. Edward 
John of (at the time) 475 Fell St., San Francisco, CA.: 

"Sirs... I have enjoyed your stories for many years as I have 
read AMAZING since the first issue back in 1 928 if I remember 
right. 

"...I think I can show you an entrance to this subterranean city 
that he (Shaver) has written about several issues back. Here is 
what happened to me and you may judge for yourself. In 1931 my 
mother and I took up a section of land as a cattle raising home- 
stead from the U.S. Government and naturally it was not a choice 
piece... a person who turned out to be our nearest neighbor gave 
us some hints and as the place was only six miles from his we 
stayed at his ranch until we built our house. Then we moved into 
our own and all in all we stayed there about two years before we 
quite; and now I will relate the things that caused us to quit, 
which at the time I did not know much about, but since Mr. Shaver 
wrote, now I know and marvel that we managed to stand two years 


without getting killed by these things from below. 

"As a note of interest I have had to use 30,000 rounds of 
ammunition in the period and perhaps that is why we are still 
here. At night I would sit up fully dressed all night with a 
rifle in my hands, ready, and an extra one by my side. In about 
five hours after dark I would hear things moving outside the 
house and after a while something would try to open the door 
quietly and I would wait until I saw the knob turn, then let go a 
clip right through the door and then pull it open and look around 
outside and there was nothing to be seen. After a couple of 
nights like that, that performance would stop and something new 
would be tried. 

"There are too many incidents to be told in one letter, the best 
one was the two disappearing automobiles, which happened at about 
ten at night over at the neighbor's place. It was as follows: the 
neighbor and we were sitting on the porch after supper when he 
saw headlights come over the hill to the fence then along the 
fence for about half a mile, then go out and that was all that 
night. So next morning we went to the trail along the fence and 
there were tire tracks of seven inch width tires and they went 
along the fence into the box canyon and right up against a smooth 
boulder about 20 feet in diameter and ended there. Now the car 
could not turn around anywhere in that place because the road is 
a trail five feet wide and one side is against our neighbor's 
fence, which was not damaged and the other was a steep hill that 
no car could even make in compound low. You know, we have a few 
mountains here, and as far as backing out I tried that myself in 
the daytime with help and I could not steer a straight enough 
path without crossing my other marks so they did not back out or 
we would have trailed them as my neighbor has lived around there 
since 1 848 and he sure knew his tracking. We never did get an 
answer to the question of where did the cars go. 

"The cars were very large and black and very heavy and now that I 
compare them they were about twenty years ahead of anything I 
have ever seen anywhere and I had worked in the auto business for 
about five years before we took up the land. They were silent, 
smooth, no wavering of the lights and the trail is extremely 
rough; in places it has hollows a yard deep, but these cars went 
through at about 25 mph, and it would even wreck a jeep to do 
that, so you figure it out and let me know the answer if you can. 
By wavering of lights, I mean that the beams were steady and not 
flashing up and down as an ordinary car would do when a rough 
road is traveled. 


"I have been away from there since 1933, but just about three 
months ago, I drove through with a friend for safety and my place 
is razed to the ground and everything that was made by human 
hands has been carried off - even the old tin cans, and the 
place would not be noticed unless you knew where is was. The 
Coast and Geodetic survey had a marker near my house in the front 
yard and even that is gone; who would want to take a concrete 
marker and carry it away? 

"...after two weeks, you can hear insects running on the ground, 
(also) forest fires will not burn there. They burnt 250,000 
acres, then burnt all around this area; and that stopped the 
forest rangers. They never could understand because most of it is 
on the slope of a mountain and it should have gone, but they saw 
that the wind came down and blew from the top down and blew 
North, South, East and West at once and that was the only time 
that the wind ever blew there. 

"Also you can detect an ATMOSPHERE of FEAR within 30 miles of the 
area and you will not get a statement from anyone who lives 
around there and the people in the valleys are afraid of the 
people in the hills. One farmer erected 20 foot barbed wire 
fences and a heavy gate across the road that leads to my old 
place. The gate would take a tank to knock down, so maybe there 
is something there, after all. (Note: Richard Toronto reprinted a 
news article in his SHAVERTRON newsletter concerning a Krishna 
Sect temple that had been built on a mountain BETWEEN Hopland and 
Lakeport, California - the same area that Edward John refers to. 
This sect had come under Federal scrutiny when it was discovered 
that they had been stockpiling weapons for some unknown purpose. 
Interesting... - Branton) 

"It is located 1 1 0 miles north of San Francisco in Mendocino 
county and is directly on the old Pieta toll road that ran 
between Hopland and Lakeport in Lake county of which Clear Lake 
is quite a summer resort. If you care to look it up on a map get 
a good auto road map and look due south off the road midway 
between towns and you will note an area with no roads bounded by 
Sonoma Lake and lower Mendocino counties and there is it. If you 
wish to go there, be sure that enough people know where you went. 
Maybe they will be able to find you. There have been several 
disappearances along that stretch of road, even trucks have 
vanished. All the U.S. Government's. 

"The U.S. Government has noted the area as rough, unsurveyable 


and UNEXPLORED. 


"Personally I do not care to go near the place, but if there is 
some way of driving the things out I would help if I can so that 
someone else could live there safely. 

"...Also I forgot to mention there is a cave on the property that 
has steps leading down and there is no sound when a rock is 
thrown in. I have never seen it, but I understand that it is 
there... Also, several people (in the area) have died of heart 
failure and some have gone insane, I found out later. 

"I think the thing that saved us was the fact that I am not 
surprised at anything and that I am quick to shoot and I can 
shoot without sighting and by ear and not having the THOUGHT of 
shooting fixed SO THAT the things would be warned. After that 
place, I was able to outshoot U.S. Marine sharpshooters. I tried 
competing in a match and I just never missed any target at any 
range. If I could see it, I could hit it, 5 out of 5. I have 
tried practice machine guns at plane models and I hit 3 out of 5 
at speeds up to 700 mph scale without using the sights. So the 
old ranch gave me something worthwhile after all. 

"Due to my physical condition, I cannot get into any armed 
forces, so that talent is wasted, for you see I have a bad leg 
and cannot walk more than a mile at a time. Since I left the 
ranch I have been in the radio business and have not owned a gun 
since '34, because as long as I stay away from there I don't need 
one..." 


An interesting post-script to this story. Several years following this 
incident, some people who had befriended Edward John stated that he claimed 
to know of an man who was not from this planet. He was a radio expert in 
the Navy and, according to Mr. John, he was born on a world with no 
temperate zone but where the tropics and the arctic regions were almost 
adjacent to each other. Still later, others made references to Mr. John as 
having actually met up with the 'space brothers', essentially becoming 
another 'co ntactee' like those who frequented California during the late 
1950's and early 1960's. 

Aside from the area referred to by Edward John, there are apparently other 
"danger zones" in different parts of the world that have been associated 
with underground phenomena. The 'I.N.F.O. JOURNAL' (box 367., Arlington, 
VA, 22210), a publication devoted to 'Fortean' research, in it's Vol. IV, 
No. 2 issue related one of the most frightening and disturbing accounts of 
subterranean abduction that we have come across yet. The article, titled 


'MOUNTAIN OF DEATH', was written by David D. Browne, and originally 
appeared in the June 1972 issue of WALKABOUT, published in Sydney, 
Australia: 

"Black Mountain comes almost as a shock when you see it first. 

"Traveling by bus just south of Cooktown, North Queensland 
(Australia), a bend in the road suddenly discloses it and the 
visual impact can bring an involuntary exclamation, as you see it 
- black, bare and sinister, a 1 ,000 ft. high pile of enormous 
boulders two miles long, rearing out of the rain-forest. 

"This is 'the Mountain of Death.' Aborigines will not go near it. 
An ancient legend warns them of danger. White men fear it too, 
because of the numbers of men who have gone there and disappeared 
without a trace, as if the earth - or the mountain - had 
swallowed them. Birds and animals shun the area. 

"The rocks give off a curious metallic ring when struck, and the 
only sound is the croaking of countless frogs sheltered in the 
depths where the great granite boulders lie against each other. 

"In Brisbane's Public Library, a yellowing newspaper cutting 
tells some of the story: 

"'Grim tragedy has been associated with the mountain ever since 
it has been known to white man. 

"Three men with horses completely disappeared at the mountain. 
They vanished as if the earth had opened and swallowed them up, 
for absolutely no trace of them has ever been discovered, 
although police and backtrackers and hundreds of local residents 
scoured the mountain and surrounding country.' 

"Then following (were) the names and occupations of several 
others who disappeared, and the dates of their disappearance. The 
cutting continues: 

"This constitutes one of the most amazing stories in the police 
history of the far north, for not one of the mysteries has been 
solved and probably never will be.' 

"Another newspaper cutting, signed Nancy Francis, reads: 

"The formation of these mountains is unique; their appearance 
grotesque. They are mountains of huge boulders full of chasms 


that go down to unsounded depths. Only a few rock wallabies and a 
few turkeys live near these grim, forbidding hills. The 
Aborigines regard the Black Mountains with dread.' 

"In the files of the Cooktown police, dating back 25 years, there 
is a report made by a Sergeant of Police who discussed the 
mountain with a man whom he refers to as Mac. Mac began: 

'"Know anything about Black Mountain, or so-called 'Mountain of 
Death'? Its aboriginal name is Kalcajagga.' 

'"What does it look like at close quarters?' I asked. 

'"Just a mass of tumbled granite blocks; hardly any vegetation. 
The only living things there are black rock wallabies and 
enormous pythons 16 feet or more long and able to swallow a 
wallaby whole. The ridge is honeycombed with caves, nearly all 
unexplored. They dip down below ground level but nobody knows 
their extent or what they contain.' 

"The latest fatalities, he reported, had occurred only a few 
years earlier when two young men set out to solve the riddle of 
earlier disappearances in the caves. They were never heard of 
again. Two black trackers who tried to trace them disappeared 
too. 

"Then Mac went back to the beginning of the mountain's grim 
story. 

"The first-known fatality was that of a carrier named Grayner, in 
1977. He had been searching on horseback for strayed bullocks 
when he, with his horse and bullocks, vanished without a trace. 
Thirteen years later, Constable Ryan, stationed at Cooktown, 
tracked a 'wanted' man to the scrub at the foot of the mountain. 
Other trackers followed his trail to the entrance of one of the 
caves, but he was never seen again. Nor was the 'wanted' man. 

"More recently a gold prospector named Renn was added to the list 
of mysterious disappearances. 

"Well-organized police teams with trackers combed the whole area 
for weeks without finding him. 

"Then there was the case of Harry Owens, a station owner from 
Oakley Creek. One Sunday morning he rode over towards Black 
Mountain looking for strayed cattle. When he didn't return on 


time his partner, George Hawkins, alerted the police then went 

out to look for him himself. But by the time the police joined in 

the search, Hawkins had also disappeared. Two of the native 

police trackers entered one of the caves. ONLY ONE OF THEM CAME 

OUT. He was so unnerved by what seemed to have been an experience 

of terror that he could give no clear account of what happened to 

them both. 

"Mac even knew a white men who had penetrated the caves and lived 
to tell the tale, and produced a newspaper cutting of his story. 
It read: 

"'Armed with a revolver and a strong electric torch I stepped 
into the opening. Like other Black Mountain caverns it dipped 
steeply downwards, narrowing as it went. 

'"Suddenly I found myself facing a solid wall of rock, but to the 
right there was a passageway just large enough for me to enter in 
a stooping position. I moved along it carefully for several 
yards. The floor was fairly level, the walls of very smooth 
granite. The passage twisted this way and that, always sloping 
deeper into the earth. 

'"Presently I began to feel uneasy. A huge bat beat its wings 
against me as it passed, but I forced myself to push on. Soon my 
nostrils were filled WITH A SICKLY, MUSTY STENCH. THEN MYTORCH 
WENT OUT. 

'"I was in total darkness. It was inky black. From somewhere that 
seemed like the bowels of the earth I could hear faint moaning of 
bats. 

'"I began to get panicky and I groped and floundered back the way 
I thought I had come. My arms and legs bleeding from bumps with 
unseen rocks. My outstretched hands clawed at space where I 
expected solid wall and floor. At one stage where I wandered into 
a side passage I came to what was undoubtedly the brink of a 
precipice, judging by the echoes. 

"The air was FOUL and I felt increasing DIZZINESS. 

"Terrifying thoughts were racing through my mind about giant 
rock pythons I have often seen around Black Mountain. 

'"As I crawled along, getting weaker and losing all hope of ever 
getting out alive, I saw a tiny streak of light. It gave me super 


strength to worm my way towards a small cave mouth half a mile 
from the one I had entered. 

'"Reaching the open air, I gulped in lungfulls of it and fell 
down exhausted. 

'"I found I had been underground for five hours, most of the time 
on my hands and knees. A king's ransom would not induce me to 
enter those caves again...' 

"Such are some of the weird stories told of the mountain. 

"These and the extraordinary structure of the mountain itself 
give rise to many questions, scientific and otherwise. 

"On the scientific aspect, the following comments come from a 
member of the staff of the James Cook University of North 
Queensland, Dept. of Geology, Associate Professor P.J. 
Stephenson. 

"He says, 'I have visited and climbed the mountain concerned. It 
is composed of huge granite boulders covered with black lichen. 
The complete black surface coating may be uncommon but the 
boulder pile is less so. Near Chillagoe and at several other 
localities in north Queensland similar phenomena exist. 

"The occurrences are somewhat puzzling because of their relative 
rarity. However, they must have been produced by rapid erosion of 
the 'skeletal' soil profile. Many soil profiles contain fresh 
rock 'kernels' in them and removal of the soil component would 
produce a boulder pile. But such removal takes place so slowly 
the 'kernels' also weather completely...' 

"There are still some practical questions to ask, however. 

"What really did happen to those people who at various times in 
the last hundred years, have been said to disappear, vanish 
without a trace? 

"...Any party that decides to unravel the mystery of the mountain 
will need to be very carefully organized and equipped to meet any 
hazard, likely or unlikely - not forgetting the possibility of 
meeting a very real python. CR: Simpson." 

"In his detailed report on the Maury Island UFO (incident) of 1 947, Kenneth 
Arnold also describes meeting a small, dark foreign looking man who was 


tinkering with the motor on a beat-up boat in TACOMA HARBOR. Ray Palmer, 
editor of AMAZING STORES' in Chicago, had commissioned Arnold to 
investigate the puzzling Maury Island affair, which began when a 
'donut-shaped object' (according to other sources, one of six such craft 
seen at the time - Branton) had rained 'slag' onto a boat near Maury 
Island. Pieces of that slag had killed a dog aboard the boat and slightly 
injured a boy, the son of Harold Dahl, who was piloting it. Early the next 
morning, according to Dahl's story, a 1947 Buick drove up to his home and a 
black-suited man of medium height visited him. This man, Dahl said, recited 
in detail everything that had happened the day before AS IF HE HAD BEEN 
THERE. Then he warned Dahl not to discuss his sighting to anyone, hinting 
that if he did there might be unpleasant repercussions which would affect 
him and his family. Since Dahl and the others had not yet told anyone of 
their sighting, and since UFOs were still publicly unknown (Arnold's 
sighting over Mount Rainier and the attendant publicity did not occur until 
three days later), Dahl was naturally nonplused by his strange visitor. 
This was the first modern MIB report (although Edward John might 
disagree... - Branton). 

[Image] 

Continue Reading on Mojave Page 12 
Re-visit Mojave Page 10 

Return to Secrets of the Mojave Home Page 
Switch to UFO Coverup Home Page 


[Image] [Image] 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #12 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by 'The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 1 1 


"Dahl's boss, FRED L. CRISMAN (he also owned the boat), became a central 

figure in the mystery. DAHL HIMSELF VANISHED SOON AFTER HIS INTERVIEW WITH 


ARNOLD, and the efforts by later investigators (such as Harold T. Wilkins, 

a British author) have failed to locate him. Crisman had been A FLIER IN 

WORLD WAR II, and he was suddenly RECALLED into the service in 1 947, FLOWN 

TO ALASKA, and later stationed in Greenland. In recent years amateur 

sleuths engaged in investigating the alleged conspiracy to assassinate 

President John F. Kennedy have tried to implicate CRISMAN. District 

Attorney JAMES GARRISON of New Orleans subpoenaed one FRED LEE CRISMAN of 

TACOMA, WASHINGTON, to testify before the Grand Jury listening to 

Garrison's evidence against Clay Shaw (Jim Garrison was portrayed by Kevin 

Costner in the popular motion picture "JFK" - Branton), according to wire 

service stories in November, 1968. Crisman was identified as a radio 

announcer, but Garrison's investigations implied that HE WAS EITHER A 

MEMBER OF THE C^ OR HAD BEEN 'ENGAGED IN UNDERCOVER ACTIVITY FOR A 

PART OF 

THE INDUSTRIAL WARFARE COMPLEX.' He allegedly operated under a cover as a 

preacher and was 'engaged in work to help Gypsies.' These stories caused a 

chain reaction in UFO circles, since UFO believers have long accused the 

CIA of being somehow connected with the flying saucer mystery. Of course, 

the CIA was in its infancy in 1947 at the time of the Maury Island case and 

was then largely staffed by NAVAL personnel from World War II intelligence 

units. 

"Clay Shaw was tried early in 1969, accused by Garrison of having conspired 
to murder President Kennedy. He was found innocent and freed. The exact 
nature of Crisman's testimony before the Grand Jury IS NOT KNOWN. He did 
not testify at the actual trial... 

"The Maury Island case fell apart in Arnold's hands. The slag samples given 

to him by Dahl and Crisman WERE SWITCHED BY SOMEONE; two investigating Air 

Force officers, Brown and Davidson, WERE KILLED WHEN THEIR PLANE CRASHED 

shortly after leaving Tacoma; DAHL VANISHED; Crisman was literally exiled 

to Greenland for two years; Tacoma newsman Paul Lance, who helped Arnold in 

his investigation, DIED SUDDENLYA SHORT TIME LATER. Palmer claims that a 

cigar box filled with original slag samples WAS STOLEN from his Chicago 

office soon afterwards. 

"At one point Ted Morello of the United Press took Arnold aside and told 
him: 

'"You're involved in something that is beyond our power here to 
find out anything about... We tried to find out information at 
McChord Field (the Tacoma Air Force base) and drew a blank, and 
we have informants there who practically smell the runaways for 
news... We've exhausted every avenue attempting to piece what has 
happened together so it makes some sense... I'm just going to 
give you some sound advice. Get out of this town until whatever 


it is blows over.' 


"Arnold got into his private plane and headed for home. He 
stopped in Pendleton, Oregon, to refuel, and shortly after he 
took off again, HIS ENGINE STOPPED COLD. Only quick thinking and 
expert flying saved him from a serious crash..." 

Yet another apparent 'casualty' of what appears to be a cosmic warfare 
between Man-kind and certain 'Draconian' forces of darkness, was described 
in a letter addressed to SEARCH Magazine, which appeared in it's September, 
1960 issue: 


"Dear Rap (i.e. Raymond A. Palmer): 

"I have been following your pursuits of UFO(s)... through your 
magazines for some time with consuming interest, especially the 
Shaver Mystery. There's an item or two concerning this that I 
have been intending to write you about for some time. Some- times 
during the year about 1946 to 1947 I heard that Dr. William 
Beebee wrote an article published in the 'Atlantic Monthly' in 
which he made a remark about 'the coming invasion of the earth by 
the underground race.' When I remarked on this to a fellow worker 
of mine he said 'Isn't he the scientist-oceanographer who 
disappeared?' I was startled by his sudden question and said that 
I didn't know, and asked if he knew anything of the circum- 
stances surrounding his disappearance. He said he understood or 
heard that on one of Dr. Beebee's descents to the ocean floor OFF 
THE COAST OF FLORIDA, he was missing from the inside of the 
diving bell when it was brought up! Do you have anything on this? 
I had been wanting to look for some corroboration of this to see 
if it could be true or if the present whereabouts of William 
Beebee is known. Then I am reminded of the disappearance of 
another prominent person, the world traveler and explorer Richard 
Halliburton. I am sure I read only a few years ago that he was 
presumed to be lost at Sea in a storm...." 


The number of 'casualties' keep pouring in... 


In his book THE UNDERPEOPLE' (1969. Award Books., N.Y.), author Eric 
Norman relates an interesting account of a 'disappearance' of another sort, 
involving the possible fate of the Inca Indians of South America. In 
chapter 2 - 'Strange Caverns and Terrifying Tunnels', he relates: 

"Conquest in South America (involved) natives hacked to death by Spanish 
swords, arrogant priests absolving Conquistadors for their murderous 
atrocities, sharp Toledo steel lances running through children and, 


pervading it all, a dark lust for native gold. 

"In the autumn of 1582, Francisco Pizarro hid his 168 Spanish horse 
soldiers behind the doorways and walls of the Incan town of Cajamarca. 
Atahualpa, the absolute emperor of the sun- worshipping Inca's empire, had 
agreed to meet Pizarro in the village plaza. Atahualpa's procession entered 
the village with a flair of pageantry. Incan warriors and the emperor's 
litter bearers were dressed in the finest cloth. The Royal Guard were armed 
with spiked helmets, feathered war clubs, poison-tipped lances and dazzling 
gold-inlaid swords. Thick gold bracelets encircled their bronze wrists and 
rich silver discs dangled from their pierced ear lobes. 

"Pizarro and his Conquistadors remained hidden behind their guns and 
cannons as Atahualpa and his entourage entered the main plaza. 'It is like 
leading hogs to the killing pen,' Pizarro sneered. The bandy-legged 
Spaniard knew hogs; prior to his service for Spain's king, Pizarro had been 
a swineherd in the province of Estremadura. He lived by a harsh personal 
code that equated kindness with weakness; deceit was the trick of a clever 
man and lying, duplicity and thievery were proper. 

"Atahualpa's group stirred nervously when they found no sign of the 
visitors to their land. Spanish fingers twitched on gun triggers and a 
hawk-faced soldier stood ready to torch the cannon. Suddenly, a solitary 
figure left a building and walked into the plaza. He was dressed in the 
faded robe of a Dominican (Roman Catholic) friar. His bald head glistened 
contemptuously toward the Incan emperor. 

"Friar Vincente Valverde announced that all of South America now belonged 
to the king of Spain. He stared coldly at the emperor and snapped, 'The 
Papal Bull of 1493 provides this right...' 

"Proud and regal, Atahualpa glared at the haughty friar before him. 'Your 
POPE must be CRAZY to give away land that does not belong to him,' he 
said... 

"The friar was stunned momentarily, then he turned and ran toward the 
safety of a building, shouting: 'Pizarro, attack, attack! Kill all of them! 
I will absolve you!' 

"With hoarse cries of 'Santiago!', the Spaniards slaughtered the 
unsuspecting Inca warriors. In a few minutes the battle was over; the 
emperor's royal guard was dead, or dying, in the bloodstained dust of the 
plaza and Atahualpa was a prisoner of Pizarro. Greedy Spanish hands ripped 
the emerald necklace from his body. A wild gleam entered Pizarro's eyes 
when the emperor handed over his exquisitely carved bracelets of thick 
gold. 


'"I want my freedom/ Atahualpa informed Pizarro. 1 will fill this room 
with gold for ransom.' The room was 17 feet wide and 22 feet long! The 
emperor's subjects delivered $8,443,456 in gold to Pizarro and, afterward, 
Pizarro and Friar Vincente Valverde condemned Atahualpa to be burned alive 
at the stake. 

"While the Spaniards were burning the emperor, a pack train of 1 1 ,000 

llamas was headed toward the Spanish encampment. Each beast was burdened by 

a heavy load of gold. Native messengers brought news of the Inca king's 

death - and the fantastic caravan disappeared! During the past centuries, 

thousands of gold-greedy adventurers have searched for the loot of the 

1 1 ,000 llamas.' None has discovered a single clue to the treasure's site. 

"Believers in the Under-People theory are firm in their contention that the 
Incan llamas disappeared into a gigantic tunnel that led to the inner earth 
kingdoms. 'Even the population figures show that these conquered people 
outwitted their bestial conquerors,' according to one South American 
researcher. 'Incan census figures reveal that there was 10,000,000 subjects 
when the Spaniards arrived. Forty years later, in 1571, the Spaniards took 
a census. There was approximately 1 ,000,000 Indians. I admit that the 
Spanish method of slave labor took a tremendous toll. But could 9,000,000 
Incas have died in Spanish mines?'" 

Eric Norman relates the words of one correspondent who described the 
ancient subterranean tunnels, pre-dating the Incan Empire itself, that were 
believed by many to exist beneath the Andes: 

'"...at first I scoffed at such stories about mysterious tunnels and an 
alien civilization beneath the surface... I joined an inner earth group for 
the simple enjoyment of discussing outlandish ideas in a humorless, serious 
manner. Gradually, I became interested by the considerable volume of 
circumstantial evidence. I now believe the earth is absolutely honeycombed 
by a web of tunnels that run beneath the continents, under the oceans, and 
these passageways link the subterranean cities of the inner world. 

'"...There are many reports concerning a vast tunnel called the 'Roadway of 
the Incas' which has an entrance somewhere in Peru. It runs south more than 
a thousand miles. There is another entrance to this fabulous tunnel in the 
Desert of Atacamba in Chile. The 'Highway of the Incas' passes under Cuzco, 
the legendary city of Peru. There is another, smaller, but very well hidden 
entrance to the tunnel in the mountains near Machu Picchu, which is the 
capital city of the first and last Inca emperor. It is called 'The Lost 
City of the Incas' and was not discovered until 1911 by an American, Hiram 
Bringham. It is considered the 'Eighth Wonder of the World... everything at 
Machu Picchu is in excellent preservation.' 


"His mention of the 'Highway of the Incas'," Eric Norman continues, 
"strikes a familiar note... A physician in Argentina has devoted his spare 
time to an investigation of this legendary inter- continental tunnel of the 
Under-People. He commented: 

'"...I have always been intrigued by the unknown and please convey my 
thanks to Dr. H — for providing the opportunity to publish my views... I 
started to investigate the 'Highway of the Incas' when I was a young, 
curious youth and I have hundreds of witnessed, notarized statements. These 
documents and tape recordings fill one room of my home. The Incas knew of 
the tunnel and, although gold was of little value to them, they hid their 
treasures in these caverns to keep it from the greedy Spanish conquerors. 
No one had provided a satisfactory explanation for their mysterious 
disappearance. There was an empire of several million people that vanished 
from the surface of the earth. They entered the tunnel and left the Quechua 
Indians behind. As few Incas have been seen since then, they possibly took 
up residence in a cavern city or followed the tunnel to the interior of the 
earth. 

'"...The 'Highway' is the largest of the tunnels and it connects all 
continents. In addition to the openings in South America, there are 
entrances in Canada, in British Columbia; in America, you should 
investigate Mt. Shasta in California and Mt. St. Helena in Oregon. The 
tunnel is connected with Tibet and another opening in Central Asia. I 
believe the African entrance is in the Atlas mountains in the north of that 
continent. 

'"...I also suggest that you explore the 'highways' which have been found 
in the oceans. These ancient underworld civilizations may be mining our 
seas!'" 

Alexander Von Humboldt, in his volume 'VIEWS OF NATURE' (London, Henry G. 
Bohn, 1850) relates on pp. 412-413 the following account which he collected 
while in Cuzco, Peru: 

"...The son of the Cacique Astorpilca, an interesting and amiable youth of 
seventeen, conducted us over the ruins of the ancient palace. Though living 
in utmost poverty, his imagination was filled with images of the 
subterranean splendor and the golden treasures which, he assured us, lay 
hidden beneath the heaps of rubbish over which we were treading. He told us 
that one of his ancestors once blind-folded the eyes of his wife, and then, 
through many intricate passages cut in the rock, led her down into the 
subterranean gardens of the Inca. There the lady beheld, skillfully 
imitated in the purest gold, trees laden with leaves and fruit, with birds 
perched on their branches. Among other things, she saw Atahuallpa's gold 


sedan-chair (UND DE LAS ANDAS) which is alleged to have sunk in the basin 

of the Baths of Pultamarca.The husband commanded his wife not to touch any 

of these enchanted treasures, REMINDING HER THAT THE PERIOD FIXED FOR THE 

RESTORATION OF THE INCA EMPIRE HAD NOT YET ARRIVED, and that whosoever 

should touch any of the treasures would perish that same night. 

(Note: This may or may not be the same as the legendary underground 'garden 
cavern' below the 'fort' of Sacsahuaman near Cusco, referred to by other 
sources. Through that cavern is said to flow a large under- ground spring, 
a vast chamber which can only be entered by navigating a confusing 
labyrinth of underground tunnels. This account would also seem to tie-in 
with various rumors that not only the Inca treasures, but many of the Incas 
themselves escaped the Conquistadors through ancient tunnels which led to 
vast cavern cities built in antediluvian times by the lost 'Atlantean' 
race. There are actually people who claim to have met these subterranean 
'Incas'. One person who claimed to have been descended from the Incas 
themselves, told the former editor of AMAZING STORIES magazine Raymond A. 
Palmer, that he had encountered one of these ancient 'cousins' of his who 
acted as a sentry or guard of an entrance to one of the underground abodes. 
This entrance was in the form of a shaft which was situated on the top of a 
mountain peak hidden somewhere in the Matto Grosso region of Brazil. The 
sentry, who spoke to the man through a transparent partition near an 
elevator shaft that descended into the depths, stated that he and his 
family could enter their abode if they so wished, but that they would have 
to undergo a decontamination process to remove the radioactive pollutants, 
contaminants and infections that their bodies had acquired from a lifetime 
of living in the outer world - Branton) 

"These golden dreams and fancies of the youth," Humboldt continues, "were 

founded on recollections and traditions transmitted from remote times. 

Golden gardens, such as those alluded to (JARDINES 0 HUERTAS DE ORO), have 

been described by various writers who allege that they actually saw them; 

viz., by Cieza de Leon, Parmento, Garcilaso, and other early historians of 

the Conquista. They are said to have existed beneath the Temple of the Sun 

at Cuzco, at Caxamarca, and in the lovely valley of Yucay, which was a 

favorite seat of the sovereign family... 

"The son of Astorpilca assured me that underground, a little to the right 
of the spot on which I then stood, there was a large Datura tree, or 
Guanto, in full flower, exquisitely made of gold wire and plates of gold, 
and that its branches overspread the Inca's chair. The morbid faith with 
which the youth asserted his belief in this fabulous story, made a profound 
and melancholy impression on me." 

The following account appeared on page 52 of the Nov. 1954 issue of FATE 
magazine. The article was titled 'GATE TO THE UNKNOWN': 


"In March, 1954, a French Jesuit priest in Sorata, Bolivia, told a strange 
story of an exploring trip he had made in the cavern of San Pedro on 20,000 
foot Mount lllampu of the Andes chain. 

"The cavern must be entered on all fours through a narrow passage which 
widens after a few yards and leads into an immense cavern filled with 
stalagmites and stalactites. At one end of the cavern is a subterranean 
lake. 

"The French priest claimed to be the first person to cross to the far end 
of the lake. After several HOURS of rowing a small boat by artificial 
light, he related, the cave narrowed and gave way to a trail barred by an 
enormous gate of wrought iron. The grille, he said, bore all the 
characteristics of 17th century Spanish ironwork. 

"The priest tried unsuccessfully to break through the barrier. He was eager 
to see what lay beyond but he had to return to Sorata without solving the 
mystery." 

The question one might ask in this case is: Did the early Spanish explorers 
of this cavern go through all the trouble to forge the gate in order to 
keep someone out, or did they do it to keep some 'thing' in...? 

SERIA DOCUMENTAL DEL PERU, a Peruvian newspaper describes an expedition 
which explorers from Lima University, accompanied by experienced 
speleologists, undertook in 1 923. After entering a tunnel in or near Cuzco, 
Peru, the explorers lost communication with the point of entry. After 12 
days only one member of the expedition, almost starved, returned to the 
surface. But his report of a confusing labyrinth was so incredible his 
colleagues declared him mad. Police prohibited entry into the mysterious 
passage and dynamited the entrance to prevent further loss of life. 

In his book 'THE GOLD OF THE GODS', Erich von Danniken relates some 
interesting thoughts concerning an ancient tunnel system that had been 
discovered below the mountains and jungles of Ecuador, which reportedly 
consist of straight 'glazed' tunnels with intermittent 'air shafts' that 
stretch for hundreds of miles. Although he has come under criticism from 
many researchers for his tendency to embellish certain accounts, and twist 
certain archeological and historical facts in an attempt to support his own 
theories, some of his research is nevertheless interesting and reliable 
enough to include here. On pp. 59-60 of this particular work, he stated: 

"...I can refute the objection that the tunnel-builders must have 
'betrayed' themselves by the enormous quantities of debris 
excavated while making the tunnels. As I credit them with an 


advanced technology, they were presumably equipped with a THERMAL 

DRILL of the kind described in DER SPIEGAL for 3 April, 1972, 

which reported it as the latest discovery. The scientists of the 

U.S. Laboratory for Atomic Research at Los Alamos spent a year 

and a half developing the thermal drill. It has nothing in common 

with ordinary drills. The tip of the drill is made of wolfram and 

heated by a graphite heating element. There is no longer any 

waste material from the hole being drilled. The thermal drill 

melts the rock through which it bores and presses it against the 

walls, where it cools down. As DER SPIEGAL related, the first 

test-model bored almost soundlessly through blocks of stone 12 

ft. thick. At Los Alamos they are now planning the construction 

of a thermal drill that is powered by a mini atomic reactor and 

eats into the earth like a mole, in the form of an armored 

vehicle. This drill is intended to pierce the earth's crust, 

which is about 25 miles thick (on the average - Branton), and 

take samples of the molten magma that lies underneath it..." 

A Navaho Indian legend speaks of ancient migrations involving a cavernous 
realm below the four corners areas. The Hopi's speak of a similar legend 
involving an alleged opening, sometimes described as a hill and sometimes 
as a 'pond', covering the path to the cavern world. The Hopi 'emergence' 
point is called the 'Sipapu' or 'Sipapuni' and is said to be near the 
confluence of the Colorado and Little Colorado rivers. According to the 
Hopi tradition not all of the people who dwelt in the cavern world came up 
with them. Others chose to remain below. As for the Navajos, they state 
that: 

"At one time all the nations, Navajos, Pueblos, Coyoteros, and 
white people, lived together, underground in the heart of a 
mountain near the river San Juan. Their only food was meat, which 
they had in abundance, for all kinds of game were closed up with 
them in their cave; but their light was dim and only endured for 
a few hours each day... 

"Then the men and the animals began to come up from their cave, 
and their coming up required several days. First came the 
Navajos, and no sooner had they reached the surface they 
commenced gaming at patole, their favorite game. Then came the 
Pueblos and other Indians, who crop their hair and build houses. 
Lastly came the white people, who started off at once for the 
rising sun and were lost (from) sight. .for many winters. 

"While these nations lived underground they all spoke one tongue; 
but (with) the light of day and the level of the earth came many 
languages..." 


If there is even a grain of truth to this ancient legend, then it would 

seem that the caverns in which the southwestern Indians formerly and 

allegedly lived were void of the nefarious influence of the reptilian 

hominoids. Although the reptilians may have moved in later, some Hopi 

sources state that their people were actually forced to the surface by the 

sudden invasion of the serpent people or reptilians from caverns beyond. We 

will make one comment, and that is the amazing coincidence between this 

legend and the more modern accounts of cavernous labyrinths below this very 

same region of the Four Corners. As they say 'Where there's smoke there's 

probably fire.' Most of the accounts that refer to subterranean conflicts 

between human and reptilian forces within the compartmentalized world of 

the cavern systems state that the warfare within that realm is overt and 

deadly real. Reports of whole human tribes or communities within the 

caverns being wiped-out by sudden and unexpected attacks from reptilian 

forces are not uncommon in "Inner Earth" literature. Out in the "open" 

surface world, however, these draconian forces must work in secrecy and 

engage in covert attacks and psychological warfare since the outer world 

has not yet been subjected to the point where there will be minimal 

resistance to an overt invasion. However, the reptilians have had much 

success in programming, implanting and buying -off human political, 

intellectual and spiritual leaders who are all too willing to do the will 

of their alien "bene- factors" in exchange for the "Trojan Horse" promises 

given by the serpent race. These human collaborators are members of all 

those secret societies that are tied-in with the conspiratorial hub of the 

BAVARIAN EMPIRE or ILLUMINATI [aka the BILDEBERGERS] - the Thule Society, 

Vril Society, Nazi Party, Knights of Malta, Knights Templar, Jesuit Order, 

Black Nobility, Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission, 

Scottish Rite, Skull & Bones, Ordo Templi Orientis, etc. 

Migration legends concerning vast caverns are not restricted to the 
southwest however. Many of the Indians of the southern states and New 
England in fact repeat this same theme almost verbatim. Nor should we limit 
such accounts to North America, since they are found profusely throughout 
the world. 

If the Navaho's did in fact migrate through the cavern world from some 
distant land, then could they have 'emerged' from the caves with their 
neighboring Hopi Tribesmen? 

Harold Courlander, in his book THE FOURTH WORLD OF THE HOPIS' described an 
ancient Hopi legend about an underworld. Whether or not the account is 
accurate, it nevertheless shows that the POSSIBILITY for the existence of 
such a 'world' was and is foremost in the minds and legends of many native 
American tribes. 


Courlander describes the Hopi legend which states that the Hopi ancestors, 
before their 'emergence' to the surface world, migrated through different 
cavern regions until they came to the 'third' cavern world - or the realm 
below the general 'Four Corners' area of the Southwest, a series of caverns 
that were very extensive and in which crops were able to grow to some 
extent. Life there eventually became very oppressive for the majority of 
the Hopis when a few of their numbers turned to practicing sorcery, making 
it very difficult for the rest. The 'peaceful' Hopi's later left this 
cavern world (in an attempt to escape the influence of the sorcerers who 
were collaborating with the advancing reptilian forces?) on a journey which 
took several days, leaving the sorcerers below. If true, this does not 
necessarily mean that all Hopi ancestors who remained below are presently 
collaborating with the reptilians. Dr. Hank Krastman, who claims to have 
been allowed into an underground "Hopi" city below the Grand Canyon 
beginning in 1960 and beyond, states that those humans he encountered there 
were presently at war with the Grays. The surface Hopis themselves have 
legends of those who have re-visited the ancient traditional site of 
'emergence'. Some suggest that the 'Sipapu' is covered by a mound, while 
others hold that a small pond seals the entryway to the cavern world. 
Whatever the case, most Hopis agree that the ancient site is somewhere near 
the convergence of the Colorado and Little Colorado rivers. As Courlander 
reveals on pp. 213-214 of his book: 

"...The story of the journey to Grand (Salt) Canyon to transfer the salt 
deposits to that place conforms to an account given in the 1 930s by Don 
Talayesva orOraibi, as recorded in Mischa TitieVs article, 'A Hopi Salt 
Expedition' (AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST, vol. 39, 1937). That account contains 
detailed reference to all the shrines and sacred spots along the salt 
trail, and the ritual observations at those places. The legend primarily 
belongs to the Third Mesa villages - Oraibi, Hotevilla and Bakavi (Bocobi) 
-and to Moencopi, an offspring of Oraibi. In former times these villages 
sent expeditions to Grand Canyon to gather their salt. According to the 
belief of some Third Mesa clans, Grand Canyon contains not only the sacred 
salt beds and shrines, but the sipapuni through which mankind emerged from 
the Third (Lower) World. As Titiev paraphrases the description given by Don 
Talayesva: 

'"It was not long before the expedition found itself approaching THE Kiva, 
the original SIPAPU through which mankind emerged from the underworld. Its 
outlines are indicated by soft, damp earth and an outer circle of bushes 
called pilakho... Pushing their way through the fringe of vegetation, the 
party stepped into the inner ring within which the Kiva is located. The 
sipapu is full to the brim with yellowish water, of about the same coloring 
as the surrounding earth, which serves as a 'lid' so that ordinary humans 
may not see the wonderful things going on beneath the surface.' 


"The Walpis and other First Mesa people do not agree that the sipapuni is 
at that place, asserting that its location is no longer known. The salt 
myth given here is not part of First Mesa belief. Walpi customarily sent 
its salt expeditions to Zuni in the south- west. In recent years, of 
course, virtually all Hopi salt expeditions have been to the nearest 
trading posts..." 

It may be a coincidence, then again maybe not - but an early issue of the 
'HOLLOW HASSLE' newsletter reported one woman's belief (she did not state 
where she got her information) that within caverns a mile-and-a-half 
beneath the surface of northern Arizona and New Mexico lies the remains of 
one of the most ancient human civilizations on (or rather, within) the 
earth. 

In a letter dated January 28, 1 991 , Norio F. Hayakawa added the following 
comments concerning the 'Dulce' facility and it's possible connection with 
the 'Mystery of Iniquity' of Bible prophecy: 

"...I've been to Dulce with the (Japanese) Nippon Television Network crew 
and interviewed many, many people over there and came back with the firm 
conviction that something was happening around 10 to 15 years ago over 
there, including nightly sightings of strange lights and appearances of 
military jeeps and trucks. And I am convinced that the four corners area is 
a highly occultic area. The only stretch of highway, namely Highway 666, 
runs through the four corners area from southeast Arizona to North- western 
New Mexico and up. I have also heard that this Highway 666 came into 
existence around 1947 or 1948, fairly close to the time of 1947, the 
modern-day beginning of OVERT UFO APPEARANCE, i.e. the Kenneth Arnold 
incident, and coincident- ally or not, the establishment of Israel in 
1948." 

Paul Bennewitz sent out a letter on June 6, 1 988 describing 'PROJECT BETA', 
which referred to the alien base in New Mexico (near Dulce - pronounced 
'Dul-see'), the lower extremities of which are reportedly inhabited by the 
Grays, the Reptons and the Draco. NASA CIR film was allegedly useful in 
locating this base and revealing U.S. (or rather 'secret government') 
Military involvement with the 'Greys'. Another group called the 'Orange' is 
said to be based below the west slope of Mt. Archuleta near 'the Diamond'. 
Some suggest that the 'Orange' are a so-called 'hybrid' race with PARTIAL 
reptilian-like features yet possessing human-like reproductive organs and 
even certain artificial or cybernetic features. It is possible that the 
'Orange' consist of hu-brids and re-brids in that some or most of them may 
possess a human soul- matrix and therefore may be 'human', although 
information on the 'Orange' is presently scetchy. They have also been 
described as being involved in the scenarios taking place in the tunnels 
below the Nevada Military Complex as well. 


William Cooper briefly mentioned the 'Orange' based on memories of top 
secret documents he had read while in Navy Intelligence: 

"...there were four types of aliens mentioned in the papers. A 
LARGE NOSED GREY(Reptoids? - Branton), a blond human like type 
described as the NORDIC, a red haired human-like type called the 
ORANGE. The homes of the aliens were described as being a star in 
the Constellation Orion, Bernard's star, and Zeta Reticuli 1 & 2. 
I cannot remember even under hypnosis which alien belongs to 
which star." (Note: Zeta Reticuli is most often associated with 
the Grays. The 'Orange' - which sources seem to indicate 'may' 
actually be a double term used to describe two different types of 
entities, a reptilian hominoid group with scaly orange skin and a 
more human-like group with 'red' hair - may have established 
themselves in Orion or Bernard's Star. Contactee Hal Wilcox 
allegedly has experienced interaction with HUMANS based near 
Bernard's Star, although he did not describe them as particularly 
"Nordic" appearing. Orion has long been associated with 
imperialistic human and predatory hybrid reptilian- insectoid 
cultures, excluding the Orion "Nebula" itself which lies hundreds 
of light years BEYOND the Orion open cluster and has been 
identified as a "gateway" to an infinite realm beyond the 
physical universe, or the abode of the angelic forces and the 
Supreme Being). 

"...There were over 650 attendees to the 1959 Rand Symposium." 'Commander 
X' related in one of his reports. "Most were representatives of the 
Corporate-Industrial State, like: The General Electric Company; AT&T; 
Hughes Aircraft; Northrop Corporation; Sandia Corporation; Colorado School 
of Mines, etc. 

"Bechtel (pronounced BECK-tuI, a San Francisco - base organization - 
Branton) is a supersecret international corporate octopus, founded in 1898. 
Some say the firm is really a 'Shadow Government' - a working arm of the 
CIA. It is the largest Construction and Engineering outfit in the U.S.A. 
and the World (and some say, beyond). 

"The most important posts in the U.S.A. Government are held by former 
Bechtel Officers. They are part of The Web' (an inter- connected control 
system) which links the Tri-lateralist plans, the C.F.R., the Order of 
'llluminism' (Cult of the All-seeing Eye) and other interlocking groups..." 

"MIND MANIPULATING EXPERIMENTS... The Dulce Base has studied mind control 
implants; Bio-Psi Units; ELF Devices capable of Mood, Sleep and Heartbeat 
control, etc. 


"D.A.R.P.A. (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) is using these 
technologies to manipulate people. They established The Projects,' set 
priorities, coordinate efforts and guide the many participants in these 
undertakings. Related Projects are studied at Sandia Base by The Jason 
Group' (of 55 Scientists). They have secretly harnessed the Dark Side of 
Technology and hidden the beneficial technology from the public. 

"Other Projects take place at Area 51' in Nevada... 'Dreamland' (Data 
Repository Establishment and Maintenance Land); Elmint (Electromagnetic 
Intelligence); Cold Empire; Code EVA; Program HIS (Hybrid Intelligence 
System): BW/CW; IRIS (Infrared Intruder Systems); BI-PASS; REP-TILES, etc. 

"The studies on Level Four at Dulce include Human Aura research, as well as 
all aspects of Dream, Hypnosis, Telepathy, etc. (research). They know how 
to manipulate the Bioplasmic Body (of Man). They can lower your heartbeat 
with Deep Sleeve 'Delta Waves,' induce a static shock, then reprogram, Via 
a Brain- Computer link. They can introduce data and programmed reactions 
into your Mind (Information impregnation - the 'Dream Library'). 

"We are entering an era of Technologicalization of Psychic Powers... The 
development of techniques to enhance man/ machine communications; 
Nano-tech; Bio-tech micro-machines; PSI-War; E.D.O.M. (Electronic 
Dissolution of Memory); R.H.I.C. (Radio-Hypnotic Intra -Cere bra I Control); 
and various forms of behavior control (via chemical agents, ultrasonics, 
optical and other EM radiations). The Physics of 'Consciousness.'... 

"SURVIVING THE FUTURE... The Dulce Facility consists of a central 'Hub.' 
the Security Section (also some photo labs). The deeper you go, the 
stronger the Security. This is a multi-leveled complex. There are over 3000 
cameras at various high-security locations (exits and labs). 

"There are over 100 Secret Exits near and around Dulce, many around 
Archuleta Mesa, others to the source around Dulce Lake and even as far east 
as Lindrich. 

"Deep sections of the Complex CONNECT INTO (EXTENSIVE) NATURAL CAVERN 
SYSTEMS. 

"...INSIDE THE DULCE BASE... Security officers wear jumpsuits, with the 
Dulce symbol on the front, upper left side (the Dulce symbol consists of an 
upside-down triangle with an inverted "T" superimposed over it - 
Branton)... The ID card (used in card slots, for the doors and elevators) 
has the Dulce symbol above the ID photo. 'Government honchos' use cards 
with the Great Seal of the U.S. on it. 'The Cult of the All-Seeing Eye' 
(The NEW WORLD ORDER) 13. '666', The Phoenix Empire... '9', 'llluminism'... 
'One out of many.' (and so on)." 


The Feb.-Mar. 1991 issue of 'UFO UNIVERSE' carried an article titled 'THE 

DEEP DARK SECRET AT DULCE', written by Bill Hamilton and 'TAL' LeVesque. We 

are sure the reader will agree that the following article serves to 

tie-together much of what has been revealed earlier in this file. If planet 

earth is the main 'battleground' for the final cosmic conflict, and the 

U.S. is one of the major areas on earth where the 'final outcome' may be 

decided, and since the Dulce or New Mexico subnet is considered to be the 

MAJOR site where reptil-saurian activity is taking place (an alien 'empire' 

in conflict with various 'human groups' based in California and elsewhere, 

with the Nevada subnet itself being a major 'battlezone') then we should 

focus our attention not only on what has been going on within the Nevada 

Military Complex and its sub-branches in Utah and Idaho, but also on what 

has been taking place in the subterranean complexes deep below the small 

southwestern town of Dulce itself. 

More than any other area in the U.S., if not the world, this small town has 
been the epicenter of nearly every form of para- normal and top-secret 
activity one can imagine, including: UFO sightings, UFO landings, top 
secret CIA and Air Force activity, experimental Aircraft, secret Special 
Force operations, High-Tech Research, Abduction scenarios, implantation's, 
Human & Animal mutilations, PS I warfare studies, Secret Government-Alien 
interaction, armed conflict between human and alien forces, sightings of 
Grays, Reptilians and 'Mothmen', Underground bases and construction 
activity, conspiracy scenarios, alien infiltration of human society, 
deep-cavern phenomena, unusual Native American legends, MB or Men In Black 
encounters and other activity related to the above. In fact a higher 
CONCENTRATION of such activities has been evident in the vicinity of Dulce 
than most other areas in the world, even to the point that the inhabitants 
of this town have, for the most part, resigned themselves into accepting 
the reality of such activity - whether they like it or not. 

Bill Hamilton and 'TAL' LeVesque take us deep 'inside' the Hadean-like 
labyrinthine depths of this underground megacomplex through the eyes of 
those who have been there: 

"...Dulce is a sleepy little town in northern New Mexico. It's population 
is about 900 and it is located above 7,000 feet on the Jicarilla Apache 
Indian Reservation. There is one major motel and just a few stores. It is 
not a resort town and it is not bustling with activity. Yet, according to a 
few outsiders, Dulce harbors a deep, dark secret. That secret is said to be 
harbored deep below the tangled brush of Archuleta Mesa. That secret 
involves a joint government-alien biogenetic laboratory designed to carry 
out bizarre experiments on humans and animals. 

"New Mexico State Police Officer Gabe Valdez was drawn into the mysteries 


of Dulce when called out to investigate a mutilated cow on the Manuel Gomez 
ranch in a pasture 13 miles east of Dulce. Gomez had lost four cattle to 
mutilations between 1976 and June 1978 when a team of investigators which 
included Tom Adams arrived from Paris, Texas to examine the site of the 
carcass. 

"Curious as to how cattle were being selected by the mysterious mutilators, 
an interesting experiment was conducted on July 5, 1978 by Valdez, Gomez, 
and retired scientist Howard Burgess. The three penned up about 120 of the 
Gomez beef cattle and moved them through a squeeze chute under an ultra- 
violet light. They found a 'glittery substance on the right side of the 
neck, the right ear, and the right leg.' Samples of the affected hides were 
removed as well as control samples from the same animals. Some 
investigators attribute the mutilations to aliens from UFOs. Sightings of 
strange lights and other aerial phenomena have been reported in many areas 
where the cows have been found at the time of the reported mutilation. UFOs 
have been seen frequently around Dulce. 

"I arrived in Dulce on April 19, 1988, to visit with Gabe Valdez and to 
inquire about the sightings, the mutes, and the rumors of an underground 
alien base in the area. There was still snow on the ground by the Best 
Western motel when I checked in and called Valdez. He made an appointment 
to see me at 9:30 PM. I found Gabe to be a very congenial host as he 
offered to show us around the roads of Dulce that night and point out the 
various locations where he had found mutilated cows or had seen strange 
aerial lights. He made the astounding statement that he was still seeing 
unidentified aircraft at the rate of one every two nights. We took a look 
at the Gomez Ranch, the road by the Navajo River, and the imposing 
Archuleta Mesa. Gabe had found landing tracks and crawler marks near the 
site of the mutes. Gabe was convinced that scientist Paul Bennewitz of 
Thunder Scientific Labs in Albuquerque was definitely on the right track in 
his attempts to locate an underground alien facility in the vicinity of 
Dulce. 

"I had first heard of Paul Bennewitz in 1980 when my friend Walter called 
me from Albuquerque and told me he had been working with Paul on electronic 
instruments. Walter said Paul had not only photographed UFOs, but had 
established a communication link with their underground base at Dulce. 
Bennewitz had first come to prominence during the August 1980 sightings of 
UFOs over the Manzano Weapons Storage Area and Kirtland AFB. A Kirtland AFB 
incident report dated October 28, 1980 mentions that Bennewitz had taken 
film of UFOs over Kirtland. Paul was president of Thunder Scientific Labs 
adjacent to Kirtland. Bennewitz gave a briefing in Albuquerque detailing 
how he had seen the aliens on a video screen. The aliens were transmitting 
signals... from a base underneath Archuleta Mesa. 


"Researcher William Moore claims that government agents became interested 
in Bennewitz' activities and were trying to defuse him by pumping as much 
disinformation through him as he could absorb. Whether Paul's communication 
(or rather his "interrogation" of their mainframe computer core via a 
computer- video-radio link - Branton) with supposed aliens at the Dulce 
Base was part of this disinformation campaign is unclear. If one were to 
believe that Paul is the single source of reports on the Dulce Facility, 
then it could also be a tactical maneuver to discount and discredit Paul's 
allegation of an underground base if such reports were meant to remain 
secret. Then the actual disinformation maneuver would be to dis-inform the 
public and not a single individual. 

"In a report entitled 'PROJECT BETA' Paul states that he had spent two 
years tracking alien craft; that he had constant reception of video from an 
alien ship and underground base viewscreen; that he had established 
constant direct communications with the aliens using a computer and a form 
of Hexadecimal code with graphics and printout; and claims to have used 
aerial and ground photo- graphy to locate the alien ship's launch ports and 
charged beam weapons. Paul claimed that the aliens were devious, employed 
deception, and did not adhere to agreements. Paul and Walter were working 
on a weapon that would counter the aliens. 

"Some will think at this point that we have crossed-over from the land of 
clear thinking concerning anomalous phenomena to the land of 
science-fiction. But let us remember that bizarre phenomena such as the 
UFOs represent may have its roots in a bizarre reality. It is expected to 
be bizarre at first, but as we continue our studies we will evolve to 
understand it. 

"Paul Bennewitz had investigated the case of abductee Myrna Hansen of New 
Mexico who reported having been taken to an underground facility in May 
1980. Christa Tilton of Oklahoma has reported that she had an experience of 
missing time in July 1987 where she had been abducted by two small grey 
aliens and trans- ported in their craft to a hillside location where she 
encountered a man dressed in a red military-like jump suit. She was taken 
into a tunnel through computerized check-points displaying security 
cameras. She reported having been taken on a transit vehicle to another 
area where she stepped on a scale-like device facing a computer screen. 
After the computer issued her an identification card, she was told by her 
guide that they had just entered Level One of a seven-level underground 
facility. Christa goes on relating how she was eventually taken down to 
Level Five. She reports having seen alien craft and little grey alien 
entities in some of the areas that she passed through. 

"Christa reports going into one large room where she saw large tanks with 
computerized gauges hooked to the tanks and large arms that extended from 


some tubing down into the tanks. She noticed a humming sound, smelled 
formaldehyde, and was under the impression that some liquid was being 
stirred in the tanks. Christa has made drawings of much of what she had 
witnessed during her abduction. 

"These tanks Christa talks about were depicted in a set of controversial 
papers called the Dulce Papers. These papers were allegedly stolen from the 
Dulce underground facility along with 30 black and white photos and a video 
tape by a mysterious security officer who claims to have worked at Dulce up 
until 1 979 when he decided that the time had come to part company with his 
employers. The rest of the story is about this security officer who has met 
with one of us in an attempt to tell us the truth about the aliens, the 
U.S. Government (Note: although some sources claim that another 
'government' completely separate from our Consti- tutional elected 
government is involved with this base, a 'secret' government that is - 
Branton), and the Dulce base. He is announcing his intention to come out of 
hiding and present soft and hard evidence of his claims. It will be up to 
you to decide whether this evidence constitutes an addition to the growing 
proof that a government cover-up exists. 

(Note: At the time this article appeared, 'Thomas C was still an 
anonymous individual. More recently the authors have given permission to 
state his full name as being Thomas Edwin Castello. The reason for this is 
due to 'rumors' that he had passed away in 1 994 while hiding out in Costa 
Rica. It is interesting that at this time Costa Rica was experiencing one 
of the largest UFO flaps of that year in the entire world, one that was 
OFFICIALLY RECOG- NIZED by the Costa Ri can government. Some suggest that 
the UFO's chose Costa Rica because its Air Defenses were minimal and 
therefore they were less likely to fire upon their craft. - Branton)... 

"In late 1 979, Thomas C. could no longer cope with the awe- some reality he 
had to confront. As a high level security officer at the joint alien-U.S. 
Government underground base near Dulce he had learned of and had seen 
disturbing things. After much inner conflict, he decided to desert the 
facility and take various items with him. 

"Using a small camera, he took over 30 photos of areas within the 
multi-level complex. He removed a security video tape from the Control 
Center which showed various security camera views of hallways, labs, 
aliens, and (secret government) personnel. He also collected documents to 
take with him. Then, by shutting off the alarm and camera system in one of 
the over 1 00 exits to the surface, he left the facility with the photos, 
video, and documents. These 'originals' were hidden after five sets of 
copies were made. 

"Thomas was ready to go into hiding. But, when he went to pick up his wife 


and young son, he found a van and 'government' agents waiting. He had been 
betrayed by K. Lomas (a fellow worker) who was instrumental in the 
kidnapping of his wife and child. The agents wanted what Thomas had taken 
from the facility for which he would get his wife and son back. It became 
apparent to him that his wife and son would be used in biological experi- 
ments and were not going to be returned unharmed. That was a little over 
ten years ago. 

"How did Thomas get involved in all this covert intrigue? 

"Thomas is now about 50 years old (i.e. at the time the article was written 
- 1991 - Branton). When he was in his mid-twenties, he received top secret 
training in photography at an underground facility in West Virginia. For 
seven years, he worked for the Rand Corp. in Santa Monica, California when 
in 1 977 he was transferred to the Dulce facility. He bought a home in Santa 
Fe, New Mexico and worked Monday through Friday with weekends off. All 
Dulce Base personnel commute via a deep underground tube-shuttle system. 

"At the time, one of us (TAL) was working security in Santa Fe, M.M. and 

was privately investigating UFO sightings, animal mutilations, (and) 

Masonic and Wicca groups in the area. Thomas had a mutual friend who came 

to Santa Fe in 1979 to visit both of us. This individual would later view 

the photos, video tape and documents taken from the Dulce Base. Drawings 

were made from what was seen and circulated later in the UFO research 

community as the 'Dulce Papers.' 

"Thomas alleges that there were over 1 8,000 of the short 'greys' at the 
Dulce Facility. He has also seen (tall) reptilian humanoids. One of us 
(TAL) had come face-to-face with a 6-foot tall Reptoid which had 
materialized in the house. The Reptoid showed interest in research maps of 
New Mexico and Colorado which were on (TAL's) wall. The maps were full of 
colored push-pins and markers to indicate sites of animal mutilations, 
caverns, the locations of high UFO activity, repeated flight paths, 
abduction sites, ancient ruins, and suspected alien underground bases. 

"...The security level goes up as one descends to the lower levels. Thomas 
had an ULTRA -7 clearance. He knew of seven sub-levels, but there MAY have 
been more. Most of the aliens are on levels 5, 6, and 7. Alien housing is 
on level 5. The only sign in English was one over a tube shuttle station 
hallway which read 'to Los Alamos.' Connections go from Dulce to (the) 
Page, Arizona facility, then to an underground base below Area 51 in 
Nevada. Tube shuttles go to and from Dulce to facilities below Taos, N.M.; 
Datil, N.M.; Colorado Springs, Colorado; Creed, Colorado (where gravity 
anomaly maps have shown a large adjacent area of negative density 
suggesting massive subterranean cavities below - Branton); Sandia; then on 
to Carlsbad, New Mexico. There is a vast network of tube shuttle 


connections under the U.S. which extends into a global system of tunnels 
and sub-cities. 

"At the Dulce Base, most signs on doors and hallways are in the alien 
symbol language and a universal symbol system under- stood by humans and 
aliens. Thomas stated that after the second level, everyone is weighed, in 
the nude, then given a uniform. Visitors are given off-white uniforms. The 
weight of the person is put on a computer I.D. card each day. Any change in 
weight is noted. Any change in over three pounds requires a physical exam 
and X-ray. The uniforms are jump suits with a zipper. 

"In front of all sensitive areas are scales built into the floor by 
doorways and the door control panels. An individual places his computer 
I.D. card into the door slot, then presses a numerical code and buttons. 
The person's card must match with the weight and code or the door will not 
open. Any discrepancy in weight will summon security. No one is allowed to 
carry anything into sensitive areas. All supplies are put on a conveyor 
belt and X-rayed. The same method is used in leaving sensitive areas. 

"All elevators are controlled magnetically, but there are no elevator 

cables. The magnetic system is inside the walls of the elevator shaft. 

There are no normal electrical controls. Everything is controlled by 

advanced magnetics, including lighting. There are no regular light bulbs. 

The tunnels are illuminated by Phosphorous units with broad, structureless 

emission bands. Some DEEP TUNNELS use a form of phosphorous pentoxide to 

temporarily illuminate certain areas. The aliens won't go near these zones 

for reasons unknown (Note: This suggests that these deeper tunnels may have 

originally been built by ancient beings other than the reptilians - 

Branton). 

"The studies on Level 4 include human-aura research, as well as all aspects 
of telepathy, hypnosis, and dreams. Thomas says that they know how to 
separate the bioplasmic body from the physical body and place an 'alien 
entity' force-matrix within a human body after removing the 'soul' 
life-force-matrix of the human (or, in more simple terms - 'kill' the 
human being and turn it into a vessel to be used by one of the 'infernals', 
'para physicals' or 'poltergeists' in order to allow it/them to work and 
operate in the physical realm? This appears to be a complex version of the 
ancient 'zombie' traditions, if in fact such horrific things are taking 
place in this installation. Many have stated that the Antichrist Force, 
symbolized by the number '666', is fully at work within the Dulce Base 
Network, suggesting that what is in fact involved there may be a 
sophisticated form of high-tech Satanism. Incidentally - according to one 
source - the inter- networking underground systems converging below Dulce 
is only PARTIALLY described in accounts such as this. In fact, this source 
alleges, the vast extent of the underground mega-complex can actually be 


compared to the size of the island of Manhattan! - Branton). 

"Level 6 is privately called 'Nightmare Half. It holds the genetic labs. 
Here are experiments done on fish, seals, birds, and mice that are vastly 
altered from their original forms. There are multi-armed and multi-legged 
humans and several cages (and vats) of humanoid bat-like creatures up to 
7-feet tall. The aliens have taught the humans a lot about genetics, things 
both useful and dangerous. 

"The Greys, the Reptoids, the winged Draco species are highly analytical 
and technologically oriented. THEY HAVE HAD ANCIENT CONFLICTS WITH THE 
EL-HUMANS (or 'Anakim'? - human 'giants' who reportedly maintain 
underground and off-planet colonies - Branton) and may be STAGING here for 
a FUTURE CONFLICT... 

"Principal government organizations involved with mapping the human 
genetics, the so-called genome projects are within the Department of Energy 
(which has a heavy presence on the Nevada Test Site); the National 
Institute of Health; the National Science Foundation; the Howard Hughes 
Medical Institute; and, of course, the Dulce Underground Labs 'run' by the 
DOE. 

"Is the alien and human BIO-TECH being used to nurture and serve us or is 

it being used to CONTROL AND DOMINATE US? Why have UFO abductees been used 

in genetic experiments? 

"IT WAS WHEN THOMAS ENCOUNTERED HUMANS IN CAGES ON LEVEL 7 OF THE 
DULCE 

FACILITYTHAT THINGS FINALLYREACHED A CLIMAX FOR HIM. He says, 'I 

frequently encountered humans in cages, usually dazed or drugged, but 

sometimes THEY CRIED AND BEGGED FOR HELP. We were told they were hopelessly 

insane, and involved in high-risk drug tests to cure insanity. We were told 

NEVER TO SPEAK TO THEM AT ALL. At the beginning we believed the story. 

Finally in 1978 a small group of workers discovered the truth. THAT BEGAN 

THE DULCE WARS.' 

"We may find it hard and unpalatable to digest or even believe Thomas' 
story and why should we even give it a hearing at all? Probably for no 
other reason than the fact that MANY OTHERS are coming out and telling 
bizarre stories and the fact that there may be a terrible truth hidden 
behind the continuing phenomena of UFO sightings, abductions, and animal 
mutilations. Our govern- ment intelligence agencies have had an ongoing 
watchful eye on all UFO activities for many decades now. This bizarre 
phenomena must have a bizarre explanation. We may be only one outpost in 
(a) vast interstellar drama. 


"Recently, researcher John Anderson went to Dulce, N.M. to see if he could 
see if there is anything to the reported UFO activity. He says that he 
arrived in town co incidentally to see a caravan of cars and a McDonnell 
Douglas mini-lab in a van going up a rural road near the town. He followed 
them to a fenced-in compound where he waited to see further developments. 
Suddenly, sixUFOs descended rapidly over the compound, hovered long enough 
for him to snap one picture, then shot up and out of sight. When later 
stopping in a store to tell the owner of the UFO photo he had taken, the 
store owner listened and revealed how he had been a victim cattle rancher 
of cattle mutes. Their conversation was interrupted by a phone call after 
which the store owner told John to leave at once, then closed the store 
after John went to his car. John then saw a mysterious van drive up to the 
store and a man got out and went in. John decided to leave Dulce at that 
moment but WAS FOLLOWED BYTWO MEN IN A CAR as he left town. 

"Even more recently a research team has gone up to Archuleta Mesa to take 
soundings under the ground and preliminary and tentative computer analysis 
of these soundings seem to indicate DEEP CAVITIES UNDER THE MESA (one 
source said that according to the data these cavities extended to a depth 
of over 4,000 FEET! - Branton). 

"Perhaps, someday, we will discover the deep dark secret of Dulce... 
Whatever the future brings it won't be dull." 

Gabe Valdez, former State Police officer in Dulce, New Mexico, was 
contacted by a certain researcher in 1990, in an attempt to confirm some of 
the information which had appeared previously concerning his involvement in 
the UFO-mutilation investigations. The following was learned: 

"-He and others HAD seen strange flying objects in the area, however he 
himself was unsure whether these were 'UFO's' of alien origin, or some type 
of top secret aircraft being tested by some secret faction of the 
government. 

"-Something DID crash near Mt. Archuleta several years ago, but again, he 
did not find any evidence conclusively proving whether it was an object of 
human OR alien origin. 

"-There is another road leading to the Mt. Archuleta area (and mesa) aside 
from the one which goes through the Ute Indian reservation. As for the 
restricted road that runs south from the Ute Reservation, much of it is in 
good condition (paved?). Only the area around the Archuleta region itself 
requires four-wheel drive vehicles. 

"-He did investigate cattle mutilations, and at least in SOME cases a 
known nerve agent was discovered in the carcasses, and other indications 


suggesting that the cattle were being used for research in 'D.N.A.' 
experiments." 

The following document (among others) originated from a U.S. Intelligence 
worker who has been missing for quite some time. A nephew of the OSI-CIA 
intelligence worker discovered the following (as well as other documents, 
many of which applied to the Dulce and Dreamland base systems) in a locker 
in which the missing Intelligence agent, a Mr. Tucker 1 , apparently kept 
some of his papers. The document(s) may have had something to do with his 
disappearance, although exactly what connection this might be is uncertain. 

Copies of this and other documents eventually ended up in the hands of 
several researchers as a result of one investigator who was approached by 
the family of the missing agent and given the documents. This source 
indicated that this family was extremely disturbed not only about the 
disappearance, but about the nature of the documents themselves, and the 
role they may have played in connection with the disappearance. 

In the copy of the document which is quoted here, some annotations were 
made. These seem to have been 'corrections' on the ms. made by Paul 
Bennewitz. These will be indicated by an (*): 

"SUMMARY OF NOTES TAKEN BY JIM MCCAMPBELL CONCERNING.. TELEPHONE 
INTERVIEWS 

WITH DR. PAUL F. BENNEWITZ: 

"This is Jim McCampbell making a recording of a remarkable episode on July 
13, 1984. It has to do with a UFO base, cattle mutilations, advanced 
weaponry, contact with aliens, etc. 

"The episode began about a week ago when I received a little semi-annual 
periodical titled STIGMATA. It is number 21 , the First Half of 1 984. This 
little bulletin is prepared by Thomas Adams at P.O. Box 1994, Paris, TX 
75460... 

"He has a rather lengthy article. One finds point of interest on page 9 and 
I suppose the only way to pursue this is to read what he has here as it is 
fundamental to the entire story. 

"Quoting: 'In May of 1980 a most interesting event occurred in northern New 
Mexico. An event similar in many respects to the Doraty Case. A mother and 
her young son were driving on a rural highway near Cimarron, New Mexico. 
They observed two or more craft and as Judy Doraty did, they observed a 
calf being abducted. Both observers were themselves abducted and taken on 
separate craft to what was apparently an underground installation, where 
the woman witnessed the mutilation of the calf. (* Woman witnessed 


mutilation in the field - dead animal taken with them.) It has been 

alleged that she also observed a vat containing unidentified (* cattle) 

body parts floating in a liquid, AND ANOTHER VAT CONTAINING THE BODY OF A 

MALE HUMAN. The woman was subjected to an examination and it has been 

further alleged that small metallic objects were implanted into her body as 

well as into her son's body. More than one source has informed us that 

CAT-scans have confirmed the presence of these implants. 

"'Paul Bennewitz, President of his own scientific company in Albuquerque 
and an investigator with the Aerial Phenomena Research Organization, has 
been the principal investigator of the case. Interviewed in his office in 
April 1983, Bennewitz reports that through regressive hypnosis of the 
mother and child and his own follow-up investigation (including 
communications received via his computer terminal which ostensibly is from 
a UFO-related source), he was able to determine the location of the 
underground facility, a kilometer underground beneath the Jicarilla Apache 
Indian Reservation near Dulce, New Mexico. (Since 1976, one of the areas 
hardest-hit by mutilations coincidentally or whatever). 

'"...The mother and son, by the way, were returned back to their car that 
night. Since the incident, they have suffered repeated trauma and 
difficulties as they attempt to recover from the episode. We pass this 
along because the account is, of course, most crucial if true; but we are 
not in a position to confirm the alleged findings. Hopefully, more 
information regarding this incident will be aired in the near future. We 
can only consider such reports while continuing to seek the evidence to 
refute or confirm.' 

"That's the end of this remarkable quotation from STIGMATA. 

"...I got in touch with Dr. Bennewitz by telephone and indicated that I had 
seen this reference to him and his work and I wanted to find out whether he 
was being misrepresented or whatever... It is rather mind boggling and here 
is the substance of that telephone conversation. 

"He is a physicist and he started four years ago to determine in his own 

mind whether UFOs exist or do not and he has gotten much more deeply 

involved than he ever intended. IT HAS CAUSED HIM A GREAT DEAL OF TROUBLE 

FROM THE GOVERNMENT INTELLIGENCE GROUPS. He has pictures from the location. 

He went with a Highway Patrol Officer and they saw a UFO take off from the 

mesa at the location. He obtained photographs and what he calls launch 

ships were 330 ft. long and 1 30 ft. across. The cattle rancher named Gomez 

and he went back to this location which is a mesa and saw a surveillance 

vehicle which was about 5 ft. by 10 ft., like a satellite, he said. He had 

been using a Polaroid camera and then got a Hausel-Bladd to produce much 

better pictures. He set up a monitoring station and observed that UFOs are 


all over the area... He has been dealing heavily with a Major Edwards 
(somebody) (* Security Commander) who was with Manzano Security and two (* 
My wife & I) of them saw four objects outside of a warhead storage area at 
a range of about 2500 feet and obtained movies of them. He now has about 
6000 feet of movie footage, of which 5000 ft. is in Super Eight. THE 
OBJECTS HAVE THE ABILITY TO 'CLOAK/ that's the word, spells CLOAK like 
cloak and dagger, like cover up and he says that they can cause themselves 
to GO INVISIBLE by a field that caused the light waves to bend around the 
object and that one sees the sky behind them. 

"He confirmed the fact that the woman was picked up when she accidentally 
observed the calf being abducted. He has paid for a pathology work and 
medical doctor work. The pathologist is a former head of the microbiology 
department of New Mexico University. They have done CATscans to show that 
the woman and her son did in fact have implants in their bodies. (* We 
confirmed the woman - not her son) She has a vaginal disease like 
streptococci-bulbie(?) and tried many antibodies to destroy the bacteria. 
That it has survived off the antibodies themselves. THE ALIENS KEEP 
HASSLING HER. (* Still true to date). 

"Paul kept the woman and her mother at his house and the UFOs were flying 
overhead constantly. THERE IS NO ESP INVOLVED, BUT IT IS JUST PLAIN 
PHYSICS. 

"They beam down (* They send a beam down - not 'beam down'). They can 
communicate THROUGH THIS BEAM. She picked up their transmissions. He 
devised a means of communication based upon heralfbic (?) code; one is 
equal to 'no' and two being 'yes.' Through this code he has been able to 
'talk' to the aliens. He then computerized the system that would reject 
extraneous inputs. HE SAID THAT THEY CAN BE VERYTHREATENING AND 
MALEVOLENT... 

"He then told the O.S.I. OF THE AIR FORCE and he has been requested to give 
(* Did give) several presentations to high level Air Force people in 
briefings on the subject, wing level Command and many others including this 
fellow Edwards. And he took a heli- copter to the site (* No - Twice to 
site - 1 st by OSI agent, 2nd by a Col. Carpenter). It turned out that the 
WING COMMANDER, after a presentation that this fellow made, then took a 
helicopter to the site and MADE PHOTOGRAPHS. 

"He says that you can see saucers on the ground. He says there is a kind of 
cone - a large cone and the larger vehicles come and land on top of the 
cone with the top of the cone fitting into a hole in the bottom. There is 
an elevator inside of the cone and that goes down into the mountain or 
ground about one kilometer. You can see the aliens running around the base 
getting into the vehicles and stuff. They use small vehicles to get around 


that have no wheels. They are rectangular in shape and they levitate. They 

do not show up in color BECAUSE THEY ARE HIGHLY REFLECTIVE, but in B & W 

they are visible. He says that there are beam weapons that are floating in 

strategic locations and there is a road into the base. He obtained 

infra-red photos of the area from an altitude of 14,000 Ft. There is a 

level HIGHWAYgoing into the area that is 36 ft. wide. IT IS A GOVERNMENT 

ROAD (i.e. apparently, part of the off-limits road that originates within 

the Ute Reservation on the Colorado-New Mexico border, and leads southward 

through the Jicarilla-Apache reservation toward the Archuleta plateau - 

Branton). One can see telemetry trailers and buildings that are five sided 

buildings with a dome. It is standard military procedure. There are many 

guard points and 'stakes' and there are launch domes that one can see. Next 

to the launch dome HE SAW A BLACK LIMOUSINE AND ANOTHER AT SOME 

DISTANCE 

OFF (* Apparently). The careful measurements showed that the limousine was 

the same length of his Lincoln Town car. IT IS A C.I.A. VEHICLE. ALSO THERE 

WAS A BLUE VAN. He has been cautioned about these limousines as they will 

run you off the road if you try to get into the area and in fact some- body 

has been killed in that manner. To the north is a launch site. THERE ARE 

TWO WRECKED SHIPS THERE: they are 36 feet with wings, and one can see 

oxygen and hydrogen tanks. There are four cylindrical objects Socorro type 

~ two carrying something while flying. The whole operation is based upon a 

government agreement and a technology trade. We get out of it atomic ships 

that are operated by plutonium. The Cash-Landrum case was one of them. The 

doors jammed open and neutron radiation came out. They are based at 

Kirtland AFB and Holloman AFB (* No - only know of one based at HAFB) and 

some place in Texas (possibly Ft. Hood, Texas - a guess only). He said the 

government is paying the hospital bills for the Cash-Landrum victims (* OSI 

Input - found out later unless someone covering - not true). Refueling of 

the plutonium is accomplished at Los Alamos. He had... pictures of this base 

back to 1948 and it has been there starting in 1948. Pictures in 1962, you 

can see many saucers and the base and truck... The road was 'passed off to 

the local inhabitants as a lumber contract. He has photographs (I believe) 

of the firing of a beam weapon that (?) in two directions. (That would be 

necessary on a flying saucer. The reaction forces would impede the 

vehicle.) He has computed the speeds of (the) flying saucers at 15,000 mph 

and indicates that THE PILOTS (* of ours) ARE FROM N.S.A., THE NATIONAL 

SECURITY AGENCY. The aliens (i.e. one particular group? - Branton) have had 

atomic propulsion system for 48 years and the saucers themselves operate on 

an electric charge basis having to do with crystal semiconductor and (* 

Maybe) a super lattice. I think he said 'as you increase the voltage, the 

current goes down.'... At present there are six to eight vehicles, maybe up 

to ten over the area and sometimes up to 100. THEY CAN BE SEEN IN THE 

CLOUDS. They go into cumulus clouds and produce nitrogen nitride. (* I 

assume or speculate it is this) YOU WILL SEE BLACK SPOTS IN THE CLOUD. They 

eat holes in the cloud. If you can see black spots in a cloud, then you can 


tell that a vehicle is in there. 

"He says that they come from six different cultures and in his 
communications (he learned that) some come from a binary system, possibly 
Zeta Reticuli and from distances up to and larger than 32 light years away. 
They also (* appear to) have one to three ships in (geosynchronous? - 
Branton) earth orbit at 50,000 KM altitude (* Based upon data). He had to 
form the words to try to communicate and he produced a vocabulary of 627 
words in a matrix form and used a computer. The Flying Saucers (* we see) 
are limited to operation in the atmosphere. 

"Now with regard to the cattle problem, the ALIENS are using the DNA FROM 

CATTLE AND ARE MAKING HUMANOIDS. He got pictures of their video screen. 

SOME OF THE CREATURES ARE ANIMAL LIKE, some are near human and some are 

human and short with large heads (the so-called hybrids? One abductee 

reported viewing an 'apparent' genetic experiment involving possible 

human-cattle hybridization. She viewed another woman abductee who was put 

asleep on a table, something - possibly ova - being removed from her 

abdomen by a Gray, at which point the Gray went over and worked on a cow 

that was laying unconscious on another table. Could SOME of the 'hybrids' 

be the result of genetic cross-breeding between humans and cattle rather 

than humans and reptilians? - Branton). They grow the embryos. After (that) 

the embryos become active by a year of training pre- sumably that is 

required for them to become operational. When they die, they go back into 

the tank. Their parts are recovered. 

"In 1979 something happened and the base was closed. There was an argument 
over weapons (Robert Lazar states that the Nevada DREAMLAND conflict 
between human and alien security was sparked by an argument over weapons. 
Since the DREAM- LAND and DULCE base are reportedly connected via tube 
shuttles then this "argument" may have spread to the Dulce Base, although 
Thomas Castello states that one of the major reasons for the DULCE WARS was 
the discovery of humans who had been permanently abducted or mutilated in a 
blatant violation of the joint- interaction treaties - Branton) and our 
people were chased out, more than 100 people involved. (Someplace later he 
indicates further details on this point.) 

"The base is 4000 ft. long and our helicopters are going in there all the 

time. When it became known that he was familiar with all this, the 

mutilations stopped. (* True) They are taking humanoid embryos out of this 

base to somewhere else. I asked if it was Albuquerque or Los Alamos, but he 

said he didn't know. (Note: 1/8/86 - looks like it is Albuquerque) 

[subterranean bases below Albuquerque? - Branton] He said there are still 

quite a few helicopters in operation. They fly at night. (* all unmarked) 

HE WENT UP THERE HIMSELF IN A HELICOPTER AND THE O.S.I. BRIEFED THE 

COPTER 


PILOT AND HE THOUGHT PERHAPS THE COPTER PILOT HIMSELF WAS AN 
UNDERCOVER 

MAN. They saw helicopter pads up there - Viet Nam type, with bearing 
markers and trees pushed off away from the location. It is such a wild area 
he said. He agreed to send me the coordinates of this base. 

"Regarding abductions of people, they pick out medium to low IQ personnel. 
They are able to scope out each one (so we can do the same thing with 
electro-magnetic spectrum analyzers). (* I don't know this part -- word 
mixup - drop). They pick up these people and then put implants into them 
and then take tissue samples, including ovum from the women, sperm from the 
men and DNA. 

"THEY CAN PROGRAM THESE PEOPLE AS SLAVES TO DO WHATEVER THEY WISH 
AND THEY 

WILL HAVE NO MEMORY OF IT. THEY (The Hard Core type) STAUNCHLY REFUSE TO 
BE 

X-RAYED OR HYPNOTICALLY REGRESSED. YOU CAN RECOGNIZE THEM 
BECAUSE OF THEIR 

EYES. HE SAYS 'PECUL^R LOOK IN THE EYES AND A FUNNY SMILE.' (* An 
expression) Hynek knows about all of this and has been in contact with 
Coral (Lorenzen). He regards Hynek as a threat. (* Not really - I just 
think he is still a Gov. cover) At his house, he showed Hynek films and out 
in the back yard a flying saucer. He asked Hynek about his view with regard 
to abductions as to how many people might have been abducted. Hynek, 
unhesitatingly said ABOUT ONE OUT OF FORTY. 

"He said that many people come to his door to see him, just 'out of the 

blue' and HE SEES SCARS ON THE BACK OF THEIR NECKS (Note: Refer to the 

remake of the movie INVADERS FROM MARS and also the movie THE 

PUPPETMASTERS 

based on Robert A. Heinleins book. The former depicted a mind-control 
implant inserted into the lower brain through the BACK OF THE NECK - 
leaving scars, whereas the latter depicted an alien parasite that attached 
itself in a controlling capacity to a human brain through the BACK OF THE 
NECK. - Branton). That previous old scars are easy to detect and that new 
ones are hard to detect. HE FEELS THAT THIS IS A SICKENING SITUATION. 

"THE ALIENS HAVE GONE WILD AND USE HYPODERMICS (and notes a 'parallel four 
times.') (McCampbell: I don't know what that means) (* I don't know 
either). He has been paralyzed four times and has been hit 250 times by 
hypodermics. He says they knock you cold and they do whatever they want to 
do and the above points have been verified medically. 

"A man came to see him with a top secret document that was dated in the 
50's, indicating if anybody found out about all of this they would kill 


them. He was asked 'doesn't that bother you?' He said 'no it didn't' 

"He said he had sent in some film to Kodak and there were seven rolls. They 

were Ectrochrome G which could not be processed locally, so they had to go 

to Kodak. He does all of the film work commercially so that nobody could 

claim that he had 'monkeyed' with the film. His films came back, but one of 

them - one was plain Ectrochrome, but (* Was missing for 2 months - when 

received) nine feet was missing and this was close-ups of UFOs that he had 

taken. THE MISSING PICTURES OF THE NINE FEET SHOWED UP (* The 9 ft. didn't 

- others known only to me did) IN A TOP SECRET DOCUMENT THAT HE STUDIED 
AND THE CODE NAME IS AQUARIUS AND IT IS A PROJECT OF THE NATIONAL 
SECURITY 

AGENCY (* I was told NASA). They are the ones that kept his film and copied 
it with deletions on Ectrochrome and sent it back (* I suspect). 

"THERE HAVE BEEN INDIRECT THREATS BYTHE AIR FORCE INTELLIGENCE 

AGAINST 

HIM. 

"THE LOCATION OF THE BASE IS 2 1/2 MILES NORTH- WEST OF DULCE AND 
ALMOST 

OVERLOOKS THE TOWN. IT IS UP ON THE MESA. We discussed the similarity 
between everything we have been talking about here and the movie 'CLOSE 
ENCOUNTERS OF THE THIRD KIND'. He said he speculated THAT seemed to be a 
plan of disclosure, that is the movie. The coordinates of the location are 
not far off and the mountain where the actual base is looks much like the 
mountain in the movie. 

"The next thing was - Discussing the trade off - alright. Here is what we 
got in the trade off. We got atomic technology, the atomic flying ships. 
Several of them, the first one wrecked on the ground and it can be seen and 
photographed from the air. A second one wrecked. A third one was wrecked. 
Apparently this last one was repaired and was the one that was in Houston 

- near Houston in the Cash-Landrum case. The second item was that we get 
out of it, are the beam weapons, the beam technology and third (* I 
speculate) is the thought beam. That is the means by which communication is 
accomplished. It is electrostatic in character with a magnetic component (* 
artifact) and it is the only way of communicating with people. They have to 
have the implants in order to use it. The crash that occurred at the base 

WHEN THERE WAS A DISTURBANCE OF SOME SORT, THE ALIENS KILLED 66 OF 
OUR 

PEOPLE AND 44 GOT AWAY. (* Alien computer input --True? I do not know.) 
(Note: Did the grays destroy that craft? Even if Bennewitz was able to LINK 
INTO and INTERROGATE the alien computer mainframe and discover certain 
secrets, there is the possibility that the aliens 'may' have used this in 
reverse and fed him with false information, as is their nature. As for the 


'altercation' at the base, other human sources such as Thomas Castello have 
CONFIRMED this - Branton). Over an argument - they turned on us. 

"...He was familiar with what the aliens called MPS which means 
manipulations per second - no, manipulations per sequence. (An) 
electrostatic field that can be manipulated into many configurations and 
the craft can stall. In order to prevent this, the field is adjusted once 
every forty milliseconds. He studied the trails from UFOs and they seem to 
break down into a pulse rate of 62 per second. Based upon the color movie 
pictures, there seems to be a blast of light and spectral components and 
composi- tion in there, with a Bow-Wave in front of the UFO with nitrogen 
showing green and oxygen showing blue, but with the saucer being invisible. 
They can run into a car or airplane and this Bow-Wave will destroy them. 
Rockets can hit this Bow-Wave and be destroyed. They can't penetrate it. At 
White Sands he was shown pictures of an F-15 shooting rockets with a 
missile at a target and the saucers came in behind the missile, 30 ft. 
behind, and then flew through the explosion. He didn't know what the 
purpose of the demonstration was, but suspected it might be just to show 
how invulnerable they are. But sometimes the saucers get into trouble and 
they are all consumed in some kind of way. 

"When he went up to Dulce in a helicopter, they landed and left some 

equipment there, but then when they came back the pilot was extremely 

nervous. Paul wanted to land on the base, but the pilot wouldn't do that. 

They came back to Dulce and landed at a small strip there, where they found 

two large Huey helicopters. The Indian (* Highway Patrolman) in charge 

there named Valdez went aboard one of the choppers AND THEY FOUND THEM TO 

BE FULL OF COMMANDOS. THEY ESTIMATED A TOTAL OF 75 COMMANDOS, fully 

armed 

with M-1 rifles (* No - M16's) and rockets (* & launchers). They did not 
have any indication of rank (* Valdez says no - not true - my mistake -- 
I did not get that all) ["not true" meaning that they DID have indication 
of rank? - Branton]. They only had shoulder patches on and the helicopters 
had no identification other than numbers. The helicopters were part of a 
project called BLUE LIGHT (Note: John Lear says that during his 
investigations into the BLUE LIGHT Project, he learned of a former Dulce 
worker who was being held captive in a peripheral base in the Dulce network 
- below Sleeping Ute ML, which Lear implies was located in SE Utah. Lear 
did NOT find the Blue Light base, however - Branton) and they were from Ft. 
Carson, Colorado (* OSI Input). When they left they were escorted by these 
two large Huey helicopters. As they were flying along - in the back- 
ground, they saw rise up one of the advanced space technology vehicles that 
looked like a manta ray with a negative dihedral and projections coming 
down. It flew vertically past two accompanying helicopters. PAUL FEELS THAT 
IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT THIS INFORMATION BE RELEASED BECAUSE HE FEELS 
THAT IT 


IS UNCONSTITUTIONAL FOR THE GOVERNMENT TO BE INVOLVED IN SUCH AN 
ARRANGEMENT THAT INVADES THE PRIVACY OF THE INDIVIDUALS BYTHE 
IMPLANTATION'S. HE SAID THAT 'ONCE THEY HAVE BEEN TAMPERED WITH BY 
THE 

ALIENS, THEY ARE NEVER THE SAME.' (I suppose one can easily believe that. 
- Jim McCampbell comments) So it appears that, for the privilege of 
collecting the biological materials in the mutilation of (cattle) and the 
abductions and the operations on board the craft, the government has 
allowed this to go on and even to assist for the privilege of getting the 
nuclear flight technology, plus also the embryos which are flown out of the 
base. (A rather fantastic story - Jim McCampbell comment) Paul strikes me 
as being an extremely conservative, extremely knowledgeable and reliable 
scientist, who was intimately familiar with sophisticated laboratory 
equipment. His is thoroughly scientific and reliable. (Jim McCampbell 
evaluation) 

"...I inquired about the other bases that were referred to in the 
'STIGMATA' report or article. He said all that he knew (was) that one was 
to the south, one to the west and one to the east and he doesn't want to 
know anything more about it. 

"I discussed the prospect of using the paper in the MUFON Proceedings to 
try to find the center of gravity for the mutilation cases from those maps 
that run from about 1972 to 1982 or 1983. The word gravity triggered in his 
mind another connection having to do with the Dept. of Interior that has a 
gravity dept. and they do in fact survey the United States and publish maps 
indicating the gravity contours. THERE IS A VERY WEAK GRAVITY at the site 
near Dulce. He said that the craft are very sensitive to the gravity levels 
and that SUGGESTED THAT PERHAPS THE OTHER SITES MIGHT ALSO BE 
LOCATED 

RELATIVE TO WEAK GRAVITY (Note: a lower gravity field, which is detectable 
by sen- sitive equipment although not necessarily discernible to humans, 
also reportedly indicates a lower earth-mass below ground, or rather a 
greater possibility for porous or cavernous subterranean levels below 
'weak' gravity field areas. A careful study of weak gravity field contours 
may help immensely in tracking down sub- terraneous systems, anything from 
untapped oil deposits to unoccupied cavern systems to underground bases 
occupied by either benevolent or malevolent 'alien' cultures - Branton). 

[Image] 

Continue Reading on Mojave Page 13 
Re-visit Mojave Page 1 1 

Return to Secrets of the Mojave Home Page 
Switch to UFO Coverup Home Page 


[Image] [Image] 


THE SECRETS OF THE MOJAVE 
(Or, The Conspiracy Against Reality) - Page #13 

[7th edition] 

Compiled by The Group' - Edited by 'Branton' 


continued from Page 12 

"He indicated that the objects fly in a wobbly way. His pictures have shown 

that. He says like the rocking of a boat.' He has measured many right 

angle turns and also full 1 80 degree turns in a 20th of a second with the 

objects still inside the bow-wave. He has also observed and photographed 

the object or lights moving in a triangular pattern and square patterns. HE 

SAYS HIGH POWERED RADAR CAN INTERFERE WITH THEM (Radar operates through 

the 

generation of powerful electromagnetic beams, so it is reasonable to assume 

that if a radar array is large enough and its energy output focused enough, 

a radar 'beam' might conceivably throw an aerial craft operating on 

electro- magnetic anti -gravitational principles out of balance, causing a 

crash. In fact it is said by Wlliam Cooper and others that several of the 

disks that crashed in the late 1 940's were intentionally brought down by 

the military using powerful radar systems - Branton). I reported on the 

meeting that we had on Sunday afternoon and raised some of the questions 

that came out of that meeting. One of them was why not remove the implant? 

He said that this had been discussed and the lady witness finds that 

acceptable if she can be assured that there can be no nerve damage. He then 

went into great detail, which exceeds my knowledge of anatomy, in 

describing the location of the implants. ONE APPEARS TO BE ADJACENT TO AND 

EXTERNAL TO THE CORTEX, WHICH I THINK HE INDICATED WAS AT THE BASE OF 

THE 

BRAIN. The image of the CATscan is of a very small helix, like it was 
joining two major nerves near the spinal column. Then on the lateral right 
side from the back, there is an implant of perhaps like the one above. 
Another is on the left side. Two others are on the forward part of the 
skull, which appearto be small 2 millimeter electrodes AGAINST THE RADIAL 
NERVE. There is a shape to these things which he indicated is like a baby 


bottle nipple upside down (* This shape is not the implants which 
[-unreadable-] the skull), not the cap part, but just the nipple itself. (I 
raised the question of the U.S.S.R. satellites seeing this Base) He 
acknowledged that and also that ours can certainly see it. (This would be 
confirmed by the famous GROOM LAKE satellite photograph, showing the dry 
lake bed in the S-4/Dreamland area of Nevada which has made the rounds 
within the UFO research community, a photograph that was taken by a Russian 
satellite - Branton) He had a discussion with some photo analyst (* OS I 
photo analyst) who indicated that he had seen tracks up a hill and a launch 
location that was definitely not a rock but some kind of artificial 
construction. On the hazard of entering (the) area, I asked about that. He 
said that there is a risk if we went in on foot, but if a person tried to 
do that (it was) likely that the people would 'wack them.' (* I said 'zap'. 
The odds are one might be accosted) But he thinks that a helicopter would 
be safe. But what he wants to do is to do additional aerial surveillance. 
Then go in with a group, the larger number of people the better. A Highway 
Patrol- man, a friend of his, is ready to go in at any time. He says one 
can't act on impulse. You have to plan out a program. He said four times he 
had near encounters and one was with this Major Edwards. He had received a 
mental communication (* No - not received - I asked them mentally - they 
were apparently scanning me - I don't 'receive' anything mentally.) while 
watching some UFOs... 

"He is president of Thunder Scientific Corporation, a well known operation 

there, with their specialty being temperature and humidity devices. THEIR 

EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN ON THE SHUTTLE AND MOST OF THEIR BUSINESS IS WITH 

THE 

TOP 500 CORPORATIONS. 

"His company is by Sandia on 1/2 acres and (he is) now building an 
additional 3500 sq. ft. building. There is another organization called 
Bennewitz Laboratory which is the research arm of Thunder Scientific 
Corporation owned 90% by the latter and operated by his three sons. They 
have invented a hearing device that has no moving parts that makes totally 
deaf people able to hear and in addition, expanding the frequency range 
plus 1 00 HZ on the high side and down to less than 1 0 HZ on the low 
frequency end. 

"He said that he got involved in all this merely as a hobby and it became 
an obsession. He simply wanted to know what was going on and to develop 
instrumentation to measure data, etc. Since THE SIGNALS FROM THE UFOS ARE 
VERY LOW FREQUENCY, DOWN AROUND 200 HZ and with an analyzer you just think 
you are looking at some noise. But I believe he said IT WAS A MEMORY SCOPE 
THAT WAS ABLE TO FILTER OUT THE SIGNAL INVOLVED THERE WHEREAS 
ORDINARY 

FILTERS DO NOT. They trigger signals in an on and off fashion, instead of O 


and 1 volt representing that type of communication or signal a distinction 

is made between a narrow pulse and wide pulse. Each communication is 

preceded by four or five pulses. HE HAD PREVIOUSLY BEEN IN TOUCH WITH THE 

O.S.I, which has been verified by (the book) 'CLEAR INTENT.' But NOW HE 

SAYS THAT WHEN HE CALLS THEM, THEY WON'T SPEAK TO HIM SO HE IS IN A 

'SHUT 

OUT SITUATION. I pointed out that there were two O.S.I.'s (Office of 

Special Investigation) and the other is C.I.A. (Office of Scientific 

Investigation). He assured me that it was not the C.I.A. group. He said the 

actual title of the group that he was dealing with was the 'Office of 

Secret Investigation' (or 'Intelligence'). He says there is also a new 

pattern or [-?-] called Human Intelligence, that is they investigate the 

humans, that is the government. I mentioned to him that in 'CLEAR INTENT 

that it said he was under surveillance. That happens to be in error. That 

information comes from SOMEWHERE ELSE. But he quickly said 'I know that I 

am under surveillance.' They set up a site across the street from his house 

with computers and recorders. A girl rented the house. He had a detective 

look into this and found that she was operating under an assumed name and 

SHE HAD NO SOCLA,L SECURITY NUMBER. HE HAS PHOTO- GRAPHS OF PEOPLE 

COMING 

AND GOING WITH 'NORAD' LICENSE PLATES, AIR FORCE, A.F. WEAPONS LAB. HE 
THINKS N.S.A. IS ORCHESTRATING THIS. For an entirely separate subject, he 
thinks (* I was told that it was by a Washing- ton source) this whole 
operation, THE UFO BASE DETAIL IS CLASSIFIED HIGHER THAN THE PRESIDENT. 
THAT IS, HE THINKS THE PRESIDENT DOESN'T KNOW ABOUT THIS (Not in total 
depth) (* True). 

"He is also concerned that there are two levels of security involved. (1) 

Project AQUARIUS which is TOP SECRET and another (2) higher than that; 

where people in charge of the higher level information HAVING THESE NEW 

VEHICLES COULD SIMPLYTAKE OVER THE GOVERNMENT. He called the Air Force 

intelligence head headquarters in (Washington) (* Yes -- true - AF Intel.) 

(He didn't say Washington, but that was the idea) The Commanding Officer 

was not present but he talked to a Captain who was the adjutant or 

executive and started talking. He said 'I know all of these facts, and this 

and that and what do you think about that?' The Captain said 'JUST WRITE US 

A REPORT AND TELL US WHAT WE SHOULD DO.' (* About it) So he prepared a 20 

page report and Edwards saw it. He for- warded it by Federal Express and 

also a copy to the White House in a double envelope, indicating that 

sensitive material was in the inner envelope. Edwards got a call from 

Colonel Smith (* Not Smith - Col. Don ? Have to check files.) who was 

the White House Liaison to inquire who this Bennewitz fellow was. Edwards 
gave a positive report. The White House was extremely interested and issued 
orders 'TO GET ON WITH IT; TO DO SOMETHING, ASSURING EDWARDS THAT 
BENNEWITZ 

WOULD RECEIVE A LETTER WITHIN TWO WEEKS.' (Note: This serves to confirm 


that TWO groups, elected and unelected, are working simultan- eous in 
'government' and that each seems to have two different agendas - Branton) 
Such a letter was never received. Finally, Col. Smith from the Air Force 
Secretary sent him a letter eventually just pursuing the 'old party line.' 
That said 'he should not be troubling the headquarters of the Air Force and 
the Executive offices of the White House with all of his stuff.' 

"Bennewitz showed this letter to Edwards WHO BLEW UP AND CALLED SMITH (* 

Col Don. ). They got an answer from the Air Force that they were not 

interested and knew nothing about it. On another point: referencing the 
'STIGMATA' article where the farmer thought that the two humanoids may have 
been naked. In the case with which he was dealing with - the woman and the 
son, the boy upon being questioned laughed, and said 'they had no fronts or 
behinds.' I asked no sexual organs, and he said yes, no organs at all. He 
has received information concerning a high metabolism rate of the 
creatures, even birdlike. One of the wit- nesses, I think the woman who was 
being taken by the hand, said the hand of the creatures was 'red hot.' And 
he guesses that it must have been 1 1 5 degrees F. The creatures cannot stand 
uncontrolled environment. THEY WEAR SUITS FOR PROTECT- ION AGAINST 
EXCESSIVE HEAT. They are fed by a formula and if they are short of that 
intake, they will turn green. (* Turn Grey - They are a light yellow green 
when healthy) The heart is on the right side and they have one lung. 
Elimination is through the skin. The creatures are very strong... 

"He says that the UFOs can be detected by radar detectors and they also 

trigger highway patrol radar or Police radar guns. His friend Valdez, at 

his suggestion, was looking for water intake to the site and within about 1 

1/2 miles he came upon a flying saucer at a distance of about 300 ft. THE 

INDIANS OWN THE AREA - ARE QUITE SCARED AND VERYSUPERSTITIOUS AND 

90% OF 

THEM HAVE MOVED INTO TOWN. The Chief of Police told him about an experience 

he had. A tribal chief had gone deer hunting on a mesa SOUTH of Dulce. Two 

days went by. When he didn't return, a search party was sent out. In the 

day- light on the mesa, a ship 'hopped up' from down below and came above 

the mesa. The guys (human) kicked the tribal chief to the ground. Then they 

got into the ship and disappeared. He had been hunting and had 'fell'. He 

had a broken leg and he was picked up by these people in the craft. They 

were blacks... (* No - No -the SHIP was black... black uniforms) He 

discussed something about some devices called sphericals that are optical 

in sound (* They have a sound when they move abruptly.) and apparently 

remotely controlled little vehicles... Spheres from 1 1/2" to 12" in 

diameter. We discussed weapons used by aliens and whether or not they are 

used to paralyze people. Yes, they consist of a cube about 2" on a side - 

called a lens, hung around the neck -- that emits a beam. Another on the 

ship produces a BLUE LIGHT that he has seen. It comes from a device about 

4" high and 14" long with grid black lines on it. The color produced is 


very light blue which is like ionized oxygen. He has not sought publicity 
on any of this. He is only interested in getting the facts... 

"I continue to get reassurance that the guy is continually on the level and 
what he has to say should be taken seriously... (Jim McCampbell comment.)" 

Following are quotations from a document which was put together by Paul 
Bennewitz. Although Paul has apparently been 'silenced', the discoveries he 
has made in the physical/techno- logical area of this 'para-physical' war 
cannot be covered up. The following is apparently a proposed plan for a 
physical assault against the aliens and may be useful in any future 
attempts to re- take the bases from alien or ALIEN-CONTROLLED elements (and 
possibly set free the various 'captives' being held there): 

"IN BRIEF - THESE ARE APPARENT CAPABILITIES OBSERVED AND GLEANED 
THROUGH 

THE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION AND OBSERVATION. YOU MAYKNOWTHESE, 
HOWEVER, 

THEYARE DIRECTLY RELATED TO THE LASTAND FINAL PORTION OF THIS 
REPORT. 

WHAT CAN BE DONE? 

"1) Because of the alien's apparent logic system (they appear to be logic 

controlled) A KEY DECISION CANNOT BE MADE WITHOUT HIGHER CLEARANCE. 

ALL ARE 

UNDER THE CONTROL OF WHAT THEY CALL 'THE KEEPER'; YET IT WOULD 
APPEAR THIS 

IS NOT THE FINAL SAY. THEREFORE, DEPENDENT UPON URGENCY, DELAYS OF 
AS LONG 

AS TWELVE TO FIFTEEN HOURS CAN OCCUR FOR A DECISION. HOW 
SHORT/LONG THIS 

TIME FRAME UNDER BATTLE CONDITIONS MAYBE, I DO NOT KNOW. 

"Because of this apparent control, INDIVIDUAL INSTANT- ANEOUS DECISION 
MAKING BYTHE ALIEN IS LIMITED. IF THE 'PLAN' GOES EVEN SLIGHTLY OUT OF 
BALANCE OR CONTEXT, THEY BECOME CONFUSED. Faced with this, possibly, the 
humanoids would be the first to break and run. 

"The same applies to their Mission MASTER PLAN, if one can call it that. IF 

PUSHED OUT OF CONTEXT, IT WILL COME APART - THEY WILL BE EXPOSED TO 

THE 

WORLD SO THEY WILL POSSIBLY RUN BEFORE THEY FIGHT IN THE OPEN. THEY 
DEFINITELY DO NOT WANT THAT TO HAPPEN. 

"Psychologically, at present, their morale is down - near disintegration. 
There is pronounced dissension in the ranks; even with the humanoids. 


Communication can encourage this (not necessity to expound upon this other 

than to say BECAUSE OF THEIR OWN INTERNAL VULNERABILITY MIND-WISE TO 

EACH 

OTHER, THEREIN LIES A PRIME WEAKNESS). Inter-echelon or individual 'trust' 
appears to be totally lacking so suspicion of each other is rampant. They 
are highly segregated as to levels - a 'low 1 dare not conflict with a 
'medium' or 'high' or it literally means death. Death being, to the 
humanoid, deprogramming or, in the end perhaps total physical death. 

"THEYAPPEARTO BE TOTALLYDEATH ORIENTED and because of this, absolutely 
death-fear oriented. THIS IS A PSYCHOLOGICAL ADVANTAGE. The computer also 
gives indications of a real possibility of adverse or 'ground programming'. 

"2) Consider their ships - most if not all run on charge. The source 

depletes and so dependent upon size, depletion can occur from some within a 

week or less. Ships can replenish each other but only up to charge balance. 

This is done with antennae- like extensions and the charge is distributed 

observing conservation of energy laws. THEYCAN REPLENISH FROM POWER LINES 

- BUT AGAIN ONLY TO A POINT - so time of flight is limited. Deprived of 

their base recharge capability, it is indicated that all ships will come 

down within six months to a year unless they can get transported out - 

that is back to the prime launch ship. 

"The disks and saucers in general cannot fly in space because of their mode 

of flight (i.e. unless they are within an interplanetary or interstellar 

carrier' vessel - Branton). Therefore, deprived of home base, it is not 

likely they can survive. THEIR CAPABILITY IN POWER SURVIVAL OUTLASTS THEIR 

CAPABILITY IN FOOD OR FORMULA SURVIVAL. IF THEY DO NOT GET THE 

FORMULA/FOOD 

WITHIN A CERTAIN PERIOD OF TIME THEYWILL WEAKEN AND DIE. 

"IN THE CASE OF MT. ARCHULETA AND SOUTH PEAK, THEYARE DEPENDENT 
UPON THE 

NAVAJO RIVER FOR WATER SUPPLY AND WATER TO THEM IS TOTALLY LIFE. 
WITHOUT 

WATER THEY HAVE NO POWER; WITHOUT POWER, NO OXYGEN OR HYDROGEN 
TO SERVICE 

THE SHIPS AND WEAPONS. NO WATER TO SUSTAIN THE ORGANS AND FEEDING 
FORMULA 

(Note: We should also take into account the possibility of subterranean 
water sources. Also, if the base can be weakened by shutting off the 
supply-line of water, the 'formula', and so-on it might be wise - for the 
sake of human 'prisoners' below - to not wait until the base is too weak 
as this might endanger these humans. We suggest that in addition to the 
strategies Bennewitz gives in this document, an all-out under-"g round" 
invasion force should also be considered, prepared to enter the base when 


it is at a specific 'weak' point, still considering the human captives - 
Branton). 


"Simple? Not really. However, THERE IS A WATER INTAKE AND THERE IS A DAM 
UPSTREAM THAT CAN BE TOTALLYCUT OFF AND THE WATER RE-ROUTED TO 
CHAMA, NEW 

MEXICO. SHOULD THIS OCCUR, AT LEAST THREE OF THE INTERNAL BASES WILL 
GO 

DOWN. They could possibly go atomic periodically but obviously problems 
without cooling. 

"Once the bases are pressed on a large scale, all disks and saucers will go 

airborne immediately. TROOPS ON THE GROUND CAN GAIN TERRAIN COVER TO 

QUITE 

A DEGREE - IT IS ROUGH TERRAIN. 

"3) OUR NEED IS FOR A WEAPON, workable and preferably NOT like the alien's. 
I believe unless the alien is caught unawares (with their screen up their 
weapons are equal so they are like children pillow boxing) there can be no 
result; THE WEAPON MUST PENETRATE THEIR SCREEN AND IT MUST ALSO 
PENETRATE 

THE GROUND. I BELIEVE I HAVE THAT WEAPON (Note: Was this suggestion of 
Bennewitz', for a ground 'penetrating' device, the original inspiration for 
the Los Alamos 'Excalibur 1 weapon? - a nuclear device which was designed 
to bore through the earth and destroy 'aliens' in their underground bases? 
- Branton). Two small prototypes have been funded and constructed by my 
Company. Tests conducted to date indicate they do work and work rather well 
considering their small size. Because of this weapon's present status and 
proprietary nature (a basic patent is in process), the theory will not be 
explained here. However, the weapon appears to do two things at very low 
power. 1) The disks within it's range begin to discharge when exposed to 
the weapon beam. To counteract, they must apply more power and so doing 
consume power. Again conservation of energy laws strictly apply. 

"This effect can be observed on the detection instruments as they back away 
in response to slow discharge. DISCHARGE, AT LOW POWER IS SLOW BUT AT HIGH 
POWER IN THE FINAL SOPHISTICATED WEAPON, THE RATE CAN BE INCREASED 
BY MANY 

ORDERS OF MAGNITUDE. 2) MOST IMPORTANTLY, THIS WEAPON CAN 
PENETRATE THE 

SCREEN - HULL ALLOY, EVERYTHING. They cannot shield it in any way. Lastly, 
BECAUSE OF THE IMPLANTS, THE WEAPON'S BEAM GETS TO THEM MENTALLY; 
THEY LOSE 

JUDGMENT AND INDICATE ALMOST IMMED ATE CON- FUSION, PARTICULARLY 
THE 

HUMANOIDS. 


"It is believed at this early stage - based upon present testing, that the 
weapon when full on and full size will kill and bring down disks at 
substantial range. The alien weapons operate substan- tially the same as 
their disks using a charge source and charge distribution. So, in the same 
sense it is indicated that this weapon design will pull their charge 
weapons down very rapidly. 

"The range of my weapon exceeds that of their present weapons and in its 
most sophisticated form can be readily computer controlled to allow 
extremely rapid tracking and lock-on regardless of speed along with 
electronic wobbulation of the beam. IT IS A BEAM WEAPON and even at this 
early stage of miniature prototype testing and development, it indicates 
EVENTUAL superiority to their weapons. 

"4) Initial logistics would indicate a plan sequentially implemented as 

follows: This plan DOES NOT INCLUDE ALL REQUIREMENTS AND PREPARATORY 

SAFETY 

MEASURES TO BE EMPLOYED BY GROUND FORCES; HOWEVER, IF AIR FORCE 
INTELLIGENCE DESIRES TO PURSUE THE APPROACHES SUGGESTED IN THIS 
REPORT, 

EACH SIGNIFICANT REQUIREMENT WILL BE DISCUSSED IN DEPTH. 

"AN ATTACK MUST BE DIRECTED NEAR ENTIRETY ON THE GROUND FOR 
OBVIOUS 

REASONS. One would, if familiar with the alien capability, indicate that 
vehicle ignition problems will be encountered. This is precisely true; 
however, the reason for this is not mysterious but is based upon good solid 
laws of physics and are known. (From) experience gained through my study, 
it is now known how to prevent this from happening and will be discussed in 
detail at some later date. All electrical and electronic equipment must be 
'hardened' using these specific techniques prior to implementation. Because 
of the known capability of the alien (by use of scanning beams to know in 
advance details of planning) only the initial outline is presented in this 
report. 

"Again through the communicative interaction (computer-linked 
'interrogation'? - Branton) with the alien, testing has simultaneously been 
done upon this facet, i.e. eavesdropping and ways to abort this capability 
have been tested and proven. 

"The program would be instigated in phases. The first phase - planning and 
logistics - would include continued implementation and testing of the 
final weapon prototype through the pre-production stage. Production of at 
least fifty minimum quality should be planned. Additional backup spares 
should also be included. 


"On a full time shift basis, it is estimated that at least one year or less 
would be required to arrive at the pre-production stage. A team would be 
organized by THUNDER SCIENTIFIC to accomplish this. The key work is now and 
would be done by an associated company, BENNEWITZ LABS., LTD. 

"Specific attack phases would be incorporated: 

"1) The first procedure would be TO CLOSE THE GATES OF THE DAM ABOVE THE 
NAVAJO RIVER. THIS DAM WOULD BE HELD CLOSED FOR THE DURATION. 
INTERNAL TO 

THE ONE CAVE, THERE IS A SMALL DAM FOR WATER STORAGE. It's capacity is 
small. THERE IS ALSO A DISCHARGE OUTLET DOWNSTREAM THAT COULD BE 
CLOSED 

CAUSING WASTE WATER TO BACK-UP INTO THE CAVES. THE WATER IS VACUUM 
PUMPED 

APPARENTLY BY SOME ELECTROSTATIC MEANS FROM THE RIVER. At close range, 
the 

weapon will take out this capability. 

"2) Once deprived TOTALLY of water for a minimum period of four weeks, 

conditions in the alien bases under discussion will have badly 

deteriorated. PSYCHOLOGICAL SHOCK IS EXTREMELY EFFECTIVE WITH THE 

ALIEN; 

total advantage can be taken by instantaneous action or planned observable 
deviation from the norm. AT LEAST THREE BASES WILL GO DOWN. 

"3) If they follow their normal strategic pattern as when pressed 
previously, they will launch most if not all ships. 

"4) Prior to the implementation of water deprivation, the weapons should be 
deployed at strategic hardened locations and activated in a certain 
pre-planned manner determined by final weapon coordinate locations. 

"5) This will put an immediate power drain upon those airborne and the 
alien weapons ringing their bases. 

"6) Because of the inherent psychological aspect of the alien (does 

Bennewitz refer to the Grays in the singular, in that the aliens operate in 

one 'collective conscious'? - Branton), much can be done in the open with 

no attempt to preserve secrecy. Much of what is done can be of a 

diversionary nature. UNDER MOST CIRCUMSTANCES THEY WILL ATTEMPT TO 

HARASS 

BUT WILL NOT OPENLY ATTACK (They are more into "Mind" warfare than Material 
warfare, although they have used physical weaponry when pushed into a 
corner - as in airborne assaults against their craft or ground assaults 


against their bases. Apparently they would prefer to take control of a 
world without the trouble of risking the loss of machinery and personnel - 
Branton) 

"7) Throughout and prior to this, the open computer communica- tions link 
will be operational for continued PSYCHOLOGICAL INTERROGATION. 

M 8) At some point in time - again resting upon battle status, THE 

DEPLOYMENT OF OFFENSIVE FORCES WILL BEGIN. This deployment should be done 
in a near instantaneous manner under certain special conditions that can be 
discussed. 

M 9) The weapon system should be kept powered up throughout. In this manner, 
the disks will be made to stay airborne. They cannot land in the interval 
the system is powered. 

"10) When the weapon is used in one specific power mode, in addition to 

continuous discharge on the disks that are airborne and the ground based 

weapons, THE MIND CONFUSION AND DIS- ORIENTATION WILL BUILD IN THOSE 

PERSONNEL AT THE BASE AND UNDERGROUND. At the end of four to five weeks or 

less, all weapons should be totally discharged and power out on the bases. 

Most personnel if not all, will be totally incapacitated. THE FEEDING 

FORMULA WILL BE DOWN AND ITS CRITICAL PROCESSING RUINED. ALL (alien) 

EMBRYOS SHOULD BE DEAD AND ALL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONSUMABLES 

DEPLETED. 

(Note: This is of course speaking in 'conventional' warfare terms, however 
one must balance this by taking into account the spiritual-supernatural 
aspects of the conflict as well, being that this is a psycho-spiritual as 
well as a conventional conflict. Also, if the extent of the base is much 
deeper and wide- spread then previously believed - via interconnected 
caverns and shuttle terminals - then these facts should be brought into 
the scenario as well. For instance the 'aliens' might escape through the 
'tubes' to other installations. Even if this occurs this major base can be 
conquered fully by human [Evadamic] forces, from whom the 'draconians' 
apparently took 'control' of it in times past. For instance, Hopi-Apache 
activist Robert Morningsky says that his people were driven FROM the caves 
centuries ago by the invading "children of the reptile" - Branton) 

"11) Based upon data gathered on the miniature prototype weapons, the full 
power weapons should have no problem holding off the disks. In many cases 
some will break within the first forty- eight hours without being directly 
hit. 

"12) At that point, standard weapon technology and logistics can come into 
play and (be) used to the extent of destruction desired at the direction of 
those in charge. 


"13) The communications can be used throughout to determine status and near 
the end to attempt to instigate surrender, if no response results, then 
they should simply be closed in and waited out. 

"SUMMARY- It is important to note that the initial implement- ation of 

the computer communications WAS NOT INSTIGATED FOR THE PURPOSE OF 

TALKING 

TO THE ALIEN FOR THE 'FUN OF IT; BUT WAS DELIBERATELY INSTIGATED TO USE 
AS 

A TOOL TO STUDY, IN DEPTH - LONG TERM WITHOUT PHYSICAL CONFRONTATION 

THE STRENGTHS AND WEAK- NESSES OF THE ALIEN. 

"The weapon theory and prototypes were built to capitalize upon and test 

two KEY and prominent weaknesses discovered. This in-house funded program 

has been expensive, in excess of $200,000; done ON BEHALF OF OUR NATION and 

handled in the best representative manner humanly possible. 

"1) The PRIME and weakest area discovered, probed and tested is exactly 

what they have used thinking it is their key strength - that being, THE 

MANIPULATION OF AND CONTROL OF THE MIND; NOT ONLY OF COMMAND BUT 

ALSO 

HUMAN- OID. MANIPULATED IN REVERSE PSYCHOLOGICALLY AND BYTHE 
LANGUAGE 

(COMPUTER) AND DUE TO THE EXTREME OF MENTAL DISTORTION AND 
INCAPACITY 

CAUSED BYTHE WEAPON, IT HAS BEEN FOUND THAT THIS FACET IS FOR THEM A 
DISASTER AND A DIRECTLYVULNERABLE INTE- GRATED WEAKNESS. 

"2) Though their ships are magnificent, they are also weak - solely BECAUSE 
of their method and unique mode of flight. They do not have a stable 
fighting platform (Note: The effectiveness of stable-flying conventional 
jet craft ARMED with high-tech beam weaponry has been confirmed by the 
'South African Incident' described elsewhere - if in fact that event was a 
true account. However we MUST realize that there are 'human' as well as 
'alien- sauroid' occupied UFO-type craft in the atmosphere, and the PROBLEM 
would be our ability to determine whether these craft are friends or foes! 
- Branton). Charge distribution CAN also be discharged. The weapon does 
this - even in it's present miniature prototype state. 

"IT IS NOT THE PURPOSE OF THIS REPORT TO IMPLYTHATTHE OVERALL 
PROBLEM 

WILL BE SOLVED WITH THE CAPTURE OF THESE BASES. Obviously IT WILL NOT, 
but 

it is a firmly based beginning with a high degree of rated projected 


success ratio. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO IMPLYTHE ALIEN WILL NOT FIGHT; THEY 
MAY- THOUGH THEIR INCLINATION IS GENERALLYTHE OPPOSITE - THIS BASING 
AREA 

IS KEY! WITHOUT IT, THEIR MISSION IS IN VERY DEEP (TROUBLE)..." 

(Note: The copy of the document on which the above quotations were based 
was missing the first 8 and last 2 pages). 

Relative to the above, LEADING EDGE RESEARCH released the following 
synopsis of THE DULCE PAPERS': 

"The Dulce papers were comprised of 25 BLACK AND WHITE PHOTOS, A VIDEO TAPE 

WITH NO DIALOGUE and a set of papers that included technical information of 

the allegedly jointly occupied (U.S. -Alien) facility 1 kilometer beneath 

the Archuleta Mesa near Dulce, New Mexico. SEVERAL PERSONS WERE GIVEN THE 

ABOVE PACKAGE FOR SAFE KEEPING. Most of those given the package were shown 

what the package contained but were not technically oriented and knew very 

little about what they were looking at. The following is written by ONE OF 

THESE PERSONS about what the papers contained. This person described the 

scenes that the video tape showed... What you see is what you get; I can't 

decipher what is written or drawn anymore than you can. I pass these papers 

on only in the interest of getting to the truth. (From) other information I 

have, I believe the infor- mation herein is true. I believe the facility 

exists and is CURRENT- LY OPERATIONAL. I also believe that there are 4 

ADDITIONAL FACILITIES OF THE SAME TYPE, ONE LOCATED A FEW MILES TO THE 

SOUTHEAST OF GROOM LAKE, NEVADA. What is the truth? Only God, MJ-12 and the 

aliens know for sure. 

"Dulce papers: Lots of papers-documents that discuss COPPER AND MOLYBDENUM, 
also papers about MAGNESIUM AND POTASSIUM, BUT MOSTLYABOUT COPPER. 
Lots of 

'MEDICAL TERMS' that I don't understand. A sheet of paper with charts and 
strange diagrams. Papers that discuss ULTRA VIOLET LIGHT AND GAMMA RAYS. 
Papers that discuss COLOR AND BLACK AND WHITE AND HOW TO AVOID 
DETECTION 

THROUGH USE OF CERTAIN COLORS. In addition to these papers THERE ARE 
ABOUT 

25 PICTURES, BLACK AND WHITE, PLUS ONE VIDEO TAPE WITH NO DIALOGUE, 
ALL 

TAKEN INSIDE THE DULCE FACILITY. THESE PAPERS TELL WHAT THE ALIENS 
ARE 

AFTER AND HOW THE BLOOD (TAKEN FROM THE COWS) IS USED. Aliens (i.e. 
REPTIL^NS or SAUROIDS - Branton) seem to absorb atoms to 'eat'. ALIENS PUT 
HANDS 'IN BLOOD', SORT OF LIKE A SPONGE, FOR NOURISHMENT. ITS NOT JUST 
FOOD THEY WANT, THE DNA in cattle and humans is being altered. THE 'TYPE 
ONE' CREATURE IS A LAB ANIMAL. 'THEY (again, the SAURIOIDS - Branton) KNOW 


HOWTO CHANGE THE ATOMS TO CREATE A TEMPORARY 'ALMOST HUMAN 
BEING' 

(MIB-like? - Branton). IT IS MADE WITH ANIMAL TISSUE AND DEPENDS ON A 
COMPU- TER TO SIMULATE MEMORY, A MEMORYTHE COMPUTER HAS 
WITHDRAWN FROM 

ANOTHER HUMAN BEING. THE 'ALMOST HUMAN BEING' IS SLIGHTLY SLOW AND 
CLUMSY 

REAL HUMANS ARE USED FOR TRAINING, TO EXPERIMENT AND BREED WITH 
THESE 

'ALMOST HUMANS'. SOME HUMANS ARE KIDNAPPED AND USED COMPLETELY 
(EVEN 

ATOMS). SOME ARE KEPT IN LARGE TUBES, AND ARE KEPT ALIVE IN AN AMBER 
LIQUID. SOME HUMANS ARE BRAIN- WASHED AND USED TO DISTORT THE TRUTH. 
CERTAIN MALE HUMANS HAVE A HIGH SPERM COUNTAND ARE KEPT ALIVE. 
THEIR SPERM 

IS USED TO ALTER THE DNA AND CREATE A NON-GENDER BEING CALLED 'TYPE 
TWO'. 

That sperm is grown some way and altered again, put in large wombs, many 
destroyed, certain are altered again and then put in separate wombs. THEY 
RESEMBLE 'UGLY HUMANS' WHEN GROWING BUT LOOK NORMAL WHEN FULLY 
GROWN WHICH 

TAKES ONLY A FEW MONTHS FROM FETUS SIZE. THEY HAVE A SHORT LIFE 
SPAN, LESS 

THAN A YEAR. SOME FEMALE HUMANS ARE USED FOR BREEDING. COUNTLESS 
WOMEN HAVE 

HAD A SUDDEN MISCARRIAGE AFTER ABOUT 3 MONTHS PREGNANCY. SOME 
NEVER KNEW 

THEY WERE PREGNANT. Others remember contact some way. THE FETUS IS USED 
TO 

MIX THE DNA IN TYPES ONE AND TWO. THE ATOMIC MAKEUP IN THAT FETUS IS 
HALF 

HUMAN, HALF 'ALMOST HUMAN' AND WOULD NOT SURVIVE IN THE MOTHERS 
WOMB. It is 

taken at 3 months and grown elsewhere." 

In a letter dated Sept. 1990, written by Thomas Castello and addressed to 
researcher 'Jason Bishop', the former Dulce Base security officer stated: 

"...The room for (the electro-magnetic) generator is nearly 200 
feet diameter. This circular room covers the fifth and sixth 
levels (extreme westsouth wing). Here, is the intense magnetic 
generator. There is a 'buffer area' made of ceramic and Latex 
that is four feet thick, in all directions. There (are) five 
entrances (plus an escape trap door on the sixth floor) on each 
floor. Each portal has double door (one at the out-side of the 
buffer and one at the inside of the buffer). The security is 


severe. Armed guards patrol constantly, and in addition to weight 
sensitive areas there (are) hand print and eye print stations. No 
one under ULTRA 5 clearance is allowed near the portals. Here, is 
the device that powers the transfer of atoms. No information is 
available to personnel with ULTRA 7 or less. (I was ULTRA 7)" 

William F. Hamilton adds yet another detail in his book 'COSMIC TOP SECRET 
(p. 109): "...According to Thomas, the alien androgynal breeder is capable 
of parthenogenesis. At Dulce, the common form of reproduction is 
polyembryony. Each embryo can, and does divide into 6 to 9 individual 
'cunne' (pronounced cooney, i.e. siblings). The needed nutriment for the 
developing cunne is supplied by the 'formula,' which usually consist of 
(blood? - Branton) plasma, deoxyhemoglobin, albumin, lysozyme, cation, 
amniotic fluid and more." (Note: Christa Tilton described '...strange vats 
filled with eerie liquid... where aliens are being grown.' She stated that 
there were: 'dozens of creatures in each womb. Can't count tanks, maybe 
SCORES or HUNDREDS... womb submerged in sort of yellow liquid. Looks 
thicker than water. Creatures float in amber colored water. Womb is 
greyish...' The creatures or embryos being bred were 'not human', had 
bluish-grey 'resilient' skin, and possessed 'three fingers' and 'two toes'. 
She confirmed that parts of human bodies may be used in the 'fluid'. She 
says that they used her to breed a human-like child [or children] who is 
being held prisoner in the underground base. - Branton) 

Researcher Jim Bennett, in a letter to Jacques Vallee dated Jan. 15, 1992 
stated the following (It is our belief that even if there is a Fascist-CIA 
cabal trying to establish a world dictatorship using the 'threat' of an 
alien invasion to foment world government, that the 'threat' may be real 
all the same. It is possible that the llluminati may be working with very 
real ALIENS in an end-game designed to establish a world government using 
this 'threat' as an excuse to do so, although when the world is under 
'their 1 control the serpent cults may betray the human race by turning some 
global government controls over to the reptilians [the Beast?], which 
assisted the Bavarians in carrying out their despotic plans in the first 
place): 

"...1947 brought the passage of the National Security Act, the start of the 
NAZI GERMINATED CIA and NSA. The influx of at least a hundred Nazi 
scientists, engineers, etc., into the United States and Canada. A Nazi 
aeronautical engineer, a certain Herr Mieth - who had designed four 
different types of saucer shaped craft by 1 943 using either rocket power or 
DONUT CONFIGURA- TION jet turbine engines (rather than cylindrical), with 
the cabin stabilized by gyro, the compressors rotating in one direction and 
the expansion chambers and vectored exhausts rotating in the opposite 
direction - was traced to Canada in 1 947 and began work for the A. V. Roe 
company (Avroe disk). The phony AVROE 'aircar' was definitely to disinform 


the press as to the real projects underway underground in Canada. 

"The eight mile long train that went out of Austria in 1945 (672 train 
cars!), to the coast of Brittany, the contents loaded on board SHIPS, 
eventually end(ed) up underground in Southwestern Canada. At the same time 
over 100 prefab factory buildings were shipped from England to British 
Columbia. 

"...the Nazis had everything before any other country, they had radar in 
1933, they had infra-red sensors, heavy water, etc., etc. We have been told 
lie after lie in terms of who invented these things. If anyone in the world 
had access to 'alien' technology it was the... 'Aryans' (Nazis). Their 
metallurgy and casting were flawed or they would have conquered the world. 
As you probably know, many expatriot Nazis were given carte blanche, new 
I.D.'s., and were included in (the) startup of more than several 
departments of the CIA in 1947. Departments including 'genetics and 
cloning' (with some of the same 'doctors' who had given death camp 
residents gangrene, etc.) 'designer drugs and mind control' using the same 
scientists who had designed Methadone and Methedrine for Hitler's maniac 
efforts. In 1 952, a public stir caused the CIA to shuffle these fab fellows 
out of town. My guess is to various underground centers that were being 
built. 

"...I have talked to Paul Bennewitzat length, several times. On his 

behalf, you only tell people how they drove him nuts, not why. I ask myself 

why would you leave out that reason why they sent him reeling? (here 

Bennett is addressing Jacques Vallee concern- ing his book 'REVELATIONS' - 

Branton) To fill you in, because you obviously took Linda Howe's and 

Tracy's opinion rather than questioning Paul directly; he's a pilot, he 

flew over the Dulce area numerous times on his way between Albuquerque and 

Denver. He took many pictures of the construction going on, and according 

to Paul, he also took pictures of circular craft on the ground at this site 

which, as late as 1 973, according to him, had large hanger doors much the 

same as Lazar's second hand explanation about the doors at S-4. (All the 

stuff from area 51 and 'S-4' having to do with inertial mass cancellation 

was moved TO AN AREA NEAR ST. GEORGE, UTAH). The most revealing photos and 

their negatives disappeared in about 1 975 when various 'fringe UFO experts' 

visited Paul. Also, his house was burglarized and ran- sacked more than 

once. In later years Moore, Shandera, and Torme made a meaningless tour of 

Dulce when they went on to Albuquerque (the real reason for their travels) 

to see if there was any more evidence of serious consequence still in 

Paul's possess- ion that they could grab, and sure enough, he was missing 

some photos when they left his house. If you even talked to Bennewitz, you 

would have gotten a lot closer to having a 'revelation'. But by listening 

to what Linda has to say about Bennewitz, you might as well call your book 

'Heresy'... 


"The 'waste' from the underground bio-genetic lab (no aliens involved, 
although that is where we humans produce the short lived, big-eyed, big 
headed imitation 'aliens') comes out in the river canyon about TEN MILES 
BELOW Navajo Dam (Note: An alternat- ive scenario to the above would be 
that saurioid 'aliens' ARE involved, AS WELL AS genetically constructed 
beings developed by the serpents cults, or the Bavarian llluminati 
scientists working in the Dulce facility - Branton)... Although these days 
they 'treat' it a lot more before letting their 'grey' water back into the 
environ- ment. This base and others are of course connected by tunnels to 
Los Alamos. The Archuleta Mesa installation rivals Pine Gap at Alice 
Springs, Australia for security, etc. Every U.S. Air Force base has a 
so-called 'bolt-hole' and is connected to this bolt-hole by tunnel... 

"A group of 21 people led by an individual we will call Rick, went to area 
51 in 1989 in a small bus to watch 'saucers'. They were stopped on 
'mail-box road' by two individuals carrying auto- maticweapons and wearing 
camouflage togs. One individual popped a can of 'gas' in the aisle of the 
bus, and that's all for three hours. When they came to their senses, they 
cut their trip short, returned to L.A. and five persons got separately 
regressed using hypnotic regressors that did not know one another, and 
found that during the lost time their memories had repressed similar 
events. They had been marched off the bus, taken in jeeps to a building 
nearby, and had their lives threatened by military personnel... 

"In the U.S., the group that runs the 'alien abduction scam' can only use 
some of the hardiest of these short lived bio-genetic bad luck stories. 
Short lived because they have no digestive tract and can survive only about 
two weeks maximum after they are removed from the growing matrix, then they 
deteriorate and die. They have no 'soul' and are not considered 'sentient 
beings' by Tibetan Buddhists." (Note: One would ask, why would they bother? 
The REPTILIAN Grays ['cloned' branch -- although there are also the 
'polyembryons' and 'egg-layers'] reportedly have no digestive tract and 
thus intake 'food' and excrete waste through the skin. Jim Bennett may have 
just assumed that, since they have no digestive tract, they were government 
creations which died after two weeks of starving. We grant however that 
Bennett is right - according to the DULCE PAPERS - that human and cattle 
DNA may be used to develop "Almost Humans", and other unnatural living 
forms - Branton) 

"...The army's mind control unit must take well deserved credit for the 
veterans who seemingly go suddenly crazy, killing many people and then 
themselves. The most recent event in Killeen, Texas was planned for the day 
BEFORE a Congressional vote on gun control, hoping to influence Congress 
with yet another mass automatic killing. Handlers (psychiatrists) at each 
perpetrat- ors's local Veterans Hospital are involved in each and every 


case of these mass killings/suicides. Prozac is also involved with each 
case having been prescribed by the aforementioned 'handlers' in each and 
every case. The fellow in Canada who killed 12 women at a women's college, 
the fellow in Stockton, California schoolyard, etc. etc..." 

According to Val Valerian, newspaper accounts in the state of New Mexico in 
the years before the beginning of World War II indi- cated that the Germans 
were "all over" the state exploring caves and mines, buying up land, and 
engaging in other activities suggest- ive that they were preparing for 
something big. Could this have had some connection with the underground 
sub-net beneath New Mexico, particularly the Dulce facility near the 
4-Corners area? 

Some sources indicate that Aryan or Nazi activity might have a part in the 
scenarios taking place BELOW the Nevada Military complex, although possibly 
not a major part. It is said that there is a Nazi saucer base near Reno, 
and at least one individual reported that he was approached by a man who 
was tied-in with a group of (ex?) Nazis who were now at odds with the 
Grays, although they still used the swastica on their craft, etc. Other 
sources claim that the main "Nazi" fleet in Antarctica is still in 
collaboration with the reptilian Grays and that they are working with the 
aliens in a joint effort to control the minds of influential persons from 
all nations via abduction and implantation. Also other sources indicate 
that Germans occultists themselves were involved in 'alien' things long 
before the rise of the Nazi Party. One source accuses them of sabotaging 
early expeditions to the North Pole, as if there were something there that 
they were trying to hide. 

Could they have been trying to hide a secret city populated by a race of 
ancient hi-tech Germanic-Aryans like the one described by Dr. Harley Byrd? 
John Lear stated that such 'aliens' backed Hitler's effort ~ by suggesting 
that he kill off a few million people in a war, apparently as part of alien 
'concerns' about overpopulation. Harley Byrd claims that his uncle did meet 
with ancient Germanics during one of his post-World War II South Polar 
expeditions, and that they expressed concern over America's military might 
and especially it's nuclear weapons. Just how this may have played- in with 
Byrd's reputed military engagement with entrenched Nazi forces during 
OPERATION HIGHJUMP is uncertain. The master of the city that Byrd allegedly 
found "beyond" the South Pole referred to their craft as "flugelrads" 
(which is an ACTUAL German word meaning "wing-wheel". Could these 
"flugelrads" be the so-called "Adamski" or'Venusian" type craft?). The 
"master" also expressed concern over incidents in 1 945 when American 
fighter jets fired on their craft. At that time, of course, America was on 
edge and sus- picious of anything unusual in the skies. For all they know 
the UFO's could have been a "Nazi" secret weapon. Although the "Aryanni" 
may not have condoned Hitler's genocidal policies - or did they? - they 


certainly did little or nothing to discourage them. These "Aryanni" - 
possibly tied-in with the Aryans who intruduced Hinduism to ancient India 
- actually bid Byrd and his radioman farewell with the words M AUF 
WIEDERSEHEN!!!!" 

Dr. Harley Byrd, in an interview featured in the FALL, 1993 issue of FAROUT 

magazine titled "Harley Byrd; From Dreamland to the Center of the Earth" by 

Jim Brandt, said that his famous uncle "went down into the intercontinents 

where he sat down with who he called the FUGELRODS, blonde people who we're 

finding out now are the lost Aryan race, the super race... they took him 

into an inner chamber and he met with a lot of aliens." Some mentioned were 

SASQUATCH people, DRACOS, GRAYS, and "HUMANOID PEOPLE from (the) 

PLEIADES". 

Being that the Pleiades cluster consists of over 200 stars, it is possible 

that some of them would reject NON-INTERVENTIONISM and ally themselves with 

other INTERVENTIONIST species such as the serpent races. 

One unusual theory is that planet Earth may actually be a geoditic sphere, 
being hollow within and with funnel-like openings at the poles. The Nazi's 
who escaped Germany supposedly enter and interact with the 'hollow earth 
Aryanni' from their secret bases below New Schwabia, Antarctica. It is 
interesting that native American contactee Paul Solem claims contact with 
beings who say that they are descended from the 'Lost Tribes of Israel'. 
Their ships reportedly appeared en masse over the Hopi Indian reserva- tion 
years ago ~ inciting a division between the Hopi contemporaries and the 
Hopi traditionals. Since the Apocryphal book of II Esdres [ch. 1 3] says 
that the Lost Tribes went BEYOND a far northern country called "Arzareth" 
which had never been colonized by man, could "they" have passed through the 
northern vortex into the theorized inner concavity? And if so, are they in 
conflict or at peace with the "Germanic-Aryans" who dwell in the southern 
concavity? As we've said, much of this is merely speculation, at least 
until new evidence turns up which can confirm or refute some, most or all 
of the above. 

Another possible confirmation of a Nazi-UFO connection comes from W. A. 
Harbinson, who in his book 'GENESIS' (Project Saucer, Part II)., - Dell 
Books., 1980., - reveals some remarkable information about top-secret 
German developments in 'flying disk' technology during World War II. The 
bulk of his book, although based on the authors' own research into the 
subject, is admittedly written in fiction or novel form. However, near the 
end of the book, aside from an extensive bibliography of 
Nazi -saucer-re search literature, Harbinson adds an appendix containing many 
actual facts concerning the German-saucer experiments around which he built 
his novel. 

According to Harbinson, one of the most dangerous leaders of the Nazi Party 


and founder of the Order of the S.S. (an organization that was admittedly 

based after the militant structure of the Jesuit Order, which supplied it's 

own advisors for the S.S. movement according to Himmler - see: THE SECRET 

HISTORY OF THE JESUITS, by Edmond Paris., c/o Chick Publications., P.O. Box 

662., Chi no, CA 91710), Himmler, was initially involved with the 'saucer 1 

projects. These projects were allegedly carried out in top- secret 

underground 'factories' or installations. 

In his novel Harbinson, based on various hints and indications that he 
gathered throughout years of in-depth research, concludes that Himmler 
desired to establish a 'New Order* which involved an elite society of 'pure 
bred' Aryans; vast underground facilities constructed within hollow 
mountains; secret interconnected colonies based entirely on the pursuit and 
development of science and technology as a means to bring about the 'New 
Order 1 , yet rooted in occult societies and philosophies such as Theosophy 
and Rosicrucianism which taught of the imminent resurrection of the lost 
Atlantis and Lemuria; massive projects involving the study of the brain and 
how to manipulate it - including electronic implant technology whereby the 
envisioned subterranean master-slave colonies could be operated; the use of 
hundreds of thousands of sub-human slaves (or rather those whom the Nazi's 
supposed to be sub-humans and who they believed were inferior to the 
'master race', themselves), controlled by 'implants' and other mind control 
techniques, who would be used as slave laborers - these including the 
Poles and Chzeks. These would be taken to the concentration camps (where 
massive mind control and brain-related experiments were being carried out) 
after their usefulness had worn out, where they would be killed so as not 
to reveal to the outside world their knowledge of the underground 
facilities, etc. 

Harbinson's scenario also includes the alleged development of a 
blond-haired/blue-eyed race which would be integrated with the S.S. and the 
subterranean societies as the masters, whereas the sub- humans would be the 
slave-workers; and so on. 

Harbinson presumes that there are indications that many of the 
slave-laborers used to build the 'underground cities' were among the many 
who mysteriously 'disappeared' during the war years. Also, he concludes 
that German men, women, and children who were deemed suitable for the 
breeding experiments were abducted as well. Harbinson also gives in his 
postscript section many remark- able evidences that all during the war 
Hitler was sending out expeditions to Antarctica where they discovered vast 
areas of iceless terrain beneath the Queen Maud Land region, and began 
constructing huge underground bases. All during the war, as the 'saucer 1 
projects were progressing and as new components were developed, the new 
components were allegedly shipped via U-Boat to the secret Antarctic base, 
where saucer research and development continued. 


As the Allies continued to encroach upon Germany, the saucer program 
(directed by genius scientists - one or two of which allegedly equaled or 
even surpassed Einstein) continued at a mad- dening pace. At least one 
prototype disk or flying airfoil - capable of speeds of over 1000 MPH and 
altitude climbs of up to 40,000 feet - was successfully flown and later 
stripped of the most import- ant saucer components and the shell destroyed, 
along with the underground facility at Kahla where it was built, so that 
they would not fall into the hands of the Allies. As the war was coming to 
a close, American and Russian as well as British forces began to overcome 
German forces and discovered many of the underground saucer and aerospace 
research factories, where they apprehended many of the lesser components, 
documents and scientists (von Braun, Schauberger, etc.), who later became 
the basis of the rocket and even 'saucer 1 projects which were later 
implemented in Canada, the U.S. and other countries. These have not been 
able to catch up with the German/S.S./New Order/Hidden Society tech- nology 
until just recently, if we are to believe the reports coming out of the 
Nevada Aircraft Test Site (NellisAFB, Nuclear Test Site, Groom Lake, etc.) 
of advanced disk-craft being flown by the Military. 

This German secret society hidden in Antarctica, as well as below certain 
parts of South America and other countries according to some sources, 
apparently was and is a branch of the Third Reich, the very same forces the 
Allies fought during the war (and, some allege, following the war as well). 

The documents, minor components, etc., which survived, as well as those 
scientists apprehended by the Allies, were of far less 'importance' than 
the components, plans, diagrams and scientists which allegedly escaped to 
the top-secret Antarctic base. One source claims that as many as 2000 S.S. 
[scientists and "breeders" included] and 1 ,000,000 Germans mysteriously 
dis- appeared during World War II and ended up in the top secret under- 
ground bases below New Schwabenland/Queen Maud region of Antarctica. 

When the Nazi's realized that the invasion by the Allies was imminent, they 
knew their fate was sealed as a nation, but the secret core involved in the 
sophisticated aerospace-disk research nevertheless had time to escape 
before the Allies reached Berlin. According to Harbinson (as well as 
certain post-war records and other sources including quotes from captured 
German scientists and other researchers), as Berlin was being bombed 
top-secret saucer components and plans for massive underground facilities, 
etc., were moved by train transport to the Baltics and loaded onto two 
German U-Boat submarines, the U-530 and U-977. These U-Boats were allegedly 
taken from their docking-sites in the Baltics and to the Antarctic base, 
and unfounded rumors state that Hitler and Boorman may have escaped to 
Antarctica on these. 


Previously we referred to the DRACO, an alien species that was reportedly 
encountered by Admiral Richard E. Byrd as well as former head of Dulce Base 
Security Thomas Edwin Castello. 

What may well have been the most notorious of all 'scares' involving these 
reptilian beings, according to researcher John Keel, involved a combined 
'invasion' of pterodactyloid-hominoid 'Mothmen' (Winged Draco) AND 'Men In 
Black'. These creatures have been referred to as the Mothmen, Wnged 
Dracos, and Winged Serpents, depending on the source involved. They 
reportedly terrorized a particular area in West Virginia, according to John 
A. Keel, in the mid-1 960's. Keel is convinced that these malevolent 
entities were involved in the tragic 'silver bridge' disaster in which 
several UFO witnesses and hundreds of locals perished, this conclusion 
being based on certain strange circumstances surrounding the event. In his 
book 'THE MOTHMEN PROPHECIES' (Signet Books., N.Y.) Keel reveals the 
following: 

"...According to her story, Connie (Carpenter), a shy, sensitive 

eighteen-year-old, was driving home from church at 10:30 A.M. on 

Sunday, November 27, 1966, when, as she passed the deserted 

greens of Mason County Golf Course outside New Haven, West 

Virginia, she suddenly saw a huge gray figure. It was shaped like 

a man, she said, but much larger. It was at least SEVEN FEET TALL 

and very broad. The thing that attracted her attention was not 

its size but its eyes. IT HAD, SHE SAID, LARGE, ROUND, FIERCELY 

GLOWING RED EYES THAT FOCUSED ON HER WITH HYPNOTIC EFFECT. 

'"It's a wonder I didn't run off the road and have a wreck,' she 
commented later. 

"As she slowed, her eyes fixed on the apparition, a pair of wings 
unfolded from its back. They seemed to have a span of about ten 
feet. It was definitely not an ordinary bird but a MAN-SHAPED 
THING which rose slowly off the ground, straight up like a heli- 
copter, silently. Its wings did not flap inflight. It headed 
straight toward Connie's car, its horrible eyes fixed to her 
face, then it swooped low over her head as she shoved the 
accelerator to the floor-boards in utter hysteria. 

"OVER ONE HUNDRED PEOPLE WOULD SEE THIS BIZARRE CREATURE THAT 
WINTER. 

"...North American Indians have extensive legends about the 
Thunderbird, a huge bird said to carry off children and old 
people. It was accompanied by loud noises, hums, buzzes and, 
apparently rumbles from the infrasonic and ultrasonic levels. 


Known as (the dragon-like - Branton) PIASA to the Indians of the 
Dakotas, it was supposed to have terrifying red eyes and a long 
tail..." a monstrous demon with "bat's wings, and a body closely 
in human form." 

Many of these so-called 'Mothman' sightings occurred near some old concrete 
domes or buildings which led to several miles of (now sealed) underground 
tunnels which were used during World War II to store explosives. It was 
known as the TNT area and John Keel reports that at one particular spot he 
felt an almost physical sense of "terror" which left when he walked out of 
the "circle". This induced terror was reported by many witnesses, and at 
least one of the pterodactyloid creatures reportedly disappeared into one 
of the dome-entrances in the TNT facility after being chased by curious 
witnesses, who searched the dome but could find no sign of the creature. 

"...At 7:15 A.M. on November 25, a young shoe salesman named Thomas Ury was 
driving along Route 62 just north of the TNT area when he noticed a tall, 
gray manlike figure standing in a field by the road. 'Suddenly it spread a 
pair of wings,' Ury said, 'and took off straight up, like a helicopter. 

'"It veered over my convertible and began going in circles three telephone 
poles high.' 

"He stepped on the gas as the creature zoomed down over his vehicle. 'It 
kept flying right over my car even though I was doing seventy-five.' 

"Mr. Ury sped into Point Pleasant and went straight to the sheriffs office 
thoroughly panicked. 'I never saw anything like it,' he confided to Mrs. 
Hyre later. 'I was so scared I just couldn't go to work that day. The thing 
had a wingspan every bit of ten feet. It could be a bird, but I certainly 
never saw one like it. I was afraid it was going to come right down right 
on top of me.' 

"The old familiar symptom, unreasonable terror, took hold of him. 'I've 
never had that feeling before. A weird kind of fear,' he said. 'That fear 
gripped you and held you. Somehow, the best way to explain it would be to 
say that the whole thing just wasn't right. I know that may not make sense, 
but that's the only way I can put into words what I felt.' 

John Keel related still other incidents of encounters with these fearful 
pterodactylons... 

'"Look at that crazy character coming downwind in that plane,' Eddie Adkins 
commented. He and four other men were standing on the field of the 
Gallipolis, Ohio, airport, just across the river from Point Pleasant on 
Sunday, December 4, 1966. 


"At 3 P.M. that afternoon a large winged form came cruising majestically 
along the Ohio River, just behind the airport. The pilots later estimated 
that it was about three hundred feet in the air and was traveling about 
seventy miles an hour. As it drew closer they realized it was not a plane 
but was some kind of enormous bird with an unusually long neck. It seemed 
to be turning its head from side to side as if it were taking in the 
scenery (Note: Scientists believe that the saurian-reptilian pterodactyls 
used their heads and neck as a 'rudder 1 while in flight, moving them from 
side to side constantly as a means of maintaining flight - Branton). The 
wings were not flapping. 

m MY GOD! ITS SOMETHING PREHISTORIC!' one of the men cried. 

"Everett Wedge grabbed his camera and sprinted to his small plane. By the 
time he was airborne the giant creature had vanished somewhere down river." 

In the Alien scenario, basically three groupings have been des- cribes as 
interacting with Earth in some form or another. These include the 
NON-INTERVENTIONISTS who are mostly humans who adhere to a policy of 
honoring another worlds personal sovereignty and independence; the 
INTERVENTIONISTS which include the reptilian Grays which are notorious for 
their deceptive manipulations of unsuspecting human cultures; and the 
opportunists which include both humanoid and saurioid cultures that often 
collaborate in order to carry out a common agenda although with different 
end-goals. Often these inter-species "collaborations" eventually fail as 
mistrust grows and the delicate negotiational balance is lost within the 
growing chasm of conflicting interests. In fact some of the most vicious 
species wars have reportedly occurred as a result of past collaborations 
which have failed. There have apparently been several humanoid cultures who 
have passed through the stage that planet earth is now going through (that 
is, a process of accepting a technology-trade alliance with the 
Reptilians/Grays with the motive of expanding their own technological power 
base - even through the Grays are evil, they are not stupid. They will 
NEVER allow the 'recipients' of one of their joint-interaction ventures to 
come out ahead of themselves - and ultimately finding out that the saurian 
Grays were offering nothing but a "Trojan Horse"). 

One such culture that has reportedly interacted with the Grays in the past 
[just as earth-governments are doing NOW] and have since come into conflict 
with the same, are the SIRIANS. It is believed that the Sirians are 
en-route to the SOL system with a large contingent or armada of 
warrior-vessels to wage war against the Grays who have infested our system. 
Apparently the Sirians have their own "interests" to protect in this 
system, including large underground bases that have been operational for 
centuries if not millenia. Their race has reportedly interacted with 


earth-cultures, especially those of Africa, since ancient times. Let us 
hope that this is their ONLY motivation for bringing their fleets into our 
system, because if they have an ulterior motive of capturing planet earth 
in the process they may find themselves fighting a double-front war like 
the Nazis when they challenged the two super-powers of America/Britain and 
Russia. If that were the case the Sirians might find themselves directly in 
the line of fire between the human vs. reptilian conflicts that seem to be 
escalating throughout the SOL system. This is not intended to be a 
premature judgement of the Sirians' intentions, but merely what we believe 
to be a justified expression of caution. 

Researcher Val Valerian, in his LEADING EDGE newsletter, quoted from an 
article which appeared in the "CONFIDENTIAL REPORTER", titled, "HUBBLE 
TELESCOPE: BIG LIE". The article stated that the 'reason' why Hubble 
supposedly 'failed' (some work- ers on the multi -billion dollar project 
apparently ordered the wrong size of mirror, so goes the excuse) is because 
it did not 'fail' at all. The article alleges that Hubble has seen things 
which most people would not believe unless they saw it for themselves. 
Quoting from the CONFIDENTIAL REPORTER: 

"...In our history, whenever an inferior culture has been exposed 
to a superior culture, it has languished and faded away. This is 
supposed to be proof that our world cultures will suffer the same 
fate, if exposed to a vastly superior extraterrestrial alien 
culture. In the past, that may have been true of cultures in 
stasis, people who were satisfied with their way of life and 
didn't want to change it. Today, we are in a vastly different 
situation... there is more techno- logical progress in a day now 
then there was once in a thousand years before. We are not now of 
a nature to bow down humbly to alien entities as 'Our Masters.' 
Give us some credit! 

"At least, that is the firm conviction of DR. HANS MARKOWITZ and 
the 'Secret College,' of top scientists the world over. They 
don't accept the politically fictionalized history of man, but 
instead see man as capable of holding his own. And deserving of 
the truth! 

"The big picture, the reason for the big lie, is this: We may be 
facing the greatest war, an interstellar war, that the universe 
has known. Far out in space, in the general direction of Sirius, 
the 'Dog Star,' a monstrous cloud of vessels is moving through 
space. All information obtained to this point has been subjected 
to computer analysis. The indications are that this is a space 
flotilla that will intercept Earth in approximately 12 years 
(Note: That is, shortly after the turn of the century. Sirius, an 


AO spectrum class star being 8.7 light years distant from earth, 
would have been a very likely choice for ancient Terran 
cosmonauts to explore, as suggest- ed by the fact that the Dogon 
tribe of Africa is aware of various aspects of Sirius, including 
it's 'black hole' companion. Also the ancient Egyptians of 
Africa, according to Richard Hoagland, not only interacted with 
the "monuments" of Mars and the Moon, but also gave the star 
SIRIUS a central place in their cosmology - Branton). 

"These vessels, though huge, do not give the impression of 
enclosing vast amounts of useful space, as would be the case with 
freighters, or passenger craft. They are up to five hundred miles 
long, sleek, apparently all technological muscle, and are assumed 
to be military in nature, and therefore likely hostile. Such a 
con- glomeration of power would not be put together to pay us a 
friendly visit! We must assume the worst!" 

A more reasonable philosophy might be: "Hope for the best, but prepare for 
the worst." 

In his article 'ALIEN INVADERS', researcher 'TAL' LeVesque reveals 
additional facts concerning the ancient Evadamic-Draconian conflict above, 
upon, and within the earth: 

"The 'DRACONIAN' Group is a Confederation. They are Reptilian Humanoids, 
with sub-groups (The 'Serpent Race', from Sirius)... They set up Bases 
inside Venus, the Earth, etc... 

"AN ANCIENT CONFLICT - The Indians of the South-West U.S.A., have legends 
of tall, fair-haired Beings. They also have legends about the 'Little 
People'. Both are said to have 'Sky Craft' or 'Saucers'. American Indians 
speak of Underground Races, Surface Races and people living 'Above', in the 
Heavens. The Navajo legends state they once lived Underground (together 
with the Coyoteros and the White people) below a mountain near Silver- ton, 
Colorado. NOTE: Ml Hesperus (meaning 'VENUS') is sacred to them. After 
coming to the surface they went south and settled in the canyons of the 
Dinetah area, (near Navaho Dam, between Aztec and Dulce, New Mexico). 

"They then set up defense sites and expanded south towards Mount Taylor and 
west into Arizona. Built atop high mesas were fortresses and towers 
consisting of three or more stories. 

"The Pajaritan Pueblo Indians have a Legend that they emerged from the 
INNER EARTH, near the Great Sand Dunes (National Monument) in Colorado. 
They then traveled down the Rio Grande, setting up Pueblos. The area now 
known as Los Alamos, was considered evil. The home of Underworld 'Little 


People', from which would come the curse of The Gourd of Death'! (and so 
it did) 'The Greys' are 'Deros'. 

"According to New Mexican Folk Myth, Montezuma was born near TAOS and 
trained by beings who lived in Caverns, inside Pueblo Peak. (NOTE: At 
near-by Blue Lake, UFOs have been seen entering and exiting the water.) 

"The Aztec of Mexico, who some think originally came from here, believed 
that the Sun God needs Blood and sacrificed humans for its' nourishment. 
They killed over 20,000 people each year. 

"Near Taos, in a Cave (above the Lucero River, not far from Frijoles 
Canyon) is where Human sacrifices were made - some say EVEN NOW. (Note: 
According to a source from Baltimore, MD, one man encountered a hominoid 
reptilian in a cave with black rock walls north of some 'springs' near San 
Crystobel, not far from Taos, N.M. - Branton) 

"Members of 'Secret Society' groups, in Taos, have been found beheaded. 
(Like Arthur Manby, who told about a secret 'AZTLAND' Hot Springs, roughly 
1 1 miles Northwest of Toas. It is flanked by Petroglyphs on the canyon 
walls.) 

"Cultists venerate the Mayan-Aztec Death God, 'Camazotz', who took the form 
of a WINGED CREATURE who removes the heads of his followers who displeased 
him. Research indicates the High Priesthood had contact with 
WINGED-REPTOIDS (who were known to devour humans) and the creatures were 
seeking various articles of commerce, possibly gold, Psycho-active Plants 
(drugs), etc. 

"Throughout Puebloland, on pottery, CAVE and Kiva walls, will be found 
decorations representing a Feathered or horned snake (The Plumed 
Serpent)... 

"From the Pecos Pueblo, Montezuma is said to have led his followers south 
and founded Tenochtitlan (Mexico City). 

"THE MANIPULATORS OF THE MIND --Alien Civilizations have contacted some of 
the Earth's inhabitants and practiced various forms of thought control on 
those they have contacted. Officer Herb Schirmer, Betty and Barny Hill, and 
others were given post hypnotic suggestions to try and make them forget the 
contacts. Only through strength of character and hypnotic regression were 
they able to talk about their experiences. 

"The 'Aliens' USE us, by reaching into our minds directly... WE SHOULD NOT 
RESPECT ANYGROUP WHICH USES A METHOD OF INTERFERING WITH OUR 
BRAINS' 


NORMAL ELECTRICAL PATTERNS. They use devices which produce a combination of 
flashing lights, pulsating sounds, ELF & E.M. Fields. 

"It is also INSIDIOUS to put 'implants' (Brain Transceivers) into Human 
Beings. And WORSE, to kill them for their Blood and other nutrient 
substances (Vital Energy). 

"The 'Greys' (the short, 'Big Heads') are mercenaries. They inter-face with 
humans in 'Secret Societies' and the Military/ Governmental Complex. An 
interconnected 'WEB' manipulates the surface Earth cultures... The 7'-8' 
tall Reptoid/Drac have been seen giving directions to the 'Greys'. The 
'Reptoids' get their orders from the Elite WINGED DRACO. (Note: other 
sources seem to indicate that the chain of command begins with the 
'Internals' or 'poltergeists' that utilize bio-synthetic physical 'forms'; 
the paraphysical 'Mantis- Insectoid' beings; followed by the Wnged Dracos 
or 'Mothmen'; and then the large 'Lizard-like' saurioids or Reptons; the 
large-muzzled 5 ft. tall greys or 'iguanas'; and then the shorter common 
'greys' and 'frog-faced' amphibious lizards; followed by various non- 
hominoid reptilians such as the sea-saurians, giant subterran serpents, 
dragon-worms, etc. - which 'seem' to be used more for 'psychic warfare' 
actions and so on against the human race - Branton). 

"THE WINGED SERPENT - The Reptilian(Amphibian) Humanoids have been 
interacting with Earth for AGES. Many Contactees and Abductees repeatedly 
describe an Insignia of a Flying Serpent on a shoulder patch, a badge, a 
medallion or a helmet... NOTE: Snakes. ..have skeletal indications of 
atrophied arms and legs. There have been many transformations & meta- 
morphosis. 'The SERPENT RACE' (like snakes) lives Underground. Yet, they 
can come out, in their 'Saucers' and FLY... 

"THE 'EL' GIANTS - Elite Cast 'MAN,' the 'Orion Group', have Outpost Bases 
inside the planet MARS. They are also known as 'The Titans'... 'The 
Brothers'... etc." 

(Note: The huge 25 km long cigar-ship seen next to a Martian moon - which 
many believe to be a hollowed asteroid 'base' - in the photograph taken by 
the Russian PHOBOS PROBES before the 'UFO' turned towards them and they 
lost the signal, may have been an El-Anakim construct (not certain though). 
This photo was shown in May, 1992 in Tim White's 'SIGHTINGS' documentary 
['UFO Contact' segment] on the Fox network. This 'Mars-Orion' reference is 
the only source we have which actually alleges to identify an extra-earth 
colony of the giant 'EL' humans, Titans, orAnakim. The Orion star 
Betelgeuse is most often referred to in relation to the "giants". Although 
we have come across little corroborative information concerning the 
extraterrestrial activity of this branch of the human race, there have been 
round-about accounts of possible interaction with the Orion constellation. 


The 'Eternity Gate', the alleged entrance into the infinite realm beyond 
the time-space-matter universe OR a vortex leading to the literal domain of 
the Almighty Creator, is believed by many to exist within the Orion NEBULA 
several hundred light-years BEYOND the Orion open-cluster. One source 
claims that a man several years ago was let down a cable into a gigantic 
cavern which had been broken into by a particularly deep 'oil' well shaft 
in Texas. The man claimed to have met there giant 11-12 ft. tall humans - 
El-Anakim? - who said that the Creator had ordered their civilization to 
remain in these caverns and to separate themselves from surface races where 
they might otherwise be worshipped as gods by ignorant humans because of 
their stature. This man was told however that this racial 'punishment' 
would last until the day of Judgement- Purification and also involved other 
things. They didn't say exactly these other things were, however several 
years ago one woman who claimed to have visited their underground 
civilization - which was not necessarily such a bad place to live, 
according to her- described her experience in AMAZING STORIES magazine 
when Ray Palmer was it's editor. This woman, Margeret Rogers, was allegedly 
taken to the underground cavern cities of these giant humans whom she 
called the 'Nephs' or'Nephli' [short for Nephilim?]. They said that their 
name for God was 'Tamil', which was also confirmed by the Telosian 
'Bonnie', whose people allegedly have some contact with the 'giants'. They 
also told Ms. Rogers that one day man may develop interstellar craft and be 
so presumptuous as to approach the very throne of God and invade His 
personal domain, and thus invoke his wrath upon the whole planet. Another 
source claimed that some centuries ago these human 'giants' RETURNED from a 
great interstellar migration or expedition and upon returning 
RE-ESTABLISHED their ancient vast cavern cities beneath Alaska and 
elsewhere. One might ask why would the 'Titans' warn humanity to steer 
clear of that part of the heavens - the Orion Nebula? - unless they had 
in the distant past learned that lesson for themselves? Did they make the 
unfortunate mistake of trying to invade the 'Eternity Gate' when the 
Almighty Creator had reserved entrance only to those purified human 
spirits-souls who were destined for that uncorrupted Eternal Kingdom beyond 
the confines of this mundane physical universe? Such a possibility, 
although admittedly supposition, is worth consideration. As for the EL's, 
ancient records state that they once dwelled in the Middle East and also 
the ancient Gobi region, but now live mainly in large cavernous systems 
below Alaska, Oregon, northern California, Utah, Texas, Mexico [where Ms. 
Rogers encountered her friends] and other parts of western North-Central 
America - Branton) 

TAL continues: "The ELs' will engage The DRACO' in battle around this 
Planet. Most will die. REVELATION 12:7: 'Now war arose in Heaven, Michael 
and his Angels fighting against the Dragon and his Angels...' 

"The Elite Corporate/Military/Governmental Complex of this country (and 


its' connection to One-World control cliques) are currently in negotiation 
with the Draco. They have threatened 'Fail- Safe', if the Draco (the 
Serpent Race) and their minions (The Greys' and their human Agents) do not 
stop exploitation of the Earth. In other words, an Elite Control Group (who 
have moved most of their chosen race, to Underground Cities on the Moon & 
MARS) are willing to launch 'Super-Dirty' Nuclear Weapons (from Deep Sub- 
City Bases, manned by patriotic 'mind controlled' orphans) to poison this 
entire Planet and kill everyone, so that NO ONE can have the Jewel EARTH 
(The Divine Tear 1 )... (Apparently they feel that "we" on the surface are 
willing to make such a sacrifice in order to keep the earth "human" - 
Branton) 

"THE SECRET OF 'V... The following is a list of those Organi- zations 
which repeatedly advertised on NBC during the first 19, V Programs, (a 
weekly, hour T.V. Series). Advertising support came from 'GENERAL ELECTRIC 
(who happens to own NBC and has worked on the Government/Alien 'Saucer 1 
Projects).. .'U.S. ARMY RECRUITING COMMAND'. ..'AT&T. ..'EASTMAN KODAK'... 
'UNION CARBIDE'. ..'CHRYSLER CORP.'. ..'MARS, INC... 

'WARNER-LAMBERT. ..'FORD', ...'SEARS ROEBUCK & CO.'... 'MCDONALDS'. ..'ZALE 
CORP.'...'KELLOGGS'... (Note: For years it was impossible to buy a video of 
the 'V series. Now there is GOOD NEWS... As of the beginning of 1995 'V 
is being released on video and should be available through major video 
sellers! - Branton) 

"The 'Reptoids' are returning to Earth! The INVADERS are here. We must 
convince a disbelieving World that the nightmare has already begun. Their 
Purpose: to make Earth their World. It is not over for the Human Race. 
'Freedom Fighters' join together.. .for the sake of ALL of US..." 

Researcher Val Valerian revealed the following alleged incident concerning 
one apparent 'victim' of the 'Dulce wars': 

"DULCE LAB TECHNICIAN HELD: In early November, 1988, we received word that 
the scientist son of (B.M.) is now being held in the underground facility 
at FORT WAYNE, Colorado. The under- ground base is located in southwestern 
Colorado near the UTE mountains (John Lear states that other former Dulce 
scientists are being held prisoner in an underground base in Utah. He 
mentioned "Sleeping Ute" mountain, which may be a reference to a peak in 
Utah OR a reference to a peak within the UTE mountains of south- western 
Colorado - Branton) The son apparently worked at the genetics lab under 
Archuleta mesa near DULCE, NM and finally grew disgusted with what he was 
observing. Subsequent probes into the retention of this person have yielded 
several interesting project names. His father, B.M. apparently encountered 
two Nordic appearing men in Pomona, CA on 22 Oct. '88..." 

The following information was released by 'Leading Edge Research' in June 


of 1 992. Although the alien vanguard that is allegedly behind the 'New 
World Order" conspiracy is not specific- ally mentioned in the article, a 
secret government group, the Trilateral Commission or "TLC" (which is in 
turn reportedly moti- vated by a reptilian agenda to the extent of sharing 
their pyramidal 'trilateral emblem' according to many sources) is 
mentioned: 

"During the UFO EXPO West 92 in Los Angeles, which took place a week after 
the riots in Los Angeles, I chanced to run into some fellow investigators 
who had observed several ships loaded with electronic antennae off the 
coast of Los Angeles two days before the riots took place. There are groups 
in Southern California that regularly conduct frequency analysis of various 
metropolitan areas, and they reported that the Los Angeles area was HEAVILY 
DOSED WITH BETA FREQUENCIES shortly before the riots occurred. Beta 
frequencies can produce anxiety states, and this most certainly exacerbated 
another scenario, which was a control- led exercise in population 
manipulation (a product of the microwave mind control experiments carried 
out at Montauk Point, Long Island in the mid-1 980's? - Branton) 

"The enormous media-centered campaign around the Rodney King case would not 
have been possible without the approval from the highest levels of the TLC 
and intelligence agencies, and it points to a long-standing campaign to 
encourage race riots - a campaign that has apparently existed for the 
one-year period between the original incident involving Rodney King and the 
trial that ended on April 29, 1 992. 

"...On April 30th, the Compton Police Dept. revealed that it had arrested 
six people for arson, and that when questioned about their activities, the 
youths said they 'were on a mission to burn down 10 buildings an hour' 
(Note: are some of the L.A. 'gangs' tied-into secret societies at the 
higher levels? - Branton). Their car contain- ed 10 gallons of gasoline for 
use in these fire-bombing operations. Law enforcement sources also report 
that many of those arrested during the disturbance had identical cover 
stories, indicating that there were many such groups under the coordination 
and control of someone. 

"The Los Angeles riots were in fact intelligence agency operations that 
were used to invoke the application of military troops; they were an 
attempt to start nationwide riots that would require the invocation of 
martial law and FEMA plans. 

"Another indicator that the 'riots' were probably an intelligence operation 
is that the day before the Rodney King verdicts were released, a mass 
leaflet was distributed in South Central Los Angeles by a group calling 
itself the 'Revolutionary Communist Party'. If you are at all familiar with 
US intelligence agency practices, it can immediately be seen that RCP is a 


front for CIA activities. Most 'revolutionary' and 'terrorist' activities 
are in fact performed by the very intelligence agencies which claim to 
exist for the prevention of such activities. The leaflet said, 'There's No 
Justice in the Courtroom - It's Right to Rebel.' 

"...Within days of the incident, Los Angeles Mayor Tom Bradley (who is also 
a MEMBER of the Trilateral Commission, folks) used the press-orchestrated 
clamor for 'police reform' to putTLC counter- insurgency apparatus in 
place which launched a virtual war on local law enforcement, effectively 
paralyzing, if not destroying, those functions (could Mayor Bradley and 
Police Chief Gates have been two lower-level 'Hegelian' pawns? - Branton). 
TLC member Tom Bradley, as it turns out, appointed fellow TLC member Warren 
Christopher to form the 'Independent Commission to Investigate the LAPD.' 
Christopher, whose 'specialty' is riots and urban insurgency, is a partner 
in the law firm of O'Melveny and Myers. In the early 1960's, he and fellow 
TLC member Cyrus Vance, then at the Pentagon, drafted 'Operation Garden 
Plot', a plan for military martial law in American cities in the event of 
'domestic civil disorder 1 . Of course, there is no distinction made of the 
'cause' of domestic disorder, if you get my point. 

"Warren Christopher, in fact, was one of the creators of the Law 
Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA), during the Johnson 
administration, when he was Deputy Attorney General. LEAA was one of the 
early attempts to implement a top-down federal takeover of local police 
departments in the U.S. 

"...It is apparently a long-standing policy of the Trilateral Commission to 
foment civil disturbance and unrest, not just in the U.S. but worldwide, in 
order to foster the imposition of world dictatorship. 

"Don't stop now - it gets more interesting. Also appointed to the 

Christopher Commission by TLC member Tom Bradley, Mayor of Los Angeles, is 

a man by the name of Mickey Kantor, who just happens to be the national 

campaign manager for the Democratic Presidential candidate and TLC member 

(and later President- Branton) William Clinton, who is himself at the 

heart of the drug- smuggling operation that was detailed on April 21, 1992 

on NBC televisions 'A Current Affair 1 ; drugs have been flown in and out of 

the airport in Mena, Arkansas since the early Reagan days, and according to 

the television broadcast, both BUSH and CLINTON are aware of it; every time 

there is an effort to look into it, THE INVESTIGATION GETS STONE-WALLED BY 

THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT. Check it out for yourself..." 

The following paragraphs are taken from a document titled "WAKE UP AMERICA! 
AN OPEN LETTER TO ALL C ITIZENS FROM COMMANDER X" [UFO REVIEW issue 
#37]: 


"...If you were tuned in to Geraldo Rivera recently [1993] you might have 
seen an expose of Area 51 , a Top Secret military installation located just 
short of 1 50 miles north-northwest of Las Vegas. For it is here at this 
vast 38,000 acre military complex - watched over most closely by Swat-like 
teams of private, para- military security guards hired from an outside 
agency in total defiance of all known Constitutional laws - that something 
very strange has been happening on a regular basis. 

"...More important than the ground-level reports of sincere observers, 
however, are the claims of those working inside Area 51 , who say that their 
lives were threatened when they found out what was really going on at this 
locale. 

"The first to go public was theoretical physicist Robert Lazar, who says 
that he was blindfolded every day upon entering the base and taken in a bus 
with blacked out windows to an area seven levels underground. Here he was 
put to work on several different craft of extraterrestrial origin, which 
had either been captured by the government when they crash landed, or 
[were] actually given to Uncle Sam by aliens looking for official consent 
to abduct humans in exchange for their technology. Later, when it was 
learned by the military - who placed a tap on his phone - that Lazar was 
scared for his life and ready to talk, the brass had him drugged and 
hypnotized so that he would not remember what he had seen or had been asked 
to work on. 

"According to Lazar - and here is where his story gets some- what wild - 

THE ALIENS AT SOME POINT ACTUALLY TOOK CONTROL OF CERTAIN AREAS OF 

THE BASE 

(PRESUMABLYTHE LOWER LEVELS -- LEVELS FIVE, SIX AND SEVEN) BY USING 
FORCE, 

GOING SO FAR AS TO ERADICATE SOME SCIENTISTS WHO HAD BEEN 
COOPERATING WITH 

THEM. Lazar believes that he was hired by the military to replace one of 
those scientists who had been 'removed' from the operation. 

(Note: According to several sources, a similar attack FROM BELOW resulted 
in the deaths of approximately 66 scientists and security officers within 
the deepest underground levels of the Dulce, New Mexico 'base'. Others 
suggest the possibly that other bases in the U.S. or other parts of the 
world may have suffered the same fate. This was apparently the 'reward' 
which the saurians or aliens had for those 'secret government' scientists 
who believed that they - the Grays and Reptilioids --would honor the 
'treaty'. We must state however that these scientists might not have been 
the willing initiators of such 'alien interaction' but may have just been 
following orders from higher-ups who were in fact the initiators of the 
'joint' activity [with what they may have formerly believed were benevolent 


'space brothers']. This tragedy might be a useful lesson to those who may, 
in the future, sell out their own race for physical 
financial-technological-political gain... and who might in their insanity 
expect to be 'rewarded' by their supposed alien 'benefactors' for doing so. 
Unfortunately their 'reward' might be their own elimination as well, when 
their usefulness as 'pawns' in an obvious takeover attempt of this or other 
worlds has run its course. IF the sub-networks are ever re-taken from the 
malevo- lents, there is only one way that they can be RETAINED, and that is 
to make the entire underground government base-system ACCOUNTABLE to the 
legal system of the United States. It was the actions of selfish 
governmental and industrial organizations - who sold out to the 
'Draconians' - that "opened the door" for the invasion of the subnet in 
the first place. If all underground activities are monitored by RESPECTED 
Federal Institutions, then renegade elements of government or industry will 
not be so inclined to involve themselves in such alien-sanctioned 
activities as the Nazi-like genetic-biological experimentation on unknown 
numbers of human slaves. If surface institutions must abide by 
constitutional law and legal restrictions, then so should the underground 
laboratories operated by Los Alamos, Wackenhut, Rand Corp, and other 
Scientific-Corporate-Industrial parasites who believe that they are above 
the law - Branton). 

"Lazar revealed in a series of interviews broadcast over Las Vegas radio 
and TV that the vehicles being flown over Area 51 (mostly at night, shortly 
before dawn) utilize a previously unknown principle of distorting space and 
time, 'using gravity as a lens' with the power source being an anti-matter 
reactor powered by some- thing the aliens brought with them called 'Element 
115.' (Note: Bob Lazar first came public when he became convinced that 
things were out of control at the test site. He contacted popular TV 
personality George Knapp who investigated his allegations first by 
contacting Los Alamos to see if Lazar had worked there as he had claimed. 
Los Alamos said they had no record of him ever working there, but Lazar 
said that 'they' were on to him and were in the process of making him a 
'non-person' and that is why no record existed of him ever working there. 
However when Knapp found an old Los Alamos telephone directory with Robert 
Lazar's name in it he started to listen more closely to what the scientist 
had to say - Branton) 

"From a vantage spot known as a 'Mail Box Road,' near the town of Rachel, 
Nevada, a number of different types of craft have been seen by those who do 
not mind waiting into the wee hours and are patient enough to come to the 
area over and over until they, too, make an observation. Even NBC TV got 
into the act not so long ago when they took a news team to the area and 
managed to capture on video the flight of something that they acknowledged 
appeared to defy gravity..." 


Incredibly enough, in spite of all of the documentation suggest- ing the 
reality of an ancient and hidden conflict between the human and serpent 
races, an ancient Hebrew prophesy seems to have foretold - thousands of 
years ago - that such a thing would take place: 

"AND THE LORD SAID UNTO THE SERPENT... I WILL PUT ENMITY BETWEEN 
THEE AND THE WOMAN, AND BETWEEN THYSEED AND HER SEED; AND IT 
SHALL BRUISE THYHEAD, AND THOU SHALT BRUISE HIS HEEL." 
- Genesis 3:14-15 

This prophecy has been interpreted in many ways, but perhaps one of the 
most interesting of these is one which was penned by an anonymous believer 
so many years ago, no doubt in reference to the One who was destined to 
deal the death blow that would even- tually result in the destruction of 
the 'ancient dragon' of Revelation chapter 12... 

"In weakness like defeat, 
He won the victors crown. 
Treading every foe beneath his feet, 
By being trodden down." 

* * * 

So there you have it, the secret of the Mojave (AND of surrounding regions 
where exist events that ultimately tie-in with the scenarios taking place 
within or below the Mojave). 

This desert is and probably will remain for some time a place of mystery 
and intrigue like non other on earth. The Mojave, an unknown world within a 
world which may well be the 'center 1 of a conflict between humankind and an 
ancient enemy which is as old as time itself.... 

[Image] 

Re-Read Mojave Page 12 

Return to Secrets of the Mojave Home Page 
Switch to UFO Coverup Home Page 


[Image] [Image]